SUBCHAPTER P—PORTS AND WATERWAYS SAFETY
PART 160—PORTS AND APPENDIX A TO SUBPART D OF PART 160— UNITED STATES COAST GUARD VESSEL WATERWAYS SAFETY—GENERAL QUESTIONNAIRE APPENDIX B TO SUBPART D OF PART 160— Subpart A—General UNITED STATES COAST GUARD MARINE FA- CILITY QUESTIONNAIRE Sec. 160.1 Purpose. AUTHORITY: 33 U.S.C. 1223, 1231; 49 CFR 1.46. 160.3 Definitions. Subpart D is also issued under the authority 160.5 Delegations. of 33 U.S.C. 1225 and 46 U.S.C. 3715. 160.7 Appeals. SOURCE: CGD 79–026, 48 FR 35404, Aug. 4, 1983, unless otherwise noted. Subpart B—Control of Vessel and Facility Operations Subpart A—General 160.101 Purpose. 160.103 Applicability. § 160.1 Purpose. 160.105 Compliance with orders. 160.107 Denial of entry. (a) This subchapter contains regula- 160.109 Waterfront facility safety. tions implementing the Ports and Wa- 160.111 Special orders applying to vessel op- terways Safety Act (33 U.S.C. 1221) and erations. related statutes. 160.113 Prohibition of vessel operation and cargo transfers. § 160.3 Definitions. 160.115 Withholding of clearance. For the purposes of this subchapter: Subpart C—Notifications of Arrivals, Depar- Bulk means material in any quantity tures, Hazardous Conditions, and Cer- that is shipped, stored, or handled tain Dangerous Cargoes without the benefit of package, label, mark or count and carried in integral 160.201 Applicability and exceptions to ap- or fixed independent tanks. plicability. Captain of the Port means the Coast 160.203 Definitions. Guard officer designated by the Com- 160.205 Waivers. 160.207 Notice of arrival: Vessels bound for mandant to command a Captain of the ports or places in the United States. Port Zone as described in part 3 of this 160.209 [Reserved] chapter. 160.211 Notice of arrival: Vessels carrying Commandant means the Commandant certain dangerous cargo. of the United States Coast Guard. 160.213 Notice of departure: Vessels carrying Commanding Officer, Vessel Traffic certain dangerous cargo. Services means the Coast Guard officer 160.215 Notice of hazardous conditions. designated by the Commandant to Subpart D—Year 2000 (Y2K) Preparedness command a Vessel Traffic Service Reporting for Certain Vessels and Ma- (VTS) as described in part 161 of this rine Facilities chapter. Deviation means any departure from 160.301 What is the purpose of this subpart? any rule in this subchapter. 160.303 When is this subpart effective? District Commander means the Coast 160.305 To which vessels and facilities does Guard officer designated by the Com- this subpart apply? 160.307 Which vessels and facilities are ex- mandant to command a Coast Guard empt from this subpart? District as described in part 3 of this 160.309 What definitions apply to this sub- chapter. part? ETA means estimated time of arrival. 160.311 What are the Year 2000 (Y2K) peak Length of Tow means, when towing risk periods? with a hawser, the length in feet from 160.313 What are the Year 2000 (Y2K) report- the stern of the towing vessel to the ing requirements for vessels owned in the stern of the last vessel in tow. When United States? 160.315 What are the Year 2000 (Y2K) report- pushing ahead or towing alongside, ing requirements for foreign flag vessels? length of tow means the tandem length 160.317 What are the Year 2000 (Y2K) report- in feet of the vessels in tow excluding ing requirements for marine facilities? the length of the towing vessel.
537
VerDate 18
Person means an individual, firm, § 160.5 Delegations. corporation, association, partnership, (a) District Commanders and Cap- or governmental entity. tains of the Ports are delegated the au- State means each of the several thority to establish safety zones. States of the United States, the Dis- (b) Under the provisions of §§ 6.04–1 trict of Columbia, the Commonwealth and 6.04–6 of this chapter, District of Puerto Rico, Guam, American Commanders and Captains of the Ports Samoa, the United States Virgin Is- have been delegated authority to estab- lands, the Trust Territories of the Pa- lish security zones. cific Islands, the Commonwealth of the (c) Under the provisions of § 1.05–1 of Northern Marianas Islands, and any this chapter, District Commanders other commonwealth, territory, or pos- have been delegated authority to estab- session of the United States. lish regulated navigation areas. Tanker means a self-propelled tank (d) Subject to the supervision of the vessel constructed or adapted pri- cognizant Captain of the Port and Dis- marily to carry oil or hazardous mate- trict Commander, Commanding Offi- rials in bulk in the cargo spaces. cers, Vessel Traffic Services are dele- Tank Vessel means a vessel that is gated authority under 33 CFR 1.01–30 to constructed or adapted to carry, or discharge the duties of the Captain of that carries, oil or hazardous material the Port that involve directing the op- in bulk as cargo or cargo residue. eration, movement, and anchorage of Vehicle means every type of convey- vessels within a Vessel Traffic Service ance capable of being used as a means area including management of vessel of transportation on land. traffic within anchorages, regulated Vessel means every description of navigation areas and safety zones, and watercraft or other artificial contriv- to enforce Vessel Traffic Service and ance used, or capable of being used, as ports and waterways safety regula- a means of transportation on water. tions. This authority may be exercised Vessel Traffic Services (VTS) means a by Vessel Traffic Center personnel. The service implemented under Part 161 of Vessel Traffic Center may, within the this chapter by the United States Vessel Traffic Service area, provide in- Coast Guard designed to improve the formation, make recommendations, or, safety and efficiency of vessel traffic to a vessel required under Part 161 of and to protect the environment. The this chapter to participate in a Vessel VTS has the capability to interact Traffic Service, issue an order, includ- with marine traffic and respond to traf- ing an order to operate or anchor as di- fic situations developing in the VTS rected; require the vessel to comply area. with orders issued; specify times of Vessel Traffic Service Area or VTS Area entry, movement or departure; restrict means the geographical area encom- operations as necessary for safe oper- passing a specific VTS area of service ation under the circumstances; or take as described in Part 161 of this chapter. other action necessary for control of This area of service may be subdivided the vessel and the safety of the port or into sectors for the purpose of allo- of the marine environment. cating responsibility to individual Ves- [CGD 79–026, 48 FR 35404, Aug. 4, 1983, as sel Traffic Centers or to identify dif- amended by CGD 88–037, 53 FR 21815, June 10, ferent operating requirements. 1988; CGD 90–020, 59 FR 36324, July 15, 1994] NOTE: Although regulatory jurisdiction is limited to the navigable waters of the United § 160.7 Appeals. States, certain vessels will be encouraged or (a) Any person directly affected by a may be required, as a condition of port safety zone or an order or direction entry, to report beyond this area to facili- issued under this subchapter may re- tate traffic management within the VTS area. quest reconsideration by the official who issued it or in whose name it was VTS Special Area means a waterway issued. This request may be made oral- within a VTS area in which special op- ly or in writing, and the decision of the erating requirements apply. official receiving the request may be [CGD 90–020, 59 FR 36323, July 15, 1994] rendered orally or in writing.
538
VerDate 18
(b) Any person directly affected by Protection is based upon the materials the establishment of a safety zone or submitted, without oral argument or by an order or direction issued by, or presentation. The decision of the As- on behalf of, a Captain of the Port may sistant Commandant for Marine Safety appeal to the District Commander and Environmental Protection is through the Captain of the Port. The issued in writing and constitutes final appeal must be in writing, except as al- agency action. lowed under paragraph (d) of this sec- (d) If the delay in presenting a writ- tion, and shall contain complete sup- ten appeal would have significant ad- porting documentation and evidence verse impact on the appellant, the ap- which the appellant wishes to have peal under paragraphs (b) and (c) of considered. Upon receipt of the appeal, this section may initially be presented the District Commander may direct a orally. If an initial presentation of the representative to gather and submit appeal is made orally, the appellant documentation or other evidence which must submit the appeal in writing would be necessary or helpful to a reso- within five days of the oral presen- lution of the appeal. A copy of this doc- tation to the Coast Guard official to umentation and evidence is made whom the presentation was made. The available to the appellant. The appel- written appeal must contain, at a min- lant is afforded five working days from imum, the basis for the appeal and a the date of receipt to submit rebuttal summary of the material presented materials. Following submission of all orally. If requested, the official to materials, the District Commander whom the appeal is directed may stay issues a ruling, in writing, on the ap- the effect of the action while the ruling peal.Prior to issuing the ruling, the is being appealed. District Commander may, as a matter [CGD 79–026, 48 FR 35404, Aug. 4, 1983, as of discretion, allow oral presentation amended by CGD 88–052, 53 FR 25122, July 1, on the issues. 1988; CGD 96–026, 61 FR 33668, June 28, 1996; (c) Any person directly affected by CGD 97–023, 62 FR 33364, June 19, 1997] the establishment of a safety zone or by an order or direction issued by a Subpart B—Control of Vessel and District Commander, or who receives Facility Operations an unfavorable ruling on an appeal taken under paragraph (b) of this sec- § 160.101 Purpose. tion, may appeal through the District This subpart describes the authority Commander to the Assistant Com- exercised by District Commanders and mandant for Marine Safety and Envi- Captains of the Ports to insure the ronmental Protection, U.S. Coast safety of vessels and waterfront facili- Guard, Washington, DC 20593. The ap- ties, and the protection of the navi- peal must be in writing, except as al- gable waters and the resources therein. lowed under paragraph (d) of this sec- The controls described in this subpart tion. The District Commander forwards are directed to specific situations and the appeal, all the documents and evi- hazards. dence which formed the record upon which the order or direction was issued § 160.103 Applicability. or the ruling under paragraph (b) of (a) This subpart applies to any— this section was made, and any com- (1) Vessel on the navigable waters of ments which might be relevant, to the the United States, except as provided Assistant Commandant for Marine in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this sec- Safety and Environmental Protection. tion; A copy of this documentation and evi- (2) Bridge or other structure on or in dence is made available to the appel- the navigable waters of the United lant. The appellant is afforded five States; and working days from the date of receipt (3) Land structure or shore area im- to submit rebuttal materials to the As- mediately adjacent to the navigable sistant Commandant for Marine Safety waters of the United States. and Environmental Protection. The de- (b) This subpart does not apply to cision of the Assistant Commandant any vessel on the Saint Lawrence Sea- for Marine Safety and Environmental way.
539
VerDate 18
(c) Except pursuant to international (2) Conduct examinations to assure treaty, convention, or agreement, to compliance with the safety equipment which the United States is a party, this requirements for structures. subpart does not apply to any foreign vessel that is not destined for, or de- [CGD 79–026, 48 FR 35404, Aug. 4, 1983, as amended by USCG–1998–3799, 63 FR 35531, parting from, a port or place subject to June 30, 1998] the jurisdiction of the United States and that is in: § 160.111 Special orders applying to (1) Innocent passage through the ter- vessel operations. ritorial sea of the United States; Each District Commander or Captain (2) Transit through the navigable wa- of the Port may order a vessel to oper- ters of the United States which form a ate or anchor in the manner directed part of an international strait. when: (a) The District Commander or Cap- § 160.105 Compliance with orders. tain of the Port has reasonable cause Each person who has notice of the to believe that the vessel is not in com- terms of an order issued under this sub- pliance with any regulation, law or part must comply with that order. treaty; (b) The District Commander or Cap- § 160.107 Denial of entry. tain of the Port determines that the Each District Commander or Captain vessel does not satisfy the conditions of the Port, subject to recognized prin- for vessel operation and cargo transfers ciples of international law, may deny specified in § 160.113; or entry into the navigable waters of the (c) The District Commander or Cap- United States or to any port or place tain of the Port has determined that under the jurisdiction of the United such order is justified in the interest of States, and within the district or zone safety by reason of weather, visibility, of that District Commander or Captain sea conditions, temporary port conges- of the Port, to any vessel not in com- tion, other temporary hazardous cir- pliance with the provisions of the Port cumstances, or the condition of the and Tanker Safety Act (33 U.S.C. 1221– vessel. 1232) or the regulations issued there- under. § 160.113 Prohibition of vessel oper- ation and cargo transfers. § 160.109 Waterfront facility safety. (a) Each District Commander or Cap- (a) To prevent damage to, or the de- tain of the Port may prohibit any ves- struction of, any bridge or other struc- sel, subject to the provisions of chapter ture on or in the navigable waters of 37 of Title 46, U.S. Code, from operating the United States, or any land struc- in the navigable waters of the United ture or shore area immediately adja- States, or from transferring cargo or cent to such waters, and to protect the residue in any port or place under the navigable waters and the resources jurisdiction of the United States, and therein from harm resulting from ves- within the district or zone of that Dis- sel or structure damage, destruction, trict Commander or Captain of the or loss, each District Commander or Port, if the District Commander or the Captain of the Port may: Captain of the Port determines that (1) Direct the handling, loading, un- the vessel’s history of accidents, pollu- loading, storage, and movement (in- tion incidents, or serious repair prob- cluding the emergency removal, con- lems creates reason to believe that the trol and disposition) of explosives or vessel may be unsafe or pose a threat other dangerous articles and sub- to the marine environment. stances, including oil or hazardous ma- (b) The authority to issue orders pro- terial as those terms are defined in 46 hibiting operation of the vessels or U.S.C. 2101 on any structure on or in transfer of cargo or residue under para- the navigable waters of the United graph (a) of this section also applies if States, or any land structure or shore the vessel: area immediately adjacent to those (1) Fails to comply with any applica- waters; and ble regulation;
540
VerDate 18
(2) Discharges oil or hazardous mate- or operator of which is subject to any rial in violation of any law or treaty of penalties under 33 U.S.C. 1232. the United States; [CGD 79–026, 48 FR 35404, Aug. 4, 1983; 48 FR (3) Does not comply with applicable 39059, Aug. 29, 1983, as amended by USCG– vessel traffic service requirements; 1998–3799, 63 FR 35531, June 30, 1998] (4) While underway, does not have at least one licensed deck officer on the Subpart C—Notifications of Arriv- navigation bridge who is capable of als, Departures, Hazardous communicating in the English lan- Conditions, and Certain Dan- guage. gerous Cargoes (c) When a vessel has been prohibited from operating in the navigable waters § 160.201 Applicability and exceptions of the United States under paragraphs to applicability. (a) or (b) of this section, the District (a) This subpart prescribes notifica- Commander or Captain of the Port may tion requirements for U.S. and foreign allow provisional entry into the navi- vessels bound for or departing from gable waters of the United States, or ports or places in the United States. into any port or place under the juris- (b) This part does not apply to rec- diction of the United States and within reational vessels under 46 U.S.C. 4301 et the district or zone of that District seq. and, except § 160.215, does not apply Commander or Captain of the Port, if to: the owner or operator of such vessel (1) Passenger and supply vessels when proves to the satisfaction of the Dis- they are employed in the exploration trict Commander or Captain of the for or in the removal of oil, gas, or Port, that the vessel is not unsafe or mineral resources on the continental does not pose a threat to the marine shelf, and environment, and that such entry is (2) Oil Spill Recovery Vessels (OSRVs) when engaged in actual spill necessary for the safety of the vessel or response operations or during spill re- the persons on board. sponse exercises. (d) A vessel which has been prohib- (c) Section 160.207 does not apply to ited from operating in the navigable the following: waters of the United States, or from (1) Each vessel of 300 gross tons or transferring cargo or residue in a port less, except a foreign vessel of 300 gross or place under the jurisdiction of the tons or less entering any port or place United States under the provisions of in the Seventh Coast Guard District as paragraph (a) or (b)(1), (2) or (3) of this described by 3.35–1(b) of this chapter. section, may be allowed provisional (2) Each vessel operating exclusively entry if the owner or operator proves, within a Captain of the Port zone. to the satisfaction of the District Com- (3) Each vessel operating upon a mander or Captain of the Port that has route that is described in a schedule jurisdiction, that the vessel is no that is submitted to the Captain of the longer unsafe or a threat to the envi- Port for each port or place of destina- ronment, and that the condition which tion listed in the schedule at least 24 gave rise to the prohibition no longer hours in advance of the first date and exists. time of arrival listed on the schedule and contains: [CGD 79–026, 48 FR 35404, Aug. 4, 1983, as (i) Name of the vessel; amended by CGD 96–026, 61 FR 33668, June 28, (ii) Country of registry of the vessel; 1996; USCG–1998–3799, 63 FR 35531, June 30, (iii) Call sign of the vessel; 1998] (iv) International Maritime Organi- zation (IMO) international number or, § 160.115 Withholding of clearance. if the vessel does not have an assigned Each District Commander or Captain IMO international number, the official of the Port may request the Secretary number of the vessel; of the Treasury, or the authorized rep- (v) Name of the registered owner of resentative thereof, to withhold or re- the vessel; voke the clearance required by 46 (vi) Name of the operator of the ves- U.S.C. App. 91 of any vessel, the owner sel;
541
VerDate 18
(vii) Name of the classification soci- Certain dangerous cargo includes any ety of the vessel; of the following: (viii) Each port or place of destina- (a) Division 1.1 or 1.2 (explosive) ma- tion; terials, as defined in 49 CFR 173.50. (ix) Estimated dates and times of ar- (b) Oxidizing materials or blasting rivals at and departures from these agents for which a permit is required ports or places; and under 49 CFR 176.415. (x) Name and telephone number of a (c) Highway route controlled quan- 24-hour point of contact. tity radioactive material, as defined in (4) Each vessel arriving at a port or 49 CFR 173.403(1), or Fissile Class III place under force majeure. shipments of fissile radioactive mate- (5) Each vessel entering a port of call rial, as defined in 49 CFR 173.455(a)(3). in the United States in compliance (d) Each cargo under Table 1 of 46 with the Automated Mutual Assistance CFR Part 153 when carried in bulk. Vessel Rescue System (AMVER). (e) Any of the following when carried (6) Each vessel entering a port of call in bulk: in the United States in compliance Acetaldehyde with the U.S. Flag Merchant Vessel Lo- Ammonia, anhydrous cator Filing System (USMER). Butadiene (7) Each barge. Butane (8) Each public vessel. Butene (9) United States or Canadian flag Butylene Oxide vessels, except tank vessels or vessels Chlorine Ethane carrying certain dangerous cargo, Ethylene which operate solely on the Great Ethylene Oxide Lakes. Methane (d) Sections 160.207, 160.211, and Methyl Acetylene, Propadiene Mixture, Sta- 160.213 apply to each vessel upon the bilized waters of the Mississippi River between Methyl Bromide Methyl Chloride its mouth and mile 235, Lower Mis- Phosphorous, elemental sissippi River, above Head of Passes. Propane Sections 160.207, 160.211, and 160.213 do Propylene not apply to each vessel upon the wa- Sulfur Dioxide ters of the Mississippi River between Vinyl Chloride its sources and mile 235, above Head of Great Lakes means Lakes Superior, Passes, and all the tributaries Michigan, Huron, Erie, and Ontario, emptying thereinto and their tribu- their connecting and tributary waters, taries, and that part of the the Saint Lawrence River as far as Atchafalaya River above its junction Saint Regis, and adjacent port areas. with the Plaquemine-Morgan City al- Gross tons means the tonnage deter- ternate waterway, and the Red River of mined by the tonnage authorities of a the North. vessel’s flag state in accordance with [CGD 79–026, 48 FR 35404, Aug. 4, 1983, as the national tonnage rules in force be- amended by CGD 86–055, 54 FR 14078, Apr. 7, fore the entry into force of the Inter- 1989; CGD 96–026, 61 FR 33669, June 28, 1996; national Convention on Tonnage Meas- CGD 94–089, 61 FR 50234, Sept. 25, 1996] urement of Ships, 1969 (‘‘Convention’’). For a vessel measured only under § 160.203 Definitions. Annex I of the Convention, gross tons As used in this subpart: means that tonnage. For a vessel meas- Agent means any person, partnership, ured under both systems, the higher firm, company or corporation engaged gross tonnage is the tonnage used for by the owner or charterer of a vessel to the purposes of the 300-gross-ton act in their behalf in matters con- threshold. cerning the vessel. Hazardous condition means any condi- Carried in bulk means a commodity tion that may adversely affect (1) the that is loaded or carried on board a safety of any vessel, bridge, structure, vessel without containers or labels and or shore area or (2) the environmental received and handled without mark or quality of any port, harbor, or navi- count. gable waterway of the United States. It
542
VerDate 18
may—but need not—involve collision, (c) The Captain of the Port of the allision, fire, explosion, grounding, port or place of destination in the leaking, damage, injury or illness of a United States must be notified of: person aboard, or manning-shortage. (1) Name of the vessel; Operator means any person including, (2) Country of registry of the vessel; but not limited to, an owner, a demise- (3) Call sign of the vessel; (bareboat-) charterer, or another con- (4) International Maritime Organiza- tractor who conducts, or is responsible tion (IMO) international number or, if for, the operation of a vessel. the vessel does not have an assigned Port or place of departure means any IMO international number, the official port or place in which a vessel is an- number of the vessel; chored or moored. (5) Name of the registered owner of Port or place of destination means any the vessel; port or place to which a vessel is bound (6) Name of the operator of the ves- to anchor or moor. sel; (7) Name of the classification society Public vessel means a vessel that is of the vessel; owned or demise- (bareboat-) chartered (8) Name of the port or place of de- by the government of the United parture; States, by a State or local government, (9) Name of the port or place of des- or by the government of a foreign tination; country and that is not engaged in (10) Estimated date and time of ar- commercial service. rival at this port or place; and [CGD 79–026, 48 FR 35404, Aug. 4, 1983, as (11) Name and telephone number of a amended by CGD 84–039, 50 FR 8614, Mar. 4, 24-hour point of contact. 1985; 50 FR 9426, Mar. 8, 1985; CGD 94–027, 59 (d) International Safety Management FR 39459, Aug. 3, 1994; CGD 92–050, 59 FR (ISM) Code (Chapter IX of SOLAS) No- 39966, Aug. 5, 1994; CGD 94–089, 61 FR 50234, tice. If you are the owner, agent, mas- Sept. 25, 1996; USCG–1999–5832, 64 FR 34715, ter, operator, or person in charge of a June 29, 1999] vessel that is 500 gross tons or more § 160.205 Waivers. and engaged on a foreign voyage to the United States, you must provide the The Captain of the Port may waive, ISM Code notice described in para- within that Captain of the Port’s des- graph (e) as follows: ignated zone, any of the requirements (1) ISM Code notice beginning January of this subpart for any vessel or class 26, 1998, if your vessel is—a passenger of vessels upon finding that the vessel, vessel carrying more than 12 pas- route, area of operations, conditions of sengers, a tank vessel, a bulk freight the voyage, or other circumstances are vessel, or a high-speed freight vessel. such that application of this subpart is (2) ISM Code notice beginning January unnecessary or impractical for pur- 1, 2002, if your vessel is—a freight vessel poses of safety, environmental protec- not listed in paragraph (d)(1) or a self- tion, or national security. propelled mobile offshore drilling unit (MODU). § 160.207 Notice of arrival: Vessels (e) Content and Manner of ISM Code bound for ports or places in the Notice. United States. (1) ISM Code notice includes the fol- (a) The owner, agent, master, oper- lowing: ator, or person in charge of a vessel on (i) The date of issuance for the com- a voyage of 24 hours or more shall re- pany’s Document of Compliance cer- port under paragraph (c) of this section tificate that covers the vessel. at least 24 hours before entering the (ii) The date of issuance for the ves- port or place of destination. sel’s Safety Management Certificate, (b) The owner, agent, master, oper- and, ator, or person in charge of a vessel on (iii) The name of the Flag Adminis- a voyage of less than 24 hours shall re- tration, or the recognized organiza- port under paragraph (c) of this section tion(s) representing the vessel flag ad- before departing the port or place of ministration, that issued those certifi- departure. cates.
543
VerDate 18
(2) If you meet the criteria in para- (15) Stowage location of each of the graph (d) of this section, you must give certain dangerous cargoes carried; and the ISM Code notice to the Coast (16) Operational condition of the Guard Captain of the Port of the port equipment under § 164.35 of this chap- or place of your destination in the U.S. ter. at least 24 hours before you enter the (b) The owner, agent, master, oper- port or place of destination. The ISM ator, or person in charge of a barge Code notice may be combined and pro- bound for a port or place in the United vided with the report required by para- States carrying certain dangerous graph (a) of this section. cargo shall report the information re- [CGD 79–026, 48 FR 35404, Aug. 4, 1983, as quired in paragraphs (a)(1) through amended by CGD 86–055, 54 FR 14078, Apr. 7, (a)(4) and (a)(8) through (16) of this sec- 1989; CGD 94–027, 59 FR 39460, Aug. 3, 1994; tion to the Captain of the Port of the CGD 91–045, 59 FR 40189, Aug. 5, 1994; CGD 94– port or place of destination at least 4 089, 61 FR 50234, Sept. 25, 1996; CGD 97–067, 62 hours before entering that port or FR 65206, Dec. 11, 1997; 63 FR 5458, Feb. 3, place. 1998; CGD 97–067, 63 FR 44117, Aug. 17, 1998] [CGD 79–026, 48 FR 35404, Aug. 4, 1983, as § 160.209 [Reserved] amended by CGD 86–055, 54 FR 14078, Apr. 7, 1989; CGD 94–027, 59 FR 39460, Aug. 3, 1994; § 160.211 Notice of arrival: Vessels car- CGD 94–089, 61 FR 50234, 50235, Sept. 25, 1996] rying certain dangerous cargo. § 160.213 Notice of departure: Vessels (a) The owner, agent, master, oper- carrying certain dangerous cargo. ator, or person in charge of a vessel, except a barge, bound for a port or (a) The owner, agent, master, oper- place in the United States and carrying ator, or person in charge of a vessel, certain dangerous cargo, shall notify except a barge, departing from a port the Captain of the Port of the port or or place in the United States for any place of destination at least 24 hours other port or place and carrying cer- before entering that port or place of tain dangerous cargo, shall notify the the: Captain of the Port or place of depar- (1) Name of the vessel; ture at least 24 hours before departing, (2) Country of registry of the vessel; unless this notification was made with- (3) Call sign of the vessel; in 2 hours after the vessel’s arrival, of (4) International Maritime Organiza- the: tion (IMO) international number or, if (1) Name of the vessel; the vessel does not have an assigned (2) Country of registry of the vessel; IMO international number, the official (3) Call sign of the vessel; number of the vessel; (4) International Maritime Organiza- (5) Name of the registered owner of tion (IMO) international number or, if the vessel; the vessel does not have an assigned (6) Name of the operator of the ves- IMO international number, the official sel; number of the vessel; (7) Name of the classification society (5) Name of the registered owner of of the vessel; the vessel; (8) Name of the port or place of de- (6) Name of the operator of the ves- parture; sel; (9) Name of the port or place of des- (7) Name of the classification society tination; of the vessel; (10) Estimated date and time of ar- (8) Name of the port or place of de- rival at this port or place; parture; (11) Name and telephone number of a (9) Name of the port or place of des- 24-hour point of contact; tination; (12) Location of the vessel at the (10) Estimated date and time of ar- time of the report; rival at this port or place; (13) Name of each of the certain dan- (11) Name and telephone number of a gerous cargoes carried; 24-hour point of contact; (14) Amount of each of the certain (12) Name of each of the certain dan- dangerous cargoes carried; gerous cargoes carried;
544
VerDate 18
(13) Amount of each of the certain seq.) and related statutes. The informa- dangerous cargoes carried; tion collected as a result of these tem- (14) Stowage location of each of the porary regulations will help Captains certain dangerous cargoes carried; and of the Port assess vessel and marine fa- (15) Operational condition of the cility preparedness for potential Year equipment under § 164.35 of this chap- 2000-related malfunctions. ter. (b) The owner, agent, master, oper- § 160.303 When is this subpart effec- ator, or person in charge of a barge de- tive? parting from a port or place in the This subpart is effective from July United States for any other port or 23, 1999 through March 31, 2000. place and carrying certain dangerous cargo shall report the information re- § 160.305 To which vessels and facili- quired in paragraphs (a)(1) through ties does this subpart apply? (a)(4) and (a)(8) through (15) of this sec- This subpart applies to: tion to the Captain of the Port of the (a) Vessels owned in the United port or place of departure at least 4 States and foreign flag vessels oper- hours before departing, unless this re- ating on waters subject to the jurisdic- port was made within 2 hours after the tion of the U.S. between August 1, 1999, barge’s arrival. and March 31, 2000; (b) Vessels owned in the United [CGD 79–026, 48 FR 35404, Aug. 4, 1983, as amended by CGD 86–055, 54 FR 14078, Apr. 7, States and foreign flag vessels engaged 1989; CGD 94–027, 59 FR 39460, Aug. 3, 1994; in lightering operations under part 156 CGD 94–089, 61 FR 50235, Sept. 25, 1996] of this title on the navigable waters of the United States or in the marine en- § 160.215 Notice of hazardous condi- vironment; tions. (c) Vessels inspected under Chapter Whenever there is a hazardous condi- 33 of Title 46 United States Code; and tion either aboard a vessel or caused by (d) Marine facilities as defined in a vessel or its operation, the owner, § 160.309. agent, master, operator, or person in charge shall immediately notify the § 160.307 Which vessels and facilities nearest Coast Guard Marine Safety of- are exempt from this subpart? fice or Group office. (Compliance with The following vessels and facilities this section does not by itself discharge are exempt from this subpart: the duty of compliance with 46 CFR (a) Recreational vessels under 46 4.05–10.) U.S.C. 4301 et seq.; (b) Public vessels; [CGD 94–027, 59 FR 39460, Aug. 3, 1994] (c) Uninspected commercial fishing vessels; Subpart D—Year 2000 (Y2K) Pre- (d) Uninspected barges; paredness Reporting for Cer- (e) Foreign flag vessels engaged in in- tain Vessels and Marine Fa- nocent passage; cilities (f) Uninspected passenger vessels; and (g) Facilities directly operated by the AUTHORITY: 33 U.S.C. 1223, 1231; 49 CFR 1.46. Department of Defense or under the au- Subpart D is also issued under the authority thority of the Department of the Inte- of 33 U.S.C. 1225 and 46 U.S.C. 3715. rior. SOURCE: By USCG–1998–4819, 64 FR 33412, June 23, 1999, unless otherwise noted. § 160.309 What definitions apply to this subpart? EFFECTIVE DATE NOTE: At 64 FR 33412, June 23, 1999, Subpart D is added to part 160, effec- As used in this subpart: tive July 23, 1999 until Mar. 31, 2000. Agent means any person, partnership, firm, company, or corporation engaged § 160.301 What is the purpose of this by the owner or charterer of the vessel subpart? to act in their behalf in matters con- This subpart contains temporary reg- cerning the vessel. ulations implementing the Ports and Facility Representative means the Waterways Safety Act (33 U.S.C. 1221 et owner, operator, person in charge, or
545
VerDate 18
employee of a marine facility who is letter 2121, Appendix 2) and U.S. Sup- responsible for the facility’s Y2K pre- plement 1’’ for vessels. paredness. Vessel Representative means the Marine facility means any facility owner, agent, master, operator, person designated by the following: in charge, or other person responsible (1) 33 CFR 125.07 or 126.01 as a Water- for a vessel’s or fleet’s Y2K prepared- front Facility; ness. (2) 33 CFR 126.05 as a Designated Wa- Year 2000 (Y2K) preparedness means terfront Facility; checking for the proper operation of (3) 33 CFR 127.005 as a Waterfront Fa- systems that include, but are not lim- cility Handling Liquefied Hazardous ited to, power generation equipment, Gas (LNG) or Liquefied Natural Gas steering and propulsion, loading and (LNG); unloading equipment, and alarms into (4) 33 CFR 148.3 as a Deepwater Port; the next century on all potential risk (5) 33 CFR 154.105 as a Facility, Mo- dates; preparing for the Y2K risk dates bile Facility, or Offshore Facility; or which may require updating software (6) 33 CFR 154.1020 as a Marine Trans- and hardware and replacing systems, portation-related Facility. subsystems, or components; and deter- Marine Facility Questionnaire means mining that other computer-based sys- ‘‘IMO Year 2000 Questionnaire 3 (IMO tems’ data exchanges internal or exter- circular letter 2121, Appendix 3) and nal to the company’s, vessel’s, or ma- U.S. Supplement 2’’ for marine facili- rine facility’s will also correctly func- ties. tion before, into, and during the Year Midnight means the last moment or 2000. end of a calendar day, i.e., 2400 hours local time on a 24-hour clock. § 160.311 What are the Year 2000 (Y2K) peak risk periods? Operating means vessels underway, conducting cargo loading/transfer oper- The Y2K peak risk periods are: ations, or carrying passengers, or fa- (a) Between midnight September 7, cilities conducting cargo loading/trans- 1999, and midnight September 9, 1999; fer operations with vessels. (b) Between midnight December 30, Operator means any person including, 1999, and midnight January 1, 2000; and but not limited to, an owner, a demise (c) Between midnight February 27, or bareboat charterer, or a contractor 2000, and midnight February 29, 2000. who conducts, or is responsible for, the operation of a vessel. § 160.313 What are the Year 2000 (Y2K) Port or place of departure means any reporting requirements for vessels port or place in which a vessel is an- owned in the United States? chored or moored. (a) The vessel representative of a ves- Port or place of destination means any sel owned in the United States must port or place to which a vessel is bound submit the following information— to anchor or moor. (1) If your vessel will operate during Recreational vessel means a vessel any of the peak risk periods identified being used only for pleasure as defined in § 160.311, you must submit a Vessel in 46 U.S.C. 2101(25). Questionnaire, as contained in Appen- Vessel includes every description of dix A to this subpart, so that it is re- watercraft or other artificial contriv- ceived by the U.S. Coast Guard no later ance used, or capable of being used, as than August 1, 1999. a means of transportation on water. (2) If your vessel will not operate dur- Vessel owned in the United States ing any of the peak risk periods identi- means any vessel documented or num- fied in § 160.311, but will operate during bered under the laws of the United the period August 1, 1999, through States; and, any vessel owned by a cit- March 31, 2000, you must submit U.S. izen of the United States that is not Supplement 1 (page 3 of the Vessel documented or numbered by any na- Questionnaire as contained in Appen- tion. dix A to this subpart) so that it is re- Vessel Questionnaire means ‘‘IMO ceived by the U.S. Coast Guard no later Year 2000 Questionnaire 2 (IMO circular than August 1, 1999.
546
VerDate 18
(b) You must submit the information ber (if available), and electronic mail required by paragraph (a) of this sec- address (if available); tion to the U.S. Coast Guard by one of (3) Vessel’s name; the following means. (4) Vessel’s type; (1) By mail to: United States Coast (5) Cargo type; Guard (MOC/Y2K), c/o The Centech (6) Vessel’s gross tonnage; Group, 2000 N. 14th Street, Suite 700, (7) Vessel’s Flag State; Arlington, VA 22201; (8) Vessel’s IMO or Official Number; (2) By fax to: 1–800–825–4357; or (3) Electronically via the Internet at: (9) Captain of the Port zone(s) the http://www.ucsg.mil/hq/g-m/y2k.htm. vessel may be operating in from Au- (c) You may submit one copy of the gust 1, 1999, through March 31, 2000. IMO Year 2000 Questionnaire 2 (page 2 (f) If the Y2K preparedness or oper- of the Vessel Questionnaire contained ational plans of your vessel(s) changes in Appendix A to this subpart) on be- after the initial submission of a Vessel half of your entire fleet if the same in- Questionnaire or U.S. Supplement 1, formation provided in the IMO Year you must submit an updated or new 2000 Questionnaire 2 applies to all ves- Vessel Questionnaire or updated U.S. sels within the fleet, unless cir- Supplement 1 by the means described cumstances as described in paragraphs in paragraph (b) of this section. (f) or (g) of this section apply. You (g) If you submit a new or updated must still complete a U.S. Supplement Vessel Questionnaire, as contained in 1 for each vessel operating between Au- Appendix A to this subpart, during any gust 1, 1999, and March 31, 2000. of the peak risk periods identified in (d) For vessels described in paragraph § 160.311, you must submit the informa- (a)(1) of this section, you must notify tion to the Captain of the Port for each the U.S. Coast Guard, through the port or place of destination the vessel completion of a Vessel Questionnaire will operate in instead of by one of the contained in Appendix A to this sub- means described in paragraph (b) of part. The information required to com- this section. plete the questionnaire includes: (1) Name of person completing the § 160.315 What are the Year 2000 (Y2K) questionnaire; reporting requirements for foreign flag vessels? (2) Company contact personnel and address, phone number, facsimile num- (a) The vessel representative of a for- ber (if available), and electronic mail eign flag vessel must submit the fol- address (if available); lowing information— (3) Vessel’s name; (1) If your vessel will operate on wa- (4) Vessel’s type; ters subject to the jurisdiction of the (5) Cargo type; U.S. during any of the peak risk peri- (6) Vessel’s gross tonnage; ods identified § 160.311, you must sub- (7) Vessel’s Flag State; mit a Vessel Questionnaire, as con- (8) Vessel’s IMO or Official Number; tained in Appendix A to this subpart, (9) Captain of the Port zone(s) the so that it is received by the U.S. Coast vessel may be operating in from Au- Guard no later than 24 hours prior to gust 1, 1999, through March 31, 2000. arrival in a U.S. port or U.S. place of (10) Status of Y2K preparedness. destination. (e) For vessels described in paragraph (2) If your vessel will not operate on (a)(2) of this section, you must notify waters subject to the jurisdiction of the U.S. Coast Guard, through the the U.S. during any of the peak risk pe- completion of a U.S. Supplement 1 riods identified in § 160.311, but will op- (page 3 of the Vessel Questionnaire erate on waters subject to the jurisdic- contained in Appendix A to this sub- tion of the U.S. during the period Au- part). The information required to gust 1, 1999, through March 31, 2000, you complete the supplement includes: must submit U.S. Supplement 1 (page 3 (1) Name of person completing the of the Vessel Questionnaire as con- questionnaire; tained in Appendix A to this subpart) (2) Company contact personnel and so that it is received by the U.S. Coast address, phone number, facsimile num- Guard no later than 24 hours prior to
547
VerDate 18
arrival in a U.S. port or U.S. place of (1) Name of person completing the destination. questionnaire; (b) You must submit the information (2) Company contact personnel and required by paragraph (a) of this sec- address, phone number, facsimile num- tion to the U.S. Coast Guard by one of ber (if available), and electronic mail the following means: address (if available); (1) By mail to: United States Coast (3) Vessel’s name; Guard (MOC/Y2K), c/o The Centech (4) Vessel’s type; Group 2000 N. 14th Street, Suite 700, Ar- (5) Cargo type; lington, VA 22201; (6) Vessel’s gross tonnage; (2) By fax to: 1–800–825–4357; or (3) Electronically via the Internet at: (7) Vessel’s Flag State; http://www.ucsg.mil/hq/g-m/y2k.htm. (8) Vessel’s IMO or Official Number; (c) You may submit one copy of the (9) Captain of the Port zone(s) the IMO Year 2000 Questionnaire 2 (page 2 vessel may be operating in from Au- of the Vessel Questionnaire contained gust 1, 1999, through March 31, 2000. in Appendix A to this subpart) on be- (f) If the Y2K preparedness or oper- half of your entire fleet if the same in- ational plans of your vessel(s) changes formation provided in the IMO Year after the initial submission of a Vessel 2000 Questionnaire 2 applies to all ves- Questionnaire or U.S. Supplement 1, sels within the fleet, unless cir- you must submit an updated or new cumstances as described in paragraphs Vessel Questionnaire or updated U.S. (f) or (g) of this section apply. You Supplement 1 by the means described must still complete a U.S. Supplement in paragraph (b) of this section. 1 for each vessel operating on waters (g) If you submit a new or updated subject to the jurisdiction of the U.S. Vessel Questionnaire, as contained in between August 1, 1999, and March 31, Appendix A to this subpart, during any 2000. of the peak risk periods identified in (d) For vessels described in paragraph § 160.311, you must submit the informa- (a)(1) of this section, you must notify tion to the Captain of the Port for each the U.S. Coast Guard, through the port or place of destination the vessel completion of a Vessel Questionnaire will operate in instead of by one of the contained in Appendix A to this sub- means described in paragraph (b) of part. The information required to com- this section. plete the questionnaire includes: (1) Name of person completing the § 160.317 What are the Year 2000 (Y2K) questionnaire; reporting requirements for marine (2) Company contact personnel and facilities? address, phone number, facsimile num- (a) The facility representative of a ber (if available), and electronic mail marine facility must submit the fol- address (if available); lowing information— (3) Vessel’s name; (4) Vessel’s type; (1) If your marine facility will oper- (5) Cargo type; ate during any of the peak risk periods (6) Vessel’s gross tonnage; identified § 160.311, you must submit a (7) Vessel’s Flag State; Marine Facility Questionnaire, as con- (8) Vessel’s IMO or Official Number; tained in Appendix B to this subpart, (9) Captain of the Port zone(s) the so that it is received by the U.S. Coast vessel may be operating in from Au- Guard no later than August 1, 1999. gust 1, 1999, through March 31, 2000. (2) If your marine facility will not op- (10) Status of Y2K preparedness. erate during any of the peak risk peri- (e) For vessels described in paragraph ods identified in § 160.311, but will oper- (a)(2) of this section, you must notify ate during the period August 1, 1999, the U.S. Coast Guard, through the through March 31, 2000, you must sub- completion of a U.S. Supplement 1 mit U.S. Supplement 2 (page 3 of the (page 3 of the Vessel Questionnaire Marine Facility Questionnaire as con- contained in Appendix A to this sub- tained in Appendix B to this subpart) part). The information required to so that it is received by the U.S. Coast complete the supplement includes: Guard no later than August 1, 1999.
548
VerDate 18
(b) You must submit the information dix B to this subpart). The information required by paragraph (a) of this sec- required to complete the supplement tion to the U.S. Coast Guard by one of includes: the following means: (1) Captain of the Port zone the facil- (1) By mail to: United States Coast ity is located in; Guard (MOC/Y2K), c/o The Centech (2) Name of facility; Group, 2000 N. 14th Street, Suite 700, (3) Type(s) of facility; Arlington, VA 22201; (4) Name of company; (2) By fax to: 1–800–825–4357; or (5) Name and title of person pro- (3) Electronically via the Internet at: viding Y2K preparedness information; http://www.ucsg.mil/hq/g-m/y2k.htm. and (c) For marine facilities described in (6) Company contact personnel and paragraph (a)(1) of this section, you address, phone number, facsimile num- must notify the U.S. Coast Guard, ber (if available), and electronic mail through the completion of a Marine address (if available). Facility Questionnaire contained in (f) If the Y2K preparedness or oper- Appendix B to this subpart. The infor- ational plans of your marine facility mation required to complete the ques- changes after the initial submission of tionnaire includes: a Marine Facility Questionnaire or (1) Captain of the Port zone the facil- U.S. Supplement 2, you must submit an ity is located in; updated or new Marine Facility Ques- (2) Name of facility; tionnaire or updated U.S. Supplement 2 (3) Type(s) of facility; by the means described in paragraph (4) Name of company; (b) of this section. (5) Name and title of person pro- (g) If you submit a new or updated viding Y2K preparedness information; Marine Facility Questionnaire, as con- (6) Company contact personnel and tained in Appendix B to this subpart, address, phone number, facsimile num- during any of the peak risk periods ber (if available), and electronic mail identified in § 160.311, you must submit address (if available); and the information to the Captain of the (7) Status of Y2K preparedness. Port for the place the facility operates (d) For marine facilities described in in instead of by one of the means de- paragraph (a)(2) of this section, you scribed in paragraph (b) of this section. must notify the U.S. Coast Guard, through the completion of a U.S. Sup- APPENDIX A TO SUBPART D OF PART plement 2 (page 3 of the Marine Facil- 160—UNITED STATES COAST GUARD ity Questionnaire contained in Appen- VESSEL QUESTIONNAIRE
549
VerDate 18
550
VerDate 18
551
VerDate 18
552
VerDate 18
553
VerDate 18
APPENDIX B TO SUBPART D OF PART 160—UNITED STATES COAST GUARD MARINE FACILITY QUESTIONNAIRE
554
VerDate 18
555
VerDate 18
556
VerDate 18
PART 161—VESSEL TRAFFIC 161.4 Requirement to carry the rules. MANAGEMENT 161.5 Deviations from the rules. SERVICES, VTS MEASURES, AND OPERATING Subpart A—Vessel Traffic Services REQUIREMENTS
GENERAL RULES 161.10 Services. 161.11 VTS measures. Sec. 161.12 Vessel operating requirements. 161.1 Purpose and Intent. 161.13 VTS Special Area operating require- 161.2 Definitions. ments. 161.3 Applicability.
557
VerDate 18
Subpart B—Vessel Movement Reporting the safe routing of vessels through con- System gested waterways or waterways of par- ticular hazard. Under certain cir- 161.15 Purpose and intent. 161.16 Applicability. cumstances, a VTS may issue direc- 161.17 Definitions. tions to control the movement of ves- 161.18 Reporting requirements. sels in order to minimize the risk of 161.19 Sailing Plan (SP). collision between vessels, or damage to 161.20 Position Report (PR). property or the environment. 161.21 Sailing Plan Deviation Report (DR). 161.22 Final Report (FR). (c) The owner, operator, charterer, 161.23 Reporting exemptions. master, or person directing the move- ment of a vessel remains at all times Subpart C—Vessel Traffic Service Areas, responsible for the manner in which Cooperative Vessel Traffic Service the vessel is operated and maneuvered, Area, Vessel Traffic Service Special and is responsible for the safe naviga- Areas and Reporting Points tion of the vessel under all cir- 161.25 Vessel Traffic Service New York cumstances. Compliance with these Area. rules or with a direction of the VTS is 161.30 Vessel Traffic Service Louisville. at all times contingent upon the ex- 161.35 Vessel Traffic Service Houston/Gal- veston. igencies of safe navigation. 161.40 Vessel Traffic Service Berwick Bay. (d) Nothing in this part is intended to 161.45 Vessel Traffic Service St. Marys relieve any vessel, owner, operator, River. charterer, master, or person directing 161.50 Vessel Traffic Service San Francisco. the movement of a vessel from the con- 161.55 Vessel Traffic Service Puget Sound and the Cooperative Vessel Traffic Serv- sequences of any neglect to comply ice for the Juan de Fuca Region. with this part or any other applicable 161.60 Vessel Traffic Service Prince William law or regulation (e.g., the Inter- Sound. national Regulations for Prevention of AUTHORITY: 33 U.S.C. 1231; 33 U.S.C. 1223; 49 Collisions at Sea, 1972 (72 COLREGS) or CFR 1.46. the Inland Navigation Rules) or of the SOURCE: CGD 90–020, 59 FR 36324, July 15, neglect of any precaution which may 1994, unless otherwise noted. be required by the ordinary practice of seamen, or by the special cir- Subpart A—Vessel Traffic Services cumstances of the case.
GENERAL RULES § 161.2 Definitions.
§ 161.1 Purpose and Intent. For the purposes of this part: Cooperative Vessel Traffic Services (a) The purpose of this part is to pro- (CVTS) means the system of vessel traf- mulgate regulations implementing and fic management established and jointly enforcing certain sections of the Ports and Waterways Safety Act (PWSA) set- operated by the United States and Can- ting up a national system of Vessel ada within adjoining waters. In addi- Traffic Services that will enhance tion, CVTS facilitates traffic move- navigation, vessel safety, and marine ment and anchorages, avoids jurisdic- environmental protection, and promote tional disputes, and renders assistance safe vessel movement by reducing the in emergencies in adjoining United potential for collisions, rammings, and States and Canadian waters. groundings, and the loss of lives and Hazardous Vessel Operating Condition property associated with these inci- means any condition related to a ves- dents within VTS areas established sel’s ability to safely navigate or ma- hereunder. neuver, and includes, but is not limited (b) Vessel Traffic Services provide to: the mariner with information related (1) The absence or malfunction of to the safe navigation of a waterway. vessel operating equipment, such as This information, coupled with the propulsion machinery, steering gear, mariner’s compliance with the provi- radar system, gyrocompass, depth sions set forth in this part, enhances
558
VerDate 18
sounding device, automatic radar plot- spond to traffic situations developing ting aid (ARPA), radiotelephone, Auto- in the VTS area. matic Identification System equip- Vessel Traffic Service Area or VTS Area ment, navigational lighting, sound sig- means the geographical area encom- naling devices or similar equipment. passing a specific VTS area of service. (2) Any condition on board the vessel This area of service may be subdivided likely to impair navigation, such as into sectors for the purpose of allo- lack of current nautical charts and cating responsibility to individual Ves- publications, personnel shortage, or sel Traffic Centers or to identify dif- similar condition. ferent operating requirements. (3) Vessel characteristics that affect NOTE: Although regulatory jurisdiction is or restrict maneuverability, such as limited to the navigable waters of the United cargo arrangement, trim, loaded condi- States, certain vessels will be encouraged or may be required, as a condition of port tion, underkeel clearance, speed, or entry, to report beyond this area to facili- similar characteristics. tate traffic management within the VTS Precautionary Area means a routing area. measure comprising an area within de- VTS Special Area means a waterway fined limits where vessels must navi- within a VTS area in which special op- gate with particular caution and with- erating requirements apply. in which the direction of traffic may be VTS User means a vessel, or an recommended. owner, operator, charterer, master, or Towing Vessel means any commercial person directing the movement of a vessel engaged in towing another vessel vessel, that is: astern, alongside, or by pushing ahead. (a) Subject to the Vessel Bridge-to- Vessel Movement Reporting System Bridge Radiotelephone Act; or (VMRS) is a system used to manage and (b) Required to participate in a track vessel movements within a VTS VMRS within a VTS area (VMRS area. This is accomplished by a vessel User). providing information under estab- VTS User’s Manual means the manual lished procedures as set forth in this established and distributed by the VTS part, or as directed by the VTS. to provide the mariner with a descrip- Vessel Movement Reporting System tion of the services offered and rules in (VMRS) User means a vessel, or an force for that VTS. Additionally, the owner, operator, charterer, master, or manual may include chartlets showing person directing the movement of a the area and sector boundaries, general vessel, that is required to participate navigational information about the in a VMRS within a VTS area. VMRS area, and procedures, radio frequencies, participation is required for: reporting provisions and other infor- (1) Every power-driven vessel of 40 mation which may assist the mariner meters (approximately 131 feet) or while in the VTS area. more in length, while navigating; [CGD 90–020, 59 FR 36324, July 15, 1994, as (2) Every towing vessel of 8 meters amended by CGE 97–023, 62 FR 33364, June 19, (approximately 26 feet) or more in 1997] length, while navigating; or (3) Every vessel certificated to carry § 161.3 Applicability. 50 or more passengers for hire, when The provisions of this subpart shall engaged in trade. apply to each VTS User and may also Vessel Traffic Center (VTC) means the apply to any vessel while underway or shore-based facility that operates the at anchor on the navigable waters of vessel traffic service for the Vessel the United States within a VTS area, Traffic Service area or sector within to the extent the VTS considers nec- such an area. essary. Vessel Traffic Services (VTS) means a service implemented by the United § 161.4 Requirement to carry the rules. States Coast Guard designed to im- Each VTS User shall carry on board prove the safety and efficiency of ves- and maintain for ready reference a sel traffic and to protect the environ- copy of these rules. ment. The VTS has the capability to NOTE: These rules are contained in the ap- interact with marine traffic and re- plicable U.S. Coast Pilot, the VTS User’s
559
VerDate 18
Manual which may be obtained by con- (b) Vessel congestion; tacting the appropriate VTS, and periodi- (c) Traffic density; cally published in the Local Notice to Mari- (d) Environmental conditions; ners. The VTS User’s Manual and the World (e) Aids to navigation status; VTS Guide, an International Maritime Orga- nization (IMO) recognized publication, con- (f) Anticipated vessel encounters; tain additional information which may as- (g) Another vessel’s name, type, posi- sist the prudent mariner while in the appro- tion, hazardous vessel operating condi- priate VTS area. tions, if applicable, and intended navi- gation movements, as reported; § 161.5 Deviations from the rules. (h) Temporary measures in effect; (a) Requests to deviate from any pro- (i) A description of local harbor oper- vision in this part, either for an ex- ations and conditions, such as ferry tended period of time or if anticipated routes, dredging, and so forth; before the start of a transit, must be (j) Anchorage availability; or submitted in writing to the appropriate (k) Other information or special cir- District Commander. Upon receipt of cumstances. the written request, the District Com- mander may authorize a deviation if it § 161.11 VTS measures. is determined that such a deviation (a) A VTS may issue measures or di- provides a level of safety equivalent to rections to enhance navigation and that provided by the required measure vessel safety and to protect the marine or is a maneuver considered necessary environment, such as, but not limited for safe navigation under the cir- to: cumstances. An application for an au- (1) Designating temporary reporting thorized deviation must state the need points and procedures; and fully describe the proposed alter- (2) Imposing vessel operating require- native to the required measure. ments; or (b) Requests to deviate from any pro- (3) Establishing vessel traffic routing vision in this part due to cir- schemes. cumstances that develop during a tran- (b) During conditions of vessel con- sit or immediately preceeding a tran- gestion, restricted visibility, adverse sit, may be made verbally to the appro- weather, or other hazardous cir- priate VTS Commanding Officer. Re- cumstances, a VTS may control, super- quests to deviate shall be made as far vise, or otherwise manage traffic, by in advance as practicable. Upon receipt specifying times of entry, movement, of the request, the VTS Commanding or departure to, from, or within a VTS Officer may authorize a deviation if it area. is determined that, based on vessel handling characteristics, traffic den- § 161.12 Vessel operating require- sity, radar contacts, environmental ments. conditions and other relevant informa- (a) Subject to the exigencies of safe tion, such a deviation provides a level navigation, a VTS User shall comply of safety equivalent to that provided with all measures established or direc- by the required measure or is a maneu- tions issued by a VTS. ver considered necessary for safe navi- (1) If, in a specific circumstance, a gation under the circumstances. VTS User is unable to safely comply with a measure or direction issued by SERVICES, VTS MEASURES, AND the VTS, the VTS User may deviate OPERATING REQUIREMENTS only to the extent necessary to avoid endangering persons, property or the § 161.10 Services. environment. The deviation shall be re- To enhance navigation and vessel ported to the VTS as soon as is prac- safety, and to protect the marine envi- ticable. ronment, a VTS may issue advisories, (b) When not exchanging communica- or respond to vessel requests for infor- tions, a VTS User must maintain a lis- mation, on reported conditions within tening watch as required by § 26.04(e) of the VTS area, such as: this chapter on the VTS frequency des- (a) Hazardous conditions or cir- ignated in Table 161.12(b) (VTS Call cumstances; Signs, Designated Frequencies, and
560
VerDate 18
Monitoring Areas). In addition, the quired on vessels subject to the Vessel VTS User must respond promptly when Bridge-to-Bridge Radiotelephone Act and hailed and communicate in the English participating in a Vessel Traffic Service language. (VTS) system when the watch is maintained on both the vessel bridge-to-bridge frequency NOTE: As stated in 47 CFR 80.148(b), a VHF watch on Channel 16 (156.800 MHz) is not re- and a designated VTS frequency.
561
VerDate 18
562
VerDate 18
563
VerDate 18
(c) As soon as is practicable, a VTS tions for Prevention of Collisions at User shall notify the VTS of any of the Sea, 1972 (72 COLREGS) or the Inland following: Navigation Rules. (1) A marine casualty as defined in 46 CFR 4.05–1; Subpart B—Vessel Movement (2) Involvement in the ramming of a Reporting System fixed or floating object; (3) A pollution incident as defined in § 161.15 Purpose and intent. § 151.15 of this chapter; (4) A defect or discrepancy in an aid (a) A Vessel Movement Reporting to navigation; System (VMRS) is a system used to (5) A hazardous condition as defined manage and track vessel movements in § 160.203 of this chapter; within a VTS area. This is accom- (6) Improper operation of vessel plished by requiring that vessels pro- equipment required by Part 164 of this vide information under established pro- chapter; cedures as set forth in this part, or as (7) A situation involving hazardous directed by the VTS. materials for which a report is required (b) To avoid imposing an undue re- by 49 CFR 176.48; and porting burden or unduly congesting (8) A hazardous vessel operating con- radiotelephone frequencies, reports dition as defined in § 161.2. shall be limited to information which is essential to achieve the objectives of [CGD 90–020, 59 FR 36324, July 15, 1994, as the VMRS. These reports are consoli- amended by CGD 95–033, 60 FR 28329, May 31, dated into four reports (sailing plan, 1995; CGD 92–052, 61 FR 45326, Aug. 29, 1996] position, sailing plan deviation and § 161.13 VTS Special Area operating final). requirements. § 161.16 Applicability. The following operating require- ments apply within a VTS Special The provisions of this subpart shall Area: apply to the following VMRS Users: (a) A VTS User shall, if towing (a) Every power-driven vessel of 40 astern, do so with as short a hawser as meters (approximately 131 feet) or safety and good seamanship permits. more in length, while navigating; (b) A VMRS User shall: (1) Not enter (b) Every towing vessel of 8 meters or get underway in the area without (approximately 26 feet) or more in prior approval of the VTS; length, while navigating; or (2) Not enter a VTS Special Area if a (c) Every vessel certificated to carry hazardous vessel operating condition or 50 or more passengers for hire, when circumstance exists; engaged in trade. (3) Not meet, cross, or overtake any other VMRS User in the area without § 161.17 Definitions. prior approval of the VTS; and As used in this subpart: Published (4) Before meeting, crossing, or over- means available in a widely-distributed taking any other VMRS User in the and publicly available medium (e.g., area, communicate on the designated VTS User’s Manual, ferry schedule, No- vessel bridge-to-bridge radiotelephone tice to Mariners). frequency, intended navigation move- ments, and any other information nec- § 161.18 Reporting requirements. essary in order to make safe passing (a) A VTS may: (1) Direct a vessel to arrangements. This requirement does provide any of the information set not relieve a vessel of any duty pre- forth in Table 161.18(a) (IMO Standard scribed by the International Regula- Ship Reporting System);
TABLE 161.18(A).ÐTHE IMO STANDARD SHIP REPORTING SYSTEM
A ALPHA ...... Ship ...... Name, call sign or ship station identity, and flag.
564
VerDate 18
TABLE 161.18(A).ÐTHE IMO STANDARD SHIP REPORTING SYSTEMÐContinued
B BRAVO ...... Dates and time of event A 6 digit group giving day of month (first two digits), hours and minutes (last four digits). If other than UTC state time zone used. C CHARLIE ...... Position ...... A 4 digit group giving latitude in degrees and minutes suffixed with N (north) or S (south) and a 5 digit group giving longitude in de- grees and minutes suffixed with E (east) or W (west); or. D DELTA ...... Position ...... True bearing (first 3 digits) and distance (state distance) in nautical miles from a clearly identified landmark (state landmark). E ECHO ...... True course ...... A 3 digit group. F FOXTROT ...... Speed in knots and A 3 digit group. tenths of knots. G GOLF ...... Port of Departure ...... Name of last port of call. H HOTEL ...... Date, time and point of Entry time expressed as in (B) and into the entry system. entry position expressed as in (C) or (D). I INDIA ...... Destination and ex- Name of port and date time group expressed pected time of arrival. as in (B). J JULIET ...... Pilot ...... State whether a deep sea or local pilot is on board. K KILO ...... Date, time and point of Exit time expressed as in (B) and exit position exit from system. expressed as in (C) or (D). L LIMA ...... Route information ...... Intended track. M MIKE ...... Radio ...... State in full names of communications stations/ frequencies guarded. N NOVEMBER ...... Time of next report ...... Date time group expressed as in (B). O OSCAR ...... Maximum present static 4 digit group giving meters and centimeters. draught in meters. P PAPA ...... Cargo on board ...... Cargo and brief details of any dangerous car- goes as well as harmful substances and gases that could endanger persons or the environment. Q QUEBEC ...... Defects, damage, defi- Brief detail of defects, damage, deficiencies or ciencies or limitations. other limitations. R ROMEO ...... Description of pollution Brief details of type of pollution (oil, chemicals, or dangerous goods etc) or dangerous goods lost overboard; posi- lost. tion expressed as in (C) or (D). S SIERRA ...... Weather conditions ...... Brief details of weather and sea conditions pre- vailing. T TANGO ...... Ship's representative Details of name and particulars of ship's rep- and/or owner. resentative and/or owner for provision of in- formation. U UNIFORM ...... Ship size and type ...... Details of length, breadth, tonnage, and type, etc., as required. V VICTOR ...... Medical personnel ...... Doctor, physician's assistant, nurse, no medic. W WHISKEY ...... Total number of per- State number. sons on board. X XRAY ...... Miscellaneous ...... Any other information as appropriate. [i.e., a detailed description of a planned operation, which may include: its duration; effective area; any restrictions to navigation; notifica- tion procedures for approaching vessels; in addition, for a towing operation: configuration, length of the tow, available horsepower, etc.; for a dredge or floating plant: configuration of pipeline, mooring configuration, number of assist vessels, etc.].
565
VerDate 18
(2) Establish other means of report- Local Notices to Mariners, general broadcast ing for those vessels unable to report or the VTS User’s Manual. on the designated frequency; or (3) Require reports from a vessel in § 161.21 Sailing Plan Deviation Report (DR). sufficient time to allow advance vessel traffic planning. A vessel must report: (b) All reports required by this part (a) When its ETA to a destination shall be made as soon as is practicable varies significantly from a previously on the frequency designated in Table reported ETA; 161.12(b) (VTS Call Signs, Designated (b) Any intention to deviate from a Frequencies, and Monitoring Areas). VTS issued measure or vessel traffic (c) When not exchanging communica- routing system; or tions, a VMRS User must maintain a (c) Any significant deviation from listening watch as described in § 26.04(e) previously reported information. of this chapter on the frequency des- ignated in Table 161.12(b) (VTS Call § 161.22 Final Report (FR). Signs, Designated Frequencies, and A vessel must report its name and Monitoring Areas). In addition, the position: VMRS User must respond promptly (a) On arrival at its destination; or when hailed and communicate in the (b) When leaving a VTS area. English language. NOTE: As stated in 47 CFR 80.148(b), a VHF § 161.23 Reporting exemptions. watch on Channel 16 (156.800 MHz) is not re- (a) Unless otherwise directed, the fol- quired on vessels subject to the Vessel lowing vessels are exempted from pro- Bridge-to-Bridge Radiotelephone Act and viding Position and Final Reports due participating in a Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) system when the watch is maintained to the nature of their operation: on both the vessel bridge-to-bridge frequency (1) Vessels on a published schedule and a designated VTS frequency. and route; (d) When reports required by this (2) Vessels operating within an area part include time information, such in- of a radius of three nautical miles or formation shall be given using the less; or local time zone in effect and the 24- (3) Vessels escorting another vessel hour military clock system. or assisting another vessel in maneu- vering procedures. § 161.19 Sailing Plan (SP). (b) A vessel described in paragraph Unless otherwise stated, at least 15 (a) of this section must: minutes before navigating a VTS area, (1) Provide a Sailing Plan at least 5 a vessel must report the: minutes but not more than 15 minutes (a) Vessel name and type; before navigating within the VTS area; (b) Position; and (c) Destination and ETA; (2) If it departs from its promulgated (d) Intended route; schedule by more than 15 minutes or (e) Time and point of entry; and changes its limited operating area, (f) Dangerous cargo on board or in its make the established VMRS reports, or tow, as defined in § 160.203 of this chap- report as directed. ter, and other required information as (c) In those VTS areas capable of re- set out in § 160.211 and § 160.213 of this ceiving automated position reports chapter, if applicable. from Automatic Identification System Shipborne Equipment (AISSE) as re- § 161.20 Position Report (PR). quired by § 164.43 of this chapter and A vessel must report its name and where AISSE is required, vessels position: equipped with an operating AISSE are (a) Upon point of entry into a VTS not required to make voice radio posi- area; tion reports at designated reporting (b) At designated reporting points as points as required by § 161.20(b) of this set forth in subpart C; or part, unless otherwise directed by the (c) When directed by the VTC. VTC. NOTE: Notice of temporary reporting (1) Whenever an AISSE becomes non- points, if established, may be published via operational as defined in § 164.43(c) of
566
VerDate 18
this chapter, before entering or while Kill Van Kull and Upper New York Bay underway in a VTS area, a vessel must: north to a line drawn east-west from (i) Notify the VTC; the Holland Tunnel Ventilator Shaft at (ii) Make voice radio position reports latitude 40°43.7′N., longitude 74°01.6′W. at designated reporting points as re- in the Hudson River; and then con- quired by § 161.20(b) of this part; tinuing east including the waters of (iii) Make other voice radio reports the East River to the Throgs Neck as directed; and Bridge, excluding the Harlem River. (iv) Restore the AISSE to operating NOTE: Although mandatory participation condition as soon as possible. in VTSNY is limited to the area within the (2) Whenever an AISSE becomes non- navigable waters of the United States, operational due to a loss of position VTSNY will provide services beyond those correction information (i.e., the U.S. waters. Prospective users are encouraged to report beyond the area of required participa- Coast Guard differential global posi- tion in order to facilitate advance vessel tioning system (dGPS) cannot provide traffic management in the VTS area and to the required error correction messages) receive VTSNY advisories and/or assistance. a vessel must: [CGD 92–052, 61 FR 45327, Aug. 29, 1996] (i) Make required voice radio position reports at designated reporting points § 161.30 Vessel Traffic Service Louis- required by § 161.20(b) of this part; and ville. (ii) Make other voice radio reports as The VTS area consists of the navi- directed. gable waters of the Ohio River between NOTE: Regulations pertaining to AISSE re- McAlpine Locks (Mile 606.8) and quired capabilities are set forth in § 164.43 of Twelve Mile Island (Mile 593), only this chapter. when the McAlpine upper pool gauge is [CGD 90–020, 59 FR 36324, July 15, 1994, as at 13.0 feet or above. amended by CGD 97–023, 62 FR 33364, June 19, 1997] [CGD 90–020, 59 FR 36324, July 15, 1994, as amended by USCG–1998–3799, 63 FR 35531, Subpart C—Vessel Traffic Service June 30, 1998] Areas, Cooperative Vessel § 161.35 Vessel Traffic Service Hous- Traffic Service Area, Vessel ton/Galveston. Traffic Service Special Areas (a) The VTS area consists of the fol- and Reporting Points lowing major waterways and portions of connecting waterways: Galveston NOTE: All geographic coordinates con- Bay Entrance Channel; Outer Bar tained in part 161 (latitude and longitude) Channel; Inner Bar Channel; Bolivar are expressed in North American Datum of Roads Channel; Galveston Channel; 1983 (NAD 83). Gulf ICW and Galveston-Freeport Cut- § 161.25 Vessel Traffic Service New Off from Mile 346 to Mile 352; Texas York Area. City Channel; Texas City Turning Basin; Texas City Canal Channel; The area consists of the navigable Texas City Canal Turning Basin; Hous- waters of the Lower New York Harbor ton Ship Channel; Bayport Channel; bounded on the east by a line drawn Bayport Turning Basin; Houston Turn- from Norton Point to Breezy Point; on ing Basin; and the following pre- the south by a line connecting the en- cautionary areas associated with these trance buoys at the Ambrose Channel, waterways. Swash Channel, and Sandy Hook Chan- (b) Precautionary Areas. nel to Sandy Hook Point; and on the southeast including the waters of TABLE 161.35(B)ÐVTS HOUSTON/GALVESTON Sandy Hook Bay south to a line drawn PRECAUTIONARY AREAS at latitude 40°25′N.; then west into wa- ters of the Raritan Bay to the Raritan Precautionary Radius Center point River Rail Road Bridge; and then north area name (yds.) Latitude Longitude including the waters of the Arthur Kill and Newark Bay to the Lehigh Valley Bolivar Roads 4000 29°20.9′N 94°47.0′W Red Fish Bar 4000 29°29.8′N 94°51.9′W Draw Bridge at latitude 40°41.9′N.; and Bayport Chan- 4000 29°36.7′N 94°57.2′W then east including the waters of the nel.
567
VerDate 18
TABLE 161.35(B)ÐVTS HOUSTON/GALVESTON TABLE 161.35(B)ÐVTS HOUSTON/GALVESTON PRECAUTIONARY AREASÐContinued PRECAUTIONARY AREASÐContinued
Center point Precautionary Radius Precautionary Radius Center point area name (yds.) Latitude Longitude area name (yds.) Latitude Longitude
Morgans Point 2000 29°41.0′N 94°59.0′W Hunting Bayou 1000 29°44.3′N 95°12.1′W ° ′ ° ′ Upper San 1000 29 42.3 N 95 01.1 W Sims Bayou ... 1000 29°43.1′N 95°14.4′W Jacinto Bay. Brady Island .. 1000 29°43.5′N 95°16.4′ W Baytown ...... 1000 29°43.6′N 95°01.4′W Buffalo Bayou 1000 29°45.0′N 95°17.3′W Lynchburg ...... 1000 29°45.8′N 95°04.8′W Carpenters 1000 29°45.3′N 95°05.6′W Note: Each Precautionary Area encompasses a circular Bayou. area of the radius denoted. Jacintoport ..... 1000 29°44.8′N 95°06.0′W Greens Bayou 1000 29°44.8′N 95°10.2′W (c) Reporting Points.
568
VerDate 18
569
VerDate 18
§ 161.40 Vessel Traffic Service Berwick Bayou Shaffer Junction (ICW Mile Bay. Marker 94.5 WHL) south one statute (a) The VTS area consists of the nav- mile along Bayou Shaffer; and from igable waters of the following segments Berwick Lock northwest one statute of waterways: the Intracoastal Water- mile along the Lower Atchafalaya way (ICW) Morgan City to Port Allen River. Alternate Route from Mile Marker 0 to (b) VTS Special Area. The Berwick Mile Marker 5; the ICW from Mile Bay VTS Special Area consists of those Marker 93 west of Harvey Lock (WHL) waters within a 1000 yard radius of the to Mile Marker 102 WHL; the Southern Pacific Railroad Bridge lo- Atchafalaya River Route from Mile cated at Mile .03 MC/PA. Marker 113 to Mile Marker 122; from (c) Reporting Points.
TABLE 161.40(C)ÐVTS BERWICK BAY REPORTING POINTS
Latitude/lon- Designator Geographic name Geographic description gitude Notes
1 ...... Stouts Pass ...... Stouts Point Light ``1'' Mile 29°43′47″ N 113±Atchafalaya River. 91°13′25″ W 2 ...... Berwick Lock ...... Mile 1.9 MC/PA ...... 29°43′10″ N If transiting the Lock. 91°13′28″ W 3 ...... Conrad's Point Junction ..... Buoy ``1'' Mile 1.5 MC/PA .. 29°42′32″ N 91°13′14″ W 4 ...... Swift Ships Flat Lake Junc- Mile 3 MC/PA ...... 29°43′26″ N tion. 91°12′22″ W 5 ...... South Pacific Railroad Mile 0.3 MC/PA ...... 29°41′34″ N Bridge. 91°12′44″ W 6 ...... 20 Grant Point Junction ..... Bayou Boeuf-Atchafalaya 29°41′18″ N R. Mile 95.5 ICW. 91°12′36″ W 7 ...... ICW ...... Overhead Power Cable 29°40′43″ N Mile 96.5 ICW. 91°13′18″ W 8 ...... Wax Bayou Junction ...... Light ``A'' Mile 98.2W ICW 29°39′29″ N 91°14′46″ W 9 ...... Shaffer Junction ...... ICW-Bayou Shaffer Mile 29°41′10″ N 94.5 ICW. 91°11′38″ W
[CGD 90–020, 59 FR 36324, July 15, 1994, as (De Tour Reef Light) to the south, to amended by CGD 95–033, 60 FR 28332, May 31, 46°38.7′ N. (Ile Parisienne Light) to the 1995; USCG–1998–3799, 63 FR 35531, June 30, north, except the waters of the St. 1998] Marys Falls Canal, and to the east § 161.45 Vessel Traffic Service St. along a line from La Pointe to Sims Marys River. Point, within Potagannissing Bay and (a) The VTS area consists of the nav- Worsley Bay. igable waters of the St. Marys River (b) Reporting Points. and lower Whitefish Bay from 45°57′ N.
570
VerDate 18
571
VerDate 18
§ 161.50 Vessel Traffic Service San and its offshore approaches, southern Francisco. Georgia Strait, the Gulf and San Juan The VTS area consists of all the nav- Archipelagos, Rosario Strait, Boundary igable waters of San Francisco Bay Re- Pass and Haro Strait, bounded on the ° ′ ″ gion south of the Mare Island Cause- northwest by 48 35 45 N.; and on the ° ′ ″ way Bridge and the Petaluma River southwest by 48 23 30 N.; and on the ° ′ ″ Entrance Channel Daybeacon 19 and west by the rhumb line joining 48 35 45 ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Petaluma River Entrace Channel Light N., 124 47 30 W. with 48 23 30 N., ° ′ ″ 20 and north of the Dumbarton Bridge; 124 48 37 W.; and on the northeast in its seaward approaches within a 38 nau- the Strait of Georgia, by a line drawn ° tical mile radius of Mount Tamalpais along 49 N. from Vancouver Island to (37–55.8′ N., 122–34.6′ W.); and its navi- Semiahmoo Bay; and on the southeast, gable tributaries as far east as the port by a line drawn from McCurdy Point on of Stockton on the San Joaquin River, the Quimper Peninsula to Point Par- as far north as the port of Sacramento tridge on Whidbey Island. Canadian on the Sacramento River. and United States Vessel Traffic Cen- ters (Tofino, B.C., Canada, Vancouver, [CGD 90–020, 59 FR 36324, July 15, 1994, as BC, Canada and Seattle, WA) manage amended by CGD 95–033, 60 FR 28332, May 31, traffic within the CVTS area irrespec- 1995] tive of the International Boundary. § 161.55 Vessel Traffic Service Puget (b) VTS Special Areas. (1) The Sound and the Cooperative Vessel Rosario Strait VTS Special Area con- Traffic Service for the Juan de sists of those waters bounded to the Fuca Region. south by the center of Precautionary The Vessel Traffic Service Puget Area ‘‘RB’’ (a circular area of 2,500 ° ′ ″ Sound area consists of the navigable yards radius centered at 48 26 24 N., ° ′ ″ waters of the United States bounded by 122 45 12 W.), and to the north by the a line drawn from the Washington center of Precautionary Area ‘‘C’’ (a State coastline at 48°23′ 08″ N., 124°43′ circular area of 2,500 yards radius cen- ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 37″ W. on Cape Flattery to the Cape tered at 48 40 34 N., 122 42 44 W.; Flattery Light at 48°23′ 30″ N., 124°44′ Lighted Buoy ‘‘C’’); and 12″ W. on Tatoosh Island, due west to NOTE: The center of precautionary area ‘‘RB’’ is not marked by a buoy. All pre- the U.S. Territorial Sea Boundary; cautionary areas are depicted on National thence northward along the U.S. Terri- Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration torial Sea Boundary to its intersection (NOAA) nautical charts. with the U.S./Canada International (2) The Guemes Channel VTS Special Boundary; thence east along the U.S./ Area consists of those waters bounded Canada International Boundary to the west by Shannon Point on through the waters known as the Fidalgo Island and to the east by Strait of Juan de Fuca, Haro Strait, Southeast Point on Guemes Island. Boundary Pass, and the Strait of Geor- (c) Additional VTS Special Area Op- gia to the Washington State coastline erating Requirements. The following at 49°00′ 06″ N., 122°45′ 18″ W. (Inter- additional requirements are applicable national Boundary Range C Rear in the Rosario Strait and Guemes Light). This area includes: Puget Channel VTS Special Areas: Sound, Hood Canal, Possession Sound, (1) A vessel engaged in towing shall the San Juan Island Archipelago, not impede the passage of a vessel of Rosario Strait, Guemes Channel, Bel- 40,000 dead weight tons or more. lingham Bay, the U.S. waters of the (2) A vessel of less than 40,000 dead Strait of Juan de Fuca and the Strait weight tons is exempt from the provi- of Georgia, and all waters adjacent to sion set forth in § 161.13(b)(1) of this the above. part. (a) Vessel Traffic Service Puget (3) A vessel of less than 100 meters in Sound participates in a U.S./Canadian length is exempt from the provisions Cooperative Vessel Traffic Service set forth in § 161.13(b)(3) of this part. (CVTS) to jointly manage vessel traffic Approval will not be granted for: in the Juan de Fuca Region. The CVTS (i) A vessel of 100 meters or more in for the Juan de Fuca Region consists of length to meet or overtake; or cross or all waters of the Strait of Juan de Fuca operate within 2,000 yards (except when
572
VerDate 18
crossing astern) of a vessel of 40,000 (c) Additional VTS Special Area Op- dead weight tons or more; or erating Requirements. The following (ii) A vessel of 40,000 dead weight tons additional requirements are applicable or more to meet or overtake; or cross in the Valdez Narrows VTS Special or operate within 2,000 yards (except Area: when crossing astern) of a vessel of 100 (1) No VMRS User shall proceed meters or more in length. north of 61°N. without prior approval of (d) Reporting Point. Inbound vessels the VTS. in the Strait of Juan de Fuca upon crossing 124–W. (2) For a vessel listed in paragraph (c)(3) of this section— [CGD 90–020, 59 FR 36324, July 15, 1994, as (i) Approval to enter this area will amended by USCG–1998–3799, 63 FR 35531, not be granted to a vessel when a tank June 30, 1998] vessel of more than 20,000 deadweight § 161.60 Vessel Traffic Service Prince tons is navigating therein; William Sound. (ii) A northbound vessel shall remain (a) The VTS area consists of the nav- south of 61°N. until the VTS has grant- igable waters of the United States ed permission to proceed; and north of a line drawn from Cape (iii) A southbound vessel shall re- Hinchinbrook Light to Schooner Rock main in Port Valdez east of 146°35′W. Light, comprising that portion of and north of 61°06′N. until the VTS has Prince William Sound between 146°30′ granted permission to proceed. W. and 147°20′ W. and includes Valdez (3) Paragraph (c)(2) of this section ap- Arm, Valdez Narrows and Port Valdez. plies to— (b) The Valdez Narrows VTS Special (i) A vessel of 1600 gross tons or more; Area consists of those waters of Valdez and Arm, Valdez Narrows, and Port Valdez northeast of a line bearing 307° True (ii) A towing vessel of 8 meters or from Tongue Point at 61°02′06′ 146°40′W.; more in length, except for a vessel per- and southwest of a line bearing 307° forming duties as an escort vessel as True from Entrance Island Light at defined in 33 CFR Part 168. 61°05′06″N., 146°36′42″W. (d) Reporting Points.
TABLE 161.60(D)ÐVTS PRINCE WILLIAM SOUND REPORTING POINTS
Designator Geographic name Geographic description Latitude/longitude Notes
1A ...... Cape Hinchinbrook ...... Cape Hinchinbrook ...... 60°16′ 18′′N; 146°45′ 30″ W Northbound Only. 1B ...... Schooner Rock ...... Schooner Rock ...... 60°18′ 42′′N; 146°51′ 36″ W Southbound Only. 2A ...... Naked Island ...... Naked Island ...... 60°40′ 00′′N; 147°01′ 24″ W Northbound Only. 2B ...... Naked Island ...... Naked Island ...... 60°40′ 00′′N; 147°05′ 00″ W Southbound Only. 3A ...... Bligh Reef ...... Bligh Reef Light (Pilot Embark) ...... 60°50′ 36′′N; 146°57′ 30″ W Northbound Only. 3B ...... Bligh Reef ...... Bligh Reef Light (Pilot Disembark) 60°51′ 00′′N; 147°01′ 24″ W Southbound Only. 4A ...... Rocky Point ...... Rocky Point ...... 60°57′ 48′′N; 146°47′ 30″ W Northbound Only. 4B ...... Rocky Point ...... Rocky Point ...... 60°57′ 48′′N; 146°50′ 00″ W Southbound Only. 5 ...... Entrance Island ...... Entrance Island Light ...... 61°05′ 24′′N; 146°37′ 30′′W..
[CGD 90–020, 59 FR 36324, July 15, 1994, as amended by CGD 95–033, 60 FR 28332, May 31, 1995; USCG–1998–3799, 63 FR 35532, June 30, 1998]
PART 162—INLAND WATERWAYS 162.35 Channel of Christina River, Del.; navigation. NAVIGATION REGULATIONS 162.40 Inland waterway from Delaware River to Chesapeake Bay, Del. and Md. Sec. (Chesapeake and Delaware Canal). 162.1 General. 162.65 All waterways tributary to the Atlan- 162.15 Manhasset Bay, N.Y.; seaplane re- tic Ocean south of Chesapeake Bay and stricted area. all waterways tributary to the Gulf of 162.20 Flushing Bay near La Guardia Air- Mexico east and south of St. Marks, Fla. port, Flushing, N.Y.; restricted area. 162.75 All waterways tributary to the Gulf 162.30 Channel of Tuckerton Creek, N.J.; of Mexico (except the Mississippi River, navigation. its tributaries, South and Southwest
573
VerDate 18
Passes and the Atchafalaya River) from 162.245 Kenai River, Kenai, Alaska; use, ad- St. Marks, Fla., to the Rio Grande. ministration, and navigation. 162.80 Mississippi River below mouth of 162.250 Port Alexander, Alaska; speed of Ohio River, including South and South- vessels. west Passes. 162.255 Wrangell Narrows, Alaska; use, ad- 162.85 Yazoo Diversion Canal, Vicksburg, ministration, and navigation. Miss., from its mouth at Kleinston Land- 162.260 Channel leading to San Juan Harbor, ing to Fisher Street; navigation. P.R.; use, administration, and naviga- 162.90 White River, Arkansas Post Canal, tion. Arkansas River, and Verdigris River be- 162.270 Restricted areas in vicinity of Mari- tween Mississippi River, Ark., and time Administration Reserve Fleets. Catoosa, Okla.; use, administration, and navigation. AUTHORITY: 33 U.S.C. 1231; 49 CFR 1.46. 162.100 Ohio River at Louisville, KY. SOURCE: CGD 75–082, 42 FR 51759, Sept. 29, 162.105 Missouri River; administration and 1977, unless otherwise noted. navigation. 162.110 Duluth-Superior Harbor, Minnesota and Wisconsin. § 162.1 General. 162.115 Keweenaw Waterway, Mich. Geographic coordinates expressed in 162.117 St. Marys River, Sault Ste. Marie, terms of latitude or longitude, or both, Michigan. are not intended for plotting on maps 162.120 Harbors on Lake Michigan. 162.125 Sturgeon Bay and the Sturgeon Bay or charts whose referenced horizontal Ship Canal, Wisc. datum is the North American Datum of 162.130 Connecting waters from Lake Huron 1983 (NAD 83), unless such geographic to Lake Erie; general rules. coordinates are expressly labeled NAD 162.132 Connecting waters from Lake Huron 83. Geographic coordinates without the to Lake Erie; communications rules. NAD 83 reference may be plotted on 162.134 Connecting waters from Lake Huron maps or charts referenced to NAD 83 to Lake Erie; traffic rules. only after application of the appro- 162.136 Connecting waters from Lake Huron priate corrections that are published to Lake Erie; anchorage grounds. 162.138 Connecting waters from Lake Huron on the particular map or chart being to Lake Erie; speed rules. used. 162.140 Connecting waters from Lake Huron [CGD 86–082, 52 FR 33811, Sept. 8, 1987] to Lake Erie; miscellaneous rules. 162.145 Monroe Harbor, Mich. 162.150 Maumee Bay and River, Ohio. § 162.15 Manhasset Bay, N.Y.; seaplane 162.155 Sandusky and Huron Harbors, Ohio. restricted area. 162.160 Vermilion, Lorain, Cleveland, (a) The restricted area. An area in Fairport, Ashtabula, and Conneaut Har- Manhasset Bay between the shore at bors, Ohio. Manorhaven on the north and the 162.165 Buffalo and Rochester Harbors, New southerly limit line of the special an- York. 162.175 Black Rock Canal and Lock at Buf- chorage area in Manhasset Bay, west falo, New York. area at Manorhaven (described in 162.195 Santa Monica Bay, Calif.; restricted § 202.60 of this chapter), on the south; area. its axis being a line bearing 166°50′ true 162.200 Marina del Ray, Calif.; restricted from latitude 40°50′ 17.337″, longitude area. 73°43′ 03.877″, which point is on the 162.205 Suisun Bay, San Joaquin River Sac- south side of Orchard Beach Boulevard ramento River, and connecting waters, at Manorhaven; and being 100 feet wide CA. for a distance of 380 feet in a southerly 162.210 Lake Tahoe, Calif.; restricted areas along south shore. direction from the south side of Or- 162.215 Lake Tahoe, Nev.; restricted area chard Beach Boulevard, and thence adjacent to Nevada Beach. flaring to a width of 300 feet at the 162.220 Hoover Dam, Lake Mead, and Lake southerly limit line. Mohave (Colorado River), Ariz.-Nev. (b) The regulations. (1) Vessels shall 162.225 Columbia and Willamette Rivers, not anchor or moor within the re- Washington and Oregon; administration stricted area. and navigation. 162.230 Columbia River, Wash. (2) All vessels traversing the area 162.235 Puget Sound Area, Wash. shall pass directly through without un- 162.240 Tongass Narrows, Alaska; naviga- necessary delay, and shall give sea- tion. planes the right-of-way at all times.
574
VerDate 18
§ 162.20 Flushing Bay near La Guardia cases will be investigated where dam- Airport, Flushing, N.Y.; restricted age by suction or wave wash does area. occur. Owners and operators of yachts, (a) The area. An area in the main motorboats, rowboats and other craft channel in Flushing Bay extending for are cautioned that large deep draft a distance of 300 feet on either side of ocean-going vessels and other large the extended center line of Runway No. commercial vessels ply the canal, and 13–31 at La Guardia Airport. such owners and operators should be (b) The regulations. (1) All vessels tra- particularly careful to moor or anchor versing in the area shall pass directly well away from the main ship channels, through without unnecessary delay. with moorings and lines which are suf- (2) No vessels having a height of more ficient and proper. than 35 feet with reference to the plane (c) Right-of-way. All vessels pro- of mean high water shall enter or pass ceeding with the current shall have the through the area whenever visibility is right-of-way over those proceeding less than one mile. against the current. Large vessels or tows must not overtake and attempt to § 162.30 Channel of Tuckerton Creek, pass other large vessels or tows in the N.J.; navigation. waterway. All small pleasure craft (a) Power boats or other vessels pro- shall relinquish the right-of-way to pelled by machinery shall not proceed deeper draft vessels, which have a lim- at any time within the limits of these ited maneuvering ability due to their waters at a greater speed than 8 stat- draft and size. ute miles per hour. (d) Stopping in waterway. Vessels will § 162.35 Channel of Christina River, not be permitted to stop or anchor in Del.; navigation. the ship channel. (e) Water skiing. Water skiing in the (a) That vessels of over 20 tons capac- waterway is prohibited between Reedy ity, propelled by machinery, shall not proceed at any time within the limits Point and Welch Point. of these waters at a greater speed than (f) Sailboats. Transiting the canal by 8 statute miles per hour. vessels under sail is not permitted be- tween Reedy Point and Welch Point. § 162.40 Inland waterway from Dela- NOTE: The Corps of Engineers also has reg- ware River to Chesapeake Bay, Del. ulations dealing with this section in 33 CFR and Md. (Chesapeake and Delaware Part 207. Canal). (a) Applicability. The regulations in § 162.65 All waterways tributary to the this section are applicable to that part Atlantic Ocean south of Chesapeake Bay and all waterways tributary to of the inland waterway from Delaware the Gulf of Mexico east and south of River to Chesapeake Bay, Del. and Md., St. Marks, Fla. between Reedy Point, Delaware River, and Old Town Point Wharf, Elk River. (a) Description. This section applies to (b) Speed. No vessel in the waterway the following: shall be raced or crowded alongside an- (1) Waterways. All navigable waters of other vessel. Vessels of all types, in- the United States, natural or artificial, cluding pleasure craft, are required to including bays, lakes, sounds, rivers, travel at all times at a safe speed creeks, intracoastal waterways, as well throughout the canal and its ap- as canals and channels of all types, proaches so as to avoid damage by suc- which are tributary to or connected by tion or wave wash to wharves, land- other waterways with the Atlantic ings, riprap protection, or other boats, Ocean south of Chesapeake Bay or with or injury to persons. Pilots and vessel the Gulf of Mexico east and south of operators transiting the canal and its St. Marks, Florida. approaches are warned that violation (2) United States property. All river of this rule may result in having their and harbor lands owned by the United privilege to transit the canal sus- States in or along the waterways de- pended. Passages of vessels through the scribed in paragraph (a)(1) of this para- canal will be monitored and specific graph, including lock sites and all
575
VerDate 18
structures thereon, other sites for Gov- without a sufficient crew to care for it ernment structures and for the accom- properly. modation and use of employees of the (vi) Vessels will not be permitted to United States, and rights of way and load or unload in any of the land cuts spoil disposal areas to the extent of except as a regular established landing Federal interest therein. or wharf without written permission (3) Vessels and rafts. The term ‘‘ves- secured in advance from the District sel’’ as used in this section includes all Commander. floating things moved over these wa- (vii) No vessel, regardless of size, terways other than rafts. shall anchor in a dredged channel or (b) Waterways—(1) Fairway. A clear narrow portion of a waterway for the channel shall at all times be left open purpose of fishing, if navigation is ob- to permit free and unobstructed navi- structed, thereby. gation by all types of vessels and rafts (viii) Except in cases of emergency that normally use the various water- the dropping of anchors, weights, or ways or sections thereof. The District other ground tackle, within areas occu- Commander may specify the width of pied by submarine cable or pipe cross- the fairway required in the various wa- ings, is prohibited. Such crossings will terways under his charge. ordinarily be marked by signboards on (2) Stoppage in waterway, anchorage or each bank of the shore or indicated on mooring. (i) No vessels or rafts shall an- coast charts. chor or moor in any of the land cuts or (3) Speed. (i) Vessels shall proceed at other narrow parts of the waterway, a speed which will not endanger other except in case of an emergency. When- vessels or structures and will not inter- ever it becomes necessary for a vessel fere with any work in progress incident or raft to stop in any such portions of to maintaining, improving, surveying the waterway it shall be securely fas- or marking the channel. tened to one bank and as close to the (ii) Official signs indicating limiting bank as possible. This shall be done speeds through critical portions of the only at such a place and under such waterways shall be strictly obeyed. conditions as will not obstruct or pre- (iii) Vessels approaching and passing vent the passage of other vessels or through a bridge shall so govern their craft. Stoppages shall be only for such speed as to insure passage through the periods as may be necessary. bridge without damage to the bridge or (ii) No vessel or raft will be allowed its fenders. to use any portion of the fairway as a (4) Assembly and handling of tows. (i) mooring place except temporarily as All vessels drawing tows and equipped authorized above without the written with rudders shall use two tow lines or permission from the District Com- a bridle and shorten them to the great- mander. est possible extent so as to have full (iii) When tied up, all vessels must be control at all times. The various parts moored by bow and stern lines. Rafts of a tow shall be securely assembled and tows shall be secured at suffi- with the individual units connected by ciently close intervals to insure their lines as short as practicable. If nec- not being drawn away from the bank essary, as in the case of lengthy or by winds, currents or the suction of cumbersome tows or tows in restricted passing vessels. Tow lines shall be channels, the District Commander may shortened so that the different parts of require that tows be broken up and the tow shall be as close together as may require the installation of a rud- possible. In narrow sections, no vessel der, drag or other approved steering de- or raft shall be tied abreast of another. vice on the tow in order to avoid ob- (iv) Lights shall be displayed in ac- structing navigation or damaging the cordance with provisions of the Inland property of others, including aids to Rules and the Pilot Rules for Inland navigation maintained by the United Waters. States or under its authorization, by (v) No vessel, even if fastened to the collision or otherwise. bank as prescribed in paragraph (ii) No tow shall be drawn by a vessel (b)(2)(i) of this section, shall be left that has insufficient power or crew to
576
VerDate 18
permit ready maneuverability and safe other waterways with the Gulf of Mex- handling. ico between St. Marks, Fla., and the (iii) Tows desiring to pass a bridge Rio Grande, Tex. (both inclusive), and shall approach the opening along the the Gulf Intracoastal Waterway; except axis of the channel so as to pass the Mississippi River, its tributaries, through without danger of striking the South and Southwest Passes, and the bridge or its fenders. No vessel or tow Atchafalaya River above its junction shall navigate through a drawbridge with the Morgan City-Port Allen until the movable span is fully opened. Route. (iv) In the event that it is evident to (2) Bridges, wharves, and other struc- the master of a towing vessel that a tures. All bridges, wharves, and other tow cannot be safely handled through a structures in or over these waterways. bridge, it will be brought to anchor and (3) Vessels. The term ‘‘vessels’’ as the towed vessels will be taken through used in this section includes all float- the bridge in small units, or singly if ing craft other than rafts. necessary, or the tow will wait until navigation conditions have improved (b) Waterways: to such an extent that the tow can pass (1) A clear channel shall at all times through the bridge without damage. be left open to permit free and unob- (5) Projections from vessels. No vessel structed navigation by all types of ves- carrying a deck load which overhangs sels and tows normally using the var- or projects over the side of said vessel, ious waterways covered by the regula- or whose rigging projects over the side tions of this section of the vessel so as to endanger passing (2) Fairway: The District Commander vessels, wharves or other property, will may specify the width of the fairway enter or pass through any of the nar- required in the various waterways row parts of the waterway. under his charge. (6) Meeting and passing. Vessels, on (3) Anchoring or mooring: meeting or overtaking, shall give the (i) Vessels or tows shall not anchor proper signals and pass in accordance or moor in any of the land cuts or with the Inland Rules and the Pilot other narrow parts of the waterway, Rules for Inland Waters. Rafts shall except in an emergency, or with per- give to vessels the side demanded by mission of the District Commander. proper signal. All vessels approaching Whenever it becomes necessary for a dredges or other plant engaged on im- vessel or tow to stop in any such provements to a waterway, shall give protions of the waterway, it shall be the signal for passing and slow down securely fastened to one bank and as sufficiently to stop if so ordered or if close to the bank as possible. This shall no answering signal is received. On re- be done only at such a place and under ceiving the answering signal, they such conditions as will not obstruct or shall then proceed to pass at a speed prevent the passage of other vessels or sufficiently slow to insure safe naviga- tows. Stoppages shall be only for such tion. periods as may be necessary. NOTE: The Corps of Engineers also has reg- (ii) When tied up individually, all ulations dealing with this section in 33 CFR vessels and tows shall be moored by Part 207. bow and stern lines. Tows shall be se- [CGD 75–082, 42 FR 51759, Sept. 29, 1977, as cured at sufficiently frequent intervals amended by CGD 93–072, 59 FR 39963, Aug. 5, to insure their not being drawn away 1994] form the bank by winds, currents, or the suction of passing vessels. Lines § 162.75 All waterways tributary to the Gulf of Mexico (except the Mis- shall be shortened so that the various sissippi River, its tributaries, South barges in a tow will be as close to- and Southwest Passes and gether as possible. Atchafalaya River) from St. Marks, (iii) Lights shall be displayed in ac- Fla., to the Rio Grande. cordance with provisions of the Inland (a) The regulations in this section Rules and the Pilot Rules for Inland shall apply to: Waters. (1) Waterways. All navigable waters of (iv) Whenever any vessel or tow is the U.S. tributary to or connected by moored to the bank (paragraph (b)(3)(i)
577
VerDate 18
of this section) at least one crew mem- (v) All vessels pulling tows not ber shall always remain on board to see equipped with rudders in restricted that proper signals are displayed and channels and land cuts shall use two that the vessel or tow is properly towlines, or a bridle on one towline, moored at all times. shortened as much as safety of the tow- (v) No vessel, regardless of size, shall ing vessel permits, so as to have max- anchor in a dredged channel or narrow imum control at all times. The various portion of a waterway for the purpose parts of a tow shall be securely assem- of fishing if navigation is obstructed bled with the individual units con- thereby. nected by lines as short as practicable. (4) Speed: Speeding in narrow sec- In open water, the towlines and fas- tions is prohibited. Official signs indi- tenings between barges may be length- cating limited speeds shall be obeyed. ened so as to accommodate the wave Vessels shall reduce speed sufficiently surge. In the case of lengthy or cum- to prevent damage when passing over bersome tows, or tows in restricted vessels or structures in or along the channels, the District Commander may waterway. require that tows be broken up, and (5) Size, assembly, and handling of may require the installation of a rud- tows: der or other approved steering device (i) On waterways 150 feet wide or less, on the tow in order to avoid obstruct- tows which are longer than 1,180 feet, ing navigation or damaging the prop- including the towing vessel, but ex- erty of others. Pushing barges with cluding the length of the hawser, or towing vessel astern, towing barges wider than one-half of the bottom with towing vessel alongside, or push- width of the channel or 55 feet, which- ing and pulling barges with units of the ever is less will not be allowed, except tow made up both ahead and astern of when the District Commander has the towing vessel are permissible pro- given special permission or the water- vided that adequate power is employed way has been exempted from these re- to keep the tows under full control at strictions by the District Commander. all times. No tow shall be drawn by a Before entering any narrow section of vessel that has insufficient power or the Gulf Intracoastal Waterway, tows crew to permit ready maneuverability in excess of one-half the channel width, and safe handling. or 55 feet, will be required to stand by until tows which are less than one-half (vi) All tows navigating the Pass the channel width or 55 feet wide have Manchac bridges in Louisiana are lim- cleared the channel. When passing is ited to no more than two barges, not to necessary in narrow channels, exceed a combined tow length of 400 overwidth tows shall yield to the max- feet (excluding the towboat). Vessel op- imum. Separate permission must be re- erators for tows exceeding these limits ceived from the District Commander must request and receive permission for each overlength or overwidth move- from the COTP New Orleans prior to ment. In addition, the following excep- navigating the bridges. Requests tions are allowed: should be made by telephoning the (ii) Gulf Intracoastal Waterway—Be- COTP at 504–589–7101. Any decision tween mile 6.2 EHL (Inner Harbor Navi- made by the COTP is final agency ac- gation Canal Lock) and mile 33.6 EHL tion. tows of 78 feet in width will be allowed. (6) Projections from vessels: Vessels (iii) Gulf Intercoastal Waterway—Be- or tows carrying a deck load which tween mile 33.6 EHL and the Mobile overhangs or projects over the side, or Bay Ship Channel, tows of 108 feet in whose rigging projects over the side, so width will be allowed if under 750 feet as to endanger passing vessels, in length including the towboat but ex- wharves, or other property, shall not cluding the length of the hawser. enter or pass through any of the nar- (iv) Gulf Intracoastal Waterway—Mo- row parts of the waterway without bile Bay Ship Channel to St. Marks, prior approval of the District Com- Fla., for tows made up of empty barges mander. on the off or shallow side, a width of 75 (7) Meeting and passing: Passing ves- feet will be allowed. sels shall give the proper signals and
578
VerDate 18
pass in accordance with the Inter- extend into the fairway or be greater national Rules, the Inland Rules and than allowed under the permit. the Pilot Rules for Inland Waters, (3) Mariners should report imme- where applicable. At certain intersec- diately by radio or fastest available tions where strong currents may be en- means to the lockmaster at Old River countered, sailing directions may be Lock or to any government patrol or issued through navigation bulletins or survey boat in the vicinity any emer- signs posted on each side of the inter- gency mooring or vessels drifting un- sections. controlled within the area described in NOTE: The Corps of Engineers also has reg- paragraph (a)(1) of this section. It is ulations dealing with this section in 33 CFR 207. the responsibility and duty of the mas- ter of a towing vessel releasing or [CGD 75–082, 42 FR 51759, Sept. 29, 1977, as mooring a vessel in this reach of the amended by CGD 78–050, 45 FR 43167, June 26, 1980] Mississippi River to report such action immediately. § 162.80 Mississippi River below mouth (b) Mooring on Mississippi River below of Ohio River, including South and Baton Rouge, La., including South and Southwest passes. Southwest Passes. (1) When tied up indi- (a) Mooring on the Mississippi River be- vidually or in fleets, vessels shall be tween miles 311.5 AHP and 340.0 AHP. (1) moored with sufficient lines and shore No vessel or craft shall moor along ei- fastenings to insure their remaining in ther bank of the Mississippi River be- place and withstanding the action of tween miles 311.5 AHP and mile 340.0 winds, currents and the suction of pass- AHP except in case of an emergency, ing vessels. pursuant to an approved navigation NOTE: The Corps of Engineers also has reg- permit, or as authorized by the District ulations dealing with this section in 33 CFR Commander. Vessels may be moored Part 207. any place outside the navigation chan- nel in this reach in case of an emer- (Sec. 7, 38 Stat. 1053, as amended, (33 U.S.C. 471); Sec. 6(g)(1)(A) 80 Stat 937, (49 U.S.C. gency and then for only the minimum 1655(g)(1)(A); Sec. 12, 92 Stat. 1471, (33 U.S.C. time required to terminate the emer- 1231); 49 CFR 1.46 (c)(1) and (n)(4)) gency. When so moored, all vessels shall be securely tied with bow and [CGD 75–082, 42 FR 51759, Sept. 29, 1977, as stern lines of sufficient strength and amended by CGD 77–028, 46 FR 49851, Oct. 8, fastenings to withstand currents, 1981; CGD8 87–09, 53 FR 15555, May 2, 1988] winds, wave action, suction from pass- § 162.85 Yazoo Diversion Canal, Vicks- ing vessels or any other forces which burg, Miss., from its mouth at might cause the vessels to break their Kleinston Landing to Fisher Street; moorings. When vessels are so moored, navigation. a guard shall be on board at all times to ensure that proper signals are dis- (a) Speed. Excessive speeding is pro- played and that the vessels are se- hibited. A vessel shall reduce its speed curely and adequately moored. sufficiently to prevent any damage (2) Vessels may be moored any time when approaching another vessel in at facilities constructed in accordance motion or tied up, a wharf or other with an approved navigation permit or structure, works under construction, as authorized by the District Com- plant engaged in river and harbor im- mander. When so moored, each vessel provement, levees, floodwalls with- shall have sufficient fastenings to pre- standing floodwaters, buildings sub- vent the vessels from breaking loose by merged or partially submerged by high wind, current, wave action, suction waters, or any other structure or im- from passing vessels or any other provement likely to be damaged by col- forces which might cause the vessel to lision, suction, or wave action. break its mooring. The number of ves- NOTE: The Corps of Engineers also has reg- sels in one fleet and the width of the ulations dealing with this section in 33 CFR fleet of vessels tied abreast shall not Part 207.
579
VerDate 18
§ 162.90 White River, Arkansas Post (iii) When tied up individually, all Canal, Arkansas River, and Verdi- vessels shall be moored by bow and gris River between Mississippi stern lines. Rafts and tows shall be se- River, Ark., and Catoosa, Okla.; use, cured at sufficiently close intervals to administration, and navigation. insure their not being drawn away (a) The regulations in this section from the bank by winds, currents, or shall apply to: the suction of passing vessels. Towlines (1) Waterways. White River between shall be shortened so that the different Mississippi River and Arkansas Post parts of the tow will be as close to- Canal, Ark.; Arkansas Post Canal, gether as possible. In narrow sections, Ark.; Arkansas River between Arkan- no vessel or raft shall be tied abreast of sas Post Canal, Ark., and Verdigris another if the combined width of ves- River, Okla.; Verdigris River between sels or rafts is greater than 70 feet. Arkansas River and Catoosa, Okla.; (iv) When a vessel is moored under an and reservoirs on these waterways be- emergency condition, as provided in tween Mississippi River Ark., and paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section, at Catoosa, Okla. least one crew member shall remain in (2) Bridges, wharves and other struc- attendance to display proper lights and tures. All bridges, wharves, and other signals and tend the mooring lines. The structures in or over the waterways de- crew member shall be provided with an scribed in paragraph (a)(1) of this sec- adequate means of communication or tion. signalling a warning in the event that, (3) Vessels and rafts. The term ‘‘ves- for any reason, the vessel or tow should sels’’ as used in this section includes go adrift. Immediately after comple- every description of watercraft used, or tion of the emergency mooring, the capable of being used, as a means of lockmaster of the first lock down- transportation on water, other than stream shall be notified of the char- rafts. acter and cargo of the vessel and the (b) Waterways: location of such mooring. (1) Fairway. A clear channel shall at (v) Vessels will not be permitted to all times be left open to permit free load or unload in any of the land cuts, and unobstructed navigation by all except at a regular established landing types of vessels and rafts that nor- or wharf, without written permission mally use the various waterways or secured in advance from the District sections thereof. The District Com- Commander. mander may specify the width of the fairway required in the waterways (vi) Except in an emergency, no ves- under his charge. sel or raft shall anchor over revetted (2) Anchoring or mooring in waterway. banks of the waterway, nor shall any (i) No vessels or rafts shall anchor or type vessel except launches and other moor in any of the land cuts or other small craft land against banks pro- narrow parts of the waterway, except tected by revetment except at regular in an emergency. Whenever it becomes commercial landings. necessary for a vessel or raft to stop in (3) Speed. (i) Excessive speed in nar- any such portions of the waterway, it row sections is prohibited. Official shall be securely fastened to one bank signs indicating limiting speeds and as close to the bank as possible. through critical sections shall be This shall be done only at such a place strictly obeyed. and under such conditions as will not (ii) When approaching and passing obstruct or prevent the passage of through a bridge, all vessels and rafts, other vessels or rafts. Stoppages shall regardless of size, shall control their be only for such periods as may be nec- speed so as to insure that no damage essary. will be done to the bridge or its fend- (ii) Except temporarily, as authorized ers. in paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section, no (iii) Within the last mile of approach vessel or raft will be allowed to use any to unattended, normally open auto- portion of the fairway as a mooring matic, movable span bridges, the factor place without written permission from of river flow velocity, of vessel (and the District Commander. tow) velocity, and of vessel power and
580
VerDate 18
crew capability are never to be per- other property, shall enter or pass mitted to result in a condition whereby through any of the narrow parts of the the movement of vessel (and tow) can- waterway. not be completely halted or reversed (6) Meeting and passing. Vessels on within a 3-minute period. meeting or overtaking shall give the (iv) A vessel shall reduce its speed proper signals and pass in accordance sufficiently to prevent any damage with the Inland Rules and the Pilot when approaching another vessel in Rules for Inland Waters. Rafts shall motion or tied up, a wharf or other give to vessels the side demanded by structure, works under construction, proper signal. All vessels approaching plant engaged in river and harbor im- dredges or other plant engaged on im- provement, levees withstanding flood- provements to a waterway shall give waters, buildings submerged or par- the signal for passing and slow down tially submerged by high waters, or sufficiently to stop if so ordered or if any other manner of structure or im- no answering signal is received. On re- provements likely to be damaged by ceiving the answering signal, they collision, suction, or wave action. shall then pass at a speed sufficiently (4) Assembly and handling of tows. (i) slow to insure safe navigation. Vessels All vessels drawing tows not equipped approaching an intersection or bend with rudders in restricted channels and where the view is obstructed must ex- land cuts shall use two towlines, or a ercise due caution. At certain intersec- bridlse on one towline, shortened to tions where strong currents may be en- the greatest possible extent so as to countered, sailing directions may be have maximum control at all times. issued from time to time through navi- The various parts of a tow shall be se- gation bulletins or signs posted on each curely assembled with the individual side of the intersections which must be units connected by lines as short as observed. practicable. In open water, the tow- NOTE: The Corps of Engineers also has reg- lines and fastenings between barges ulations dealing with this section in 33 CFR may be lengthened so as to accommo- Part 207. date the wave surge. In the case of length or cumbersome tows, or tows in § 162.100 Ohio River at Louisville, KY. restricted channels, the District Com- (a) Emergency Mooring Buoys. The mander may require that tows be bro- U.S. Army Corp of Engineers has estab- ken up, and may require the installa- lished four pairs of emergency mooring tion of a rudder or other approved bouys. Each buoy is 10 feet in diameter steering device on the tow in order to with retro-reflective sides. The two avoid obstructing navigation or dam- buoys which comprise each pair are 585 aging the property of others. Pushing feet apart and are located approxi- barges with towing vessel astern, tow- mately at: ing barges with towing vessel along- (1) Indiana Bank—Mile 582.3 (near 18 side, or pushing and pulling barges Mile Island); with units of the tow made up both (2) Six Mile Island—Mile 597.5; ahead and astern of the towing vessel (3) Six Mile Island—Mile 598.2; and is permissible provided that adequate (4) Kentucky Bank—Mile 599.8 (Cox’s power is employed to keep the tow Park). under full control at all times. NOTE: All buoys, except those at Six Mile (ii) No tow shall be drawn by a vessel Island—Mile 598.2, are removed between May that has insufficient power or crew to 1 and September 30. Due to the close prox- imity of the municipal water intakes, moor- permit ready maneuverability and safe ing of tank vessels laden with petroleum handling. products or hazardous materials is not au- (iii) No vessel or tow shall navigate thorized on the Kentucky Bank, Mile 599.8 through a drawbridge until the mov- (Cox’s Park). able span is fully opened. (b) The regulations. A vessel must not (5) Projections from vessels. No vessels use the emergency mooring buoys that carrying a deck load which overhangs have been established by the U.S. or projects over the side, or whose rig- Army Corps of Engineers, unless spe- ging projects over the side, so as to en- cifically authorized. The Captain of the danger passing vessels, wharves, or Port, upon request, may authorize the
581
VerDate 18
use of the emergency mooring buoys by § 162.115 Keweenaw Waterway, Mich. downbound towing vessels that are (a) No vessel greater than 40 feet in awaiting Vessel Traffic Center ap- length may exceed 8 miles per hour be- proval to proceed. tween Lily Pond and Pilgrim Point. [CGD 90–020, 59 FR 36333, July 15, 1994] (b) No vessel may use either the Por- tage River harbor of refuge or the Lily § 162.105 Missouri River; administra- Pond harbor of refuge longer than 24 tion and navigation. hours unless given permission to do so by the Captain of the Port. (a) Supervision. The District Com- mander, Eighth Coast Guard District, [CGD 79–151, 46 FR 7960, Jan. 26, 1981] has certain administrative supervision overreaches of the river within the lim- § 162.117 St. Marys River, Sault Ste. Marie, Michigan. its of his district and is charged with the enforcement under his direction of (a) The area. The waters of the St. emergency regulations to govern navi- Marys River and lower Whitefish Bay ° ′ gation on the river. from 45 5 N. (De Tour Reef Light) to ° ′ (b) Navigation. During critical flood the south, to 46 38.7 N. (Ile Parisienne Light) to the north, except the waters stages on any particular limited reach of the St. Marys Falls Canal, and to of the Missouri River when lives, float- the east along a line from La Pointe to ing plant, or major shore installations Sims Point, within Potagannissing Bay and levees are endangered, the District and Worsley Bay. Commander in charge of the locality (b) Definitions. As used in this sec- shall have the authority to declare the tion: reach of the river closed to navigation Two-way route means a directional or to prescribe temporary speed regula- route within defined limits inside tions whenever it appears to him that which two-way traffic is established, such action is necessary to prevent im- and which is intended to improve safe- mediate human suffering or to miti- ty in waters where navigation is dif- gate major property damage or de- ficult. struction from wave action. The period Two-way traffic means that traffic of closure and all speed regulations flow is permitted in opposing direc- prescribed by the District Commander tions, but a vessel may not meet, cross, shall be for the duration of the emer- nor overtake any other vessel in such a gency as determined by the District manner that it would be abreast of Commander and shall be terminated at more than one other vessel within the the earliest practicable time that im- defined limits of a waterway. proved river conditions permit. (c) Anchoring Rules. (1) A vessel must not anchor: [CGD 75–082, 42 FR 51759, Sept. 29, 1977, as (i) within the waters between Brush amended by USCG–1998–3799, 63 FR 35532, Point and the waterworks intake crib June 30, 1998] off Big Point southward of the Point Aux Pins range; or § 162.110 Duluth-Superior Harbor, (ii) within 0.2 nautical miles of the Minnesota and Wisconsin. intake crib off Big Point. (a) No vessel greater than 100 feet in (2) In an emergency, vessels may an- length may exceed 8 miles per hour in chor in a dredged channel. Vessels shall Duluth-Superior Harbor. anchor as near to the edge of the chan- (b) In the Duluth Ship Canal: nel as possible and shall get underway (1) No vessel may meet or overtake as soon as the emergency ceases, unless another vessel if each vessel is greater otherwise directed. Vessel Traffic Serv- than 150 feet in length (including tug ices St. Marys River must be advised of and tow combinations). any emergency anchoring as soon as is (2) An inbound vessel has the right of practicable. (3) Vessels collected in any part of way over an outbound vessel. the VTS Area by reason of temporary [CGD 79–151, 46 FR 7960, Jan. 26, 1981] closure of a channel or an impediment
582
VerDate 18
to navigation shall get underway and (e) Winter Navigation. During the win- depart in the order in which they ar- ter navigation season, the following rived, unless otherwise directed by Ves- waterways are normally closed: sel Traffic Service St. Marys River. (1) West Neebish Channel, from Buoy Vessel Traffic Service St. Marys River ‘‘53’ to Buoy ‘‘1’’; may advance any vessel in the order of (2) Pipe Island Passage to the east of departure to expedite the movement of Pipe Island Shoal; and mails, passengers, cargo of a perishable (3) North of Pipe Island Twins, from nature, to facilitate passage of vessels Watson Reef Light to Sweets Point. through any channel by reason of spe- (f) Alternate Winter Navigation Routes. cial circumstance, or to facilitate pas- (1) When West Neebish Channel is sage through the St. Marys Falls closed, Middle Neebish Channel (from Canal. Buoy ‘‘2’’ to Buoy ‘‘76’’) will be open ei- (d) Traffic Rules. (1) A vessel must ther as a two-way route or an alter- proceed only in the established direc- nating one way traffic lane. tion of traffic flow in the following wa- (i) When Middle Neebish Channel is a ters: two-way route: (i) West Neebish Channel from Buoy (A) An upbound vessel must use the ‘‘53’’ to Buoy ‘‘1’’—downbound traffic easterly 197 feet of the channel. How- only; ever, a vessel of draft 20 feet or more must not proceed prior to Vessel Traf- (ii) Pipe Island Course from Sweets fic Center approval; and Point to Watson Reefs Light- (B) A downbound vessel must use the downbound traffic only. westerly 295 feet of the channel. (iii) Middle Neebish Channel from (ii) When Middle Neebish Channel is Buoy ‘‘2’’ to Buoy ‘‘76’’—upbound traf- an alternating one-way traffic lane. A fic only; and vessel must use the westerly 295 feet of (iv) Pipe Island Passage to the east of the channel in the established direc- Pipe Island Shoal and north of Pipe Is- tion of traffic flow. land Twins from Watson Reefs Light to (2) When Pipe Island Passage is Sweets Point—upbound traffic only. closed, Pipe Island Course is a two-way (2) A vessel 350 feet or more in length route. must not overtake or approach within NOTE: The Vessel Traffic Service closes or .2 nautical miles of another vessel pro- opens these channels as ice conditions re- ceeding in the same direction in the quire after giving due consideration to the following waterways: protection of the marine environment, wa- (i) West Neebish Channel between terway improvements, aids to navigation, the need for cross channel traffic (e.g., fer- Nine Mile Point and Munuscong Lake ries), the availability of icebreakers, and the Junction Lighted Bell Buoy; safety of the island residents who, in the (ii) Middle Neebish Channel between course of their daily business, must use nat- Munuscong Lake Junction Lighted Bell urally formed ice bridges for transportation Buoy and Nine Mile Point; and to and from the mainland. Under normal sea- (iii) Little Rapids Cut from Six Mile sonal conditions, only one closing each win- ter and one opening each spring are antici- Point to Buoy ‘‘102’’. pated. Prior to closing or opening these (3) When two-way traffic is author- channels, interested parties including both ized in Middle Neebish Channel, a ves- shipping entities and island residents, will be sel 350 feet or more in length must not given at least 72 hours notice by the Coast meet, cross, or overtake another vessel Guard. at: (g) Speed Rules. (1) The following (i) Johnson Point from Buoy ‘‘18’’ to speed limits indicate speed over the Buoy ‘‘22’’; ground. Vessels must adhere to the fol- lowing speed limits: (ii) Mirre Point from Buoy ‘‘26’’ to Buoy ‘‘28’’; or TABLE 162.117(G)ÐST. MARYS RIVER SPEED (iii) Stribling Point from Buoy ‘‘39’’ RULES to Buoy ‘‘43’’. (4) Paragraph (d)(2) of this section Maximum speed limit between Mph Kts does not apply to a vessel navigating De Tour Reef Light and Sweets Point through an ice field. Light ...... 14 12.2
583
VerDate 18
TABLE 162.117(G)ÐST. MARYS RIVER SPEED fort, Charlevois, and Petroskey, Michi- RULESÐContinued gan. (b) No vessel greater than 40 feet in Maximum speed limit between Mph Kts length may exceed 4 miles per hour in Round Island Light and Point Aux Frenes the harbors of Menominee, Michigan Light ``21'' ...... 14 12.2 and Wisconsin; Algoma, Kewaunee, Munuscong Lake Lighted Buoy ``8'' and Two Rivers, Manitowac, Sheboygan, Everens Point ...... 12 10.4 Everens Point and Reed Point ...... 9 7.8 Port Washington, Milwaukee, Racine, Reed Point and Lake Nicolet Lighted Kenosha and Green Bay, Wisconsin; Buoy ``62'' ...... 10 8.7 and Waukegan, Illinois. Lake Nicolet Lighted Buoy ``62'' and Lake Nicolet Light ``80'' ...... 12 10.4 [CGD 79–151, 46 FR 7960, Jan. 26, 1981] Lake Nicolet Light ``80'' and Winter Point (West Neebish Channel) ...... 10 8.7 § 162.125 Sturgeon Bay and the Stur- Lake Nicolet Light ``80'' and Six Mile Point geon Bay Ship Canal, Wisc. Range Rear Light ...... 10 8.7 Six Mile Point Range Rear Light and (a) In the Sturgeon Bay Ship Canal: lower limit of the St. Marys Falls Canal (1) No vessel may exceed 5 miles per Upbound ...... 8 7.0 hour. Downbound ...... 10 8.7 Upper limit of the St. Marys Falls Canal (2) No vessel greater than 150 feet in and Point Aux Pins Main Light ...... 12 10.4 length (including tug and tow combina- Note: A vessel must not navigate any dredged channel at a tions) may come about. speed of less than 5 statute miles per hour (4.3 knots). (3) No vessel 65 feet or greater in length (including tug and tow combina- (2) Temporary speed limit regula- tions) may either: tions may be established by Com- (i) Enter or pass through the canal manding Officer Vessel Traffic Service two or more abreast; or St. Marys River. Notice of the tem- (ii) Overtake another vessel. porary speed limits and their effective (4) No vessel may anchor or moor un- dates and termination are published in less given permission to do so by the the FEDERAL REGISTER and Local No- Captain of the Port. tice to Mariners. These temporary (5) Each vessel must keep to the cen- speed limits, if imposed, will normally ter, except when meeting or overtaking be placed in effect and terminated dur- another vessel. ing the winter navigation season. (b) In Sturgeon Bay and the Sturgeon (h) Towing Requirement. A towing ves- Bay Ship Canal: sel must: (1) Maintain positive control (1) Each laden vessel under tow must of its tow south of Gros Cap Reef Light; be towed with at least two towlines. (2) Not impede the passage of any Each towline must be shortened to the other vessel; extent necessary to provide maximum (3) Not tow a vessel of 200 feet or less control of the tow. in length with a tow line longer than (2) Each unladen vessel may be towed 250 feet; and with one towline. (4) Not tow a vessel of 200 feet or (3) No towline may exceed 100 feet in more in length with a tow line longer length. than the length of the towed vessel (4) No vessel may tow another vessel plus 50 feet. alongside. [CGD 90–020, 59 FR 36333, July 15, 1994, as (5) No vessel may tow a raft greater amended by CGD 95–033, 60 FR 28333, May 31, than 50 feet in width. 1995; USCG–1998–3799, 63 FR 35532, June 30, NOTE: The Corps of Engineers also has reg- 1998] ulations dealing with these areas in 33 CFR Part 207. § 162.120 Harbors on Lake Michigan. [CGD 79–151, 46 FR 7960, Jan. 26, 1981] (a) No vessel greater than 40 feet in length may exceed 8 miles per hour in § 162.130 Connecting waters from Lake the harbors of Michigan City, Indiana; Huron to Lake Erie; general rules. St. Joseph, South Haven, Saugatuck, (a) Purpose. The regulations in Holland (Lake Macatawa), Grand §§ 162.130 through 162.140 prescribe rules Haven, Muskegon, White Lake, for vessel operation in U.S. waters con- Pentwater, Ludington, Manistee, Por- necting Lake Huron to Lake Erie (in- tage Lake (Manistee County), Frank- cluding the River Rouge) to prevent
584
VerDate 18
collisions and groundings, to protect from Detroit Edison Cell Light 1 to the waterway improvements, and to pro- head of navigation. tect these waters from environmental St. Clair River means the connecting harm resulting from collisions and waters from the lakeward limit of the groundings. improved navigation channel at the NOTE: The Canadian Government has lower end of Lake Huron to St. Clair issued similar regulations which apply in the Flats Canal Light 2. Canadian portion of the waterway. Provi- sions which apply only in Canadian waters SARNIA TRAFFIC means the Cana- are noted throughout the text. dian Coast Guard traffic center at (b) Applicability. (1) Unless otherwise Sarnia Ontario. specified, the rules in §§ 162.130 through (d) Laws and regulations not affected. 162.140 apply to all U.S. vessels and all The regulations in §§ 162.130 through other vessels in U.S. waters. 162.140 do not relieve the owners or op- (2) The speed rules in § 162.138 apply erators of vessels from complying with to vessels 20 meters or more in length. any other laws or regulations relating (3) The communication rules in to navigation on the Great Lakes and § 162.132, the traffic rules in § 162.134, ex- their connecting or tributary waters. cept for § 162.134(c)(2), and the anchor- (e) Delegations. The District Com- age rules in § 162.136 apply to the fol- mander, in coordination with appro- lowing vessels: priate Canadian officials, may make (i) Vessels of 20 meters or more in local arrangements that do not conflict length; with these regulations in the interest (ii) Commercial vessels more than 8 of safety of operations, to facilitate meters in length engaged in towing an- traffic movement and anchorage, to other vessel astern, alongside, or by avoid disputes as to jurisdiction and to pushing ahead; and take necessary action to render assist- (iii) Each dredge and floating plant. ance in emergencies. This authority (4) The traffic rules contained in may be redelegated. § 162.134(c)(2) apply to the following ves- sels: [CGD 78–151, 49 FR 18301, Apr. 30, 1984; 49 FR (i) Sailing vessels of 20 meters or 26722, June 29, 1984, as amended by CGD 85– 060, 51 FR 17016, May 8, 1986; CGD 93–024, 58 more in length; FR 59365, Nov. 9, 1993] (ii) Power driven vessels of 55 meters or more in length; § 162.132 Connecting waters from Lake (iii) Vessels engaged in towing an- Huron to Lake Erie; communica- other vessel astern, alongside or by tions rules. pushing ahead; and (a) Radio listening watch. The master (iv) Each dredge and floating plant. of each vessel required to comply with (c) Definitions. As used in §§ 162.130 this section shall continuously mon- through 162.140: itor: Captain of the Port means the United States Coast Guard Captain of the Port (1) Channel 11 (156.55 mhz) between of Detroit, Michigan. Lake Huron Cut Lighted Buoy 11 and Detroit River means the connecting Lake St. Clair Light; and waters from Windmill Point Light to (2) Channel 12 (156.60 mhz) between the lakeward limits of the improved Lake St. Clair Light and Detroit River navigation channels at the head of Light. Lake Erie. (b) Radiotelephone equipment. Reports District Commander means Com- required by this section shall be made mander, Ninth Coast Guard District, by the master using a radiotelephone Cleveland, Ohio. capable of operation on a vessel’s navi- Master means the licensed master or gation bridge, or in the case of a operator, the person designated by the dredge, from its main control station. master or operator to navigate the ves- (c) English language. Reports required sel, or, on a vessel not requiring li- by this section shall be made in the censed personnel, the person in com- English language. mand of the vessel. (d) Traffic reports. (1) Reports re- River Rouge means the waters of the quired by this section shall be made to Short Cut Canal and the River Rouge SARNIA TRAFFIC on the frequency
585
VerDate 18
designated for the radio listening (h) Exemptions. Compliance with this watch in paragraph (a) of this section. section is not required when a vessel’s (2) Reports shall include the name of radiotelphone equipment has failed. the vessel, location, intended course of [CGD 78–151, 49 FR 18301, Apr. 30, 1984; 49 FR action, and ETA at next reporting 26722, June 29, 1984, as amended by CGD 85– point. 060, 51 FR 17016, May 8, 1986; CGD 85-060, 51 (e) Permanent reporting points. The FR 37274, Oct. 21, 1986] master of each vessel to which this sec- tion applies shall report as required by § 162.134 Connecting waters from Lake Huron to Lake Erie; traffic rules. paragraph (d) of this section at the lo- cation indicated in Table I. (a) Detroit River. The following traffic rules apply in the Detroit River: TABLE I (1) The West Outer Channel is re- stricted to downbound vessels. Downbound Upbound vessels Reporting points vessels (2) The Livingston Channel, west of Bois Blanc Island, is restricted to Report ...... 30 Minutes North of Lake downbound vessels. Huron Cut. Lighted Horn Buoy ``11'' NOTE: The Amherstburg Channel, in Cana- Report ...... Lake Huron Cut Light ``7'' dian waters east of Bois Blanc Island, is nor- Lake Huron Cut Lighted Buoy Report. mally restricted to upbound vessels. No ves- ``1''. sel may proceed downbound in the Report ...... St. Clair/Black River Junction Report. Amherstburg Channel without authorization Light. from the Regional Director General. Stag Island Upper Light ...... Report. (3) Between Fighting Island Channel Report ...... Marine City Salt Dock Light ... Report. South Light and Bar Point Pier Light Report ...... Grande Pointe Light ``23'' 29D, no vessels shall meet or overtake St. Clair Flats Canal Light ``2'' Report. Report ...... Lake St. Clair Light ...... Report. in such a manner that more than two Report ...... Belle Isle Light vessels would be abreast at any time. Report ...... Grassy Island Light ...... Report. (4) Between the west end of Belle Isle Report ...... Detroit River Light ...... Report. and Peche Island Light, vessels may only overtake vessels engaged in tow- (f) Additional traffic reports. ing. (1) A report shall be made upon leav- (b) River Rouge. In the River Rouge, ing any dock, mooring, or anchorage, no vessel shall overtake another vessel. in the Detroit River, Lake St. Clair, (c) St. Clair River. The following traf- and the St. Clair River except for— fic rules apply in the St. Clair River: (i) Ferries on regular runs; and (1) Between St. Clair Flats Canal (ii) Vessels in the River Rouge. Light 2 and Russell Island Light 33, (2) A report shall be made before ma- vessels may only overtake vessels en- neuvering to come about. gaged in towing. (3) A report shall be made— (2) Between Lake Huron Cut Lighted (i) 20 minutes before entering or de- Buoy 1 and Port Huron Traffic Lighted parting the River Rouge; and Buoy there is a zone of alternating one (ii) Immediately before entering or way traffic. Masters shall coordinate departing the River Rouge. their movements in accordance with (g) Report of impairment or other haz- the following rules; ard. The master of a vessel shall report (i) Vessels shall not overtake. to SARNIA TRAFFIC as soon as pos- (ii) Vessels shall not come about. sible: (iii) Vessels shall not meet. (1) Any condition on the vessel that (iv) Downbound vessels which have may impair its navigation, including passed Lake Huron Cut Lighted Buoy 7 but not limited to: fire, defective steer- have the right of way over upbound ing equipment, or defective propulsion vessels which have not reached the machinery. Port Huron Traffic Lighted Buoy. Upbound vessels awaiting transit of (2) Any tow that the towing vessel is downbound vessels will maintain posi- unable to control, or can control only tion south of the Port Huron Traffic with difficulty. Lighted Buoy.
586
VerDate 18
(v) Vessels transiting the zone shall sel or any other vessel, vessels of 20 coordinate passage by using commu- meters or more in length operating in nication procedures in § 162.132. normal displacement mode shall pro- (vi) Transiting vessels shall have the ceed at a speed not greater than— right of way over moored vessels get- (i) 12 statute miles per hour (10.4 ting underway within the zone. knots) between Fort Gratiot Light and (d) In the waters described in St. Clair Flats Canal Light 2; § 162.130(a), the District Commander or (ii) 12 statute miles per hour (10.4 Captain of the Port may establish tem- knots) between Peche Island Light and porary traffic rules for reasons which Detroit River Light; and include but are not limited to: channel (iii) 4 statute miles per hour (3.5 obstructions, winter navigation, un- knots) in the River Rouge. usual weather conditions, or unusual water levels. (2) The maximum speed limit is 5.8 (e) The requirements of this section statute miles per hour (5 knots) in the do not apply to public vessels of the navigable channel south of Peche Is- U.S. or Canada engaged in icebreaking land (under Canadian jurisdiction). or servicing aids to navigation or to (b) Maximum speed limit for vessels op- vessels engaged in river and harbor im- erating in nondisplacement mode. (1) Ex- provement work. cept when required for the safety of the (f) The prohibitions in this section on vessel or any other vessel, vessels 20 overtaking in certain areas do not meters or more in length but under 100 apply to vessels operating in the non- gross tons operating in the non- displacement mode. In this section, displacement mode and meeting the re- ‘‘nondisplacement mode’’ means a quirements set out in paragraph (c) of mode of operation in which the vessel this section, may operate at a speed is supported by hydrodynamic forces, not exceeding 40 miles per hour (34.8 rather than displacement of its weight knots)— in the water, to an extent such that the (i) During daylight hours (sunrise to wake which would otherwise be gen- sunset); erated by the vessel is significantly re- (ii) When conditions otherwise safely duced. allow; and [CGD 78–151, 49 FR 18302, Apr. 30, 1984; 49 FR (iii) When approval has been granted 26722, June 29, 1984, as amended by CGD 09– by the Coast Guard Captain of the 95–002, 60 FR 35701, July 11, 1995] Port, Detroit or Commander of the Ninth Coast Guard District prior to § 162.136 Connecting waters from Lake each transit of the area. Huron to Lake Erie; anchorage grounds. (2) In this section, ‘‘nondisplacement mode’’ means a mode of operation in (a) In the Detroit River, vessels shall which the vessel is supported by hydro- be anchored so as not to swing into the dynamic forces, rather than displace- channel or across steering courses. ment of its weight in the water, to an NOTE: There is an authorized anchorage in extent such that the wake which would Canadian waters just above Fighting Island and an authorized anchorage in U.S. waters otherwise be generated by the vessel is south of Belle Isle (33 CFR 110.206). significantly reduced. (b) In the St. Clair River, vessels (c) Unsafe vessels. The Captain of the shall be anchored so as not to swing Port or the District Commander may into the channel or across steering deny approval for operations under courses. paragraph (b) of this section if it ap- pears that the design and operating [CGD 78–151, 49 FR 18302, Apr. 30, 1984, as amended by CGD 85–060, 51 FR 17016, May 8, characteristics of the vessels in ques- 1986] tion are not safe for the designated wa- terways, or if it appears that oper- § 162.138 Connecting waters from Lake ations under this section have become Huron to Lake Erie; speed rules. unsafe for any reason. (a) Maximum speed limit for vessels in (d) Temporary speed limits. The Dis- normal displacement mode. (1) Except trict Commander may temporarily es- when required for the safety of the ves- tablish speed limits or temporarily
587
VerDate 18
amend existing speed limit regulations bor where no vessel greater than 40 feet on the waters described in § 162.130(a). in length may exceed 10 miles per hour. [CGD 09–95–002, 60 FR 35702, July 11, 1995] NOTE: The Corps of Engineers also has reg- ulations dealing with these areas in 33 CFR § 162.140 Connecting waters from Lake Part 207. Huron to Lake Erie; miscellaneous [CGD 79–151, 46 FR 7960, Jan. 26, 1981] rules. (a) Rules for towing vessels. (1) A tow- § 162.160 Vermilion, Lorain, Cleveland, ing vessel may drop or anchor its tows Fairport, Ashtabula, and Conneaut Harbors, Ohio. only in accordance with the provisions of § 162.136. (a) In Vermilion Harbor, no vessel (2) A towing vessel engaged in ar- may exceed 6 miles per hour. ranging its tow shall not obstruct the (b) In Lorain, Cleveland, Fairport, navigation of other vessels. Ashtabula, and Conneaut Harbors, no (b) Pilots. In the St. Clair River be- vessel may exceed 6 miles per hour, ex- tween Lake Huron Cut Lighted Buoy 1 cept in the outer harbors, where no and Port Huron Traffic Lighted Buoy, vessel may exceed 10 miles per hour. vessels shall not take on, discharge, or NOTE: The Corps of Engineers also has reg- exchange pilots unless weather condi- ulations dealing with these areas in 33 CFR tions would make the maneuver unsafe Part 207. in the customary pilot area. [CGD 79–151, 46 FR 7960, Jan. 26, 1981] [CGD 78–151, 49 FR 18302, Apr. 30, 1984] § 162.165 Buffalo and Rochester Har- § 162.145 Monroe Harbor, Mich. bors, New York. (a) In the lake channel, no vessel In Buffalo and Rochester Harbors, no greater than 40 feet in length may ex- vessel may exceed 6 miles per hour, ex- ceed 10 miles per hour. cept in the outer harbors where no ves- (b) In the river channel: sel may exceed 10 miles per hour. (1) No vessel greater than 40 feet in NOTE: The Corps of Engineers also has reg- length may exceed 6 miles per hour. ulations dealing with these areas in 33 CFR Part 207. (2) No vessel may use a towline ex- ceeding 200 feet in length. [CGD 79–151, 46 FR 7960, Jan. 26, 1981] [CGD 79–151, 46 FR 7960, Jan. 26, 1981] § 162.175 Black Rock Canal and Lock at Buffalo, New York. § 162.150 Maumee Bay and River, Ohio. In the Black Rock Canal and Lock, (a) In Maumee Bay (lakeward of no vessel may exceed 6 miles per hour. Maumee River Lighted Buoy 49(L/L No. NOTE: The Corps of Engineers also has reg- 770)), no vessel greater than 100 feet in ulations dealing with these areas in 33 CFR length may exceed 12 miles per hour. Part 207. (b) In Maumee River (inward of Maumee River Lighted Buoy 49(L/L No. [CGD 79–151, 46 FR 7960, Jan. 26, 1981] 770)): § 162.195 Santa Monica Bay, Calif.; re- (1) No vessel greater than 40 feet in stricted area. length may exceed 6 miles per hour. (2) No vessel greater than 100 feet in (a) The area. The waters of the Pa- length (including tug and tow combina- cific Ocean, Santa Monica Bay, in an tions) may overtake another vessel. area extending seaward from the shore- line a distance of about 5 nautical [CGD 79–151, 46 FR 7960, Jan. 26, 1981] miles (normal to the shoreline) and ba- sically outlined as follows: § 162.155 Sandusky and Huron Har- bors, Ohio. Station Latitude North Longitude (a) In Sandusky Harbor, no vessel West greater than 40 feet in length may ex- A ...... 33°54′ 59″ 118°25′ 41″ ceed 10 miles per hour. B ...... 33°54′ 59″ 118°28′ 00″ (b) In Huron Harbor, no vessel great- C ...... 33°53′ 59.5″ 118°31′ 37″ er than 40 feet in length may exceed 6 D ...... 33°56′ 19.5″ 118°34′ 05″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ miles per hour, except in the outer har- E ...... 33 56 25 118 26 29
588
VerDate 18
(b) The regulations. (1) Vessels shall imum speed. The maximum speed for all not anchor within the area at any time ocean-going craft shall not exceed 10 without permission. miles per hour above the lower end of (2) Dredging, dragging, seining, or New York Slough, seven miles per hour other fishing operations which might above Criminal Point, or five miles per foul underwater installations within hour while passing any wharf, dock, or the area are prohibited. moored craft. As used in this para- (3) All vessels entering the area, graph, the speed of a vessel when navi- other than vessels operated by or for gating with the current shall be its the United States, the State of Cali- rate of movement in excess of the ve- fornia, the county of Los Angeles, or locity of the current. the city of Los Angeles, shall proceed (2) Passing. All craft passing other across the area by the most direct boats, barges, scows, etc., in motion, route and without unnecessary delay. moored or anchored, shall slow down The area will be open and unrestricted and take every necessary precaution to to small recreational craft for rec- avoid damage. reational activities at all times. (3) Right of way. (i) United States (4) The placing of bouys, markers, or dredges, tugs, launches, derrick boats, other devices requiring anchors will and similar plant of contractors exe- not be permitted. cuting river and harbor improvement (5) The city of Los Angeles will main- work for the United States, and dis- tain a patrol of the area as needed. playing the signals prescribed by the regulations contained in Part 80 of this § 162.200 Marina del Rey, Calif.; re- chapter shall have the right of way and stricted area. other craft shall exercise special cau- (a) The area. That portion of the Pa- tion to avoid interference with the cific Ocean lying shoreward of the off- work on which the plant is engaged. shore breakwater and the most sea- Dredges, whether Federal or contrac- ward 1,000 feet of the entrance channel tors’ plant, working the channel must between the north and south jetties, however, take special care to give and basically outlined as follows: ocean-going vessels sufficient room for passing, and must lift both spuds and Station Latitude Longitude the ladder, and pull clear, if an ade- A ...... 33°57′ 46.0″ 118°27′ 39.5″ quate width of clear channelway can- B ...... 33°57′ 52.3″ 118°27′ 43.6″ not otherwise be provided. Ocean-going C ...... 33°57′ 48.6″ 118°27′ 48.8″ D ...... 33°57′ 29.8″ 118°27′ 34.7″ vessels may show at the masthead a E ...... 33°57′ 30.9″ 118°27′ 29.1″ black ball not more than 20 inches in F ...... 33°57′ 37.4″ 118°27′ 33.8″ diameter as a signal to the dredge, and G ...... 33°57′ 42.4″ 118°27′ 23.0″ may also blow five long blasts of the H ...... 33°57′ 50.6″ 118°27′ 28.3″ whistle when within reasonable hear- (b) The regulations. (1) Vessels shall ing distance of the dredge, such signal not anchor within the area at any time to be followed at the proper time by without permission except in an emer- the passing signal described in the gency. local pilot rules. The dredge shall (2) Dredging, dragging, seining, or promptly acknowledge both signals in other fishing operations which might the usual manner. foul underwater installations within (ii) Light-draft vessels when meeting the area are prohibited. or being overtaken by ocean-going ves- NOTE: The Corps of Engineers also has reg- sels, shall give the right of way to such ulations dealing with this section in 33 CFR vessels by making use of the shallower Part 207. portions of the waterway. (iii) Rafts and tows must promptly § 162.205 Suisun Bay, San Joaquin give the channel side demanded upon River, Sacramento River, and con- proper signal by a vessel, and must be necting waters, CA. handled in such a manner as not to ob- (a) San Joaquin River Deep Water struct or interfere with the free use of Channel between Suisun Bay and the eas- the waterway by other craft. terly end of the channel at Stockton; use, (4) Collisions. (i) Ocean-going vessels administration and navigation—(1) Max- in collision in the channel or turning
589
VerDate 18
basin must, if still afloat and in a con- way, anchored, or tied up); a wharf or dition making anchorage necessary, be other structure; work under construc- immediately removed to an approved tion; plant engaged in river and harbor anchorage ground, or if in such condi- improvement; levees withstanding tion that beaching is necessary, they flood waters; buildings partially or shall be temporarily beached on the wholly submerged by high water; or northwest side of Mandeville Island or any other structure liable to damage in the Old River. by collision, suction or wave action; (ii) Light-draft vessels suffering colli- vessels shall give as much leeway as sion shall be disposed of as directed by circumstances permit and reduce their the District Commander or his author- speed sufficiently to preclude causing ized representative. damage to the vessel or structure being (5) Wrecks. In no case following acci- passed. As deemed necessary for public dents of fire or collision will a vessel be safety during high river stages, floods, allowed to remain either anchored or or other emergencies, the District grounded in the channel, or beached at Commander may prescribe, by naviga- any place where it endangers other ves- tion bulletins or other means, the lim- sels, while settlement is pending with iting speed in knots or temporarily the underwriters. close the waterway or any reach of it (6) Other laws and regulations. In all to traffic. Since this subparagraph per- other respects, the existing Federal tains directly to the manner in which laws and rules and regulations affect- vessels are operated, masters of vessels ing navigable waters of the United shall be held responsible for strict ob- States will govern in this channel. servance and full compliance herewith. (b) Sacramento Deep Water Ship Chan- (2) Right of way. (i) Dredges, tugs, nel between Suisun Bay and easterly end launches, derrick boats and other simi- of Turning Basin at West Sacramento; lar equipment, executing river and har- use, administration, and navigation—(1) bor improvement work for the United Maximum speed for all ocean going States, and displaying the signals pre- craft—(i) Between Tolands Landing (Mile scribed by the regulations contained in 6.2) and Rio Vista Bridge. When going Part 80, of this Chapter, shall have the against a current of two knots or more, right-of-way and other craft shall exer- the maximum speed over the bottom cise special caution to avoid inter- shall not exceed 8 knots. When going ference with the work on which the with the current, in slack water, or plant is engaged. Dredges, whether against a current of two knots or less, Federal or contractor’s plant, working the maximum speed through the water the channel must however, take special shall not exceed 10 knots. care to give ocean-going vessels suffi- (ii) Between Rio Vista Bridge and Port cient room for passing, and must lift of Sacramento. When going against a both spuds and the ladder, and pull current of two knots or more, the max- clear, if an adequate width of clear imum speed over the bottom shall not channelway cannot otherwise be pro- exceed 5 knots. When going with the vided. current, in slack water, or against a (ii) Vessels intending to pass dredges current of two knots or less, the max- or other types of floating plant work- imum speed through the water shall ing in navigable channels, when within not exceed 7 knots. a reasonable distance therefrom and (iii) Speed past docks or moored craft. not in any case over a mile, shall indi- Within 550 feet of the centerline of the cate such intention by one long blast of channel the speed shall be the min- the whistle, and shall be directed to imum required to maintain steerage- the proper side for passage by the way; wind, tide, current, etc., being sounding, by the dredge or other float- taken into consideration. ing plant, of the signal prescribed in (iv) Passing. All craft passing other the inland pilot rules for vessels under- boats, barges, scows, etc., underway, way and approaching each other from moored or anchored, shall take every opposite directions, which shall be an- necessary precaution to avoid damage. swered in the usual manner by the ap- (v) Speed, high-water precautions. proaching vessel. If the channel is not When passing another vessel (under- clear, the floating plant shall sound
590
VerDate 18
the alarm or danger signal and the ap- with or endanger the movement of proaching vessel shall slow down or commercial or public vessels. stop and await further signal from the (4) Collisions. (i) Ocean-going vessels plant. in collision in the channel or turning (iii) When the pipeline from a dredge basin, must if still afloat and in a con- crosses the channel in such a way that dition making anchorage necessary, be an approaching vessel cannot pass safe- immediately removed to an approved ly around the pipeline or dredge, there anchorage ground, or if in such condi- shall be sounded immediately from the tion that beaching is necessary, they dredge the alarm or danger signal and shall be temporarily beached on the the approaching vessel shall slow down southwest side of Ryer Island from or stop and await further signal from Mile 15.0 to Mile 16.3 or in the Harbor the dredge. The pipeline shall then be and Turning Basin at West Sac- opened and the channel cleared as soon ramento. as practicable; when the channel is (ii) Light-draft vessels suffering colli- clear for passage the dredge shall so in- sion shall be disposed of as directed by dicate by sounding the usual passing the District Commander or his author- signal as prescribed in paragraph ized representative. (c)(2)(ii) of this section. The approach- (5) Marine accidents. Masters, mates, ing vessel shall answer with a cor- pilots, owners, or other persons using responding signal and pass promptly. the waterway to which this paragraph (iv) When any pipeline or swinging applies shall notify the District Com- dredge shall have given an approaching mander and in the case of undocu- vessel or tow the signal that the chan- mented vessels, the State Division of nel is clear, the dredge shall straighten Small Craft Harbors also, by the most out within the cut for the passage of expeditious means available of all ma- the vessel or tow. rine accidents, such as fire, collision, sinking or stranding, where there is (v) Shallow draft vessels when meet- possible obstruction of the channel or ing or being overtaken by ocean-going interference with navigation or where vessels, shall give the right-of-way to damage to Government property is in- such vessels by making use of the volved, furnishing a clear statement as shallower portions of the waterway, to the name, address, and ownership of wherever possible. the vessel or vessels involved, the time (vi) Tows should promptly give the and place, and the action taken. In all channel side requested by proper signal cases, the owner of the sunken vessel from a vessel, and should be handled in shall take immediate steps to mark the such a manner as not to obstruct or wreck properly. interfere with the free use of the water- (6) Other laws and regulations. In all way by other craft. other respects, existing Federal laws (3) Obstruction of traffic. (i) Except as and rules and regulations affecting provided in paragraph (c)(2) of this sec- navigable waters of the United States tion no person shall willfully or care- will govern in this channel. lessly obstruct the free navigation of (c) Sacramento River, Decker Island the waterway, or delay any vessel hav- Restricted Anchorage for Vessels of the ing the right to use the waterway. U.S. Government— (1) The anchorage (ii) No vessel shall anchor within the ground. An elongated area in the Sac- channel except in distress or under ramento River bounded on the west by stress of weather. Any vessel so an- the shore of Decker Island and the fol- chored shall be moved as quickly as lowing lines: Beginning on the shore at possible to such anchorage as will leave Decker Island North End Light at lati- the channel clear for the passage of tude 38°06′16′′ N., longitude 121°42′32.5′′ vessels. W.; thence easterly to latitude 38°06′15′′ (iii) Motorboats, sailboats, rowboats, N., longitude 121°42′27′′ W.; thence and other small craft shall not anchor southerly to latitude 38°05′22′′ N., lon- or drift in the regular ship channel ex- gitude 121°42′30′′ W.; thence southwest- cept under stress of weather or in case erly to latitude 38°05′08′′ N., longitude of breakdown. Such craft shall be so 121°42′40′′ W.; thence west southwest- operated that they will not interfere erly to latitude 38°05′02′′ N., longitude
591
VerDate 18
121°42′50′′ W.; thence northwesterly to (3) Pope Beach, under the control of the the shore of Decker Island at latitude Forest Service, Department of Agriculture. 38°05′04′′ N., longitude 121°42′52.5′′ W. The waters of Lake Tahoe shoreward of (2) Special Regulation. No Vessel or a line described as follows: Beginning other craft except those owned by or at the intersection of the high water- operating under contract with the line with the west line of the former United States may navigate or anchor Pope property, about 750 feet westerly within 50 feet of any moored Govern- of the west boundary line of Lot 2, Sec- ment vessel in the area. Commercial tion 6, Township 12 North (Mount Dia- and pleasure craft shall not moor to blo Base Line), Range 18 East (Mount buoys or chains of Government vessels, Diablo Meridian); thence north 300 feet; nor may they, while moored or under- thence southeasterly 4,200 feet to a way, obstruct the passage of Govern- point 300 feet north of the high water- ment or other vessels through the area. line; and thence south 300 feet to the high waterline. NOTE: The Corps of Engineers also has reg- ulations dealing with this section in 33 CFR (4) El Dorado County Beach. The wa- Part 207. ters of Lake Tahoe shoreward of a line described as follows: Beginning at the [CGD 75–082, 42 FR 51759, Sept. 29, 1977, as intersection of the high waterline with amended by CGD12 84–07, 51 FR 12318, Apr. 10, the west boundary line of Lot 1, Sec- 1986; CGD11–94–007, 60 FR 16796, Apr. 3, 1995; USCG–1998–3799, 63 FR 35532, June 30, 1998] tion 32, Township 13 North (Mount Dia- blo Base Line), Range 18 East (Mount § 162.210 Lake Tahoe, Calif.; restricted Diablo Meridian); thence north 500 feet; areas along south shore. thence northeasterly about 1,350 feet to the projected east line of Lot 1 at a (a) —(1) The areas Baldwin Beach, point 500 feet north of the high water- under the control of the Forest Service, line; and thence south 500 feet to the Department of Agriculture. The waters of high waterline. Lake Tahoe shoreward of a line de- (b) The regulations. No sail or ma- scribed as follows: Beginning at the chine-propelled watercraft, except ves- intersection of the high waterline with sels owned or controlled by the U.S. the west boundary line of Lot 2, Sec- Coast Guard, shall navigate or anchor tion 26, Township 13 North (Mount Dia- in the restricted area. blo Base Line), Range 17 East (Mount Diablo Meridian); thence north 300 feet; § 162.215 Lake Tahoe, Nev.; restricted thence southeasterly about 2,850 feet to area adjacent to Nevada Beach. the east line of Section 26 at a point 300 (a) The restricted area. The waters of feet north of the high waterline; thence Lake Tahoe shoreward of a line de- northeasterly 1,740 feet to a point 300 scribed as follows: Beginning at the feet north of the high waterline; thence intersection of the high waterline with southeasterly about 1,810 feet to the a line projected in a general southerly projected east line of the former Bald- direction 200 feet from a point lying 310 win property at a point 300 feet north feet west of section corner common to of the high waterline; and thence south section 15, 16, 21, and 22, Township 13 300 feet to the high waterline. North (Mount Diablo Base Line), Range (2) Camp Richardson, under the control 18 East (Mount Diablo Meridian); of the Forest Service, Department of Agri- thence 300 feet lakeward at right an- culture. The waters of Lake Tahoe gles to the high waterline; thence shoreward of a line described as fol- southeasterly approximately 2,170 feet lows: Beginning at the southeasterly to the projected south boundary line of corner of sec. 25, T. 13 N., R. 17 E., the Forest Service property at a point Mount Diablo Base and Meridian; 300 feet west of the high waterline; and thence north 410 feet along the east thence east 300 feet to the high water line of sec. 25; thence northwesterly 95 line. feet to the high waterline which is the (b) The regulations. No sail or motor true point of beginning; thence north propelled watercraft, except vessels 130 feet; thence southeasterly 565 feet; owned or controlled by the United and thence south 130 feet to the high States Government and vessels duly waterline. authorized by the United States Coast
592
VerDate 18
Guard, shall navigate or anchor in the freshets under 25 feet on the Van- restricted area. couver, Washington, gage when con- struction is in progress, rehabilitation, § 162.220 Hoover Dam, Lake Mead, and or other unusual emergency makes a Lake Mohave (Colorado River), major shore installation susceptible to Ariz.-Nev. loss or major damage from wave ac- (a) Lake Mead and Lake Mohave; re- tion, the District Commander shall stricted areas—(1) The areas. That por- have authority to prescribe for a par- tion of Lake Mead extending 700 feet ticular limited reach of the river as ap- upstream of the axis of Hoover Dam propriate such temporary speed regula- and that portion of Lake Mohave (Colo- tions as he may deem necessary to pro- rado River) extending 4,500 feet down- tect the integrity of such structure. All stream of the axis of Hoover Dam. speed regulations prescribed by the (2) The regulations. The restricted District Commander shall be obeyed areas shall be closed to navigation and for the duration of the emergency and other use by the general public. Only shall be terminated at the earliest vessels owned by or controlled by the practicable time that improved stream U.S. Government and the States of Ari- conditions permit. zona and Nevada shall navigate or an- chor in the restricted areas: Provided, § 162.230 Columbia River, Wash. however, The Regional Director, Region (a) Grand Coulee Dam discharge chan- 3, U.S. Bureau of Reclamation, Boulder nel; restricted area—(1) The area. That City, Nev., may authorize, by written portion of the Columbia River between permit, individuals or groups to navi- Grand Coulee Dam (situated at river gate or anchor in the restricted areas mile 596.6) and river mile 593.7. when it is deemed in the public inter- (2) The regulations. (i) No vessel shall est. Copies of said permits shall be fur- enter or navigate within the area with- nished the enforcing agencies. out permission from the enforcing (b) Lake Mead; speed regulation. In agency. that portion of Lake Mead extending (ii) The regulation in this section 300 feet upstream of the restricted area shall be enforced by the Chief, Power described in paragraph (a) of this sec- Field Division, Columbia Basin tion, a maximum speed of 5 miles per Project, U.S. Department of the Inte- hour shall not be exceeded. rior, Coulee Dam, Washington. (c) Supervision. The regulations in this section shall be supervised by the § 162.235 Puget Sound Area, Wash. District Commander, Eleventh Coast Guard District. (a) Waterway connecting Port Town- send and Oak Bay; use, administration, § 162.225 Columbia and Willamette and navigation—(1) Works to which regu- Rivers, Washington and Oregon; ad- lations apply. The ‘‘canal grounds’’ ministration and navigation. when used in this paragraph shall mean (a) Supervision. The District Com- that area between the south end of the mander, Thirteenth Coast Guard Dis- jetties in Oak Bay and the northerly trict, has certain administrative super- end of the dredge channel approxi- vision over the Columbia and Willam- mately 400 yards northwest of Port ette Rivers, and is charged with the en- Townsend Canal Light. The ‘‘canal’’ is forcement under his direction of emer- the water lying between these limits gency regulations to govern navigation and the banks containing the same. of these streams. (2) Speed. The speed limit within the (b) Speed. During very high water canal grounds shall not exceed five stages (usually 25 feet or more on the miles per hour. Vancouver, Washington, gage) when (3) Signals. All boats desiring to use lives, floating plant or major shore in- the canal shall give one long and one stallations are endangered, the District short whistle. Southbound boats shall Commander shall have authority to sound the signal within 600 yards of prescribe such temporary speed regula- Port Townsend Canal Light. North- tions as he may deem necessary for the bound boats shall sound this signal at public safety. During critical periods of least 500 feet south from the end of the
593
VerDate 18
jetties in Oak bay. If no other boat an- the narrow section until green lights swers the signal the first boat shall are displayed. have the right of way through the (4) One vessel may follow another canal. Any approaching boat that is in vessel in either direction, but the chan- the canal shall answer by giving the nel shall not be kept open in the same same signal and the first boat shall not direction for an unreasonable time if a enter the canal until the second boat vessel is waiting at the other end. shall have passed through the canal. In (5) Tugs, launches, and small craft the case of boats going in the same di- shall keep close to one side of the chan- rection the boat which is in the canal nel when vessels or boats with tows are shall not answer the signal of the boat passing. desiring to enter. (6) All craft shall proceed with cau- (4) Passing. Steamers shall not under tion. The display of a green light is not any circumstances attempt to pass a guarantee that the channel is clear of each other in the canal, either when traffic, and neither the United States going in the same or opposite direc- nor the City of Seattle will be respon- sible for any damage to vessels or other tions. property which may be chargeable to (5) Anchoring. No steamers or boats mistakes in the operation of the signal shall anchor or tie up within the canal lights or to their failure to operate. grounds unless they are well over on NOTE: The Corps of Engineers also has reg- the tide flats to the west of the dredged ulations dealing with this section in 33 CFR channel, and off the right of way be- Part 207. longing to the United States. (6) Tows. No tow shall enter or pass § 162.240 Tongass Narrows, Alaska; through the canal with a towline more navigation. than 200 in length. (a) Definitions. The term ‘‘Tongass (7) Delaying traffic. No person shall Narrows’’ includes the body of water cause or permit any vessel or boat of lying between Revillagigedo Channel which he is in charge, or on which he is and Guard Island in Clarence Strait. employed, to obstruct the canal in any (b) No vessel, except for floatplanes way or delay in passing through it. during landings and take-offs and non- (b) West Waterway, Seattle Harbor; commercial, open skiffs of less than 20 navigation. (1) The movement of vessels feet in length, shall exceed a speed of of 250 gross tons or over and all vessels seven knots in the region of Tongass Narrows bounded to the north by with tows of any kind through the nar- Tongass Narrows Buoy 9 and to the row section of West Waterway between south by Tongass Narrows East Chan- the bend at Fisher’s Flour Mill dock nel Regulatory Buoy at position and the bend at the junction of East 55°19′22.0″ N 131°36′40.5″ W and Tongass Waterway with Duwamish Waterway, Narrows West Channel Regulatory and through the draws of the City of Buoy at position 55°19′28.5″ N 131°39′09.7″ Seattle and Northern Pacific Railway W, respectively. Company bridges crossing this narrow (c) No vessel shall while moored or at section, shall be governed by red and anchor, or by slow passage or otherwise green traffic signal lights mounted on while underway, unreasonably obstruct the north and south sides of the west the free passage and progress of other tower of the City Light power crossing vessels. at West Spokane Street. (d) No vessel shall moor or anchor to (2) Two green lights, one vertically any structure of the United States above the other, displayed ahead of a other than mooring piers, wharves, and vessel, shall indicate that the water- floats without the consent of the Com- way is clear. Two red lights, one manding Officer, Marine Safety Office, vertically above the other, displayed Juneau, Alaska. ahead of a vessel, shall indicate that the waterway is not clear. [CGD 75–082, 42 FR 51759, Sept. 29, 1977, as amended by CGD 77–217, 43 FR 60458, Dec. 28, (3) A vessel approaching the narrow 1978; CGD 82–039, 47 FR 27266, June 24, 1982; section and drawbridges from either USCG–1998–3799, 63 FR 35532, June 30, 1998; end of the waterway shall give one long CGD17–99–002, 64 FR 29557, June 2, 1999, 64 FR blast of a whistle and shall not enter 32103, June 15, 1999]
594
VerDate 18
§ 162.245 Kenai River, Kenai, Alaska; (c) Tow channel. The following route use, administration, and navigation. shall be taken by all tows passing (a) The area. The main channel area through Wrangell Narrows when the of the river, having a width of 150 feet, towboat has a draft of 9 feet or less beginning at a point directly offshore (northbound, read down; southbound, from the centerline of the city dock read up): and extending about 2,200 feet up- East of Battery Islets: stream to a point 200 feet upstream East of Tow Channel Buoy 1 TC. from the Inlet Co. dock. East of Tow Channel Buoy 3 TC. (b) The regulations. (1) Vessels may West of Tow Channel Buoy 4 TC. navigate, anchor, or moor within the East of Colorado Reef: area until such time as notification is East of Wrangell Narrows Channel Light received or observation is made of in- 21. tended passage to or from the docking West of Wrangell Narrows Channel Lighted areas. Buoy 25. (2) Notice of anticipated passage of East of Tow Channel Buoy 5 TC. towboats and barges shall be indicated East of Tow Channel Buoy 7 TC. 24 hours in advance by display of a red West of Petersburg: flag by the Inlet Co. from its ware- East of Wrangell Narrows Channel Light 54 house. Fr. East of Wrangell Narrows Channel Light 56 § 162.250 Port Alexander, Alaska; Qk FR. speed of vessels. East of Wrangell Narrows Channel Light 58 Fr., thence proceeding to west side of (a) Definition. The term ‘‘Port Alex- channel and leaving Wrangell Narrows by ander’’ includes the entire inlet from making passage between Wrangell Nar- its head to its entrance from Chatham rows Channel Daybeacon 61 and Wrangell Strait. Narrows North Entrance Lighted Bell (b) Speed. The speed of all vessels of 5 Buoy 63 F. tons or more gross, ships register, shall (d) Size of tows. The maximum tows not exceed 3 miles per hour either in permitted shall be one pile driver, or entering, leaving, or navigating within three units of other towable equipment Port Alexander, Alaska. or seven raft sections. [CGD 75–082, 42 FR 51759, Sept. 29, 1977, as (e) Arrangement of tows. (1) No towline amended by CGD 82–039, 47 FR 27266, June 24, or aggregate of towlines between 1982] towboat and separated pieces shall ex- ceed 150 feet in length. § 162.255 Wrangell Narrows, Alaska; use, administration, and navigation. (2) Raft and barge tows of more than one unit shall not exceed 65 feet in (a) Definitions. (1) The term width overall. Single barge tows shall ‘‘Wrangell Narrows’’ includes the en- not exceed 100 feet in width overall. tire body of water between Wrangell (3) Tows other than rafts shall be Narrows North Entrance Lighted Bell taken alongside the towboat whenever Buoy 63 and Midway Rock Light. (2) The term ‘‘raft section’’ refers to possible. a standard raft of logs or piling se- (f) Anchorage. Vessels may anchor in curely fastened together for long tow- the anchorage basin in the vicinity of ing in Alaska inland waters in the Anchor Point. No craft or tow shall be manner customary with the local log- anchored in Wrangell Narrows in either ging interests, i.e., with booms, the main ship channel or the towing swifters, and tail sticks. It normally channel, nor shall any craft or tow be contains 30,000 to 70,000 feet board anchored so that it can swing into ei- measure of logs or piling and has a ther of these channels. width of 45 to 60 feet and a length of 75 (g) Disabled craft. Disabled craft in a to 100 feet. condition of absolute necessity are ex- (b) Speed restrictions. No vessel shall empt from the regulations in this sec- exceed a speed of seven (7) knots in the tion. vicinity of Petersburg, between [CGD 75–082, 42 FR 51759, Sept. 29, 1977, as Wrangell Narrows Channel Light 58 and amended by CGD 82–039, 47 FR 27266, June 24, Wrangell Narrows Lighted Buoy 60. 1982; CGD 94–026, 60 FR 63624, Dec. 12, 1995]
595
VerDate 18
§ 162.260 Channel leading to San Juan unless specific permission of do so has Harbor, P.R.; use, administration, first been granted in each case by the and navigation. enforcing agency. (a) Steamers passing dredge engaged (c) The regulations in this section in improving the channel shall not shall be enforced by the respective have a speed greater than 4 miles an Fleet Superintendents and such agen- hour, and the propelling machinery cies as they may designate. shall be stopped when crossing the [CGD 75–082, 42 FR 51759, Sept. 29, 1977, as lines to the dredge anchors. amended by CGD 86–053, 51 FR 43742, Dec. 4, (b) Vessels using the channel shall 1986] pass the dredge on the side designated from the dredge by the signals pre- scribed in paragraph (c) of this section. PART 163—TOWING OF BARGES (c) Dredge shall display the red flag by day and four white lights hung in a Sec. vertical line by night to indicate the 163.01 Application. passing side. 163.05 Tows of seagoing barges within in- (d) Vessels shall not anchor on the land waters. ranges of stakes or other marks placed 163.20 Bunching of tows. for the guidance of the dredge, nor in AUTHORITY: 33 U.S.C. 152, 2071; 49 CFR such a manner as to obstruct the chan- l.46(n). nel for passing vessels. (e) Vessels shall not run over or dis- § 163.01 Application. turb stake, lanterns, or other marks (a) The regulations in this part apply placed for the guidance of the dredge. to vessels navigating the harbors, riv- (f) Dredges working in the prosecu- ers, and inland waters of the United tion of the work shall not obstruct the States, except the Great Lakes and channel unnecessarily. their connecting and tributary waters (g) The dredge will slack lines run- as far east as Montreal, the Red River ning across the channel from the of the North, the Mississippi River and dredge on the passing side, for passing its tributaries above Huey P. Long vessels, when notified by signal, with Bridge, and that part of the whistle or horn. Atchafalaya River above its junction (h) The position of anchors of the with the Plaquemine-Morgan City al- dredge shall be marked by buoys plain- ternate waterway. ly visible to passing vessels. (b) Seagoing barges and their towing § 162.270 Restricted areas in vicinity vessels shall be subject to the require- of Maritime Administration Reserve ments in this part under the provisions Fleets. of section 14 of the Act of May 28, 1908, (a) The regulations in this section as amended (sec. 14, 35 Stat. 428, as shall govern the use and navigation of amended; 33 U.S.C. 152). Under the pro- waters in the vicinity of the following visions of section 15 of the Act of May National Defense Reserve Fleets of the 28, 1908, as amended (sec. 15, 35 Stat. Maritime Administration, Department 429; 33 U.S.C. 153), the penalty for use of of Transportation: an unlawful towline shall be an action (1) James River Reserve Fleet, Fort against the master of the towing vessel Eustis, Virginia. seeking the suspension or revocation of (2) Beaumont Reserve Fleet, Neches his license. River near Beaumont, Texas. [CGFR 60–61, 25 FR 9045, Sept. 21, 1960, as (3) Suisun Bay Reserve Fleet near amended by CGFR 66–59, 31 FR 13647, Oct. 22, Benicia, California. 1966. Redesignated by CGD 81–017, 46 FR (b) No vessels or other watercraft, ex- 28154, May 26, 1981] cept those owned or controlled by the United States Government, shall cruise § 163.05 Tows of seagoing barges with- or anchor between Reserve Fleet units in inland waters. within 500 feet of the end vessels in (a) The tows of seagoing barges when each Reserve Fleet unit, or within 500 navigating the inland waters of the feet of the extreme units of the fleets, United States shall be limited in
596
VerDate 18
length to five vessels, including the 164.72 Navigational–safety equipment, towing vessel or vessels. charts or maps, and publications re- quired on towing vessels. [CGFR 60–61, 25 FR 9045, Sept. 21, 1960. Redes- 164.74 Towline and terminal gear for towing ignated by CGD 81–017, 46 FR 28154, May 26, astern. 1981] 164.76 Towline and terminal gear for towing alongside and pushing ahead. § 163.20 Bunching of tows. 164.78 Navigation under way: Towing ves- (a) In all cases where tows can be sels. bunched, it should be done. 164.80 Tests and inspections. (b) Tows navigating in the North and 164.82 Maintenance, failure, and reporting. East Rivers of New York must be AUTHORITY: 33 U.S.C. 1223, 1231; 46 U.S.C. bunched above a line drawn between 2103, 3703; 49 CFR 1.46. Sec. 164.13 also issued Robbins Reef Light and Owls Head, under 46 U.S.C. 8502. Sec. 164.61 also issued Brooklyn, but the quarantine anchor- under 46 U.S.C. 6101. age and the north entrance to Ambrose Channel shall be avoided in the process § 164.01 Applicability. of bunching tows. (a) This part (except as specifically (c) Tows must be bunched above the limited herein) applies to each self-pro- mouth of the Schuylkill River, Pa. pelled vessel of 1600 or more gross tons [CGFR 60–61, 25 FR 9045, Sept. 21, 1960, as (except foreign vessels described in amended by CGFR 64–21, 29 FR 5733, Apr. 30, § 164.02) when it is operating in the nav- 1964. Redesignated by CGD 81–017, 46 FR igable waters of the United States ex- 28154, May 26, 1981] cept the St. Lawrence Seaway. (b) Sections 164.70 through 164.82 of PART 164—NAVIGATION SAFETY this part apply to each towing vessel of REGULATIONS 12 meters (39.4 feet) or more in length operating in the navigable waters of Sec. the United States other than the St. 164.01 Applicability. Lawrence Seaway; except that a tow- 164.02 Applicability exception for foreign ing vessel is exempt from the require- vessels. ments of § 164.72 if it is— 164.03 Incorporation by reference. (1) Used solely within a limited geo- 164.11 Navigation under way: General. graphic area, such as a fleeting-area for 164.13 Navigation underway: tankers. 164.15 Navigation bridge visibility. barges or a commercial facility, and 164.19 Requirements for vessels at anchor. used solely for restricted service, such 164.25 Tests before entering or getting un- as making up or breaking up larger derway. tows; 164.30 Charts, publications, and equipment: (2) Used solely for assistance towing General. as defined by 46 CFR 10.103; 164.33 Charts and publications. (3) Used solely for pollution response; 164.35 Equipment: All vessels. or 164.37 Equipment: Vessels of 10,000 gross tons or more. (4) Any other vessel exempted by the 164.38 Automatic radar plotting aids Captain of the Port (COTP). The COTP, (ARPA). upon written request, may, in writing, 164.39 Steering gear: Foreign tankers. exempt a vessel from § 164.72 for a spec- 164.40 Devices to indicate speed and dis- ified route if he or she decides that ex- tance. empting it would not allow its unsafe 164.41 Electronic position fixing devices. navigation under anticipated condi- 164.42 Rate of turn indicator. tions. 164.43 Automatic Identification System Shipborne Equipment. [CGD 83–004, 49 FR 43466, Oct. 29, 1984, as 164.51 Deviations from rules: Emergency. amended by CGD 94–020, 61 FR 35072, July 3, 164.53 Deviations from rules and reporting: 1996] Non-operating equipment. 164.55 Deviations from rules: Continuing op- § 164.02 Applicability exception for eration or period of time. foreign vessels. 164.61 Marine casualty reporting and record retention. (a) This part (including §§ 164.38 and 164.70 Definitions. 164.39) does not apply to vessels that:
597
VerDate 18
(1) Are not destined for, or departing International Telecommunication from, a port or place subject to the ju- Union Radiocommuni- cation Bu- risdiction of the United States; and reau (ITU–R), Place de Nations (2) Are in: CH–1211 Geneva 20 Switzerland (i) Innocent passage through the ter- (1) ITU–R Recommendation M.821, Optional Expansion of ritorial sea of the United States; or the Digital Selective-Calling (ii) Transit through navigable waters System for Use in the Maritime of the United States which form a part Mobile Service, 1992 ...... 164.43 of an international strait. (2) ITU–R Recommendation M.825, Characteristics of a [CGD 77–063, 44 FR 66530, Nov. 19, 1979, as Transponder System Using Dig- amended by CGD 79–148, 45 FR 54039, Aug. 14, ital Selective-Calling Tech- 1980] niques for Use with Vessel Traffic Services and Ship-to- § 164.03 Incorporation by reference. Ship Identification, 1992 ...... 164.43 (a) Certain material is incorporated Radio Technical Commission for Mar- by reference into this part with the ap- itime Services, 655 Fifteenth proval of the Director of the Federal Street, NW., Suite 300, Wash- Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 ington, DC 20005 (1) RTCM Paper 12–78/DO–100, CFR part 51. To enforce any edition Minimum Performance Stand- other than that specified in paragraph ards, Loran C Receiving Equip- (b) of this section, the Coast Guard ment, 1977 ...... 164.41 must publish notice of change in the (2) RTCM Paper 194–93/SC104– FEDERAL REGISTER and the material STD, RTCM Recommended must be available to the public. All ap- Standards for Differential proved material is on file at the Office NAVSTAR GPS Service, of the Federal Register, 800 North Cap- Version 2.1, 1994 ...... 164.43 (3) RTCM Paper 71–95/SC112–STD, itol Street, NW., suite 700, Washington, RTCM Recommended Stand- DC, and at the Office of Vessel Traffic ards for Marine Radar Equip- Management (G–MOV), Coast Guard ment Installed on Ships of Less Headquarters, 2100 Second Street, SW., Than 300 Tons Gross Tonnage, Washington, DC 20593–0001 and is avail- Version 1.1, October 10, 1995 ...... 164.72 able from the sources indicated in (4) RTCM Paper 191–93/SC112–X, paragraph (b) of this section. RTCM Recommended Stand- (b) The materials approved for incor- ards for Maritime Radar Equip- ment Installed on Ships of 300 poration by reference in this part and Tons Gross Tonnage and Up- the sections affected are as follows: wards, Version 1.2, December American Petroleum Institute (API), 20, 1993 ...... 164.72 1220 L Street NW., Washington, DC 20005 [CGD 91–203, 58 FR 27632, May 10, 1993, as API Specification 9A, Specifica- amended by CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24771, May 10, tion for Wire Rope, Section 3, 1995; CGD 93–022, 60 FR 51734, Oct. 3, 1995; Properties and Tests for Wire CGD 96–026, 61 FR 33669, June 28, 1996; CGD and Wire Rope, May 28, 1984 ..... 164.74 94–020, 61 FR 35072, July 3, 1996] American Society for Testing and Ma- terials (ASTM), 1916 Race Street, § 164.11 Navigation under way: Gen- Philadelphia, PA 19103 eral. ASTM D4268–93, Standard Test Method for Testing Fiber Ropes 164.74 The owner, master, or person in Cordage Institute, 350 Lincoln charge of each vessel underway shall Street, Hingham, MA 02043 ensure that: CIA–3, Standard Test Methods for (a) The wheelhouse is constantly Fiber Rope Including Standard manned by persons who: Terminations, Revised, June (1) Direct and control the movement 1980 ...... 164.74 of the vessel; and International Maritime Organization (2) Fix the vessel’s position; (IMO), 4 Albert Embankment, London SE1 7SR, U.K. (b) Each person performing a duty de- IMO Resolution A342(IX), Rec- scribed in paragraph (a) of this section ommendation on Performance is competent to perform that duty; Standards for Automatic Pi- (c) The position of the vessel at each lots, adopted November 12, 1975 164.13 fix is plotted on a chart of the area and 598
VerDate 18
the person directing the movement of (n) Tidal state for the area to be the vessel is informed of the vessel’s transited is known by the person di- position; recting movement of the vessel; (d) Electronic and other navigational (o) The vessel’s anchors are ready for equipment, external fixed aids to navi- letting go; gation, geographic reference points, (p) The person directing the move- and hydrographic contours are used ment of the vessel sets the vessel’s when fixing the vessel’s position; speed with consideration for: (e) Buoys alone are not used to fix (1) The prevailing visibility and the vessel’s position; weather conditions; NOTE: Buoys are aids to navigation placed (2) The proximity of the vessel to in approximate positions to alert the mar- fixed shore and marine structures; iner to hazards to navigation or to indicate (3) The tendency of the vessel under- the orientation of a channel. Buoys may not way to squat and suffer impairment of maintain an exact position because strong or maneuverability when there is small varying currents, heavy seas, ice, and colli- underkeel clearance; sions with vessels can move or sink them or set them adrift. Although buoys may cor- (4) The comparative proportions of roborate a position fixed by other means, the vessel and the channel; buoys cannot be used to fix a position: how- (5) The density of marine traffic; ever, if no other aids are available, buoys (6) The damage that might be caused alone may be used to establish an estimated by the vessel’s wake; position. (7) The strength and direction of the (f) The danger of each closing visual current; and or each closing radar contact is evalu- (8) Any local vessel speed limit; ated and the person directing the (q) The tests required by § 164.25 are movement of the vessel knows the made and recorded in the vessel’s log; evaluation; and (g) Rudder orders are executed as (r) The equipment required by this given; part is maintained in operable condi- (h) Engine speed and direction orders tion. are executed as given; (s) Upon entering U.S. waters, the (i) Magnetic variation and deviation steering wheel or lever on the navi- and gyrocompass errors are known and gating bridge is operated to determine correctly applied by the person direct- if the steering equipment is operating ing the movement of the vessel; properly under manual control, unless (j) A person whom he has determined the vessel has been steered under man- is competent to steer the vessel is in ual control from the navigating bridge the wheelhouse at all times; 1 within the preceding 2 hours, except (k) If a pilot other than a member of when operating on the Great Lakes and the vessel’s crew is employed, the pilot their connecting and tributary waters. is informed of the draft, maneuvering (t) At least two of the steering-gear characteristics, and peculiarities of the power units on the vessel are in oper- vessel and of any abnormal cir- ation when such units are capable of si- cumstances on the vessel that may af- multaneous operation, except when the fect its safe navigation. vessel is sailing on the Great Lakes (l) Current velocity and direction for and their connecting and tributary wa- the area to be transited are known by ters, and except as required by para- the person directing the movement of graph (u) of this section. the vessel; (u) On each passenger vessel meeting (m) Predicted set and drift are known the requirements of the International by the person directing movement of Convention for the Safety of Life at the vessel; Sea, 1960 (SOLAS 60) and on each cargo vessel meeting the requirements of 1 See also 46 U.S.C. 8702(d), which requires SOLAS 74 as amended in 1981, the num- an able seaman at the wheel on U.S. vessels ber of steering-gear power units nec- of 100 gross tons or more in narrow or crowd- essary to move the rudder from 35° on ed waters during low visibility. either side to 30° on the other in not
599
VerDate 18
more than 28 seconds must be in simul- (e) A tanker equipped with an inte- taneous operation. grated navigation system, and com- plying with paragraph (d)(2) of this sec- [CGD 74–77, 42 FR 5956, Jan. 31, 1977, as amended by CGD 83–004, 49 FR 43466, Oct. 29, tion, may use the system with the auto 1984; CGD 91–203, 58 FR 27633, May 10, 1993; pilot engaged while in the areas de- CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24771, May 10, 1995] scribed in paragraphs (d)(3) (i) and (ii) of this section. The master shall pro- § 164.13 Navigation underway: tankers. vide, upon request, documentation (a) As used in this section, ‘‘tanker’’ showing that the integrated navigation means a self-propelled tank vessel, in- system— cluding integrated tug barge combina- (1) Can maintain a predetermined tions, constructed or adapted primarily trackline with a cross track error of to carry oil or hazardous material in less than 10 meters 95 percent of the bulk in the cargo spaces and inspected time; and certificated as a tanker. (2) Provides continuous position data (b) Each tanker must have an engi- accurate to within 20 meters 95 percent neering watch capable of monitoring of the time; and the propulsion system, communicating (3) Has an immediate override con- with the bridge, and implementing trol. manual control measures immediately [CGD 91–203, 58 FR 27633, May 10, 1993, as when necessary. The watch must be amended by CGD 91–203, 58 FR 36141, July 6, physically present in the machinery 1993] spaces or in the main control space and must consist of at least a licensed engi- § 164.15 Navigation bridge visibility. neer. (a) The arrangement of cargo, cargo (c) Each tanker must navigate with gear, and trim of all vessels entering or at least two licensed deck officers on departing from U.S. ports must be such watch on the bridge, one of whom may that the field of vision from the navi- be a pilot. In waters where a pilot is re- gation bridge conforms as closely as quired, the second officer, must be an possible to the following requirements: individual licensed and assigned to the (1) From the conning position, the vessel as master, mate, or officer in view of the sea surface must not be ob- charge of a navigational watch, who is scured by more than the lesser of two separate and distinct from the pilot. hip lengths or 500 meters (1640 feet) (d) Except as specified in paragraph from dead ahead to 10 degrees on either (e) of this section, a tanker may oper- side of the vessel. Within this arc of ate with an auto pilot engaged only if visibility any blind sector caused by all of the following conditions exist: cargo, cargo gear, or other permanent (1) The operation and performance of obstruction must not exceed 5 degrees. the automatic pilot conforms with the (2) From the conning position, the standards recommended by the Inter- horizontal field of vision must extend national Maritime Organization in IMO over an arc from at least 22.5 degrees Resolution A.342(IX). abaft the beam on one side of the ves- (2) A qualified helmsman is present sel, through dead ahead, to at least 22.5 at the helm and prepared at all times degrees abaft the beam on the other to assume manual control. side of the vessel. Blind sectors forward (3) The tanker is not operating in any of the beam caused by cargo, cargo of the following areas: gear, or other permanent obstruction (i) The areas of the traffic separation must not exceed 10 degrees each, nor schemes specified in subchapter P of total more than 20 degrees, including this chapter. any blind sector within the arc of visi- (ii) The portions of a shipping safety bility described in paragraph (a)(1) of fairway specified in part 166 of this this section. chapter. (3) From each bridge wing, the field (iii) An anchorage ground specified in of vision must extend over an arc from part 110 of this chapter. at least 45 degrees on the opposite bow, (iv) An area within one-half nautical through dead ahead, to at least dead mile of any U.S. shore. astern.
600
VerDate 18
(4) From the main steering position, (vii) The full movement of the rudder the field of vision must extend over an to the required capabilities of the arc from dead ahead to at least 60 de- steering gear. grees on either side of the vessel. (2) All internal vessel control com- (b) A clear view must be provided munications and vessel control alarms. through at least two front windows at (3) Standby or emergency generator, all times regardless of weather condi- for as long as necessary to show proper tions. functioning, including steady state temperature and pressure readings. [CGD 85–099, 55 FR 32247, Aug. 8, 1990] (4) Storage batteries for emergency lighting and power systems in vessel § 164.19 Requirements for vessels at anchor. control and propulsion machinery spaces. The master or person in charge of (5) Main propulsion machinery, ahead each vessel that is anchored shall en- and astern. sure that: (b) Vessels navigating on the Great (a) A proper anchor watch is main- Lakes and their connecting and tribu- tained; tary waters, having once completed the (b) Procedures are followed to detect test requirements of this subpart, are a dragging anchor; and considered to remain in compliance (c) Whenever weather, tide, or cur- until arriving at the next port of call rent conditions are likely to cause the on the Great Lakes. vessel’s anchor to drag, action is taken (c) Vessels entering the Great Lakes to ensure the safety of the vessel, from the St. Lawrence Seaway are con- structures, and other vessels, such as sidered to be in compliance with this being ready to veer chain, let go a sec- sub-part if the required tests are con- ond anchor, or get underway using the ducted preparatory to or during the vessel’s own propulsion or tug assist- passage of the St. Lawrence Seaway or ance. within one hour of passing Wolfe Is- [CGD 74–77, 42 FR 5956, Jan. 31, 1977] land. (d) No vessel may enter, or be oper- § 164.25 Tests before entering or get- ated on the navigable waters of the ting underway. United States unless the emergency (a) Except as provided in paragraphs steering drill described below has been (b) and (c) of this section no person conducted within 48 hours prior to may cause a vessel to enter into or get entry and logged in the vessel logbook, underway on the navigable waters of unless the drill is conducted and logged the United States unless no more than on a regular basis at least once every 12 hours before entering or getting un- three months. This drill must include derway, the following equipment has at a minimum the following: been tested: (1) Operation of the main steering (1) Primary and secondary steering gear from within the steering gear gear. The test procedure includes a vis- compartment. ual inspection of the steering gear and (2) Operation of the means of commu- its connecting linkage, and, where ap- nications between the navigating plicable, the operation of the following: bridge and the steering compartment. (i) Each remote steering gear control (3) Operation of the alternative power system. supply for the steering gear if the ves- (ii) Each steering position located on sel is so equipped. the navigating bridge. (92 Stat. 1471 (33 U.S.C. 1221 et seq.); 49 CFR (iii) The main steering gear from the 1.46(n)(4)) alternative power supply, if installed. [CGD 77–183, 45 FR 18925, Mar. 24, 1980, as (iv) Each rudder angle indicator in amended by CGD 83–004, 49 FR 43466, Oct. 29, relation to the actual position of the 1984] rudder. (v) Each remote steering gear control § 164.30 Charts, publications, and system power failure alarm. equipment: General. (vi) Each remote steering gear power No person may operate or cause the unit failure alarm. operation of a vessel unless the vessel
601
VerDate 18
has the marine charts, publications, to the vessel, and that is applicable to and equipment as required by §§ 164.33 the vessel’s transit. through 164.41 of this part. [CGD 82–055, 48 FR 44535, Sept. 29, 1983] [CGD 82–055, 48 FR 44535, Sept. 29, 1983] § 164.35 Equipment: All vessels. § 164.33 Charts and publications. Each vessel must have the following: (a) Each vessel must have the fol- (a) A marine radar system for surface lowing: navigation. (1) Marine charts of the area to be (b) An illuminated magnetic steering transited, published by the National compass, mounted in a binnacle, that Ocean Service, U.S. Army Corps of En- can be read at the vessel’s main steer- gineers, or a river authority that— ing stand. (i) Are of a large enough scale and (c) A current magnetic compass devi- have enough detail to make safe navi- ation table or graph or compass com- gation of the area possible; and parison record for the steering com- (ii) Are currently corrected. pass, in the wheelhouse. (d) A gyrocompass. (2) For the area to be transited, a (e) An illuminated repeater for the currently corrected copy of, or applica- gyrocompass required by paragraph (d) ble currently corrected extract from, of this section that is at the main each of the following publications: steering stand, unless that gyro- (i) U.S. Coast Pilot. compass is illuminated and is at the (ii) Coast Guard Light List. main steering stand. (3) For the area to be transited, the (f) An illuminated rudder angle indi- current edition of, or applicable cur- cator in the wheelhouse. rent extract from: (g) The following maneuvering infor- (i) Tide tables published by the Na- mation prominently displayed on a fact tional Ocean Service. sheet in the wheelhouse: (ii) Tidal current tables published by (1) A turning circle diagram to port the National Ocean Service, or river and starboard that shows the time and current publication issued by the U.S. distance and advance and transfer re- Army Corps of Engineers, or a river au- quired to alter course 90 degrees with thority. maximum rudder angle and constant (b) As an alternative to the require- power settings, for either full and half ments for paragraph (a) of this section, speeds, or for full and slow speeds. For a marine chart or publication, or appli- vessels whose turning circles are essen- cable extract, published by a foreign tially the same for both directions, a government may be substituted for a diagram showing a turning circle in U.S. chart and publication required by one direction, with a note on the dia- this section. The chart must be of large gram stating that turns to port and enough scale and have enough detail to starboard are essentially the same, make safe navigation of the area pos- may be substituted. sible, and must be currently corrected. (2) The time and distance to stop the The publication, or applicable extract, vessel from either full and half speeds, must singly or in combination contain or from full and slow speeds, while similar information to the U.S. Gov- maintaining approximately the initial ernment publication to make safe navi- heading with minimum application of gation of the area possible. The publi- the rudder. cation, or applicable extract must be (3) For each vessel with a fixed pro- currently corrected, with the excep- peller, a table of shaft revolutions per tions of tide and tidal current tables, minute for a representative range of which must be the current editions. speeds. (c) As used in this section, ‘‘currently (4) For each vessel with a control- corrected’’ means corrected with lable pitch propeller, a table of control changes contained in all Notices to settings for a representative range of Mariners published by Defense Mapping speeds. Agency Hydrographic/Topographic Cen- (5) For each vessel that is fitted with ter, or an equivalent foreign govern- an auxiliary device to assist in maneu- ment publication, reasonably available vering, such as a bow thruster, a table
602
VerDate 18
of vessel speeds at which the auxiliary centerline conning position showing device is effective in maneuvering the the direction and amount of thrust of vessel. such propellers, except when operating (6) The maneuvering information for on the Great Lakes and their con- the normal load and normal ballast necting and tributary waters. condition for: (o) A telephone or other means of (i) Calm weather—wind 10 knots or communication for relaying headings less, calm sea; to the emergency steering station. (ii) No current; Also, each vessel of 500 gross tons and (iii) Deep water conditions—water over and constructed on or after June depth twice the vessel’s draft or great- 9, 1995 must be provided with arrange- er; and ments for supplying visual compass- (iv) Clean hull. readings to the emergency steering sta- (7) At the bottom of the fact sheet, tion. the following statement: (92 Stat. 1471 (33 U.S.C. 1221 et seq.); 49 CFR WARNING 1.46(n)(4)) The response of the (name of the vessel) [CGD 74–77, 42 FR 5956, Jan. 31, 1977, as may be different from that listed above if amended by CGD 77–183, 45 FR 18925, Mar. 24, any of the following conditions, upon which 1980; CGD 83–004, 49 FR 43466, Oct. 29, 1984; the maneuvering information is based, are CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24771, May 10, 1995; 60 FR varied: 28834, June 2, 1995] (1) Calm weather—wind 10 knots or less, calm sea; § 164.37 Equipment: Vessels of 10,000 (2) No current; gross tons or more. (3) Water depth twice the vessel’s draft or (a) Each vessel of 10,000 gross tons or greater; more must have, in addition to the (4) Clean hull; and (5) Intermediate drafts or unusual trim. radar system under § 164.35(a), a second marine radar system that operates (h) An echo depth sounding device. independently of the first. (i) A device that can continuously NOTE: Independent operation means two record the depth readings of the ves- completely separate systems, from separate sel’s echo depth sounding device, ex- branch power supply circuits or distribution cept when operating on the Great panels to antennas, so that failure of any Lakes and their connecting and tribu- component of one system will not render the tary waters. other system inoperative. (j) Equipment on the bridge for plot- (b) On each tanker of 10,000 gross tons ting relative motion. or more that is subject to 46 U.S.C. (k) Simple operating instructions 3708, the dual radar system required by with a block diagram, showing the this part must have a short range capa- change-over procedures for remote bility and a long range capability; and steering gear control systems and each radar must have true north fea- steering gear power units, permanently tures consisting of a display that is displayed on the navigating bridge and stabilized in azimuth. in the steering gear compartment. (Titles I and II, 86 Stat. 426, 427 (33 U.S.C. (l) An indicator readable from the 1224; 46 U.S.C. 391(a); 49 CFR 1.46(n)(4)) centerline conning position showing [CGD 77–016, 43 FR 32112, July 24, 1978, as the rate of revolution of each propeller, amended by CGD 79–033, 44 FR 26741, May 7, except when operating on the Great 1979; CGD 79–033, 47 FR 34389, Aug. 9, 1982; Lakes and their connecting and tribu- USCG–1998–3799, 63 FR 35532, June 30, 1998] tary waters. (m) If fitted with controllable pitch § 164.38 Automatic radar plotting aids propellers, an indicator readable from (ARPA). the centerline conning position show- (a) The following definitions are used ing the pitch and operational mode of in this section— such propellers, except when operating Bulk means material in any quantity on the Great Lakes and their con- that is shipped, stored, or handled necting and tributary waters. without benefit of package, label, mark (n) If fitted with lateral thrust pro- or count and carried in integral or pellers, an indicator readable from the fixed independent tanks.
603
VerDate 18
Constructed means a stage of con- ardous material in bulk as cargo or in struction where— residue operating on the navigable wa- (1) The keel is laid; ters of the United States, and was con- (2) Construction identifiable with a structed before September 1, 1984, must specific ship begins; or be equipped with an ARPA, except (3) Assembly of that ship has com- when it is operating on the Great menced comprising at least 50 tons or 1 Lakes and their connecting and tribu- percent of the estimated mass of all tary waters. structural material, whichever is less. (4) Each vessel of 10,000 gross tons or Hazardous material means— more, except when operating on the (1) A flammable liquid as defined in Great Lakes and their connecting and 46 CFR 30.10–22 or a combustible liquid tributary waters, constructed on or as defined in 46 CFR 30.10–15; after September 1, 1984 must be (2) A material listed in table 151.05 of equipped with an ARPA. 46 CFR 151.05, table 1 of 46 CFR 153, or (c) [Reserved] table 4 of 46 CFR Part 154; or (d)(1) Each device required under (3) A liquid, liquefied gas, or com- paragraph (b) of this section must have pressed gas listed in 49 CFR 172.101. a permanently affixed label containing: Self-propelled vessel includes those (i) The name and address of the man- combinations of pushing vessel and ufacturer; and vessel being pushed ahead which are (ii) The following statement: rigidly connected in a composite unit ‘‘This device was designed and manu- and are required by Rule 24(b) of the factured to comply with the Inter- International Regulations for Pre- national Maritime Organization (IMO) venting Collisions at Sea, 1972 (72 ‘Performance Standards for Automatic COLREGS) (App. A to 33 CFR Part 81) Radar Plotting Aids (ARPA).’ ’’ to exhibit the lights prescribed in Rule (2) Each device allowed under para- 23 for a ‘‘Power Driven Vessel Under- graph (c) of this section must have a way’’. permanently affixed label containing; Tank vessel means a vessel that is (i) The name and address of the man- constructed or adapted to carry; or car- ufacturer; and ries, oil or hazardous materials in bulk (ii) The following statement: as cargo or cargo residue. ‘‘This device was designed and manu- (b) An Automatic Radar Plotting Aid factured to comply with the U.S. Mari- (ARPA) that complies with the stand- time Administration’s ‘Collision ard for such devices adopted by the Avoidance System Specification.’ ’’ International Maritime Organization in its ‘‘Operational Standards for Auto- APPENDIX A TO § 164.38—PERFORMANCE matic Radar Plotting Aids’’ (Appendix STANDARDS FOR AUTOMATIC RADAR A), and that has both audible and vis- PLOTTING AIDS (ARPA) ual alarms, must be installed as fol- 1 Introduction lows: (1) Each self-propelled vessel, except 1.1 The Automatic Radar Plotting Aids (ARPA) should, in order to improve the a public vessel, of 10,000 gross tons or standard of collision avoidance at sea: more carrying oil or hazardous mate- .1 Reduce the work-load of observers by rials in bulk as cargo or in residue on enabling them to automatically obtain infor- the navigable waters of the United mation so that they can perform as well with States, or which transfers oil or haz- multiple targets as they can by manually ardous materials in any port or place plotting a single target; and subject to the jurisdiction of the .2 Provide continuous, accurate and rapid United States, must be equipped with situation evaluation. an ARPA. 1.2 In addition to the General Require- (2) Each tank vessel of 10,000 gross ments for Electronic Navigational Aids ([IMO] Res. A.281(VII)), the ARPA should tons or more operating on the navi- comply with the following minimum per- gable waters of the United States must formance standards. be equipped with an ARPA. (3) Each self-propelled vessel of 15,000 2 Definitions gross tons or more that is not a tank 2.1 Definitions of terms in these perform- vessel, and is not carrying oil or haz- ance standards are given in Annex 1.
604
VerDate 18
3 Performance Standards for navigational radar equipment adopted by the Organization. 3.1 Detection 3.4.2 The design should be such that any 3.1.1 Where a separate facility is provided malfunction of ARPA parts producing infor- for detection of targets, other than by the mation additional to information to be pro- radar observer, it should have a performance duced by the radar as required by the per- not inferior to that which could be obtained formance standards for navigational equip- by the use of the radar display. ment adopted by IMO should not affect the 3.2 Acquisition integrity of the basic radar presentation. 3.2.1 Target acquisition may be manual or 3.4.3 The display on which ARPA informa- automatic. However, there should always be tion is presented should have an effective di- a facility to provide for manual acquisition ameter of at least 340 mm. and cancellation. ARPA with automatic ac- 3.4.4 The ARPA facilities should be avail- quisition should have a facility to suppress able on at least the following range scales: acquisition in certain areas. On any range scale where acquisition is suppressed over a .1 12 or 16 miles; certain area, the area of acquisition should .2 3 or 4 miles. be indicated on the display. 3.4.5 There should be a positive indication 3.2.2 Automatic or manual acquisition of the range scale in use. should have a performance not inferior to 3.4.6 The ARPA should be capable of oper- that which could be obtained by the user of ating with a relative motion display with the radar display. ‘‘north-up’’ and either ‘‘head-up’’ or ‘‘course- 3.3 Tracking up’’ azimuth stabilization. In addition, the 3.3.1 The ARPA should be able to auto- ARPA may also provide for a true motion matically track, process, simultaneously dis- display. If true motion is provided, the oper- play and continuously update the informa- ator should be able to select for his display tion on at least: either true or relative motion. There should .1 20 targets, if automatic acquisition is be a positive indication of the display mode provided, whether automatically or manu- and orientation in use. ally acquired; or 3.4.7 The course and speed information .2 10 targets, if only manual acquisition is generated by the ARPA for acquired targets provided. should be displayed in a vector or graphic form which clearly indicates the target’s 3.3.2 If automatic acquisition is provided, predicted motion. In this regard: description of the criteria of selection of tar- gets for tracking should be provided to the .1 ARPA presenting predicted information user. If the ARPA does not track all targets in vector form only should have the option of visible on the display, targets which are both true and relative vectors; being tracked should be clearly indicated on .2 An ARPA which is capable of pre- the display. The reliability of tracking senting target course and speed information should not be less than that obtainable using in graphic form, should also, on request, pro- manual recording of successive target posi- vide the target’s true and/or relative vector; tions obtained from the radar display. .3 Vectors displayed should be either time 3.3.3 Provided the target is not subject to adjustable or have a fixed time-scale; target swop, the ARPA should continue to .4 A positive indication of the time-scale track an acquired target which is clearly dis- of the vector in use should be given. tinguishable on the display for 5 out of 10 3.4.8 The ARPA information should not consecutive scans. obscure radar information in such a manner 3.3.4 The possibility of tracking errors, in- as to degrade the process of detecting tar- cluding target swop, should be minimized by gets. The display of ARPA data should be ARPA design. A qualitative description of under the control of the radar observer. It the effects of error sources on the automatic should be possible to cancel the display of tracking and corresponding errors should be unwanted ARPA data. provided to the user, including the effects of 3.4.9 Means should be provided to adjust low signal to noise and low signal to clutter independently the brilliance of the ARPA ratios caused by sea returns, rain, snow, low data and radar data, including complete clouds and non-synchronous emission. elimination of the ARPA data. 3.3.5 The ARPA should be able to display 3.4.10 The method of presentation should on request at least four equally time-spaced ensure that the ARPA data is clearly visible past positions of any targets being tracked in general to more than one observer in the over a period of at least eight minutes. conditions of light normally experienced on 3.4 Display the bridge of a ship by day and by night. 3.4.1 The Display may be a separate or in- Screening may be provided to shade the dis- tegral part of the ship’s radar. However, the play from sunlight but not to the extent that ARPA display should include all the data re- it will impair the observer’s ability to main- quired to be provided by a radar display in tain a proper lookout. Facilities to adjust accordance with the performance standards the brightness should be provided.
605
VerDate 18
3.4.11 Provisions should be made to obtain 1. Present range to the target; quickly the range and bearing of any object 2. Present bearing of the target;. which appears on the ARPA display. .3 Predicted target range at the closest 3.4.12 When a target appears on the radar point of approach (CPA); display and, in the case of automatic acquisi- .4 Predicted time to CPA (TCPA); tion, enters within the acquisition area cho- .5 Calculated true course of target; sen by the observer or, in the case of manual acquisition, has been acquired by the ob- .6 Calculated true speed of target. server, the ARPA should present in a period 3.7 Trial Manoeuvre of not more than one minute an indication of 3.7.1 The ARPA should be capable of sim- the target’s motion trend and display within ulating the effect on all tracked targets of three minutes the target’s predicted motion an own ship manoeuvre without interrupting in accordance with paragraphs 3.4.7, 3.6, 3.8.2 the updating of target information. The sim- and 3.8.3. ulation should be initiated by the depression 3.4.13 After changing range scales on either of a spring-loaded switch, or of a func- which the ARPA facilities are available or tion key, with a positive identification on resetting the display, full plotting informa- the display. tion should be displayed within a period of 3.8 Accuracy time not exceeding four scans. 3.8.1 The ARPA should provide accuracies 3.5 Operational Warnings not less than those given in paragraphs 3.8.2 3.5.1 The ARPA should have the capa- and 3.8.3 for the four scenarios defined in bility to warn the observer with a visual and/ Annex 2. With the sensor errors specified in or audible signal of any distinguishable tar- Annex 3, the values given relate to the best get which closes to a range or transits a zone possible manual plotting performance under chosen by the observer. The target causing environmental conditions of plus and minus the warning should be clearly indicated on ten degrees of roll. the display. 3.5.2 The ARPA should have the capa- 3.8.2 An ARPA should present within one bility to warn the observer with a visual and/ minute of steady state tracking the relative or audible signal of any tracked target which motion trend of a target with the following is predicted to close to within a minimum accuracy values (95 percent probability val- range and time chosen by the observer. The ues): target causing the warning should be clearly Relative Relative indicated on the display. Scenario/data course (de- speed CPA (n.m.) 3.5.3 The ARPA should clearly indicate if grees) (Knots) a tracked target is lost, other than out of range, and the target’s last tracked position 1 ...... 11 2.8 1.6 should be clearly indicated on the display. 2 ...... 7 0.6 ...... 3.5.4 It should be possible to activate or 3 ...... 14 2.2 1.8 de-activate the operational warnings. 4 ...... 15 1.5 2.0 3.6 Data Requirements 3.6.1 At the request of the observer the 3.8.3 An ARPA should present within following information should be immediately three minutes of steady state tracking the available from the ARPA in alphanumeric motion of a target with the following accu- form in regard to any tracked target: racy values (95 percent probability values):
Relative Relative True True Scenario/data course speed C.P.A. TCPA course speed (degrees) (knots) (n.m.) (mins) (degrees) (knots)
1 ...... 3.0 0.8 0.5 1.0 7.5 1.2 2 ...... 2.3 .3 ...... 2.9 .8 3 ...... 4.4 .9 .7 1.0 3.3 1.0 4 ...... 4.6 .8 .7 1.0 2.6 1.2
3.8.4 When a tracked target, or own ship, significant compared to the errors associated has completed a manoeuvre, the system with the input sensors, for scenarios of should present in a period of not more than Annex 2. one minute an indication of the target’s mo- 3.9 Connections with other equipment tion trend, and display within three minutes 3.9.1 The ARPA should not degrade the the target’s predicted motion in accordance performance of any equipment providing sen- with paragraphs 3.4.7, 3.6, 3.8.2 and 3.8.3 sor inputs. The connection of the ARPA to 3.8.5 The ARPA should be designed in any other equipment should not degrade the such a manner that under the most favorable performance of that equipment. conditions of own ship motion the error con- 3.10 Performance test and warnings tribution from the ARPA should remain in-
606
VerDate 18
3.10.1 The ARPA should provide suitable Target’s motion trend—An early indica- warnings of ARPA malfunction to enable the tion of the target’s predicted motion. observer to monitor the proper operation of Radar Plotting—The whole process of tar- the system. Additionally test programmes get detection, tracking, calculation of pa- should be available so that the overall per- rameters and display of information. formance of ARPA can be assessed periodi- Detection—The recognition of the presence cally against a known solution. of a target. 3.11 Equipment used with ARPA Acquisition—The selection of those targets 3.11.1 Log and speed indicators providing requiring a tracking procedure and the initi- inputs to ARPA equipment should be capable ation of their tracking. of providing the ship’s speed through the Tracking—The process of observing the se- water. quential changes in the position of a target, to establish its motion. ANNEX 1 TO APPENDIX A—DEFINITIONS OF Display—The plan position presentation of TERMS TO BE USED ONLY IN CONNECTION ARPA data with radar data. WITH ARPA PERFORMANCE STANDARDS Manual—An activity which a radar ob- Relative course—The direction of motion server performs, possibly with assistance of a target related to own ship as deduced from a machine. from a number of measurements of its range Automatic—An activity which is per- and bearing on the radar. Expressed as an an- formed wholly by a machine. gular distance from North. Relative speed—The speed of a target re- ANNEX 2 APPENDIX A—OPERATIONAL lated to own ship, as deduced from a number SCENARIOS of measurements of its range and bearing on For each of the following scenarios pre- the radar. dictions are made at the target position de- True course—The apparent heading of a fined after previously tracking for the appro- target obtained by the vectorial combination priate time of one or three minutes: of the target’s relative motion and ship’s own motion 1. Expressed as an angular dis- Scenario 1 tance from North. True speed—The speed of a target obtained Own ship course—000° by the vectorial combination of its relative Own ship speed—10 kt motion and own ship’s motion 1. Target range—8 n.m. Bearing—The direction of one terrestrial Bearing of target—000° point from another. Expressed as an angular Relative course of target—180° distance from North. Relative speed of target—20 kt Relative motion display—The position of own ship on such a display remains fixed. Scenario 2 True motion display—The position of own Own ship course—000° ship on such display moves in accordance Own ship speed—10 kt with its own motion. Target range—1 n.m. Azimuth stabilization—Own ship’s compass Bearing of target—000° information is fed to the display so that Relative course of target—090° echoes of targets on the display will not be Relative speed of target—10 kt caused to smear by changes of own ship’s heading. Scenario 3 /North-up—The line connecting the center Own ship course—000° with the top of this display is North. Own ship speed—5 kt /Head-up—The line connecting the center Target range—8 n.m. with the top of the display is own ship Bearing of target—045° heading. Relative course of target—225° /Course-up—An intended course can be set to Relative speed of target—20 kt the line connecting the center with the top of the display. Scenario 4 Heading—The direction in which the bow of a vessel is pointing. Expressed as an angu- Own ship course—000° lar distance from North. Own ship speed—25 kt Target’s predicted motion—The indication Target range—8 n.m. on the display of a liner extrapolation into Bearing of target—045° the future of a target’s motion, based on Relative course of target—225° measurements of the target’s range and Relative speed of target—20 kt bearing on the radar in the recent past. ANNEX 3 TO APPENDIX A—SENSOR ERRORS
1 For the purpose of these definitions there The accuracy figures quoted in paragraph is no need to distinguish between sea or 3.8 are based upon the following sensor errors ground stabilization. and are appropriate to equipment complying
607
VerDate 18
with the Organization’s performance stand- APPENDIX B TO § 164.38—U.S. MARITIME AD- ards for shipborne navigational equipment.2 MINISTRATION COLLISION AVOIDANCE SYSTEM SPECIFICATION Note: o means ‘‘standard deviation’’ A collision system designed as a supple- Radar ment to both surface search navigational ra- dars via interswitching shall be installed. Target Glint (Scintillation) (for 200 m The system shall provide unattended moni- length target) toring of all radar echoes and automatic Along length of target o = 30 m. (normal audio and visual alarm signals that will alert distribution) the watch officer of a possible threat. The Across beam of target o = 1 m. (normal dis- display shall be contained within a console tribution) capable of being installed adjacent to the Roll-Pitch Bearing. The bearing error will radar displays in the wheelhouse and may peak in each of the four quadrants around form a part of the bridge console. own ship for targets on relative bearings of Provision for signal input from the ship’s 045°, 135°, 225° and 315° and will be zero at rel- radars, gyro compass, and speed log, without ative bearings of 0°, 90°, 180° and 270°. This modification to these equipments shall be error has a sinusoidal variation at twice the made. The collision avoidance system, roll frequency. For a 10° roll the mean error whether operating normally or having failed, is 0.22° with a 0.22° peak sine wave super- must not introduce any spurious signals or imposed. otherwise degrade the performance of the ra- Beam shape—assumed normal distribution dars, the gyro compass or the speed log. giving bearing error with o = 0.05. Computer generated display data for each Pulse shape— assumed normal distribution acquired target shall be in the form of a line giving range error with o = 20 meters. or vector indicating true or relative target course, speed and both present and extrapo- Antenna backlash—assumed rectangular lated future positions. Data shall be auto- distribution giving bearing error ± 0.5 max- matically displayed on a cathode ray tube or imum. other suitable display contrivance suffi- Quantization ciently bright and unobstructed to permit viewing by more than one person at a time. Bearing—rectangular distribution ± 0.01° In addition to displaying the collision po- maximum. tential of the most threatening fixed and Range—rectangular distribution ± 0.01 n.m. moving targets, the system shall be capable maximum. of simultaneously showing land masses. Bearing encoder assumed to be running The system display shall include a heading from a remote synchro giving bearing errors indication and bearing ring. The system with a normal distribution o = 0.03° shall also have the capability of allowing the operator to select ‘‘head-up’’ and to cancel Gyro compass the vector or line presentation of any of the targets. The presentation shall be non- ° Calibration error 0.5 . smearing when changing modes or display Normal distribution about this with o = scales in order to permit rapid evaluation of 0.12°. the displayed data. Target acquisition, for display data pur- Log poses, may be manual, automatic or both, as Calibration error 0.5 kt. specified by Owner. Normal distribution about this, 3 o = 0.2 For any manual acquisition system the kt. alarms shall be initiated by a preset min- imum range; and likewise for any automatic acquisition system the alarms shall be initi- 2 In calculations leading to the accuracy ated by a preset minimum acceptable pass- figures quoted in paragraph 3.8, these sensor ing distance (CPA—Closest Point of Ap- error sources and magnitudes were used. proach) and a preset advance warning time They were arrived at during discussions with (TCPA—Time to Closest Point of Approach). national government agencies and equip- Means shall be provided to silence the audio ment manufacturers and are appropriate to alarm for a given threat but the alarm shall equipments complying with the Organiza- resound upon a subsequent threat. The vis- tion’s draft performance standards for radar ual alarm shall continue to operate until all equipment (preliminary) (NAV XXII/WP.14), threats have been eliminated. If the collision gyro compasses (NAV XXI/9, Annex X) and avoidance system fails to perform as indi- logs (preliminary) (NAV XXII/WP.15). cated above, after the system is set for unat- Independent studies carried out by na- tended monitoring, the system shall produce tional government agencies and equipment both audio and visual warning alarms. manufacturers have resulted in similar accu- The system shall be capable of simulating racies, where comparisons were made. a trial maneuver.
608
VerDate 18
In addition to the target display, an alpha- applicable requirements of Chapter II– numeric readout shall be provided which can 1, Regulations 29 and 30, of SOLAS 74. present range, bearing, course, speed, CPA (d) Each tanker constructed before and TCPA for any selected target, either on September 1, 1984, must meet the re- the target display or by other display means. The collision avoidance system shall be en- quirements of Chapter II–1, Regulation ergized from the interior communications 29.19, of SOLAS 74. panel board in the wheelhouse. (e) Each tanker of 40,000 gross tons or The collision avoidance function may be more, constructed before September 1, incorporated in an integrated conning sys- 1984, that does not meet the single-fail- tem, provided that failure of any other inte- ure criterion of Chapter II–1, Regula- grated system component will not degrade tion 29.16, of SOLAS 74, must meet the the collision avoidance function. requirements of Chapter II–1, Regula- [CGD 79–148, 45 FR 54039, Aug. 14, 1980; 45 FR tion 29.20, of SOLAS 74. 71800, Oct. 30, 1980, as amended by CGD 83– (f) Each tanker constructed before 004, 49 FR 43467, Oct. 29, 1984; USCG–1998–3799, September 1, 1984, must meet the appli- 63 FR 35532, June 30, 1998] cable requirements of Chapter II–1, § 164.39 Steering gear: Foreign tank- Regulations 29.14 and 29.15, of SOLAS ers. 74. (a) This section applies to each for- [CGD 83–043, 60 FR 24771, May 10, 1995] eign tanker of 10,000 gross tons or more, except a public vessel, that— § 164.40 Devices to indicate speed and (1) Transfers oil at a port or place distance. subject to the jurisdiction of the (a) Each vessel required to be fitted United States; or with an Automatic Radar Plotting Aid (2) Otherwise enters or operates in (ARPA) under § 164.38 of this part must the navigable waters of the United be fitted with a device to indicate States, except a vessel described by speed and distance of the vessel either § 164.02 of this part. through the water or over the ground. (b) Definitions. The terms used in this (b) The device must meet the fol- section are as follows: lowing specifications: Constructed means the same as in (1) The display must be easily read- Chapter II–1, Regulations 1.1.2 and able on the bridge by day or night. 1.1.3.1, of SOLAS 74. (2) Errors in the indicated speed, Existing tanker means a tanker— when the vessel is operating free from (1) For which the building contract is shallow water effect, and from the ef- placed on or after June 1, 1979; fects of wind, current, and tide, should (2) In the absence of a building con- not exceed 5 percent of the speed of the tract, the keel of which is laid or which vessel, or 0.5 knot, whichever is great- is at a similar stage of construction on er. or after January 1, 1980; (3) Errors in the indicated distance (3) The delivery of which occurs on or run, when the vessel is operating free after June 1, 1982; or from shallow water effect, and from the (4) That has undergone a major con- effects of wind, current, and tide, version contracted for on or after June should not exceed 5 percent of the dis- 1, 1979; or construction of which was tance run of the vessel in one hour or begun on or after January 1, 1980, or 0.5 nautical mile in each hour, which- completed on or after June 1, 1982. ever is greater. Public vessel, oil, hazardous materials, [CGD 83–004, 49 FR 43467, Oct. 29, 1984, as and foreign vessel mean the same as in amended by USCG–1998–3799, 63 FR 35532, 46 U.S.C. 2101. June 30, 1998] SOLAS 74 means the International Convention for the Safety of Life at § 164.41 Electronic position fixing de- Sea, 1974, as amended. vices. Tanker means a self-propelled vessel (a) Each vessel calling at a port in defined as a tanker by 46 U.S.C. 2101(38) the continental United States, includ- or as a tank vessel by 46 U.S.C. 2101(39). ing Alaska south of Cape Prince of (c) Each tanker constructed on or Wales, except each vessel owned or after September 1, 1984, must meet the bareboat chartered and operated by the
609
VerDate 18
United States, or by a state or its po- This receiver was designed and manu- litical subdivision, or by a foreign na- factured to meet Part 2 (Minimum Per- tion, and not engaged in commerce, formance Standards) of the RTCM MPS must have one of the following: for Marine Loran–C Receiving Equip- (1) A Type I or II LORAN C receiver ment. as defined in Section 1.2(e), meeting (Sec. 12, 92 Stat. 1477 (33 U.S.C. 1231); 49 CFR Part 2 (Minimum Performance Stand- 1.46(n)(4)) ards) of the Radio Technical Commis- [CGD 81–081, 47 FR 58244, Dec. 30, 1982, as sion for Marine Services (RTCM) Paper amended by CGD 88–052, 53 FR 25122, July 1, 12–78/DO–100 dated December 20, 1977, 1988; CGD 96–026, 61 FR 33669, June 28, 1996; entitled ‘‘Minimum Performance CGD 97–023, 62 FR 33365, June 19, 1997; USCG– Standards (MPS) Marine Loran–C Re- 1998–3799, 63 FR 35532, June 30, 1998] ceiving Equipment’’. Each receiver in- stalled must be labeled with the infor- § 164.42 Rate of turn indicator. mation required under paragraph (b) of Each vessel of 100,000 gross tons or this section. more constructed on or after Sep- (2) A satellite navigation receiver tember 1, 1984 shall be fitted with a with: rate of turn indicator. (i) Automatic acquisition of satellite [CGD 83–004, 49 FR 43468, Oct. 29, 1984] signals after initial operator settings have been entered; and § 164.43 Automatic Identification Sys- (ii) Position updates derived from tem Shipborne Equipment. satellite information during each usa- (a) Each vessel required to provide ble satellite pass. automated position reports to a Vessel (3) A system that is found by the Traffic Service (VTS) must do so by an Commandant to meet the intent of the installed Automatic Identification Sys- statements of availability, coverage, tem Shipborne Equipment (AISSE) sys- and accuracy for the U.S. Coastal Con- tem consisting of a: fluence Zone (CCZ) contained in the (1) Twelve-channel all-in-view Dif- U.S. ‘‘Federal Radionavigation Plan’’ ferential Global Positioning System (Report No. DOD–NO 4650.4–P, I or No. (dGPS) receiver; DOT–TSC–RSPA–80–16, I). A person de- (2) Marine band Non-Directional Bea- siring a finding by the Commandant con receiver capable of receiving dGPS under this subparagraph must submit a error correction messages; written application describing the de- (3) VHF—FM transceiver capable of vice to the Assistant Commandant for Digital Selective Calling (DSC) on the Operations, 2100 Second Street SW., designated DSC frequency; and Washington, DC 20593–0001. After re- (4) Control unit. viewing the application, the Com- (b) An AISSE must have the fol- mandant may request additional infor- lowing capabilities: mation to establish whether or not the (1) Use dGPS to sense the position of device meets the intent of the Federal the vessel and determine the time of Radionavigation Plan. the position using Universal Coordi- NOTE: The Federal Radionavigation Plan is nated Time (UTC); available from the National Technical Infor- (2) Fully use the broadcast type 1, 2, mation Service, Springfield, Va. 22161, with 3, 5, 6, 7, 9, and 16 messages, as specified the following Government Accession Num- in RTCM Recommended Standards for bers: Differential NAVSTAR GPS Service in Vol 1, ADA 116468 determining the required information; Vol 2, ADA 116469 (3) Achieve a position error which is Vol 3, ADA 116470 less than ten meters (32.8 feet) 2 dis- Vol 4, ADA 116471 tance root mean square (2 drms) from (b) Each label required under para- the true North American Datum of 1983 graph (a)(1) of this section must show (NAD 83) in the position information the following: transmitted to a VTS; (1) The name and address of the man- (4) Achieve a course error of less than ufacturer. 0.5 degrees from true course over (2) The following statement by the ground in the course information manufacturer: transmitted to a VTS;
610
VerDate 18
(5) Achieve a speed error of less than to the next port of call, subject to the 0.05 knots from true speed over ground directions of the District Commander in the speed information transmitted or the Captain of the Port, as provided to a VTS; by Part 160 of this chapter. (6) Receive and comply with com- (b) If the vessel’s radar, radio naviga- mands broadcast from a VTS as DSC tion receivers, gyrocompass, echo messages on the designated DSC fre- depth sounding device, or primary quency; steering gear stops operating properly, (7) Receive and comply with RTCM the person directing the movement of messages broadcast as minimum shift the vessel must report or cause to be keying modulated medium frequency reported that it is not operating prop- signals in the marine radiobeacon erly to the nearest Captain of the Port, band, and supply the messages to the District Commander, or, if partici- dGPS receiver; pating in a Vessel Traffic Service, to (8) Transmit the vessel’s position, the Vessel Traffic Center, as soon as tagged with the UTC at position solu- possible. tion, course over ground, speed over (Sec. 2, Pub. L. 95–474, 92 Stat. 1471 (33 U.S.C. ground, and Lloyd’s identification 1221); 49 CFR 1.46(n)(4)) number to a VTS; (9) Display a visual alarm to indicate [CGD 74–77, 42 FR 5956, Jan. 31, 1977] to shipboard personnel when a failure EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- to receive or utilize the RTCM mes- tations affecting § 164.53, see the List of CFR sages occurs; Sections Affected in the Finding Aids sec- (10) Display a separate visual alarm tion of this volume. which is triggered by a VTS utilizing a DSC message to indicate to shipboard § 164.55 Deviations from rules: Con- tinuing operation or period of time. personnel that the U.S. Coast Guard dGPS system cannot provide the re- The Captain of the Port, upon writ- quired error correction messages; and ten application, may authorize a devi- (11) Display two RTCM type 16 mes- ation from any rule in this part if he sages, one of which must display the determines that the deviation does not position error in the position error impair the safe navigation of the vessel broadcast. under anticipated conditions and will (c) An AISSE is considered non-oper- not result in a violation of the rules for ational if it fails to meet the require- preventing collisions at sea. The au- ments of paragraph (b) of this section. thorization may be issued for vessels NOTE: Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) areas operating in the waters under the juris- and operating procedures are set forth in diction of the Captain of the Port for Part 161 of this chapter. any continuing operation or period of [CGD 90–020, 59 FR 36334, July 15, 1994, as time the Captain of the Port specifies. amended by CGD 97–023, 62 FR 33365, June 19, [CGD 74–77, 42 FR 5956, Jan. 31, 1977] 1997] § 164.61 Marine casualty reporting and § 164.51 Deviations from rules: Emer- record retention. gency. When a vessel is involved in a marine Except for the requirements of casualty as defined in 46 CFR 4.03–1, § 164.53(b), in an emergency, any person the master or person in charge of the may deviate from any rule in this part vessel shall: to the extent necessary to avoid endan- (a) Ensure compliance with 46 CFR gering persons, property, or the envi- Subpart 4.05, ‘‘Notice of Marine Cas- ronment. ualty and Voyage Records;’’ and [CGD 74–77, 42 FR 5956, Jan. 31, 1977] (b) Ensure that the voyage records required by 46 CFR 4.05–15 are retained § 164.53 Deviations from rules and re- for: porting: Non-operating equipment. (1) 30 days after the casualty if the (a) If during a voyage any equipment vessel remains in the navigable waters required by this part stops operating of the United States; or properly, the person directing the (2) 30 days after the return of the ves- movement of the vessel may continue sel to a United States port if the vessel
611
VerDate 18
departs the navigable waters of the § 164.72 Navigational-safety equip- United States within 30 days after the ment, charts or maps, and publica- marine casualty. tions required on towing vessels. [CGD 74–77, 42 FR 5956, Jan. 31, 1977] (a) Except as provided by § 164.01(b), each towing vessel must be equipped § 164.70 Definitions. with the following navigational-safety equipment: For purposes of §§ 164.72 through (1) Marine Radar. By August 2, 1997, a 164.82, the term— marine radar that meets the following Current edition means the most recent applicable requirements: published version of a publication, (i) For a vessel of less than 300 tons chart, or map required by § 164.72. gross tonnage that engages in towing Currently corrected edition means a on navigable waters of the U.S., includ- current or previous edition of a publi- ing Western Rivers, the radar must cation required by § 164.72, corrected meet— with changes that come from Notices (A) The requirements of the Federal to Mariners (NTMs) or Notices to Navi- Communications Commission (FCC) gation reasonably available and that specified by 47 CFR part 80; and apply to the vessel’s transit. Hand-an- (B) RTCM Standard for Marine Radar notated river maps from the U.S. Army Equipment Installed on Ships of Less Corps of Engineers (ACOE) are cur- Than 300 Tons Gross Tonnage, RTCM rently corrected editions if issued with- Paper 71–95/SC112–STD, Version 1.1, dis- in the previous 5 years. play Category II and stabilization Cat- Great Lakes means the Great Lakes egory Bravo. and their connecting and tributary wa- (ii) For a vessel of less than 300 tons ters including the Calumet River as far gross tonnage that engages in towing as the Thomas J. O’Brien Lock and seaward of navigable waters of the U.S. Controlling Works (between miles 326 or more than three nautical miles from and 327), the Chicago River as far as shore on the Great Lakes, the radar the east side of the Ashland Avenue must meet— Bridge (between miles 321 and 322), and (A) The requirements of the FCC the Saint Lawrence River as far east as specified by 47 CFR part 80; and the lower exit of Saint Lambert Lock. (B) RTCM Standard for Marine Radar Swing-meter means an electronic or Equipment Installed on Ships of Less electric device that indicates the rate Than 300 Tons Gross Tonnage, RTCM of turn of the vessel on board which it Paper 71–95/SC112–STD, Version 1.1, dis- is installed. play Category I and stabilization Cat- Towing vessel means a commercial egory Alpha. vessel engaged in or intending to en- (iii) For a vessel of 300 tons gross ton- gage in pulling, pushing or hauling nage or more that engages in towing on alongside, or any combination of pull- navigable waters of the U.S., including ing, pushing, or hauling alongside. Western rivers, the radar must meet— Western Rivers means the Mississippi (A) The requirements of the Federal River, its tributaries, South Pass, and Communications Commission (FCC) Southwest Pass, to the navigational- specified by 47 CFR part 80; and (B) RTCM Recommended Standards demarcation lines dividing the high for Marine Radar Equipment Installed seas from harbors, rivers, and other in- on Ships of 300 Tons Gross Tonnage and land waters of the United States, and Upwards, RTCM Paper 191–93/SC112–X, the Port Allen-Morgan City Alter- Version 1.2 except the requirements for native Route, and that part of the azimuth stabilization in paragraph 3.10. Atchafalaya River above its junction (iv) For a vessel of 300 tons gross ton- with the Port Allen-Morgan City Alter- nage or more that engages in towing native Route including the Old River seaward of navigable waters of the U.S. and the Red River and those waters or more than three nautical miles from specified by §§ 89.25 and 89.27 of this shore on the Great Lakes, the radar chapter, and such other, similar waters must meet— as are designated by the COTP. (A) The requirements of the FCC [CGD 94–020, 61 FR 35072, July 3, 1996] specified by 47 CFR Part 80; and
612
VerDate 18
(B) RTCM Recommended Standards device readable from the vessel’s main for Marine Radar Equipment Installed steering station, unless the vessel en- on Ships of 300 Tons Gross Tonnage and gages in towing exclusively on Western Upwards, RTCM Paper 191–93/SC112–X, Rivers. Version 1.2. (6) Electronic Position-Fixing Device. (v) A towing vessel with an existing An electronic position-fixing device, ei- radar must meet the applicable re- ther a LORAN–C receiver or a satellite quirements of paragraphs (a)(1) (i) navigational system such as the Global through (iv) of this section by August Positioning System (GPS) as required 2, 1998; except that a towing vessel with by § 164.41, if the vessel engages in tow- an existing radar must meet the dis- ing seaward of navigable waters of the play and stabilization requirements of U.S. or more than three nautical miles paragraph (a)(1)(ii)(B) of this section from shore on the Great Lakes. by August 2, 2001. (b) Each towing vessel must carry on (2) Searchlight. A searchlight, board and maintain the following: directable from the vessel’s main steer- (1) Charts or maps. Marine charts or ing station and capable of illuminating maps of the areas to be transited, pub- objects at a distance of at least two lished by the National Ocean Service times the length of the tow. (NOS), the ACOE, or a river authority (3) VHF–FM Radio. An installation or that satisfy the following require- multiple installations of VHF–FM ra- ments: dios as prescribed by part 26 of this (i) The charts or maps must be of a chapter and 47 CFR part 80, to main- large enough scale and have enough de- tain a continuous listening watch on tail to make safe navigation of the the designated calling channel, VHF– areas possible. FM Channel 13 (except on portions of (ii) The charts or maps must be ei- the Lower Mississippi River, where ther— VHF–FM Channel 67 is the designated (A) Current editions or currently cor- calling channel), and to separately rected editions, if the vessel engages in monitor the International Distress and towing exclusively on navigable waters Calling Channel, VHF–FM Channel 16, of the U.S., including Western Rivers; except when transmitting or receiving or traffic on other VHF–FM channels or (B) Currently corrected editions, if when participating in a Vessel Traffic the vessel engages in towing seaward of Service (VTS) or monitoring a channel navigable waters of the U.S. or more of a VTS. (Each U.S. towing vessel of 26 than three nautical miles from shore feet (about 8 meters) or more in length, on the Great Lakes. except a public vessel, must hold a (iii) The charts or maps may be, in- ship-radio-station license for radio stead of charts or maps required by transmitters (including radar and paragraphs (b)(1) (i) and (ii) of this sec- EPIRBs), and each operator must hold tion, currently corrected marine charts a restricted operator’s license or high- or maps, or applicable extracts, pub- er. To get an application for either li- lished by a foreign government. These cense, call (800) 418–FORM or (202) 418– charts or maps, or applicable extracts, FORM, or write to the FCC; Wireless must contain information similar to Bureau, Licensing Division; 1270 Fair- that on the charts or maps required by field Road; Gettysburg, PA 17325–7245.) paragraphs (b)(1) (i) and (ii) of this sec- (4) Magnetic Compass. Either— tion, be of large enough scale, and have (i) An illuminated swing-meter or an enough detail to make safe navigation illuminated car-type magnetic steering of the areas possible, and must be cur- compass readable from the vessel’s rently corrected. main steering station, if the vessel en- (2) General publications. A currently gages in towing exclusively on Western corrected edition of, or an applicable Rivers; or currently corrected extract from, each (ii) An illuminated card-type mag- of the following publications for the netic steering compass readable from area to be transited: the vessel’s main steering station. (i) If the vessel is engaged in towing (5) Echo Depth-Sounding Device. By exclusively on Western Rivers— August 2, 2001, an echo depth-sounding (A) U.S. Coast Guard Light List;
613
VerDate 18
(B) Applicable Notices to Navigation (C) Tidal-current tables published by published by the ACOE, or Local No- the NOS, or river-current tables pub- tices to Mariners (LNMs) published by lished by the ACOE or a river author- the Coast Guard, for the area to be ity: transited, when available; and (D) Tide tables published by the NOS; (C) River-current tables published by and the ACOE or a river authority, if avail- (E) U.S. Coast Pilot. able. (c) Table 164.72, following, summa- (ii) If the vessel is engaged other rizes the navigational-safety equip- than in towing exclusively on Western Rivers— ment, charts or maps, and publications (A) Coast Guard Light List; required for towing vessels of 12 meters (B) Notices to Mariners published by or more in length engaged in towing: the Defense Mapping Agency, or LNMs published by the Coast Guard;
614
VerDate 18
615
VerDate 18
[CGD 94–020, 61 FR 35073, July 3, 1996, as Rope Including Standard Termi- amended by CGD 97–034, 62 FR 40272, July 28, nations; 1997; USCG–1999–5832, 64 FR 34715, June 29, (ii) If the towline is purchased from 1999] another owner, master, or operator of a § 164.74 Towline and terminal gear for vessel with the intent to use it as a towing astern. towline or if it is retested for any rea- son, keeping on board the towing vessel (a) Towline. The owner, master, or op- or in company files of a record of each erator of each vessel towing astern retest of the towline’s minimum break- shall ensure that the strength of each ing strength as determined by a class towline is adequate for its intended society authorized in § 157.04 of this service, considering at least the fol- chapter or by a tensile test that meets lowing factors: API Specification 9A, Section 3; ASTM (1) The size and material of each tow- D4268–93; or Cordage Institute CIA 3, line must be— Standard Test Methods; (i) Appropriate for the horsepower or (iii) Conducting visual inspections of bollard pull of the vessel; the towline in accordance with the (ii) Appropriate for the static loads manufacturer’s recommendations, or and dynamic loads expected during the at least monthly, and whenever the intended service; serviceability of the towline is in doubt (iii) Appropriate for the sea condi- (the inspections being conducted by the tions expected during the intended owner, master, or operator, or by a per- service; son on whom the owner, master, or op- (iv) Appropriate for exposure to the erator confers the responsibility to marine environment and to any chemi- take corrective measures appropriate cals used or carried on board the ves- for the use of the towline); sel; (iv) Evaluating the serviceability of (v) Appropriate for the temperatures the whole towline or any part of the of normal stowage and service on board towline, and removing the whole or the vessel; part from service either as rec- (vi) Compatible with associated navi- ommended by the manufacturer or a gational-safety equipment; and class society authorized in § 157.04 of (vii) Appropriate for the likelihood of this chapter or in accordance with a re- mechanical damage. placement schedule developed by the (2) Each towline as rigged must be— owner, master, or operator that ac- (i) Free of knots; counts for at least the— (ii) Spliced with a thimble, or have a (A) Nautical miles on, or time in poured socket at its end; and service of, the towline; (iii) Free of wire clips except for tem- (B) Operating conditions experienced porary repair, for which the towline by the towline; must have a thimble and either five (C) History of loading of the towline; wire clips or as many wire clips as the (D) Surface condition, including cor- manufacturer specifies for the nominal rosion and discoloration, of the tow- diameter and construction of the tow- line; line, whichever is more. (E) Amount of visible damage to the (3) The condition of each towline towline; must be monitored through the— (F) Amount of material deterioration (i) Keeping on board the towing ves- indicated by measurements of diameter sel or in company files of a record of and, if applicable, measurements of lay the towline’s initial minimum break- extension of the towline; and ing strength as determined by the man- (G) Point at which a tensile test ufacturer, by a classification (‘‘class’’) proves the minimum breaking strength society authorized in § 157.04 of this of the towline inadequate by the stand- chapter, or by a tensile test that meets ards of paragraph (a)(1) of this section, API Specification 9A, Specification for if necessary; and Wire Rope, Section 3; ASTM D4268–93, (v) Keeping on board the towing ves- Standard Test Method for Testing sel or in company files of a record of Fiber Ropes; or Cordage Institute CIA the material condition of the towline 3, Standard Test Methods for Fiber when inspected under paragraphs
616
VerDate 18
(a)(3)(iii) and (iv) of this section. Once (d) Remain serviceable. this record lapses for three months or more, except when a vessel is laid up or [CGD 94–020, 61 FR 35075, July 3, 1996] out of service or has not deployed its § 164.78 Navigation under way: Towing towline, the owner, master, or operator vessels. shall retest the towline or remove it from service. (a) The owner, master, or operator of (b) Terminal gear. The owner, master, each vessel towing shall ensure that or operator of each vessel towing each person directing and controlling astern shall ensure that the gear used the movement of the vessel— to control, protect, and connect each (1) Understands the arrangement of towline meets the following criteria: the tow and the effects of maneuvering (1) The material and size of the ter- on the vessel towing and on the vessel, minal gear are appropriate for the barge, or object being towed; strength and anticipated loading of the (2) Can fix the position of the vessel towline and for the environment; using installed navigational equip- (2) Each connection is secured by at ment, aids to navigation, geographic least one nut with at least one cotter reference-points, and hydrographic pin or other means of preventing its contours; failure; (3) The lead of the towline is appro- (3) Does not fix the position of the priate to prevent sharp bends in the vessel using buoys alone (Buoys are towline from fairlead blocks, chocks, aids to navigation placed in approxi- or tackle; mate positions either to alert mariners (4) There is provided a method, to hazards to navigation or to indicate whether mechanical or non-mechan- the orientation of a channel. They may ical, that does not endanger operating not maintain exact charted positions, personnel but that easily releases the because strong or varying currents, towline; heavy seas, ice, and collisions with ves- (5) The towline is protected from ab- sels can move or sink them or set them rasion or chafing by chafing gear, lag- adrift. Although they may corroborate ging, or other means; a position fixed by other means, they (6) Except on board a vessel towing in cannot fix a position; however, if no ice on Western Rivers or one using a other aids are available, buoys alone towline of synthetic or natural fiber, may establish an estimated position.); there is fitted a winch that evenly (4) Evaluates the danger of each clos- spools and tightly winds the towline; ing visual or radar contact; and (5) Knows and applies the variation (7) If a winch is fitted, there is at- and deviation, where a magnetic com- tached to the main drum a brake that has holding power appropriate for the pass is fitted and where charts or maps horsepower or bollard pull of the vessel have enough detail to enable this type and can be operated without power to of correction; the winch. (6) Knows the speed and direction of the current, set, drift, and tidal state [CGD 94–020, 61 FR 35074, July 3, 1996] for the area to be transited; and § 164.76 Towline and terminal gear for (7) Proceeds at a speed prudent for towing alongside and pushing the weather, visibility, traffic density, ahead. tow draft, possibility of wake damage, The owner, master, or operator of speed of the current, and local speed- each vessel towing alongside or push- limits. ing ahead shall ensure that the face (b) The owner, master, or operator of wires, spring lines, and push gear each vessel towing shall ensure that used— the tests and inspections required by (a) Are appropriate for the vessel’s § 164.80 are conducted and that the re- horsepower; sults are entered in the log or other (b) Are appropriate for the arrange- record carried on board. ment of the tow; (c) Are frequently inspected; and [CGD 94–020, 61 FR 35075, July 3, 1996]
617
VerDate 18
§ 164.80 Tests and inspections. (b) Failure. If any of the navigational- safety equipment required by § 164.72 (a) The owner, master, or operator of each towing vessel of less than 1,600 GT fails during a voyage, the owner, mas- shall ensure that the following tests ter, or operator of the towing vessel and inspections of gear occur before shall exercise due diligence to repair it the vessel embarks on a voyage of more at the earliest practicable time. He or than 24 hours or when each new master she shall enter its failure in the log or or operator assumes command: other record carried on board. The fail- (1) Steering-systems. A test of the ure of equipment, in itself, does not steering-gear-control system; a test of constitute a violation of this rule; nor the main steering gear from the alter- does it constitute unseaworthiness; nor native power supply, if installed; a does it obligate an owner, master, or verification of the rudder-angle indi- operator to moor or anchor the vessel. cator relative to the actual position of However, the owner, master, or oper- the rudder; and a visual inspection of ator shall consider the state of the the steering gear and its linkage. equipment—along with such factors as (2) Navigational equipment. A test of weather, visibility, traffic, and the dic- all installed navigational equipment. tates of good seamanship—in deciding (3) Communications. Operation of all whether it is safe for the vessel to pro- internal vessel control communica- ceed. tions and vessel-control alarms, if in- (c) Reporting. The owner, master, or stalled. operator of each towing vessel whose (4) Lights. Operation of all naviga- equipment is inoperative or otherwise tional lights and all searchlights. impaired while the vessel is operating (5) Terminal gear. Visual inspection of within a Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) tackle; of connections of bridle and Area shall report the fact as required towing pendant, if applicable; of chaf- by 33 CFR 161.124. (33 CFR 161.124 re- ing gear; and of the winch brake, if in- quires that each user of a VTS report stalled. to the Vessel Traffic Center as soon as (6) Propulsion systems. Visual inspec- practicable: tion of the spaces for main propulsion (1) Any absence or malfunction of machinery, of machinery, and of de- vessel-operating equipment for naviga- vices for monitoring machinery. tional safety, such as propulsion ma- (b) The owner, master, or operator of chinery, steering gear, radar, gyro- each towing vessel of 1,600 GT or more compass, echo depth-sounding or other shall ensure that the following tests of sounding device, automatic dependent equipment occur at the frequency re- surveillance equipment, or naviga- quired by § 164.25 and that the following tional lighting; inspections of gear occur before the (2) Any condition on board the vessel vessel embarks on a voyage of more likely to impair navigation, such as than 24 hours or when each new master shortage of personnel or lack of cur- or operator assumes command: rent nautical charts or maps, or publi- (1) Navigational equipment. Tests of cations; and onboard equipment as required by (3) Any characteristics of the vessel § 164.25. that affect or restrict the maneuver- (2) Terminal gear. Visual inspection of ability of the vessel, such as arrange- tackle; of connections of bridle and ment of cargo, trim, loaded condition, towing pendant, if applicable; of chaf- under-keel clearance, and speed.) ing gear; and of the winch brake, if in- (d) Deviation and authorization. The stalled. owner, master, or operator of each tow- [CGD 94–020, 61 FR 35075, July 3, 1996] ing vessel unable to repair within 96 hours an inoperative marine radar re- § 164.82 Maintenance, failure, and re- quired by § 164.72(a) shall so notify the porting. Captain of the Port (COTP) and shall (a) Maintenance. The owner, master, seek from the COTP both a deviation or operator of each towing vessel shall from the requirements of this section maintain operative the navigational- and an authorization for continued op- safety equipment required by § 164.72. eration in the area to be transited.
618
VerDate 18
Failure of redundant navigational-safe- 165.101 Kittery, Maine—regulated naviga- ty equipment, including but not lim- tion area. ited to failure of one of two installed 165.102 Security Zone: Walkers Point, radars, where each satisfies § 164.72(a), Kennebunkport, ME. does not necessitate either a deviation 165.103 Safety Zone: Portsmouth Harbor, Portsmouth, New Hampshire. or an authorization. 165.110 Boston Harbor, Boston, Massachu- (1) The initial notice and request for setts. a deviation and an authorization may 165.111 Safety Zone: Boston Harbor, Boston, be spoken, but the request must also be Massachusetts. written. The written request must ex- 165.112 Safety Zone: USS CASSIN YOUNG, plain why immediate repair is imprac- Boston, Massachusetts. ticable, and state when and by whom 165.113 Security Zone: Dignitary arrival/de- the repair will be made. parture Logan International Airport, (2) The COTP, upon receiving even a Boston, MA. spoken request, may grant a deviation 165.120 Safety Zone: Chelsea River, Boston and an authorization from any of the Inner Harbor, Boston, MA. 165.121 Safety Zone: Rhode Island Sound, provisions of §§ 164.70 through 164.82 for Narragansett Bay, Providence River. a specified time if he or she decides 165.122 Providence River, Providence, R.I. that they would not impair the safe regulated navigation area. navigation of the vessel under antici- 165.130 Sandy Hook Bay, New Jersey—secu- pated conditions. rity zone. 165.140 New London Harbor, Connecticut— [CGD 94–020, 61 FR 35075, July 3, 1996] security zone. 165.141 Safety Zone: Sunken vessel EMPIRE PART 165—REGULATED NAVIGA- KNIGHT, Boon Island, ME. TION AREAS AND LIMITED AC- 165.150 New Haven Harbor, Quinnipiac CESS AREAS River, Mill River. 165.155 Northville Industries Offshore Plat- form, Riverhead, Long Island, New Subpart A—General York—safety zone. Sec. 165.160 New York, New Jersey, Sandy Hook 165.1 Purpose of part. Channel, Raritan Bay, Arthur Kill—safe- 165.5 Establishment procedures. ty zone. 165.7 Notification. 165.161 Safety Zone; Annual ‘‘Fireworks on 165.8 Geographic coordinates. the Navesink’’ Fireworks Display, Navesink River, Red Bank, New Jersey. Subpart B—Regulated Navigation Areas 165.162 Safety Zone: New York Super Boat Race, Hudson River, New York. 165.10 Regulated navigation areas. 165.163 Safety Zones; Port of New York/New 165.11 Vessel operating requirements (regu- Jersey Fleet Week. lations). 165.164 Security Zones; Dignitary Arrival/ 165.13 General regulations. Departure New York, NY. 165.165 Regulated Navigation Area; Kill Van Subpart C—Safety Zones Kull Channel, Newark Bay Channel, 165.20 Safety zones. South Elizabeth Channel, Elizabeth 165.23 General regulations Channel, Port Newark Channel and New Jersey Pierhead Channel, New York and Subpart D—Security Zones New Jersey. 165.166 Safety Zone; Annual Burlington 165.30 Security zones. Independence Day Celebration Fireworks 165.33 General regulations. Display, Burlington Bay, Vermont. 165.167 Safety Zone; Annual Rensselaer Fes- Subpart E—Restricted Waterfront Areas tival Fireworks Display, Hudson River, New York. 165.40 Restricted waterfront areas. 165.170 Safety Zone; Annual Heritage of Pride Fireworks Display, Hudson River, Subpart F—Specific Regulated Navigation New York. Areas and Limited Access Areas 165.174 Safety Zone; Annual South Street Seaport New Year’s Eve Fireworks Dis- FIRST COAST GUARD DISTRICT play, East River, New York. 165.100 Regulated Navigation Area: Navi- 165.175 Safety Zone; Annual South Street gable waters within the First Coast Seaport Memorial Day Fireworks Dis- Guard District. play, East River, New York.
619
VerDate 18
165.178 Safety Zone; Annual North Hemp- 165.754 Safety Zone: San Juan Harbor, San stead Memorial Day Fireworks Display, Juan, PR. Hempstead Harbor, New York. EIGHTH COAST GUARD DISTRICT FIFTH COAST GUARD DISTRICT 165.802 Lower Mississippi River, vicinity of 165.501 Chesapeake Bay entrance and Hamp- Old River Control Structure—Safety ton Roads, Va. and adjacent waters—reg- Zone. ulated navigation area. 165.803 Mississippi River—regulated naviga- 165.502 Cove Point, Chesapeake Bay, Mary- tion area. land—safety zone. 165.804 Snake Island, Texas City, Texas; 165.504 Newport News Shipbuilding and Dry mooring and fleeting of vessels—safety Dock Company Shipyard, James River, zone. Newport News, Va. 165.805 Calcasieu Channel and Industrial 165.510 Delaware Bay and River, Salem Canal, Calcasieu River, Lake Charles, River, Christina River and Schuylkill LA. River–Regulated Navigation Area. 165.806 Sabine Neches Waterway, Texas— 165.514 Safety Zone: Atlantic Intracoastal regulated navigation area. Waterway and connecting waters, vicin- 165.807 Calcasieu River, Louisiana—regu- ity of Marine Corps Base Camp Lejeune, lated navigation area. North Carolina. 165.808 Corpus Christi Ship Channel, Corpus 165.515 Safety Zone: Cape Fear River, Wil- Christi, TX, safety zone. mington, North Carolina. 165.810 Mississippi River, LA-regulated 165.530 Safety Zone: Cape Fear and North- navigation area. east Cape Fear Rivers, NC. 165.811 Atchafalaya River, Berwick Bay, LA–regulated navigation area. SEVENTH COAST GUARD DISTRICT 165.815 Ohio River at Louisville, KY; regu- 165.701 Vicinity, Kennedy Space Center, lated navigation area. Merritt Island, Florida—security zone. 165.817 Arkansas River, Mile 118.2 to 125.4, 165.703 Tampa Bay, Florida—Safety Zone. Little Rock Arkansas—regulated naviga- 165.704 Tampa Bay, Florida, Safety Zone. tion area. 165.T0704 Safety Zone: Savannah River, Sa- 165.819 Monongahela River, Mile 81.0 to vannah, Georgia. 83.0—regulated navigation area. 165.705 Port Canaveral Harbor, Cape Canav- 165.821 Ohio River at Cincinnati, OH; regu- eral, Florida. lated navigation area. 165.708 Safety/Security Zone; Charleston Harbor and Cooper River, Charleston, SC. NINTH COAST GUARD DISTRICT 165.711 Safety Zone: Port Everglades, Fort 165.901 Great Lakes—regulated navigation Lauderdale, FL. areas. 165.713 Safety Zone, Ashley River, Charles- 165.902 Niagara River at Niagara Falls, New ton, South Carolina. York—safety zone. 165.T07–013 Security Zone: Internal waters 165.903 Safety Zones: Cuyahoga River and and territorial seas adjacent to the Flor- Old River, Cleveland, OH. ida peninsula. 165.904 Lake Michigan at Chicago Harbor & 165.714 Regulated Navigation Area; Atlantic Burnham Park Harbor—Safety and Secu- Ocean, Charleston, SC. rity Zone. 165.720 Safety/Security Zone: St. Johns 165.905 USX Superfund Site Safety Zones: River, Jacksonville, FL. 165.721 Safety Zone: St. Johns River, Jack- St. Louis River. sonville, FL. 165.906 Lakeside Yacht Club in Cleveland 165.722 Security Zone: St. Johns River, Harbor, Cleveland, OH—regulated navi- Jacksonville, Florida. gation areas. 165.726 Regulated Navigation Areas; Miami ELEVENTH COAST GUARD DISTRICT River, Miami, Florida. 165.728 Jacksonville, Florida—safety zones. 165.1101 Safety Zone: San Pedro Bay, CA. 165.729 Jacksonville Harbor, Florida—secu- 165.1102 Security Zone: San Diego Bay, Cali- rity zone. fornia. 165.730 King’s Bay, Georgia—Regulated 165.1103 Security Zone: San Diego Bay, Cali- navigation area. fornia. 165.731 Safety/Security Zone: Cumberland 165.1104 Security Zone: San Diego Bay, Cali- Sound, Georgia and St. Marys River En- fornia. trance Channel. 165.1105 Security Zone: San Diego Bay, Cali- 165.735 Brunswick, Georgia, Turtle River, fornia. Vicinity of Sydney Lanier Bridge. 165.1106 Security Zone: San Diego Bay, Cali- 165.752 Sparkman Channel, Tampa, Flor- fornia. ida—regulated navigation area. 165.1107 San Diego Bay, California—safety 165.753 Regulated navigation area; Tampa zone. Bay, Florida. 165.1108 San Diego Bay, California.
620
VerDate 18
165.1109 San Pedro Bay, California—Regu- Subpart A—General lated navigation area. 165.1110 Safety Zone: Los Angeles Harbor; § 165.1 Purpose of part. San Pedro Bay, CA. 165.1111 Security Zone: Wilson Cove, San The purpose of this part is to: Clemente Island, California. (a) Prescribe procedures for estab- 165.1114 San Francisco Bay Region, Cali- lishing different types of limited or fornia—regulated navigation area. controlled access areas and regulated navigation areas; THIRTEENTH COAST GUARD DISTRICT (b) Prescribe general regulations for 165.1115 Safety/Security Zone: San Fran- different types of limited or controlled cisco Bay, San Pablo Bay, Carquinez access areas and regulated navigation Strait, and Suisun Bay, CA. areas; 165.1116 Copper Canyon, Lake Havasu, Colo- (c) Prescribe specific requirements rado River—Regulated Navigation Area. for established areas; and 165.1301 Puget Sound and Adjacent Waters (d) List specific areas and their in Northwestern Washington—Regulated boundaries. Navigation Area. 165.1302 Bangor Naval Submarine Base, § 165.5 Establishment procedures. Bangor, WA. (a) A safety zone, security zone, or 165.1303 Puget Sound and adjacent waters, WA–regulated navigation area. regulated navigation area may be es- 165.1304 Bellingham Bay, Bellingham, WA. tablished on the initiative of any au- 165.1305 Commencement Bay, Tacoma, WA. thorized Coast Guard official. 165.1306 Lake Union, Seattle, WA. (b) Any person may request that a 165.1307 Elliott Bay, Seattle, WA. safety zone, security zone, or regulated 165.1308 Columbia River, Vancouver WA. navigation area be established. Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this sec- FOURTEENTH COAST GUARD DISTRICT tion, each request must be submitted 165.1310 Strait of Juan de Fuca and adjacent in writing to either the Captain of the coastal waters of Northwest Washington; Port or District Commander having ju- Makah Whale Hunting—Regulated Navi- risdiction over the location as de- gation Area. scribed in Part 3 of this chapter, and 165.1401 Apra Harbor, Guam—safety zones. include the following: 165.1402 Apra Outer Harbor, Guam—regu- (1) The name of the person submit- lated navigation area. ting the request; 165.1403 Security Zone: Tinian, Common- (2) The location and boundaries of wealth Northern Marianas Islands. the safety zone, security zone, or regu- 165.1404 Apra Harbor, Guam—security zone. lated navigation area; 165.1406 Safety Zone: Pacific Missile Range (3) The date, time, and duration that Facility (PMRF), Barking Sands, Island the safety zone, security zone, or regu- of Kauai, Hawaii. lated navigation area should be estab- SEVENTEENTH COAST GUARD DISTRICT lished; (4) A description of the activities 165.1701 Port Valdez, Valdez, Alaska—safety planned for the safety zone, security zone. zone, or regulated navigation area; 165.1702 Gastineau Channel, Juneau, Alas- ka—safety zone. (5) The nature of the restrictions or 165.1703 Ammunition Island, Port Valdez, conditions desired; and Alaska. (6) The reason why the safety zone, 165.1704 Prince William Sound, Alaska-regu- security zone, or regulated navigation lated navigation area. area is necessary. 165.1706 Gastineau Channel, Juneau, Alas- (Requests for safety zones, security ka—Safety Zone. zones, and regulated navigation areas 165.1707 Crescent Harbor, Sitka, Alaska- are approved by the Office of Manage- Safety Zone. ment and Budget under control number 165.1708 Tongass Narrows, Ketchikan, Alas- ka—Safety Zone. 2115–0076, 2115–0219, and 2115–0087). (c) Safety Zones and Security Zones. AUTHORITY: 33 U.S.C. 1231; 50 U.S.C. 191, 33 If, for good cause, the request for a CFR 1.05–1(g), 6.04–1, 6.04–6, 160.5; 49 CFR 1.46. safety zone or security zone is made SOURCE: CGD 79–034, 47 FR 29660, July 8, less than 5 working days before the 1982, unless otherwise noted. zone is to be established, the request
621
VerDate 18
may be made orally, but it must be fol- § 165.11 Vessel operating requirements lowed by a written request within 24 (regulations). hours. Each District Commander may con- [CGD 79–034, 47 FR 29660, July 8, 1982, as trol vessel traffic in an area which is amended by CGD 79–026, 48 FR 35408, Aug. 4, determined to have hazardous condi- 1983] tions, by issuing regulations: (a) Specifying times of vessel entry, § 165.7 Notification. movement, or departure to, from, with- (a) The establishment of these lim- in, or through ports, harbors, or other ited access areas and regulated naviga- waters; tion areas is considered rulemaking. (b) Establishing vessel size, speed, The procedures used to notify persons draft limitations, and operating condi- of the establishment of these areas tions; and vary depending upon the circumstances (c) Restricting vessel operation, in a and emergency conditions. Notification hazardous area or under hazardous con- may be made by marine broadcasts, ditions, to vessels which have par- local notice to mariners, local news ticular operating characteristics or ca- media, distribution in leaflet form, and pabilities which are considered nec- on-scene oral notice, as well as publica- essary for safe operation under the cir- tion in the FEDERAL REGISTER. cumstances. (b) Notification normally contains the physical boundaries of the area, the [CGD 79–026, 48 FR 35408, Aug. 4, 1983] reasons for the rule, its estimated du- § 165.13 General regulations. ration, and the method of obtaining au- thorization to enter the area, if appli- (a) The master of a vessel in a regu- cable, and special navigational rules, if lated navigation area shall operate the applicable. vessel in accordance with the regula- (c) Notification of the termination of tions contained in Subpart F. the rule is usually made in the same (b) No person may cause or authorize the operation of a vessel in a regulated form as the notification of its estab- navigation area contrary to the regula- lishment. tions in this part. § 165.8 Geographic coordinates. Geographic coordinates expressed in Subpart C—Safety Zones terms of latitude or longitude, or both, § 165.20 Safety zones. are not intended for plotting on maps or charts whose referenced horizontal A Safety Zone is a water area, shore datum is the North American Datum of area, or water and shore area to which, 1983 (NAD 83), unless such geographic for safety or environmental purposes, coordinates are expressly labeled NAD access is limited to authorized persons, 83. Geographic coordinates without the vehicles, or vessels. It may be sta- NAD 83 reference may be plotted on tionary and described by fixed limits or maps or charts referenced to NAD 83 it may be described as a zone around a only after application of the appro- vessel in motion. priate corrections that are published on the particular map or chart being § 165.23 General regulations. used. Unless otherwise provided in this part: [CGD 86–082, 52 FR 33811, Sept. 8, 1987] (a) No person may enter a safety zone unless authorized by the COTP or the Subpart B—Regulated Navigation District Commander; Areas (b) No person may bring or cause to be brought into a safety zone any vehi- § 165.10 Regulated navigation areas. cle, vessel, or object unless authorized A regulated navigation area is a by the COTP or the District Com- water area within a defined boundary mander; for which regulations for vessels navi- (c) No person may remain in a safety gating within the area have been estab- zone or allow any vehicle, vessel, or ob- lished under this part. ject to remain in a safety zone unless
622
VerDate 18
authorized by the COTP or the District (f) No person may take or place any Commander; and article or thing upon any waterfront (d) Each person in a safety zone who facility in a security zone without the has notice of a lawful order or direc- permission of the Captain of the Port. tion shall obey the order or direction of the COTP or District Commander Subpart E—Restricted Waterfront issued to carry out the purposes of this Areas subpart. § 165.40 Restricted waterfront areas. Subpart D—Security Zones The Commandant, may direct the COTP to prevent access to waterfront § 165.30 Security zones. facilities, and port and harbor areas, (a) A security zone is an area of land, including vessels and harbor craft water, or land and water which is so therein. This section may apply to per- designated by the Captain of the Port sons who do not possess the credentials or District Commander for such time outlined in § 125.09 of this chapter when as is necessary to prevent damage or certain shipping activities are con- injury to any vessel or waterfront fa- ducted that are outlined in § 125.15 of cility, to safeguard ports, harbors, ter- this chapter. ritories, or waters of the United States or to secure the observance of the Subpart F—Specific Regulated rights and obligations of the United Navigation Areas and Limited States. Access Areas (b) The purpose of a security zone is to safeguard from destruction, loss, or FIRST COAST GUARD DISTRICT injury from sabotage or other subver- sive acts, accidents, or other causes of § 165.100 Regulated Navigation Area: a similar nature: Navigable waters within the First Coast Guard District. (1) Vessels, (2) Harbors, (a) Regulated navigation area. All nav- (3) Ports, and igable waters of the United States, as (4) Waterfront facilities: that term is used in 33 CFR 2.05–25(a), within the geographic boundaries of in the United States and all territory the First Coast Guard District, as de- and water, continental or insular, that fined in 33 CFR 3.05–1(b). is subject to the jurisdiction of the (b) Definitions. Terms used in this United States. section have the same meaning as those found in 33 CFR 157.03. Single- § 165.33 General regulations. hull identifies any tank barge that is Unless otherwise provided in the spe- not a double-hull tank barge. cial regulations in Subpart F of this (c) Applicability. This section applies part: to primary towing vessels engaged in (a) No person or vessel may enter or towing tank barges carrying petroleum remain in a security zone without the oil in bulk as cargo in the regulated permission of the Captain of the Port; navigation area, or as authorized by (b) Each person and vessel in a secu- the District Commander. rity zone shall obey any direction or (d) Regulations—(1) Positive control for order of the Captain of the Port; barges. (i) Except as provided in para- (c) The Captain of the Port may take graph (d)(1)(iii) of this section, each possession and control of any vessel in single-hull tank barge, unless being the security zone; towed by a primary towing vessel with (d) The Captain of the Port may re- twin-screw propulsion and with a sepa- move any person, vessel, article, or rate system for power to each screw, thing from a security zone; must be accompanied by an escort or (e) No person may board, or take or assist tug of sufficient capability to place any article or thing on board, promptly push or tow the tank barge any vessel in a security zone without away from danger of grounding or col- the permission of the Captain of the lision in the event of— Port; and (A) A propulsion failure;
623
VerDate 18
(B) A parted towing line; (viii) Falkner Island Light (LLNR (C) A loss of tow; 21170). (D) A fire; (ix) TE Buoy (LLNR 21160). (E) Grounding; (x) CF Buoy (LLNR 21140). (F) A loss of steering; or (xi) PI Buoy (LLNR 21080). (G) Any other casualty that affects (xii) Race Rock Light (LLNR 19815). the navigation or seaworthiness of ei- (xiii) Valiant Rock Buoy (LLNR ther vessel. 19825). (ii) Double-hull tank barges are ex- (xiv) Approach to Point Judith in vi- empt from paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this cinity of Block Island ferry route. section. (iii) The cognizant Captain of the (xv) Buzzards Bay Entrance Light Port (COTP), upon written application, (LLNR 630). may authorize an exemption from the (xvi) Buzzards Bay Midchannel Light- requirements of paragraph (d)(1)(i) of ed Buoy (LLNR 16055) this section for— (xvii) Cleveland East Ledge Light (A) Any tank barge with a capacity (LLNR 16085). of less than 25,000 barrels, operating in (xviii) Hog Island buoys 1 (LLNR an area with limited depth or width 16130) and 2 (LLNR 16135). such as a creek or small river; or (xix) Approach to the Bourne Bridge. (B) Any tank barge operating on any (xx) Approach to the Sagamore waters within the COTP Zone, until Bridge. July 1, 2000, provided the operator dem- (xxi) Approach to the eastern en- onstrates to the satisfaction of the trance of Cape Cod Canal. COTP that the barge employs an equiv- (3) Voyage planning. (i) Each owner or alent level of safety to that provided operator of a towing vessel employed by the positive control provisions of to tow a tank barge shall prepare a this section. Each request for an ex- written voyage plan for each transit of emption under this paragraph the tank barge. (d)(1)(iii)(B) must be submitted in writ- (ii) The watch officer is authorized to ing to the cognizant COTP no later make modifications to the plan and than 7 days before the intended transit. validate it as necessary. (iv) The operator of a towing vessel (iii) Except as provided in paragraph engaged in towing any tank barge must (d)(3)(iv) of this section, each voyage immediately call for an escort or assist plan must contain: tug to render assistance in the event of (A) A description of the type, volume, any of the occurrences identified in and grade of cargo. paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section. (B) Applicable information from nau- (2) Enhanced communications. Each tical charts and publications, including vessel engaged in towing a tank barge Coast Pilot, Coast Guard Light List, must communicate by radio on marine and Coast Guard Local Notice to Mari- band or Very High Frequency (VHF) ners, for the destination(s). channel 13 or 16, and issue securite´ calls on marine band or VHF channel (C) Current and forecasted weather, 13 or 16, upon approach to the following including visibility, wind, and sea state places: for the destination(s). (i) Execution Rocks Light (USCG (D) Data on tides and tidal currents Light List No. [LLNR] 21440). for the destination(s). (ii) Matinecock Point Shoal Buoy (E) Forward and after drafts of the (LLNR 21420). tank barge, and under-keel and vertical (iii) 32A Buoy (LLNR 21380). clearances for each port and berthing (iv) Cable and Anchor Reef Buoy area. (LLNR 21330). (F) Pre-departure checklists. (v) Stratford Middle Ground Light (G) Calculated speed and estimated (LLNR 21260). times of arrival at proposed waypoints. (vi) Old Field Point Light (LLNR (H) Communication contacts at Ves- 21275). sel Traffic Service (VTS) (if applica- (vii) Approach to Stratford Point ble), bridges, and facilities, and port- from the south (NOAA Chart 12370). specific requirements for VHF radio.
624
VerDate 18
(I) The master’s standing orders de- cated on Cape Arundel at latitude 43° tailing closest points of approach, spe- 20.4′ North, Iongitude 070° 28.0′ West; cial conditions, and critical maneu- thence to a point approximately 500 vers. yards southwest of Walkers Point lo- (iv) Each owner or operator of a tank cated at latitude 43° 20.2′ North, lon- barge on an intra-port transit of not gitude 070° 27.9′ West; thence to a point more than four hours may prepare a located approximately 500 yards south voyage plan that contains: of Walkers Point at latitude 43° 20.1′ (A) The information described in North, longitude 070° 27.6′ West; thence paragraphs (d)(3)(iii)(D) and (E) of this to a point located approximately section. southeast of Walkers Point at latitude (B) Current weather conditions in- 43° 20.4′ North, longitude 070° 27.2′ West; cluding visibility, wind, and sea state. thence to an unnamed point of land lo- This information may be entered in ei- cated at 43° 20.9′ North, longitude 070° ther the voyage plan or towing vessel’s 27.1′ West; thence along the shoreline of log book. Walkers Point to the beginning point. (C) The channels of VHF radio to The aforementioned offshore positions monitor. are approximated by white buoys (D) Other considerations such as marked in orange indicating an exclu- availability of pilot, assist tug, berth, sionary area. and line-handlers, depth of berth at (b) Regulations. (1) In accordance with mean low water, danger areas, and the general regulations in § 165.33 of securite´ calls. this part, entry into this zone is pro- (4) Navigation restriction areas. Unless hibited unless authorized by the Cap- authorized by the cognizant COTP, no tain of the Port, Portland, Maine. Sec- tank barge may operate in— tion 165.33 also contained other general (i) The waters of Cape Cod Bay south requirements. of latitude 42° 5′ North and east of lon- (2) No person may swim upon or gitude 70° 25′ West; or below the surface of the water within (ii) The waters of Fishers Island the boundaries of this security zone. Sound east of longitude 72° 2′ West, and [CGDI 89–008, 54 FR 13883, Apr. 6, 1989] west of longitude 71° 55′ West. (e) In addition to the authority for § 165.103 Safety Zone: Portsmouth Har- this part 165, this section is also au- bor, Portsmouth, New Hampshire. thorized under authority of section 311, (a) The following areas are estab- Pub. L. 105–383. lished as safety zones during the speci- [CGD1–98–151, 63 FR 71770, Dec. 30, 1998, as fied conditions: amended by CGD01–98–151, 64 FR 12749, Mar. (1) For all inbound tank vessels car- 15, 1999; USCG–1999–5832, 64 FR 34715, June 29, rying Liquified Petroleum Gas (LPG), 1999] the waters bounded by the limits of the Piscataqua River Channel and extend- § 165.101 Kittery, Maine—regulated ing 1000 yards ahead and 500 yards navigation area. astern of an LPG tanker while the ves- (a) The following is a regulated navi- sel transits Bigelow Bight, Portsmouth gation area—Waters within the bound- Harbor and the Piscataqua River to the aries of a line beginning at 43°04′ 50′ ′N, LPG receiving facility at Newington, 70°44′ 52′ ′W; then to 43°04′ 52′ ′N, 70°44′ New Hampshire. This safety zone re- 53′ ′W; then to 43°04′ 59′ ′N, 70°44′ 46′ ′W; mains in effect until the LPG carrier is then to 43°05′ 05′ ′N, 70°44′ 32′ ′W; then to safely moored at the LPG receiving fa- 43°05′ 03′ ′N, 70°44′ 30′ ′W; then to the be- cility on the Piscataqua River. ginning point. (2) For all outbound tank vessels car- (b) Regulations—No vessel may oper- rying LPG, the waters bounded by the ate in this area at a speed in excess of limits of the Piscataqua River Channel five miles per hour. and extending 1000 yards ahead and 500 yards astern of an LPG tanker while § 165.102 Security Zone: Walkers Point, the vessel departs the LPG facility and Kennebunkport ME. transits the Piscataqua River, Ports- (a) Location. The following area is a mouth Harbor and Bigelow Bight. This security zone: From point of land lo- safety zone remains in effect until the
625
VerDate 18
LPG carrier passes Gunboat Shoal way in Boston Harbor from the time Lighted Bell Buoy ‘‘1’’ (LLNR 185) lo- such vessels depart their respective cated in Bigelow Bight. berths until the time they complete (b) The general regulations governing their transit and are safely moored. safety zones contained in 33 CFR 165.23 (2) Whenever Constitution is moored apply. at Pier 1, Charlestown Navy Yard—the (c) The Captain of the Port will no- waters between Hoosac Pier and Pier 1, tify the maritime community and local Charlestown Navy Yard, from the agencies of periods during which this imaginary line connecting the outer safety zone will be in effect by pro- easternmost point protruding into Bos- viding advance notice of scheduled ar- ton Harbor from Hoosac Pier to the rivals and departures of LPG vessels outer westernmost point protruding via the telephone and/or Marine Safety into Boston Harbor from Pier 1, Information Radio Broadcasts. Charlestown Navy Yard, extending in- bound along the face of both piers to [CGD 188–106, 54 FR 20572, May 12, 1989] the landside points where both piers § 165.110 Boston Harbor, Boston, Mas- end. sachusetts. (3) Around the U.S.S. Constitution— fifty yards in all directions in the wa- (a) The following areas are estab- ters around Constitution when the ves- lished as safety zones during the speci- sel is moored at any Boston berthing fied conditions: location other than Pier 1, Charlestown (1) The waters bounded by the limits Navy Yard. of the Boston Main Ship Channel and (b) The general regulations governing extending two miles ahead and one safety zones as contained in 33 CFR mile astern of a loaded Liquified Nat- 165.23 apply. ural Gas Tank vessel while the vessel transits the Boston North Channel and [CGD1 91–109, 57 FR 30407, July 9, 1992] Boston Harbor. The safety Zone re- mains in effect until the LNG vessel is § 165.112 Safety Zone: USS CASSIN alongside the DISTRIGAS waterfront YOUNG, Boston, Massachusetts. facility in the Mystic River. Lat. (a) Location. The following area is a 42°23.3′ N., Long. 71°03.7′ W. safety zone: (2) The waters and land area within Around the USS CASSIN YOUNG 150′ of a Liquified Natural Gas Tank (DD–793) and any accompanying parade vessel when the vessel is alongside the vessels when the USS CASSIN YOUNG DISTRIGAS waterfront facility, Ever- is underway. The zone extends 100 ett, MA. Lat. 42°23.3′ N., Long. 71°03.7′ yards in all directions in the waters W. This Safety Zone remains in effect around the USS CASSIN YOUNG and while the LNG vessel remains in a accompanying parade vessels whenever loaded condition or is transferring the USS CASSIN YOUNG is underway liquified natural gas. in Boston Harbor from the time the (b) The general regulations governing USS CASSIN YOUNG departs its berth safety zones as contained in 33 CFR until it is safely moored. 165.20 apply. (b) Regulations. The general regula- [CGD1–83–4R, 49 FR 19819, May 10, 1984] tions governing safety zones as con- tained in 33 CFR 165.23 apply. § 165.111 Safety Zone: Boston Harbor, [CGD01–93–001, 58 FR 47991, Sept. 14, 1993] Boston, Massachusetts. (a) The following areas are estab- § 165.113 Security Zone: Dignitary ar- lished as safety zones during the condi- rival/departure Logan International tions specified: Airport, Boston, MA (1) Around the U.S.S. Constitution or (a) Location. The permanent security any accompanying parade vessels when zone consists of four sectors that may Constitution is under way—300 yards in be activated in part, or in whole, upon all directions in the waters around the the request of the U.S. Secret Service. U.S.S. Constitution and each parade ves- These zones are for the protection of sel accompanying Constitution when- the President or Vice President of the ever the U.S.S. Constitution is under- United States, as well as visiting heads
626
VerDate 18
of foreign states or foreign govern- Broadcasts and/or by locally issued no- ments arriving at, or departing from, tices. Logan International Airport and as de- (b) Regulations. (1) The general regu- termined by the transit route across lations covering security zones con- Boston Harbor. The security zone will tained in 33 CFR 165.33 apply. be as follows: (2) All persons and vessels shall com- (1) Sector one will go into effect 15 ply with the instructions of the Coast minutes prior to the scheduled landing Guard Captain of the Port or the des- or takeoff of the aircraft carrying ei- ignated on scene patrol personnel. ther the President, Vice President, or Coast Guard patrol personnel include visiting heads of foreign states or for- commissioned, warrant, and petty offi- eign governments at Logan Inter- cers of the Coast Guard. Upon being national Airport. Sector one will pre- hailed by a Coast Guard vessel via clude all vessels from approaching siren, radio, flashing light, or other within three hundred yards of the means, the operator of a vessel shall Logan International Airport shoreline, proceed as directed. bound on the west by a line drawn be- tween positions 42°22′45″ N., 071°01′05″ [CGD01–97–004, 63 FR 16117, Apr. 2, 1998] W. and 42°21′48″ N., 071°01′45″ W. (NAD) § 165.120 Safety Zone: Chelsea River, 1983). Boston Inner Harbor, Boston, MA. (2) Sector two will go into effect 15 minutes before the vehicle carrying the (a) Location. The following area is a President, Vice President, or visiting safety zone: The waters of the Chelsea heads of foreign states or foreign gov- River, Boston Inner Harbor, for 100 ernments enters the Callahan Tunnel yards upstream and downstream of the or Sumner Tunnel. Sector two may center of the Chelsea Street Draw span preclude vessels, as necessary, from en- (in the approximate position of Lati- tering an area of the main ship chan- tude 42°33′10″N., Longitude 71°01′23″ W.). nel, Boston Inner Harbor; fifty yards in (b) Regulation. The following stand- all directions from a point directly ards are the minimum requirements for above the Callahan Tunnel or Sumner transit of the Safety Zone. Additional Tunnel. precautions may be taken by the pilot (3) Sector three will go into effect 15 and/or person in charge (Master or Op- minutes before the vehicle carrying the erator). President, Vice President, or visiting (1) All tankships greater than 1,000 heads of foreign states or foreign gov- Gross Tons shall be under the direction ernments enters the Ted Williams Tun- and control of the Licensed Federal nel. Sector three may preclude vessels, Pilot. This does not relieve persons in as necessary, from entering an area of charge (Masters or Operators) from the main ship channel, Boston Inner their ultimate responsibility for the Harbor, fifty yards in all directions safe navigation of vessels. from a point directly above the Ted (2) All vessel(s) speed shall be kept to Williams Tunnel. a minimum considering all factors and (4) Sector four will go into effect 15 the need for optimum vessel control. minutes before the President, Vice (3) Restrictions on size and draft of President, or visiting heads of foreign vessels: states or foreign governments board (i) No vessel greater than 661 feet in the designated transport vessel. Sector length (using length overall) or greater four will preclude all vessels from ap- than 90.5 feet in beam (using extreme proaching within three hundred yards breadth) shall transit the Safety Zone. in all directions from the designated (ii) No vessel greater than 630.5 feet vessel transporting the President, Vice in length or 85.5 feet or greater in beam President, or visiting heads of foreign shall transit the Safety Zone during states or foreign governments between the period between sunset and sunrise. Logan International Airport and any (iii) No tankship greater than 550.5 location in Boston Harbor. feet in length shall transit the Safety (5) The activation of a particular sec- Zone, either inbound or outbound, with tor of this security zone will be an- a draft less than 18.0 feet forward and nounced via Safety Marine Information 24.0 feet aft.
627
VerDate 18
(4) Restrictions when the Chelsea § 165.121 Safety Zone: Rhode Island River channel is obstructed by vessel(s) Sound, Narragansett Bay, Provi- moored at the Northeast Petroleum dence River. Terminal located downstream of the (a) Location. The following areas are Chelsea Street Bridge on the Chelsea, established as safety zones: MA side of the Chelsea River—here- (1) For Liquefied Petroleum Gas after referred to as the Jenny Dock (LPG) vessels while at anchor in the (approximate position 42°23′09″ N., waters of Rhode Island Sound; in posi- 71°01′31″ W.)—or the Mobile Oil Ter- tion Latitude 41°25′ N., Longitude 71°23′ minal located on the East Boston Side W., a Safety Zone with a radius of one- of the Chelsea River downstream of the half mile around the LPG vessel. Chelsea Street Bridge (approximate po- sition 42°23′05″ N., 71°01′31″ W.): (2) For Liquefied Petroleum Gas (i) When there is a vessel moored at (LPG) vessels while transitting Narra- each terminal, no vessel greater than gansett Bay and the Providence River; 300.5 feet in length or greater than 60.5 a moving Safety Zone from a distance feet in beam, shall transit the safety of two (2) miles ahead to one (1) mile zone. astern to the limits of the navigable (ii) When a vessel with a beam great- channel around the LPG vessel. er than 60.5 feet is moored at either (3) For Liquefied Petroleum Gas terminal, no vessel greater than 630.5 (LPG) vessels while moored at the LPG feet in length or greater than 85.5 feet facility, Port of Providence; a safety in beam shall transit the Safety Zone. zone within 50 feet around the vessel. (iii) When a vessel with a beam great- No vessel shall moor within 200 feet er than 85.5 feet is moored at either from the LPG vessel. All vessels terminal, no vessel greater than 550.5 transiting the area are to proceed with feet in length or greater than 85.5 feet caution to minimize the effects of in beam shall transit the Safety Zone. wake around the LPG vessel. (5) Requirements for tug assistance: (4) For Liquefied Petroleum Gas (i) All tankships greater than 630.5 (LPG) vessels while moored with mani- feet in length or greater than 85.5 feet folds connected at the LPG Facility, in beam shall be assisted by at least Port of Providence; a Safety Zone four tugs of adequate horsepower. within a 100 foot radius around the (ii) All tankships from 450 feet in shoreside manifold while connected. length up to and including 630.5 feet in This is in addition to the requirements length and less than 85.5 feet in beam for LPG vessels while moored at the shall be assisted by at least three tugs LPG Facility, Port of Providence. of adequate horsepower. (b) The Captain of the Port Provi- (iii) All tug/barge combinations with dence will notify the maritime commu- a tonnage of over 10,000 Gross Tons (for nity of periods during which this safety the barge(s), in all conditions of draft, zone will be in effect by providing ad- shall be assisted by at least one tug of vance notice of scheduled arrivals and adequate horsepower. departures of LPG vessels via Marine (6) U.S. Certificated integrated tug/ Safety Information Radio Broadcast on barge (ITB) combinations shall meet VHF Marine Band Radio, Channel 22 the requirements of a tankship of simi- (157.1 MHz). lar length and beam except that one (c) Regulations. The general regula- less assist tug would be required. tions governing safety zones contained (7) Variances from the above stand- in § 165.23 apply. ard must be approved in advance by the Captain of the Port of Boston, MA. [CGD1–88–010, 53 FR 31858, Aug. 22, 1988, as amended by CGD01–92–004, 59 FR 52425, Oct. [CCGD1–85–4R, 51 FR 10835, Mar. 31, 1986; 51 18, 1994; USCG–1998–3799, 63 FR 35532, June 30, FR 23415, June 27, 1986, as amended by USCG– 1998] 1998–3799, 63 FR 35532, June 30, 1998]
628
VerDate 18
§ 165.122 Providence River, Provi- Point, Abeam of Popasquash Point, Ap- dence, R.I. regulated navigation proaching the Southern End of area. Rumstick Neck Reach, Abeam of (a) Description of the regulated naviga- Conimicut Point Light (LLNR 18305), tion area (RNA). The Regulated Naviga- Abeam of Gaspee Point, Abeam of tion Area (RNA) encompasses the deep Sabin Point and upon mooring. draft channel between Narragansett (5) Vessels over 65 feet in length out- Bay Entrance Lighted Horn Buoy NB bound for sea down the Providence (LLNR 17675) 41°23.0′ N Latitude, 71°23.4′ River Channel transiting through this W Longitude, and Fox Point, Provi- regulated navigation area are required dence. to make SECURITE calls on VHF (b) Regulations. (1) The following re- channels 13 and 16 at the following geo- strictions apply in the portion of the graphic locations: one-half hour prior regulated area between Conimicut to departure from the berth, at depar- Light (LLNR 18305) and Channel Light ture from the berth, Abeam of Sabin 42 (Fuller Rock Light, (LLNR 18580)). Point, Abeam of Gaspee Point, and (i) No vessel with a draft greater Abeam of Conimicut Light (LLNR than 35 feet may transit when water 18305). depth is at or below mean low water. (6) Vessels 65 feet and under in length (ii) Vessels with drafts greater than and all recreational vessels when meet- 35 feet but less than 38 feet may transit ing deep draft commercial vessel traf- when water depth is other than that on fic in the Providence River Channel be- or below mean low water, provided tween Conimicut Light (LLNR 18305) there is sufficient depth under the keel and Channel Light 42 (LLNR 18580, to prevent grounding. Fuller Rock Light) shall keep out of (iii) Vessels with drafts greater than the way of the oncoming deep draft or equal to 38 feet must obtain permis- commercial vessel. (7) The Captain of the Port, Provi- sion, 48 hours in advance of the desired dence, may authorize a deviation from transit time, from the Captain of the these regulations. Port, Providence to transit. (c) Violations of this (2) Vessels with drafts greater than 35 Enforcement. regulated navigation area should be re- feet must have at least one mile of vis- ported to the Captain of the Port, ibility to transit the regulated area be- Providence, at (401) 435–2300. Persons in tween Conimicut Light (LLNR 18305) violation of these regulations will be and Channel Light 42 (LLNR 18580, subject to civil penalty under § 165.13(b) Fuller Rock Light). (3) Vessels over 65 feet in length are of this part. prohibited from passing, meeting, or [CGD01–93–030, 59 FR 18489, Apr. 19, 1994] overtaking other vessels over 65 feet in length in the regulated area from: § 165.130 Sandy Hook Bay, New Jer- (i) Gaspee Point to Channel Light 42, sey—security zone. (Fuller Rock Light, LLNR 18580). (a) Naval Ammunition Depot Piers. (ii) Conimicut Point Reach The waters within the following bound- (Conimicut Light, LLNR 18305) to aries are a security zone—A line begin- Channel Lighted Buoy 19, 41° 43.7′ N ning on the shore at 40°25′ 57′ ′N, 74°04′ Latitude, 71° 21.8′ W Longitude, (LLNR 32′ ′W; then to 40°27′ 52.5′ ′N, 74°03′ 14.5′ 18330) and Channel Lighted Buoy 20, 41° ′W; then to 40°27′ 28.3′ ′N, 74°02′ 12.4′ ′W; 43.7′ N Latitude, 71° 21.8′ W Longitude, then to 40°26′ 29.2′ ′N, 74°02′ 53′ ′W; then (LLNR 18335). to 40°26′ 31.1′ ′N, 74°02′ 57.2′ ′W; then to (4) Vessels over 65 feet in length in- 40°25′ 27.3′ ′N, 74°03′ 41′ ′W; then along bound for berths up the Providence the shoreline to the beginning point. River, planning to transit through the (b) Terminal Channel. The waters deep draft channel, are required to within the following boundaries are a make Safety Signal (SECURITE) calls security zone—A line beginning at on both VHF channels 13 and 16 at the 40°27′ 41.2′ ′N, 74°02′ 46′ ′W; then to 40°28′ following geographic locations: Pilot’s 27′ ′N, 74°02′ 17.2′ ′W; then to 40°28′ 21.1′ Station, Abeam of Castle Hill, Ap- ′N, 74°02′ 00′ ′W; then to 40°28′ 07.8′ ′N, proaching the Newport bridge, South of 74°02′ 22′ ′W; then to 40°27′ 39.8′ ′N, 74°02′ Prudence Island, Abeam of Sandy 41.4′ ′W; then to to the beginning.
629
VerDate 18
(c) The following rules apply to the forming work for the Electric Boat Di- security zone established in paragraph vision when operating in Security Zone (b) of this section (Terminal Channel) A. instead of the rule in § 165.33(a): [CGD 79–034, 47 FR 29660, July 8, 1982, as (1) No vessel shall anchor, stop, re- amended by COTP 83–01, 48 FR 33264, July 21, main or drift without power at any- 1983; CGD3–83–29, 48 FR 51622, Nov. 10, 1983; time in the security zone. CGD3–84–26, 49 FR 40405, Oct. 16, 1984; CGD3– (2) No vessel shall enter, cross, or 86–56, 52 FR 17296, May 7, 1987. Redesignated otherwise navigate in the security zone by CGD 87–008b, 52 FR 25218, July 6, 1987; when a public vessel, or any other ves- CDG3 86–56, 52 FR 44107, Nov. 18, 1987; CGD01– sel, that cannot safely navigate outside 97–104, 62 FR 51782, Oct. 3, 1997] the Terminal Channel, is approaching § 165.141 Safety Zone: Sunken vessel or leaving the Naval Ammunition EMPIRE KNIGHT, Boon Island, ME. Depot Piers at Leonardo, New Jersey. (3) Vessels may enter or cross the se- (a) Location. The following area is a curity zone, except as provided in para- safety zone: All waters of the Atlantic graph (c)(2) of this section. Ocean within a 1,000 yard radius of the (4) No person may swim in the secu- stern section of the sunken vessel EM- rity zone. PIRE KNIGHT, in approximate posi- tion 43°06′ 19″ N, 70°27′ 09″ W, (NAD 1983) [CGD 77–118a, 42 FR 35784, July 11, 1977. Re- and extending from the water’s surface designated by CGD 81–017, 46 FR 28154, May to the seabed floor. 26, 1981, and CGD 87–008b, 52 FR 25218, July 6, (b) Effective date. This section is ef- 1987] fective on August 23, 1996, twenty-four § 165.140 New London Harbor, Con- hours a day, seven days a week. necticut—security zone. (c) Regulations. (1) The general regu- (a) Security zones: lations contained in 33 CFR 165.23 (1) Security zone A. The waters of the apply. Thames River west of the Electric Boat (2) All vessels and persons are prohib- Division Shipyard enclosed by a line ited from anchoring, diving, dredging, beginning at a point on the shoreline dumping, fishing, trawling, laying at 41°20′22.1″ N, 72°04′52.8″ W; then west cable, or conducting salvage operations to 41°20′28.7″ N, 72°05′03.5″ W; then to in this zone except as authorized by the 41°20′53.3″ N, 72°05′6.6″ W; then to Coast Guard Captain of the Port, Port- 41°21′03″ N, 72°05′06.7″ W; then due east land, Maine. Innocent transit through to a point on the shoreline at 41°21′03″ the area within the safety zone is not N, 72°05′00″ W; then along the shoreline affected by this regulation and does to the point of beginning. not require the authorization of the (2) Security zone B. The waters of the Captain of the Port. Thames River, west of the Naval Sub- (3) All persons and vessels shall com- marine Base, New London, CT, en- ply with the instructions of the COTP closed by a line beginning at a point on or the designated on scene patrol per- the shoreline at 41°23′15.8″ N., 72°05′17.9″ sonnel. U.S. Coast Guard patrol per- W.; then to 41°23′15.8″ N., 72°05′22″ W.; sonnel include commissioned, warrant, then to 41°23′25.9″ N., 72°05′29.9″ W.; then and petty officers of the Coast Guard. to 41°23′33.8″ N., 72°05′34.7″ W.; then to Upon being hailed by a U.S. Coast 41°23′37.0″ N., 72°05′38.0″ W.; then to Guard vessel via siren, radio, flashing 41°23′41.0″ N., 72°05′40.3″ W.; then to light, or other means, the operator of a 41°23′47.2″ N., 72°05′42.3″ W.; then to vessel shall proceed as directed. 41°23′53.8″ N., 72°05′43.7″ W.; then to [CGD 01–95–141, 61 FR 60032, Nov. 26, 1996] 41°23′59.8″ N., 72°05′43.0″ W.; then to 41°24′12.4″ N., 72°05′43.2″ W.; then to a § 165.150 New Haven Harbor, point on the shoreline at 41°24′14.4″ N., Quinnipiac River, Mill River. 72°05′38″ W.; then along the shoreline to (a) The following is a regulated naviga- the point of beginning. tion area: The waters surrounding the (b) Special regulation. Section 165.33 Tomlinson Bridge located within a line does not apply to public vessels when extending from a point A at the south- operating in Security Zone A, or to east corner of the Wyatt terminal dock vessels owned by, under hire to, or per- at 41°17′ 50′ ′N, 72°54′ 36′ ′W thence along
630
VerDate 18
a line 126°T to point B at the southwest the COTP finds that an alternate oper- corner of the Gulf facility at 41°17′ 42′ ation can be done safely. ′ ° ′ ′ ′ N, 72 54 21 W thence north along the [CGD 79–034, 47 FR 29660, July 8, 1982, as shoreline to point C at the northwest amended by CGD 80–069, 47 FR 53368, Nov. 26, corner of the Texaco terminal dock 1982. Redesignated by CGD 87–008b, 52 FR 41°17′ 57′ ′N, 72°54′ 06′ ′W thence along a 25218, July 6, 1987] line 303°T to point D at the west bank of the mouth of the Mill River 41°18′ 05′ § 165.155 Northville Industries Off- ′ ° ′ ′ ′ shore Platform, Riverhead, Long Is- N, 72 54 23 W thence south along the land, New York— safety zone. shoreline to point A. (a) The following area is established (b) Regulations. (1) No person may op- as a safety zone during the specified erate a vessel or tow a barge in this condition: Regulated Navigation Area in violation (1) The waters within a 500 yard ra- of these regulations. dius of the Northville Industries Off- (2) Applicability. The regulations shore Platform, Long Island, New apply to barges with a freeboard great- York, 1 mile North of the Riverhead er than ten feet and to any vessel tow- shoreline at 41°00′′ N, 072°38′′ W, while a ing or pushing these barges on out- Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG) vessel bound transits of the Tomlinson is moored at the Offshore Platform. Bridge. The safety zone remains in effect until (3) Regulated barges may not transit the LPG vessel departs the Offshore the bridge— Platform. (i) During the period from one hour (b) The general regulations governing to five hours after high water slack, safety zone contained in 33 CFR 165.23 (ii) When the wind speed at the apply. bridge is greater than twenty knots, (c) The Captain of the Port will no- tify the maritime community of peri- and ods during which this safety zone will (iii) With the barge being towed on a be in effect by providing notice of hawser, stern first. scheduled moorings at the Northville (4) Regulated barges with a beam Industries Offshore Platform of LPG greater than fifty feet must be pushed vessels via Marine Safety Information ahead through the bridge. Radio Broadcast. (5) If the tug operator does not have a clear view over the barge when push- [CGD3 85–86, 51 FR 37181, Oct. 20, 1986. Redes- ignated by CGD 87–008b, 52 FR 25218, July 6, ing ahead, the operator shall post a 1987] lookout on the barge with a means of communication with the operator. § 165.160 New York, New Jersey, (6) Regulated barges departing the Sandy Hook Channel, Raritan Bay, Mill River may transit the bridge only Arthur Kill—safety zone. between sunrise and sunset. Barges (a) The following areas are estab- must be pushed ahead of the tug, bow lished as safety zones during the speci- first, with a second tug standing by to fied conditions: assist at the bow. (1) For incoming tank vessels loaded (7) Nothing in this section is intended with Liquefied Petroleum Gas, the wa- to relieve any person from complying ters within a 100 yard radius of the LPG carrier while the vessel transits with: the Sandy Hook Channel, Raritan Bay (i) Applicable Navigation and Pilot East and West Reach, Ward Point Bend Rules for Inland Waters; East and West Reach, and the Arthur (ii) Any other laws or regulations; Kill to the LPG receiving facility. The (iii) Any order or direction of the Safety Zone remains in effect until the Captain of the Port. LPG vessel is moored at the LPG re- (8) The Captain of the Port, New ceiving facility in the Arthur Kill. Haven, may issue an authorization to (2) For outgoing tank vessels loaded deviate from any rule in this section if with LPG, the waters within a 100 yard
631
VerDate 18
radius of the LPG carrier while the (c) Regulations. (1) The general regu- vessel departs the LPG facility and lations contained in 33 CFR 165.23 transits the Arthur Kill, Ward Point apply. Bend West and East Reach, Raritan (2) All persons and vessels shall com- Bay West and East Reach, and Sandy ply with the instructions of the Coast Hook Channel. The safety zone remains Guard Captain of the Port or the des- in effect until the LPG vessel passes ignated on scene patrol personnel. U.S. the Scotland Lighted Horn Buoy ‘‘S’’ Coast Guard patrol personnel include (LLNR 1619) at the entrance to the commissioned, warrant, and petty offi- Sandy Hook Channel. cers of the Coast Guard. Upon being (b) The general regulations governing hailed by a U.S. Coast Guard vessel via safety zones contained in 33 CFR 165.23 siren, radio, flashing light, or other apply. means, the operator of a vessel shall (c) The Captain of the Port will no- proceed as directed. tify the maritime community of peri- ods during which this safety zone will [CGD01–95–025, 60 FR 32271, June 21, 1995] be in effect by providing advance no- tice of scheduled arrivals and depar- § 165.162 Safety Zone: New York Super tures of loaded LPG vessels via a Ma- Boat Race, Hudson River, New York. rine Safety Information Radio Broad- cast. (a) Regulated area. The following area is a safety zone: All waters of the [CGD3 84–08, 49 FR 25447, June 21, 1984. Redes- Lower Hudson River south of a line ignated by CGD 87–008b, 52 FR 25218, July 6, 1987] drawn from the northwest corner of Pier 76 in Manhattan to a point on the § 165.161 Safety Zone; Annual ‘‘Fire- New Jersey shore in Weehawken, New works on the Navesink’’ Fireworks Jersey at approximate position Display, Navesink River, Red Bank, 40°45′52″N 074°01′01″W (NAD 1983) and New Jersey. north of a line connecting the fol- (a) Location. All waters between the lowing points (all coordinates are NAD north and south shores of the Navesink 1983): River, including Red Bank Reach, ex- tending approximately 300 yards east Latitude Longitude and 300 yards east and 300 yards west of 40°42′16.0″N ...... 074°01′09.0″W, then south to the fireworks platform anchored off of 40°41′55.0″N ...... 074°01′16.0″W, then west to Red Bank, New Jersey, at or near 40°21′ 40°41′47.0″N ...... 074°01′36.0″W, then northwest to ′ ′ ° ′ ′ ′ 40°41′55.0″N ...... 074°01′59.0″W, then to shore at 20 N latitude, 074 04 10 W (NAD 1983). ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ The safety zone is bound by the fol- 40 42 20.5 N ...... 074 02 06.0 W. lowing points: 40°21′ 15′ ′N latitude, (b) Regulations. (1) Vessels not par- 074°03′ 57′ ′W longitude; to 40°21′ 43′ ′N ticipating in this event, swimmers, and latitude, 074°03′ 57′ ′W longitude; and personal watercraft of any nature are 40°21′ 20′ ′N latitude, 074°04′ 25′ ′W lon- prohibited from entering or moving gitude; to 40°21′ 30′ ′N latitude, 074°04′ within the regulated area unless au- 25′ ′W longitude (NAD 1983). thorized by the Patrol Commander. (b) Effective period. This section is in (2) All persons and vessels shall com- effect annually on the third of July, from 8 p.m. until 11 p.m., unless ex- ply with the instructions of the Coast tended or terminated sooner by the Guard Captain of the Port or the de- Captain of the Port, New York. If the signed on-scene-patrol personnel. fireworks display is cancelled because These personnel comprise commis- of bad weather, this section is in effect sioned, warrant, and petty officers of on the fourth of July, at the same the Coast Guard. Upon being hailed by times, unless extended or terminated a U.S. Coast Guard vessel by siren, sooner by the Captain of the Port, New radio, flashing light, or other means, York. The effective period will be an- the operator of a vessel shall proceed nounced annually via Safety Marine as directed. Information Broadcasts and locally (c) Effective period. This section is in issued notices. effect annually from 10 a.m. until 4
632
VerDate 18
p.m. on the Sunday following Labor nually from 10 a.m. until 5 p.m., from Day. Friday through Monday, Memorial Day weekend. [CGD01–98–175, 64 FR 31984, June 15, 1999] (5) Safety Zone E— EFFECTIVE DATE NOTE: By CGD01–98–175, 64 (i) Location. A moving safety zone in- FR 31984, June 15, 1999, § 165.162 was added, ef- cluding all waters 500 yards ahead and fective July 15, 1999. astern, and 200 yards on each side of § 165.163 Safety Zones; Port of New the departing U.S. Navy Aircraft or York/New Jersey Fleet Week. Helicopter Carrier as it transits the Port of New York and New Jersey from (a) The following areas are estab- its mooring at the Intrepid Sea, Air lished as safety zones: and Space Museum, Manhattan, to the (1) Safety Zone A—(i) Location. A COLREGS Demarcation line at Am- moving safety zone for the Parade of brose Channel Entrance Lighted Bell Ships including all waters 500 yards Buoy 2 (LLNR 34805). ahead and astern, and 200 yards of each (ii) Enforcement period. Paragraph side of the designated column of parade (a)(5)(i) of this section is enforced an- vessels as it transits the Port of New nually on the Wednesday following Me- York and New Jersey from the morial Day. Departure time is depend- Verrazano Narrows Bridge to Riverside ent on tide, weather, and granting of State Park on the Hudson River be- authority for departure by the Captain tween West 137th and West 144th of the Port, New York. Streets, Manhattan. (b) Effective period. This section is ef- (ii) Paragraph Enforcement period. fective annually from 8 a.m. on the (a)(1)(i) of this section is enforced an- Wednesday before Memorial Day until nually from 8 a.m. until 5 p.m. on the 4 p.m. on the Wednesday following Me- Wednesday before Memorial Day. morial Day. (2) Safety Zone B—(i) Location. A safe- (c) Regulations. (1) The general regu- ty zone including all waters of the Hud- lations contained in 33 CFR 165.23 son River between Piers 83 and 90, Man- apply. hattan, from the parade column east to (2) All persons and vessels shall com- the Manhattan shoreline. ply with the instructions of the Coast (ii) Enforcement period. Paragraph Guard Captain of the Port or the des- (a)(2)(i) of this section is enforced an- ignated on-scene-patrol personnel. nually from 8 a.m. until 5 p.m. on the these personnel comprise commis- Wednesday before Memorial Day. sioned, warrant, and petty officers of (3) Safety Zone C— the Coast Guard. Upon being hailed by (i) Location. A moving safety zone in- cluding all waters of the Hudson River a U. S. Coast Guard vessel by siren, within a 200-yard radius of each parade radio, flashing light, or other means, vessel upon its leaving the parade of the operator of a vessel shall proceed ships until it is safely berthed. as directed. (ii) Enforcement period. Paragraph [CGD1–98–170, 64 FR 24946, May 10, 1999] (a)(3)(i) of this section is enforced an- nually from 8 a.m. until 5 p.m. on the § 165.164 Security Zones; Dignitary Ar- Wednesday before Memorial Day. rival/Departure New York, NY. (4) Safety Zone D— (a) The following areas are estab- (i) Location. A safety zone including lished as security zones: all waters of the Hudson River bound (1) Location. Wall Street heliport: All by the following points: from the waters of the East River within the fol- southeast corner of Pier 90, Manhattan, lowing boundaries: East of a line drawn where it intersects the seawall, west to between approximate position approximate position 40°46′10″N 40°42′01″N 074°00′39″W (east of The Bat- 074°00′13″W (NAD 1983), south to approx- tery) to 40°41′36″N 074°00′52″W (NAD imate position 40°45′54″N 074°00′25″W 1983) (point north of Governors Island) (NAD 1983), then east to the northeast and north of a line drawn from the corner of Pier 83 where it intersects the point north of Governors Island to the seawall. southwest corner of Pier 7 North, (ii) Enforcement period. Paragraph Brooklyn; and south of a line drawn be- (a)(4)(i) of this section is enforced an- tween the northeast corner of Pier 13,
633
VerDate 18
Manhattan, and the northwest corner Channel, Elizabeth Channel, Port New- of Pier 2 North, Brooklyn. ark Channel, and New Jersey Pierhead (2) [Reserved] Channel south of New Jersey Pierhead (3) Location. Marine Air Terminal, La South Channel Lighted Buoy 5 (LLNR Guardia Airport: All waters of Bowery 37020). Bay, Queens, New York, south of a line (b) Description of Work Areas in the drawn from the western end of La RNA. Guardia Airport at approximate posi- (1) Work Area (1): The waters bound- tion 40°46′47″N 073°53′05″W (NAD 1983) to ed by a line connecting the following the Rikers Island Bridge at approxi- points: mate position 40°46′51″N 073°53′21″W (NAD 1983) and east of a line drawn be- Latitude Longitude tween the point at the Rikers Island 40°38′40.0″N 074°03′45.0″W Bridge to a point on the shore in 40°38′50.4″N 074°04′16.0″W 40°38′57.9″N 074°04′11.8″W Queens, New York, at approximate po- 40°39′03.8″N 074°04′43.8″W sition 40°46′36″N 073°53′31″W (NAD 1983). 40°39′04.5″N 074°05′07.6″W (4) The security zone will be acti- 40°39′01.8″N 074°05′14.8″W 40°39′05.0″N 074°05′17.1″W vated 30 minutes before the dignitaries’ 40°39′10.3″N 074°05′05.0″W arrival into the zone and remain in ef- 40°39′09.3″N 074°04′27.8″W fect until 15 minutes after the dig- 40°39′00.2″N 074°03′45.1″W nitaries’ departure from the zone. 40°38′58.0″N 074°03′34.9″W 40°38′40.0″N 074°03′45.0″W (5) The activation of a particular zone will be announced by facsimile (2) Work Area (2): The waters bound- and marine information broadcasts. ed by a line connecting the following (b) Regulations. (1) The general regu- points: lations contained in 33 CFR 165.33 apply . Latitude Longitude (2) All persons and vessels shall com- 40°38′50.4″N 074°04′16.0″W ply with the instructions of the Coast 40°38′57.5″N 074°04′37.8″W Guard Captain of the Port or the des- 40°38′59.2″N 074°04′55.4″W ignated on-scene-patrol personnel. 40°38′57.4″N 074°05′12.9″W 40°38′47.5″N 074°05′33.8″W These personnel comprise commis- 40°38′45.8″N 074°05′43.6″W sioned, warrant, and petty officers of 40°38′49.4″N 074°05′44.7″W the Coast Guard. Upon being hailed by 40°38′51.0″N 074°05′35.7″W 40°39′04.7″N 074°05′06.6″W a U.S. Coast Guard vessel using siren, 40°39′03.7″N 074°04′29.5″W radio, flashing light, or other means, 40°38′57.9″N 074°04′11.8″W the operator of a vessel shall proceed 40°38′50.4″N 074°04′16.0″W as directed. (3) Work Area (3): The waters bound- [CGD01–98–006, 64 FR 24948, May 10, 1999] ed by a line connecting the following points: § 165.165 Regulated Navigation Area; Kill Van Kull Channel, Newark Bay Latitude Longitude Channel, South Elizabeth Channel, 40°38′45.8″ N 074°05′43.6″ W Elizabeth Channel, Port Newark ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Channel and New Jersey Pierhead 40 38 49.4 N 074 05 44.7 W 40°38′51.2″ N 074°05′35″ W Channel, New York and New Jer- 40°39′01.8″ N 074°05′14.8″ W sey. 40°39′05.0″ N 074°05′17.1″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ (a) Regulated Navigation Area (RNA). 40 38 57.5 N 074 05 32.3 W 40°38′53.8″ N 074°05′44.1″ W All waters of the Kill Van Kull (KVK) 40°38′53.1″ N 074°05′56.8″ W Channel east of KVK Light 16A (LLNR 40°38′55.3″ N 074°06′38.1″ W 37340) in North of Shooters Island 40°38′41.5″ N 074°07′18.3″ W 40°38′38.2″ N 074°07′41.4″ W Reach, east of Shooters Island Light 2 40°38′38.5″ N 074°07′46.0″ W (LLNR 37375) in South of Shooters Is- 40°38′35.2″ N 074°07′49.0″ W land Reach, and west of KVK Channel 40°38′31.2″ N 074°07′50.0″ W 40°38′30.1″ N 074°07′41.3″ W Junction Lighted Bell Buoy ‘KV’ 40°38′33.9″ N 074°07′15.1″ W (LLNR 37265) in Constable Hook Reach; 40°38′44.0″ N 074°06′45.7″ W all waters of Newark Bay Channel 40°38′46.7″ N 074°06′25.9″ W south of Newark Bay Light 19 (LLNR 40°38′44.8″ N 074°05′49.6″ W 40°38′45.8″ N 074°05′43.6″ W 37505); all waters of South Elizabeth
634
VerDate 18
(4) Work Area (4): The waters bound- Latitude Longitude ed by a line connecting the following 40°39′30.8″N 074°08′58.2″W points: 40°39′40.6″N 074°09′22.5″W 40°39′43.5″N 074°09′25.8″W Latitude Longitude 40°39′44.8″N 074°09′24.9″W 40°39′32.8″N 074°08′55.2″W 40°38′31.2″ N 074°07′50.0″ W 40°39′30.8″N 074°08′58.2″W 40°38′35.2″ N 074°07′49.0″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ AND 40 38 36.6 N 074 08 01.2 W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 40 39 21.6 N 074 08 50.2 W 40 38 28.2 N 074 08 51.0 W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 40 39 17.0 N 074 03 38.0 W 40 38 35.2 N 074 09 06.2 W 40°38′50.0″N 074°08′55.0″W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 40 38 30.0 N 074 09 12.0 W 40°38′30.0″N 074°09′12.0″W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 40 38 24.8 N 074 09 02.6 W 40°38′33.3″N 074°09′19.5″W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 40 38 24.0 N 074 08 52.0 W 40°38′46.8″N 074°09′22.8″W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 40 38 31.5 N 074 08 07.4 W 40°39′07.7″N 074°08′58.8″W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 40 38 31.8 N 074 07 54.6 W 40°39′21.6″N 074°08′50.2″W 40°38′31.2″ N 074°07′50.0″ W (9) Work Area (9): The waters bound- (5) Work Area (5): The waters bound- ed by a line connecting the following ed by a line connecting the following points: points: Latitude Longitude Latitude Longitude 40°40′34.3″N 074°07′54.0″W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 40 38 35.2 N 074 07 49.0 W 40°41′08.5″N 074°07′38.5″W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 40 38 38.5 N 074 07 46.0 W 40°41′11.6″N 074°07′50.8″W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 40 38 40.7 N 074 08 01.3 W 40°41′17.6″N 074°07′56.4″W 40°38′34.0″ N 074°08′41.0″ W 40°41′20.0″N 074°08′00.3″W 40°38′40.0″ N 074°08′52.0″ W 40°41′42.3″N 074°08′21.2″W 40°38′50.0″ N 074°08′55.0″ W 40°41′59.4″N 074°09′11.0″W 40°38′35.2″ N 074°09′06.2″ W 40°41′55.8″N 074°09′13.1″W 40°38′28.2″ N 074°08′51.0″ W 40°41′39.1″N 074°08′24.6″W 40°38′36.6″ N 074°08′01.2″ W 40°41′21.0″N 074°08′07.6″W 40°38′35.2″ N 074°07′49.0″ W 40°40′46.1″N 074°08′38.9″W 40°40′44.5″N 074°08′30.2″W (6) Work Area (6): The waters bound- 40°40′50.4″N 074°08′30.3″W 40°41′13.4″N 074°08′09.7″W ed by a line connecting the following 40°41′13.7″N 074°08′05.6″W points: 40°41′03.2″N 074°07′55.7″W 40°40′54.4″N 074°07′55.7″W Latitude Longitude 40°40′35.9″N 074°08′03.9″W 40°40′34.3″N 074°07′54.0″W 40°39′17.0″N 074°08′38.0″W 40°40′21.0″N 074°08′00.0″W (c) Projected dates for each work area. 40°40′34.3″N 074°07′54.0″W 40°40′35.9″N 074°08′03.9″W Dredging is scheduled to commence in 40°40′33.2″N 074°08′12.0″W Work Area (2) on April 19, 1999. As con- 40°40′26.6″N 074°08′17.9″W tracts are let for dredging of each of 40°39′34.3″N 074°08′55.8″W the remaining work areas, commence- 40°39′30.8″N 074°08′58.2″W 40°39′21.6″N 074°08′50.2″W ment dates will be made available via 40°39′17.0″N 074°08′38.0″W the Local Notice to Mariners, marine information broadcasts, facsimile, and (7) Work Area (7): The waters bound- at New York Harbor Operations Com- ed by a line connecting the following mittee meetings. points: (d) Regulations. (1) No vessel shall enter or transit any work area where Latitude Longitude drill barges and/or dredges are located 40°40′26.7″N 074°08′17.9″W without permission of Vessel Traffic 40°41′14.4″N 074°09′35.0″W Service New York (VTSNY). 40°41′18.9″N 074°09′31.9″W (2) Each vessel transiting in the vi- ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 40 40 46.1 N 074 08 38.9 W cinity of the work areas, where drill 40°40′44.5″N 074°08′30.2″W 40°40′33.2″N 074°08′12.0″W barges and/or dredges are located, is re- 40°40′26.7″N 074°08′17.9″W quired to do so at no wake speed. (3) No vessel shall enter the RNA (8) Work Area (8): The waters bound- when they are advised by the drilling ed by a line connecting the following barge or VTSNY that a misfire or points: hangfire has occurred. Vessels already
635
VerDate 18
underway in the RNA shall proceed to extended or terminated sooner by the clear the impacted area immediately. Captain of the Port New York. The ef- (4) Vessels, 300 gross tons or greater, fective period will be announced annu- and tugs with tows are prohibited from ally via Safety Marine Information meeting or overtaking other vessels Broadcasts and locally issued notices. when transiting alongside an active (c) Regulations. (1) The general regu- work area. lations contained in 33 CFR 165.23 (5) Vessels, 300 gross tons or greater, apply. and tugs with tows transiting with the prevailing current (as measured from (2) All persons and vessels shall com- the Battery tide station) are regarded ply with the instructions of the Coast as the stand-on vessel. Guard Captain of the Port or the des- (6) Prior to entering the RNA, the ignated on scene patrol personnel. U.S. master, pilot or operator of each ves- Coast Guard patrol personnel include sel, 300 gross tons or greater and tugs commissioned, warrant, and petty offi- with tows, shall ensure that they have cers of the Coast Guard. Upon being sufficient propulsion and directional hailed by a U.S. Coast Guard vessel via control to safely navigate the area siren, radio, flashing light, or other under the prevailing conditions, and means, the operator of a vessel shall shall notify VTSNY as to their decision proceed as directed. regarding the employment of assist tugs while transiting the RNA. [CGD01–95–012, 60 FR 31408, June 15, 1995] (7) Hawser or wire length must not exceed 100 feet, measured from the tow- § 165.167 Safety Zone; Annual ing bit on the tug to the point where Rensselaer Festival Fireworks Dis- play, Hudson River, New York. the hawser or wire connects with the towed vessel or barge, for any vessel (a) Location. The safety zone includes with another vessel/barge in tow. the waters of the Hudson River, shore (8) Waiver. The Captain of the Port, to shore, north of 42°38′ 12″ N latitude New York may, upon request, author- (NAD 1983) and south of the Dunn Me- ize a deviation from any regulation in morial Bridge, Albany, New York. this section if it is found that the pro- (b) Effective period. This section is in posed operations can be done safely. An effect annually on the third Saturday application for deviation must be re- in September from 8:30 p.m. until 10 ceived not less than 24 hours before the p.m., unless extended or terminated intended operation and must state the sooner by the Captain of the Port New need and describe the proposal. York. The effective period will be an- (9) Tugs with tows includes a tug nounced annually via Safety Marine with a vessel or barge in tow, along- Information Broadcasts and locally side, or being pushed. issued notices. [USCG–1998–4443, 64 FR 18579, Apr. 15, 1999; (c) Regulations. CGD01–98–165, 64 FR 34313, June 25, 1999] (1) The general regulations contained § 165.166 Safety Zone; Annual Bur- in 33 CFR 165.23 apply. lington Independence Day Celebra- (2) All persons and vessels shall com- tion Fireworks Display, Burlington ply with the instructions of the Coast Bay, Vermont. Guard Captain of the Port or the des- (a) Location. All waters of Burlington ignated on scene patrol personnel. U.S. Bay within a 250 yard radius of a fire- Coast Guard patrol personnel include works platform anchored approxi- commissioned, warrant, and petty offi- mately 250 yards west of Burlington, cers of the Coast Guard. Upon being Vermont, at or near 44°28′ 33′ ′N lati- hailed by a U.S. Coast Guard vessel via tude and 073°13′ 33′ ′W longitude (NAD siren, radio, flashing light, or other 1983). means, the operator of a vessel shall (b) Effective period. The safety zone is proceed as directed. in effect annually on the third of July from 7:45 p.m. until 10:15 p.m., unless [CGD 01–011, 60 FR 42789, Aug. 17, 1995]
636
VerDate 18
§ 165.170 Safety Zone; Annual Heritage cers of the Coast Guard. Upon being of Pride Fireworks Display, Hudson hailed by a U.S. Coast Guard vessel via River, New York. siren, radio, flashing light, or other (a) Location. All waters of the Hudson means, the operator of a vessel shall River within a 300 yard radius of a fire- proceed as directed. works platform anchored approxi- [CGD01–95–010, 60 FR 57343, Nov. 15, 1995] mately 330 yards west of the Manhat- tan pierhead line between Pier 45 and § 165.175 Safety Zone; Annual South Pier 49. Street Seaport Memorial Day Fire- (b) Effective period. This section is in works Display, East River, New effect annually on the last Sunday in York. June from 9:30 p.m. until 11:30 p.m., un- (a) Location. All waters of the East less extended or terminated sooner by River south of the Brooklyn Bridge and the Captain of the Port New York. The north of a line drawn from Pier 9, Man- effective period will be announced an- hattan to Pier 3, Brooklyn. nually via Safety Marine Information (b) Effective period. This safety zone is Broadcasts and locally issued notices. in effect annually on the Sunday before (c) Regulations. (1) The general regu- Memorial Day from 8 p.m. until 10 lations contained in 33 CFR 165.23 p.m., unless extended or terminated apply. sooner by the Captain of the Port, New (2) All persons and vessels shall com- York. The effective period will be an- ply with the instructions of the Coast nounced annually via Safety Marine Guard Captain of the Port or the des- Information Broadcasts and locally ignated on scene patrol personnel. U.S. issued notices. Coast Guard patrol personnel include (c) Regulations. (1) The general regu- commissioned, warrant, and petty offi- lations contained in 33 CFR 165.23 cers of the Coast Guard. Upon being apply. hailed by a U.S. Coast Guard vessel via (2) All persons and vessels shall com- siren, radio, flashing light, or other ply with the instructions of the Coast means, the operator of a vessel shall Guard Captain of the Port or the des- proceed as directed. ignated on scene patrol personnel. U.S. Coast Guard patrol personnel include [CGD01–95–003, 60 FR 33119, June 27, 1995] commissioned, warrant, and petty offi- § 165.174 Safety Zone; Annual South cers of the Coast Guard. Upon being Street Seaport New Year’s Eve Fire- hailed by a U.S. Coast Guard vessel via works Display, East River, New siren, radio, flashing light, or other York. means, the operator of a vessel shall (a) Location. All waters of the East proceed as directed. River south of the Brooklyn Bridge and [CGD01–95–004, 60 FR 20430, Apr. 26, 1995] north of a line drawn from Pier 9, Man- hattan to Pier 3, Brooklyn, New York. § 165.178 Safety Zone; Annual North (b) Effective period. This section is in Hempstead Memorial Day Fire- effect annually from 11:30 p.m. on De- works Display, Hempstead Harbor, cember 31, until 12:45 a.m. on January New York. 1, unless extended or terminated sooner (a) Location. All waters of Hempstead by the Captain of the Port New York. Harbor within a 300 yard radius of a The effective period will be announced fireworks platform located approxi- annually via Safety Marine Informa- mately 300 yards north of Bar Beach, tion Broadcasts and locally issued no- North Hempstead, New York. tices. (b) Effective period. This safety zone is (c) Regulations. (1) The general regu- in effect annually on the Friday before lations contained in 33 CFR 165.23 Memorial Day from 8 p.m. until 10 apply. p.m., unless extended or terminated (2) All persons and vessels shall com- sooner by the Captain of the Port New ply with the instructions of the Coast York. If the fireworks is canceled be- Guard Captain of the Port or the des- cause of bad weather, this section is in ignated on scene patrol personnel. U.S. effect on the following Saturday at the Coast Guard patrol personnel include time unless extended or terminated commissioned, warrant, and petty offi- sooner by the Captain of the Port New
637
VerDate 18
York. The effective period will be an- (8) A line drawn across the Southern nounced annually via Safety Marine Branch of the Elizabeth River along Information Broadcasts and locally the northern side of the I–64 highway issued notices. bridge, Chesapeake, Virginia. (c) Regulations. (1) The general regu- (9) A line drawn across the Eastern lations contained in 33 CFR 165.23 Branch of the Elizabeth River along apply. the western side of the west span of the (2) All persons and vessels shall com- Campostella Bridge, Norfolk, Virginia. ply with the instructions of the Coast (10) A line drawn across the Lafay- Guard Captain of the Port or the des- ette River along the western side of the ignated on scene patrol personnel. U.S. Hampton Boulevard Bridge, Norfolk, Coast Guard patrol personnel include Virginia. commissioned, warrant, and petty offi- (11) A line drawn across Little Creek cers of the Coast Guard. Upon being along the eastern side of the Ocean hailed by a U.S. Coast Guard vessel via View Avenue (U.S. Route 60) Bridge, siren, radio, flashing light, or other Norfolk, Virginia. means, the operator of a vessel shall (12) A line drawn across Lynnhaven proceed as directed. Inlet along the northern side of the Shore Drive (U.S. Route 60) Bridge, [CGD01–95–013, 60 FR 20431, Apr. 26, 1995] Virginia Beach, Virginia. (b) Definitions. In this section: FIFTH COAST GUARD DISTRICT (1) CBBT means the Chesapeake Bay § 165.501 Chesapeake Bay entrance Bridge Tunnel. and Hampton Roads, Va. and adja- (2) Thimble Shoal Channel consists of cent waters—regulated navigation the waters bounded by a line con- area. necting Thimble Shoal Channel Light- ed Bell Buoy 1TS, thence to Lighted (a) Regulated Navigation Area. The wa- Gong Buoy 17, thence to Lighted Buoy ters enclosed by the shoreline and the 19, thence to Lighted Buoy 21, thence following lines are a Regulated Naviga- to Lighted Buoy 22, thence to Lighted tion Area: Buoy 18, thence to Lighted Buoy 2, (1) A line drawn across the entrance thence to the beginning. to Chesapeake Bay between Wise Point (3) Thimble Shoal North Auxiliary and Cape Charles Light, and then con- Channel consists of the waters in a rec- tinuing to Cape Henry Light. tangular area 450 feet wide adjacent to (2) A line drawn across the Chesa- the north side of Thimble Shoal Chan- peake Bay between Old Point Comfort nel, the southern boundary of which Light and Cape Charles City Range extends from Thimble Shoal Channel ‘‘A’’ Rear Light. Lighted Buoy 2 to Lighted Buoy 18. (3) A line drawn across the James (4) Thimble Shoal South Auxiliary River along the eastern side of the U.S. Channel consists of the waters in a rec- Route 17 highway bridge, between New- tangular area 450 feet wide adjacent to port News and Isle of Wight County, the south side of Thimble Shoal Chan- Virginia. nel, the northern boundary of which (4) A line drawn across Chuckatuck extends from Thimble Shoal Channel Creek along the northern side of the Lighted Bell Buoy 1TS, thence to north span of the U.S. Route 17 high- Lighted Gong Buoy 17 thence to Light- way bridge, between Isle of Wight ed Buoy 19, thence to Lighted Buoy 21. County and Suffolk, Virginia. (c) Applicability. This section applies (5) A line drawn across the to all vessels operating within the Reg- Nansemond River along the northern ulated Navigation Area, including side of the Mills Godwin (U.S. Route 17) naval and public vessels, except vessels Bridge, Suffolk, Virginia. that are engaged in the following oper- (6) A line drawn across the mouth of ations: Bennetts Creek, Suffolk, Virginia. (1) Law Enforcement. (7) A line drawn across the Western (2) Servicing aids to navigation. Branch of the Elizabeth River along (3) Surveying, maintenance, or im- the eastern side of the West Norfolk provement of waters in the Regulated Bridge, Portsmouth, Virginia. Navigation Area.
638
VerDate 18
(d) Regulations—(1) Anchoring restric- (E) Not obstruct the approach to any tions. (i) No vessel over 65 feet long pier. may anchor or moor in this Regulated (F) Not obstruct aids to navigation Navigation Area outside an anchorage or interfere with range lights. designated in § 110.168 of this title, un- (G) Move to a designated anchorage less: or get underway as soon as possible or (A) The vessel has the permission of when directed by the Captain of the the Captain of the Port. Port. (B) The vessel is carrying explosives (vi) A vessel may not anchor within for use on river or harbor works or on the confines of Little Creek Harbor, other work under a permit issued by Desert Cove, or Little Creek Cove with- the District Engineer, Corps of Engi- out the permission of the Captain of neers, and the vessel is anchored in or the Port. The Captain of the Port shall near the vicinity of the work site. The consult with the Commander, Naval District Engineer shall prescribe the Amphibious Base Little Creek, before quantities of explosives allowed on the granting permission to anchor within vessel and the conditions under which this area. the vessel may store or handle explo- (2) Secondary Towing Rig Require- sives. The vessel may not anchor un- ments. (i) A vessel over 100 gross tons less a copy of the permit and instruc- may not be towed in this Regulated tions relating to the carriage and han- Navigation Area unless it is equipped dling of explosives from the Corps of with a secondary towing rig, in addi- Engineers to the vessel or contractor tion to its primary towing rig, that: are provided to the Captain of the Port (A) Is of sufficient strength for tow- before the vessel anchors. ing the vessel. (ii) A vessel may anchor in a channel (B) Has a connecting device that can with the permission of the Captain of receive a shackle pin of at least two the Port, if the vessel is authorized by inches in diameter. the District Engineer to engage in the recovery of sunken property, to lay or (C) Is fitted with a recovery pickup repair a legally established pipeline or line led outboard of the vessel’s hull. cable, or to engage in dredging oper- (ii) A tow consisting of two or more ations. vessels, each of which is less than 100 (iii) A vessel engaged in river and gross tons, that has a total gross ton- harbor improvement work under the nage that is over 100 gross tons, shall supervision of the District Engineer be equipped with a secondary towing may anchor in a channel, if the Dis- rig between each vessel in the tow, in trict Engineer notifies the Captain of addition to its primary towing rigs, the Port in advance of the start of the while the tow is operating within this work. Regulated Navigation Area. The sec- (iv) Except as provided in paragraphs ondary towing rig must: (d)(1)(ii) and (iii) of this section, a ves- (A) Be of sufficient strength for tow- sel may not anchor in a channel unless ing the vessels. it is unable to proceed without endan- (B) Have connecting devices that can gering the safety of persons, property, receive a shackle pin of at least two or the environment. inches in diameter. (v) A vessel that is anchored in a (C) Be fitted with recovery pickup channel because it is unable to proceed lines led outboard of the vessels’ hulls. without endangering the safety of per- (3) Anchoring Detail Requirements. A sons, property, or the environment, self-propelled vessel over 100 gross shall: tons, which is equipped with an anchor (A) Not anchor, if possible, within a or anchors (other than a tugboat cable or pipeline area. equipped with bow fenderwork of a (B) Not obstruct or endanger the pas- type of construction that prevents an sage of any vessel. anchor being rigged for quick release), (C) Anchor near the edge of the chan- that is underway within two nautical nel, if possible. miles of the CBBT or the I–664 Bridge (D) Not interfere with the free navi- Tunnel shall station its personnel at gation of any channel. locations on the vessel from which
639
VerDate 18
they can anchor the vessel without (8) Emergency Procedures. (i) Except as delay in an emergency. provided in paragraphs (d)(8) (ii) and (4) Draft Limitations. A vessel drawing (iii) of this section, in an emergency less than 25 feet may not enter the any vessel may deviate from the regu- Thimble Shoal Channel, unless the ves- lations in this section to the extent sel is crossing the channel. Channel necessary to avoid endangering the crossings shall be made as perpen- safety of persons, property, or the envi- dicular to the channel axis as possible. ronment. (5) Traffic Directions. (i) Except when (ii) A vessel over 100 gross tons with crossing the channel, a vessel in the an emergency that is located within Thimble Shoal North Auxiliary Chan- two nautical miles of the CBBT or I–664 nel shall proceed in a westbound direc- Bridge Tunnel (other than a self-pro- tion. pelled vessel that is capable of getting (ii) Except when crossing the chan- underway in 30 minutes, has sufficient nel, a vessel in the Thimble Shoal power to avoid any bridge, tunnel is- South Auxiliary Channel shall proceed land, or vessel, and whose maneuver- in an eastbound direction. ability is not impaired by a steering (6) Restrictions on Vessels With Im- equipment or main propulsion defect): paired Maneuverability—(i) Before entry. (A) Shall notify the Captain of the A vessel over 100 gross tons, whose Port of its location and the nature of ability to maneuver is impaired by haz- the emergency, as soon as possible. ardous weather, defective steering (B) May not anchor outside an an- equipment, defective main propulsion chorage designated in § 110.168 of this machinery, or other damage, may not title, unless the vessel is unable to pro- enter the Regulated Navigation Area ceed to an anchorage without endan- without the permission of the Captain gering the safety of persons, property, of the Port, unless the vessel is at- or the environment. tended by one or more tugboats with (C) Shall make arrangements for one sufficient total power to ensure the or more vessels to attend the vessel, vessel’s safe passage through the Regu- with sufficient power to keep the vessel lated Navigation Area. in position. (ii) After entry. The master of a vessel over 100 gross tons, which is underway (iii) If a vessel over 100 gross tons in the Regulated Navigation Area, must anchor outside an anchorage be- shall, as soon as possible, do the fol- cause the vessel is unable to proceed lowing, if the vessel’s ability to maneu- without endangering the safety of per- ver becomes impaired for any reason: sons, property, or the environment, the (A) Report the impairment to the vessel shall: Captain of the Port. (A) Not anchor, if possible, within a (B) Unless the Captain of the Port cable or pipeline area. waives this requirement, have one or (B) Not obstruct or endanger the pas- more tugboats, with sufficient total sage of any vessel. power to ensure the vessel’s safe pas- (C) Not interfere with the free navi- sage through the Regulated Navigation gation of any channel. Area, attend the vessel. (D) Not obstruct the approach to any (7) Requirements for Navigation Charts, pier. Radars, and Pilots. No vessel over 100 (E) Not obstruct aids to navigation gross tons may enter the Regulated or interfere with range lights. Navigation Area, unless it has on (F) Move to a designated anchorage board: or get underway as soon as possible or (i) Corrected charts of the Regulated when directed by the Captain of the Navigation Area. Port. (ii) An operative radar during periods (9) Vessel Speed Limits on Little Creek. of reduced visibility; or A vessel may not proceed at a speed (iii) A pilot or other person on board over five knots between the Route 60 with previous experience navigating bridge and the mouth of Fishermans vessels on the waters of the Regulated Cove (Northwest Branch of Little Navigation Area. Creek).
640
VerDate 18
(10) Vessel Speed Limits on the South- rying liquefied petroleum gas in bulk ern Branch of the Elizabeth River. A ves- as cargo, while the gas carrier transits sel may not proceed at a speed over six between Thimble Shoal Lighted Buoy 3 knots between the junction of the and the Atlantic Energy Terminal on Southern and Eastern Branches of the the Southern Branch of the Elizabeth Elizabeth River and the Norfolk and River. Portsmouth Belt Line Railroad Bridge (ii) The permission required by para- between Chesapeake and Portsmouth, graph (d)(12)(i) of this section may be Virginia. obtained from a designated representa- (11) Restrictions on Vessel Operations tive of the Captain of the Port, includ- During Aircraft Carrier and Other Large ing the duty officer at the Coast Guard Naval Vessel Transits of the Elizabeth Marine Safety Office, Hampton Roads, River. (i) Except for a vessel that is or from the Coast Guard patrol com- moored at a marina, wharf, or pier or mander. that is anchored, no vessel may, with- (iii) A vessel that has carried lique- out the permission of the Captain of fied petroleum gas in a tank is car- the Port, come within or remain within rying the liquefied petroleum gas as 500 yards from a naval aircraft carrier cargo for the purposes of paragraph or other large naval vessel, which is re- (d)(12)(i) of this section, unless the stricted in its ability to maneuver in tank has been gas freed since liquefied the confined waters, while the aircraft petroleum gas was last carried as carrier or large naval vessel is cargo. transiting the Elizabeth River between (iv) The Captain of the Port issues a the Norfolk Naval Base, Norfolk, Vir- Broadcast Notice to Mariners to inform ginia, and the Norfolk Naval Shipyard, the marine community of scheduled Portsmouth, Virginia. vessel movements that are covered by (ii) The permission required by para- paragraph (d)(12) of this section. graph (d)(11)(i) of this section may be (v) Notwithstanding paragraph obtained from a designated representa- (d)(12)(i) of this section, a vessel may tive of the Captain of the Port, includ- not remain moored at the Elizabeth ing the duty officer at the Coast Guard River Ferry dock at the foot of High Marine Safety Office, Hampton Roads, Street in Portsmouth, Virginia, when or from the Coast Guard patrol com- the dock is within a safety zone for a mander. liquefied petroleum gas carrier. (iii) The Captain of the Port issues a (13) Restrictions on the Use of the Broadcast Notice to Mariners to inform Elizabeth River Ferry Dock at the the marine community of scheduled Foot of High Street, Portsmouth, Vir- vessel movements that are covered by ginia. paragraph (d)(11) of this section. (i) No vessels, other than those being (iv) Notwithstanding paragraph operated as ferries for the Tidewater (d)(11)(i) of this section, a vessel may Transportation District Commission, not remain moored at the Elizabeth may embark or disembark passengers River Ferry dock at the foot of High or otherwise moor at the Elizabeth Street in Portsmouth, Virginia, when River Ferry dock at the foot of High the dock is within a safety zone for a Street, Portsmouth, Virginia. naval aircraft carrier or other large (ii) Any vessel being operated for the naval vessel. Tidewater Transportation District (12) Restrictions on Vessel Operations Commission may not moor at the dock During Liquefied Petroleum Gas Carrier longer than necessary to embark pas- Movements on the Chesapeake Bay and sengers awaiting transportation or dis- Elizabeth River. (i) Except for a vessel embark passengers already aboard the that is moored at a marina, wharf, or vessel. pier or that is anchored, and which re- (iii) The master or another author- mains moored or at anchor, no vessel ized licensed officer must remain in the may, without the permission of the pilothouse and be prepared to get the Captain of the Port, come within or re- vessel underway immediately or take main within 250 feet from the port and other actions necessary to ensure the starboard sides and 300 yards from the safety of the vessel’s passengers, when- bow and stern of a vessel that is car- ever a vessel is moored at the dock.
641
VerDate 18
(e) Waivers. (1) The Captain of the yards on the shore side of the Columbia Port may, upon request, waive any reg- LNG Corporation offshore terminal. ulation in this section, if the Captain (b) The waters and waterfront facili- of the Port finds that the vessel can be ties located within the following operated safely. boundary constitute a safety zone (2) An application for a waiver must when an LNG carrier is moored at the state the need for the waiver and de- Columbia LNG offshore terminal; an scribe the proposed vessel operations. area extending 50 yards shoreward of (f) Control of Vessels Within the Regu- the offshore terminal and 200 yards off- lated Navigation Area. (1) When nec- shore of all parts of the offshore ter- essary to prevent damage, destruction, minal and the LNG carrier. or loss of any vessel, the I–664 Bridge (c) The waters and waterfront facili- Tunnel, or the CBBT, the Captain of ties located within the following the Port may direct the movement of boundary constitute a safety zone vessels or issue orders requiring vessels when no LNG carrier is moored at the to anchor or moor in specific locations. receiving terminal: the area within 50 (2) If needed to further the maritime yards of the Columbia LNG offshore or commercial interests of the United terminal, at Cove Point, Maryland. States, the Captain of the Port may § 165.504 Newport News Shipbuilding order a vessel to move from the loca- and Dry Dock Company Shipyard, tion in which it is anchored to another James River, Newport News, Va. location within the Regulated Naviga- (a) The following is a secu- tion Area. Location. rity zone: The waters of the James (3) The master of a vessel within the River encompassed by a line beginning Regulated Navigation Area shall com- at the intersection of the shoreline ply with any orders or directions issued with the northernmost property line of to the master’s vessel by the Captain of the Newport News Shipbuilding and the Port. Dry Dock Co. at latitude 37°00′38.1″N, [CGD 05–88–17, 54 FR 608, Jan. 9, 1989; CGD 05– longitude 76°27′05.7″W, thence southerly 88–17, 54 FR 7190, Feb. 17, 1989, as amended by to latitude 36°59′58.4″N, longitude CGD 05–89–01, 54 FR 19169, May 4, 1989] 76°27′16.7″W, thence southeasterly to latitude 36°59′23.0″N, longitude § 165.502 Cove Point, Chesapeake Bay, 76°26′54.6″W, thence westerly to latitude Maryland—safety zone. 36°59′21.5″N, longitude 76°26′58.4″W, (a) The waters and waterfront facili- thence southeasterly to latitude ties located within the following 36°59′12.9″N, longitude 76°26′52.4″W, boundaries constitute a safety zone ef- thence easterly to latitude 36°59′14.2″N, fective when an LNG (Liquefield Nat- longitude 76°26′49.1″W, thence south- ural Gas) carrier is maneuvering in the easterly to latitude 36°58′37.8″N, lon- vicinity of the Cove Point terminal and gitude 76°26′26.3″W, thence easterly to when a moored LNG carrier indicates latitude 36°58′43.5″N, longitude its intention to get underway: A line 76°26′13.7″W, thence northerly to the beginning at a point one-half mile NW intersection of the shoreline with the of the end of the north pier of the Co- southernmost property line of the New- lumbia LNG facility at Cove Point, port News Shipbuilding and Dry Dock Maryland, located at 38°24′ 43′ ′N lati- Co. at latitude 36°58′48.0″N, longitude tude, 76°23′ 32′ ′W longitude; thence 76°26′11.2″W, thence northwesterly 056°T to a point 2800 yards offshore at along the shoreline to the point of be- 38°24′ 59′ ′N latitude, 76°23′ 01′ ′W lon- ginning. gitude; thence 146°T to a point located (b) Security zone anchorage. The fol- 2300 yards offshore at 38°23′ 52′ ′N lati- lowing is a security zone anchorage: tude, 76°22′ 03′ ′W longitude; thence The waters of the James River encom- 236°T to a point one-half mile SE of the passed by a line beginning at the inter- end of the south pier of the Columbia section of the shoreline with the north- LNG facility at Cove Point, Maryland, ernmost property line of the Newport located 38°23′ 39′ ′N latitude, 76°22′ 35′ ′W News Shipbuilding and Dry Dock Com- longitude; thence northwesterly to the pany shipyard at latitude 37°00′38.1″N, point of origin and the area within 50 longitude 76°27′05.7″W, thence southerly
642
VerDate 18
to latitude 36°59′58.4″N, longitude other regulations controlling the oper- 76°27′16.7″W, thence easterly to the ation of vessels within the security shoreline at latitude 36°59′58.5″N, lon- zone that may be in effect. gitude 76°27′11.6″W, thence along the (d) Enforcement. The U.S. Coast shoreline to the point of beginning. Guard may be assisted in the enforce- (c) Special Regulations. (1) Section ment of this zone by the U.S. Navy. 165.33 (a), (e), and (f) do not apply to the following vessels or individuals on [CGD5 86–03, 51 FR 18322, May 19, 1986, as amended by CGD5 87–038, 52 FR 41996, Nov. 2, board those vessels: 1987] (i) Public vessels of the United States. § 165.510 Delaware Bay and River, (ii) Public vessels owned or operated Salem River, Christina River and by the Commonwealth of Virginia or Schuylkill River-Regulated Naviga- its subdivisions for law enforcement or tion Area. firefighting purposes. (a) Regulated Navigation Area. The fol- (iii) Vessels owned by, operated by, lowing is a Regulated Navigation Area: or under charter to Newport News The navigable waters of Delaware Bay Shipbuilding and Dry Dock Co. and River, Salem River, Christina (iv) Vessels that are performing work River, and Schuylkill River, in an area at Newport News Shipbuilding and Dry bounded on the south by a line drawn Dock Co., including the vessels of sub- across the entrance to the Delaware contractors and other vendors of New- Bay between Cape May Light and Har- port News Shipbuilding and Dry Dock bor of Refuge Light and then con- Co. or other persons that have a con- tinuing to the northernmost extremity tractual relationship with Newport of Cape Henlopen, and bounded on the News Shipbuilding and Dry Dock Co. north by a line drawn across the Dela- (v) Vessels that are being built, re- ware River between Trenton, NJ and built, repaired, or otherwise worked on Morrisville, PA along the southern side at or by Newport News Shipbuilding of the U.S. Route 1 Bridge. and Dry Dock Co. or another person au- (b) Definitions. As used in this sec- thorized to perform work at the ship- tion: yard. COTP means the Captain of the Port, (vi) Vessels that are authorized by Philadelphia, PA and any Coast Guard Newport News Shipbuilding and Dry commissioned, warrant or petty officer Dock Company to moor at and use its who has been authorized by the COTP facilities. to act on his or her behalf. (vii) Commercial shellfish harvesting Dangerous Cargo means those cargoes vessels taking clams from the shellfish listed in § 160.203 of this chapter when beds within the zone, if carried in bulk, but does not include (A) The owner of the vessel has pre- cargoes listed in Table 1 of 46 CFR part viously provided the Captain of the 153. Port, Hampton Roads, Virginia, infor- mation about the vessel, including: Underway means that a vessel is not (1) The name of the vessel; at anchor, made fast to the shore, or (2) The vessel’s official number, if aground. documented, or state number, if num- (c) Applicability. This section applies bered by a state issuing authority; to any vessel operating within the Reg- (3) A brief description of the vessel, ulated Navigation Area, including a including length, color, and type of naval or public vessel, except a vessel vessel; engaged in: (4) The name, Social Security num- (1) Law enforcement; ber, current address, and telephone (2) Servicing aids to navigation; or number of the vessel’s master, oper- (3) Surveying, maintaining, or im- ator, or person in charge; and proving waters within the Regulated (5) Upon request, information the Navigation Area. vessel’s crew. (d) Draft limitation. Unless otherwise (B) The vessel is operated in compli- authorized by the COTP, no vessel with ance with any specific orders issued to a draft greater than 55 feet may enter the vessel by the Captain of the Port or this regulated navigation area.
643
VerDate 18
NOTE: The project depth in many areas of (ii) Sustained winds are 40 knots or the Regulated Navigation Area is less than over, ensure that the main engines are 55 feet. on line to immediately provide propul- (e) Oil transfer operations. Unless oth- sion; erwise authorized by the COTP, no ves- (7) While moored within the regu- sel to vessel oil transfer operations, ex- lated navigation area, ensure that at cluding bunkering, may be conducted least two wire cable mooring lines within the area between the southern (firewarps) are rigged and ready for use boundary of this regulated navigation as emergency towing hookups fore and area and the southern span of the Dela- aft on the outboard side of the vessel; ware Memorial Bridge except within (8) While underway or anchored with- the anchorage ground designated in in the regulated navigation area, en- 110.157(a)(1) of this chapter. sure that at least two wire cable moor- (f) Requirements for vessels carrying ing lines (firewarps) are rigged and dangerous cargoes. The master, owner, ready for use as emergency towing or operator of a vessel carrying a dan- hookups fore and aft on the vessel; and, gerous cargo shall: (9) Proceed as directed by the COTP. (1) Notify the COTP at least 72 hours (g) Requirements for vessels operating before the vessel enters or departs the in the vicinity of a vessel carrying dan- regulated navigation area and at least gerous cargoes. (1) Except for a vessel 12 hours before the vessel moves within that is attending a vessel carrying dan- the regulated navigation area. The no- gerous cargo with permission from the tice must include a report of the ves- master of the vessel carrying dan- sel’s propulsion and machinery status gerous cargo or a vessel that is an- and, for foreign flag vessels, the notice chored or moored at a marina, wharf, must include any outstanding defi- or pier, and which remains moored or ciencies identified by the vessel’s flag at anchor, no vessel may, without the state or classification society; permission of the COTP: (2) Not enter, get or remain under- (i) Come or remain within 500 yards way within the regulated navigation of the port or starboard side or within area if visibility is or is expected to be 1,000 yards of the bow or stern of an un- less than two (2) miles. If during the derway vessel that is carrying dan- transit visibility becomes less than two gerous cargo; or (2) miles, the vessel must seek safe an- chorage and notify the COTP imme- (ii) Come or remain within 100 yards diately; of a moored or anchored vessel car- rying dangerous cargo. (3) Not anchor in any area within the regulated navigation area unless in (2) The master, owner, or operator of times of emergency or with COTP per- any vessel receiving permission under mission; paragraph (g)(1) of this section shall: (4) Not transfer dangerous cargo (i) Maintain a continuous radio guard while the vessel is at anchor or bun- on VHF–FM channels 13 and 16; kering; (ii) Operate at ‘‘no wake’’ speed or (5) Maintain a manned watch in the the minimum speed needed to maintain steering compartment whenever the steerage; and vessel is underway within the regu- (iii) Proceed as directed by the lated navigation area unless the vessel COTP. has two separate and independent (3) No vessel may overtake a vessel steering control systems with dupli- carrying dangerous cargoes unless the cate pilothouse steering gear control overtaking can be completed before systems which meet the requirements reaching any bend in the channel. Be- of 46 CFR 85.25–55; fore any overtaking, the pilots, mas- (6) When anchored within the regu- ters or operators of both the over- lated navigation area and: taking vessel and the vessel being over- (i) Sustained winds are greater than taken must clearly agree on the cir- 25 knots but less than 40 knots, ensure cumstances of the overtaking, includ- the main engines are ready to provide ing vessel speeds, time and location of full power in five minutes or less; and overtaking.
644
VerDate 18
(h) Additional restrictions above the of firing exercises by Broadcast Notice C&D Canal. When operating on the to Mariners and Local Notice to Mari- Delaware River above the C&D Canal: ners. Normally, weapons firing for each (1) A vessel carrying dangerous cargo firing exercise is limited to a two nau- must be escorted by at least one com- tical mile portion of the safety zone. mercial tug; and The COTP may issue general permis- (2) Meeting situations shall be avoid- sion to transit all or specified parts of ed on river bends to the maximum ex- the safety zone outside of the actual tent possible. firing area or if firing is temporarily (i) The COTP will issue a Broadcast stopped. This general permission will Notice to Mariners to inform the ma- be announced in a Local Notice to rine community of scheduled vessel Mariners and Broadcast Notice to movements during which the restric- Mariners. tions imposed by paragraphs (g) and (h) (2) Weapons firing will be suspended of this section will be in effect. and vessels permitted to transit the specified two nautical mile firing area [CGD 05–96–010, 62 FR 40275, July 28, 1997] for a one-hour period beginning at the § 165.514 Safety Zone: Atlantic Intra- start of each odd-numbered hour local coastal Waterway and connecting time (e.g., 9 a.m.; 1 p.m.). A vessel may waters, vicinity of Marine Corps not enter the specified firing area un- Base Camp Lejeune, North Caro- less it will be able to complete its tran- lina. sit of the firing area before firing exer- (a) Location. The following area is a cises are scheduled to re-start at the safety zone: All waters of the Atlantic beginning of the next even-numbered Intracoastal Waterway (AICW) and hour. connecting waters, from Bogue (d) U.S. Navy safety vessels may be Sound—New River Light 58 (LLNR contacted on VHF marine band radio 39210) at approximate position 34°37′57″ channels 13 (156.65 Mhz) and 16 (156.8 North, 077°12′18″ West, and continuing Mhz). The Captain of the Port may be in the AICW southwest to Bogue contacted at the Marine Safety Office, Sound—New River Daybeacon 70 Wilmington, NC by telephone at 1–(800) (LLNR 39290) at approximate position 325–4956 or (910) 815–4895. 34°33′07″ North, 077°20′30″ West. All co- [CGD 05–98–38, 63 FR 58636, Nov. 2, 1998] ordinates reference Datum: NAD 1983. (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of § 165.515 Safety Zone: Cape Fear 33 CFR 334.440(e)(2)(i), no vessel may River, Wilmington, North Carolina. enter the safety zone described in para- (a) Location. The following area is a graph (a) of this section while weapons safety zone: firing exercises are in progress, except (1) The waters of the Cape Fear River as provided in paragraph (c) of this sec- bounded by a line connecting the fol- tion or unless permitted by the Captain lowing points: of the Port (COTP) Wilmington. Latitude Longitude (1) Red warning flags or red warning 34°14′ 12″ N 77°57′ 10″ W lights will be displayed on towers lo- 34°14′ 12″ N 77°57′ 06″ W cated at both ends of the safety zone 34°13′ 54″ N 77°57′ 00″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ (Bear Creek and Cedar Point) while fir- 34 13 54 N 77 57 06 W ing exercises are in progress. The flags (2) The safety zone boundary can be or lights will be displayed by 8 a.m. on described as follows: starting at the days where firing exercises are sched- stern of the Battleship USS NORTH uled, and will be removed at the end of CAROLINA, across the Cape Fear River the firing exercise. to the north end of the Coast Guard (2) A Coast Guard or U.S. Navy vessel moorings, down along the east bank of will patrol each end of the safety zone the Cape Fear River to the bow of the to ensure the public is aware that fir- tug CAPTAIN JOHN TAXIS Memorial ing exercises are in progress and that (Chandler’s Wharf), back across the the firing area is clear of vessel traffic Cape Fear River to Eagle Island, and before weapons are fired. then up along the west bank of the (c)(1) The COTP Wilmington will an- Cape Fear River to the stern of the nounce the specific times and locations Battleship USS NORTH CAROLINA.
645
VerDate 18
(b) Definitions. The designated rep- North Carolina, can be contacted at resentative of the Captain of the Port is telephone number (910) 343–4895. The any Coast Guard commissioned, war- Coast Guard Patrol Commander enforc- rant , or petty officer who has been au- ing the safety zone can be contacted on thorized by the Captain of the Port, VHF–FM channels 16 and 81. Wilmington, North Carolina to act on (2) The Captain of the Port may au- his behalf. thorize and designate any Coast Guard (c) General information. The Captain commissioned, warrant, or petty offi- of the Port and the Duty Officer at the cer to act on his behalf in enforcing Marine Safety Office, Wilmington, this safety zone. North Carolina, can be contacted at (3) The Marine Safety Office Wil- telephone number (910) 343–4895. The mington will notify the maritime com- Coast Guard Patrol Commander and munity of periods during which this the senior boarding officer on each ves- safety zone will be in effect by pro- sel enforcing the safety zone can be viding advance notice of scheduled ar- contacted on VHF–FM channels 16 and rivals and departures of loaded haz- 81. ardous materials vessels via a marine (d) Regulation. Except for persons or vessels authorized by the Coast Guard broadcast Notice to Mariners. Patrol Commander, no person or vessel (c) Regulation. The general regula- may enter or remain in the regulated tions governing safety zones contained area. in § 165.23 apply. (1) The operator of any vessel in the [COTP Wilmington, NC 94–004, 59 FR 42759, immediate vicinity of this safety zone Aug. 19, 1994] shall: (i) Stop the vessel immediately upon SEVENTH COAST GUARD DISTRICT being directed to do so by any commis- sioned, warrant, or petty officer on § 165.701 Vicinity, Kennedy Space Cen- board a vessel displaying a Coast Guard ter, Merritt Island, Florida—secu- Ensign. rity zone. (ii) Proceed as directed by any com- (a) The water, land, and land and missioned, warrant, or petty officer on water within the following boundaries board a vessel displaying a Coast Guard are a security zone—The perimeter of Ensign. the Cape Canaveral Barge Canal and (2) Any spectator vessel may anchor the Banana River at 28°24′ 33″ N., 80°39′ outside of the regulated area specified 48″ W.; then due west along the north- in paragraph (a) of the section, but ern shoreline of the barge canal for may not block a navigable channel. 1,300 yards; then due north to 28°28′ 42″ (e) Effective date. The Captain of the N., 80°40′ 30″ W., on Merritt Island. Port will issue a Marine Safety Infor- From this position, the line proceeds mation Broadcast and a Notice to irregularly to the eastern shoreline of Mariners to notify the public when this the Indian River to a position 1,300 section is in effect. yards south of the NASA Causeway at [59 FR 33200, June 28, 1994] 28°30′ 54″ N., 80°43′ 42″ W. (the line from the barge canal to the eastern shore- § 165.530 Safety Zone: Cape Fear and line of the Indian River is marked by a Northeast Cape Fear Rivers, NC. three-strand barbed-wire fence), then (a) Location. The following area is a north along the shoreline of the Indian moving safety zone during the specified River to the NASA Causeway at 28°31′ conditions: The waters of the Cape 30″ N., 80°43′ 48″ W. The line continues Fear and Northeast Cape Fear Rivers west on the southern shoreline of the for 500 yards ahead and astern, and 75 NASA Causeway to NASA Gate 3 (per- yards abeam of a vessel carrying haz- manent), then north to the northern ardous materials when designated by shoreline of the NASA Causeway and the Captain of the Port Wilmington, east on the northern shoreline of the North Carolina. causeway back to the shoreline on Mer- (b) General Information. (1) The Cap- ritt Island at position 28°31′ 36″ N., tain of the Port and the Duty Officer at 80°43′ 42″ W., then northwest along the the Marine Safety Office, Wilmington, shoreline to 28°41′ 01.2″ N., 80°47′ 10.2″ W.
646
VerDate 18
(Blackpoint); then due north to chan- monia vessel and the width of the nel marker #6 on the Intracoastal Wa- channel in the following areas: terway (ICW), then northeast along the (1) For inbound tank vessels loaded southern edge of the ICW to the west- with anhydrous ammonia, Tampa Bay ern entrance to the Haulover Canal. Cut ‘‘F’’ Channel from Lighted Buoys From this point, the line continues ‘‘3F’’ and ‘‘4F’’ north through and in- northeast along the southern edge of cluding Gadsden Point Cut Lighted the Haulover Canal to the eastern en- Buoy ‘‘3’’ and commencing at Gadsden trance to the canal; then due east to a Point Cut Lighted Buoys ‘‘7’’ and ‘‘8’’ point in the Atlantic Ocean 3 miles off- north and including Hillsborough Cut shore at 28°44′ 42″ N., 80°37′ 51″ W.; then ‘‘C’’ Channel. south along a line 3 miles from the (i) For vessels bound for R. E. Knight coast to Wreck Buoy ‘‘WR6’’, then to Pier at Hookers Point the safety zone Port Canaveral Channel Lighted Buoy includes, in addition to the area in 10, then west along the northern edge paragraph (a)(1) of this section, of the Port Canaveral Channel to the Hillsborough Cut ‘‘D’’ Channel to the northeast corner of the intersection of southern tip of Harbor Island. the Cape Canaveral Barge Canal and (ii) For vessels bound for the anhy- the ICW in the Banana River at 28°24′ drous ammonia receiving terminals to 36″ N., 80°38′ 42″ W. The line continues Port Sutton the safety zone includes, north along the east side of the Intra- in addition to the area in paragraph coastal Waterway to daymarker ‘35’ (a)(1) of this section, Port Sutton thence North Westerly one quarter of a Channel. mile south of NASA Causeway East (2) For outbound tank vessels loaded (Orsino Causeway) to the shoreline on with anhydrous ammonia the safety Merritt Island at position 28°30.95′N., zone is established when the vessel de- 80°37.6′W., then south along the shore- parts the receiving terminal and con- line to the starting point. tinues through the area described in (b) The area described in paragraph paragraph (a)(1) of this section. (a) of this section is closed to all ves- (3) The floating safety zone is dis- sels and persons, except those vessels established when the anhydrous ammo- and persons authorized by the Com- nia carrier is safely moored at the an- mander, Seventh Coast Guard District, hydrous ammonia receiving facility. or the COTP Jacksonville, Florida, (b) A safety zone is established which whenever space vehicles are to be extends 150 feet waterside from an an- launched by the United States Govern- hydrous ammonia vessel while it is ment from Cape Canaveral. moored at the receiving facilities at R. (c) COTP Jacksonville, Florida, E. Knight on Hookers Point and W. R. closes the security zone, or specific Grace and International Metals and portions of it, by means of locally pro- Chemicals at Port Sutton. Any vessels mulgated notices. The closing of the desiring to enter the safety zone must area is signified by the display of a red obtain authorization from the Captain ball from a 90-foot pole near the shore- of the Port Tampa. Vessels transiting line at approximately 28°35′ 00″ N., in the vicinity of the safety zone 80°34′ 36″ W., and from a 90-foot pole should do so with as slow a speed as near the shoreline at approximately conditions permit. 28°25′ 18″ N., 80°35′ 00″ W. Appropriate (c) The general regulations governing Local Notices to Mariners will also be safety zones contained in § 165.23 apply. broadcast on 2670 KHZ. (d) The Marine Safety Office Tampa [CGD 79–034, 47 FR 29660, July 8, 1982, as will notify the maritime community of amended by CGD 7–82–10, 48 FR 11696, Mar. periods during which these safety zones 21, 1983; USCG–1998–3799, 63 FR 35532, June 30, will be in effect by providing advance 1998] notice of scheduled arrivals and depar- tures of loaded anhydrous ammonia § 165.703 Tampa Bay, Florida—Safety vessels via a marine broadcast Notice Zone. to Mariners. (a) A floating safety zone is estab- (e) Should the actual time of entry of lished consisting of an area 1000 yards the anhydrous ammonia vessel into the fore and aft of a loaded anhydrous am- safety zone vary more than one half
647
VerDate 18
hour from the scheduled time stated in leum gas (LPG) vessel and the width of the broadcast Notice to Mariners, the Tampa Bay Cut ‘‘J’’ channel from buoy person directing the movement of the ‘‘10J’’ (LLNR 1589) north and including anhydrous ammonia vessel shall obtain Tampa Bay Cut ‘‘K’’ Channel to buoy permission from Captain of the Port ‘‘11K’’ (LLP 117). Vessels are not per- Tampa before commencing the transit. mitted to meet or pass the loaded LPG (f) Prior to commencing the move- vessel when it transits these channels. ment, the person directing the move- (b) When a loaded LPG vessel departs ment of the anhydrous ammonia vessel the marked channel at Tampa Bay Cut shall make a security broadcast to ad- ‘‘K’’ buoy ‘‘11K’’ (LLP 117) enroute to vise mariners of the intended transit. Rattlesnake slip, Tampa, FL. the float- All additional security broadcasts as ing safety zone extends 500 yards in all recommended by the U.S. Coast Pilot 5, directions surrounding the loaded LPG ATLANTIC COAST shall be made vessel, until it arrives at the entrance through the transit. to Rattlesnake slip. While the loaded (g) Vessels carrying anhydrous am- LPG vessel is maneuvering in the slip monia are permitted to enter and tran- and until it is safely moored at Warren sit Tampa Bay and Hillsborough Bay Petroleum, Rattlesnake slip the float- and approaches during daylight hours ing safety zone extends 150 feet fore only with a minimum of three miles and aft of the loaded LPG vessel and visibility. the width of the slip. Moored vessels (h) The Captain of the Port Tampa are allowed within the parameters of may waive any of the requirements of the 150 foot safety zone. this subpart for any vessel upon finding (c) The floating safety zone is dis- that the vessel or class of vessel, oper- established when the LPG vessel is ational conditions, or other cir- safely moored at the LPG receiving fa- cumstances are such that application cility at Warren Petroleum, Rattle- of this subpart is unnecessary or im- snake slip. practical for purposes of port safety or (d) A fixed safety zone is established environmental safety. when an LPG vessel is safely moored at (i) The owner, master, agent or per- Warren Petroleum, extending 50 feet son in charge of a vessel or barge, load- waterside from the vessel. Vessels are ed with anhydrous ammonia shall re- permitted to pass the moored LPG ves- port the following information to the sel; so long as they do not enter the Captain of the Port, Tampa at least fixed safety zone, and proceed only twenty-four hours before entering with extreme caution at the slowest Tampa Bay or its approaches or depart- safe speed possible. Vessels may not ing from Tampa Bay: enter the fixed safety zone without the (1) Name and country of registry of permission of the Captain of the Port the vessel or barge; Tampa. (2) The name of the port or place of (e) For an outbound vessel loaded departure; with LPG, the floating safety zone is (3) The name of the port or place of established when the vessel departs destination: from the receiving facility and con- (4) The estimated time that the ves- tinues through the areas described in sel is expected to begin its transit of (a) and (b) above. Tampa Bay and the time it is expected (f) The general regulations governing to commence its transit of the safety safety zones contained in § 165.23 apply. zone. (g) The Marine Safety Office Tampa (5) The cargo carried and amount. will notify the maritime community of [CGD7–85–32, 51 FR 28382, Aug. 7, 1986 as periods during which these safety zones amended by CGD07–87–07, 52 FR 31763, Aug. will be in effect by providing advance 24, 1987] notice of scheduled arrivals and depar- tures of loaded LPG vessels via a ma- § 165.704 Tampa Bay, Florida, Safety rine broadcast Notice to Mariners. Zone. (h) The owner, master, agent or per- (a) A floating safety zone is estab- son in charge of a vessel or barge, load- lished consisting of an area 500 yards ed with LPG shall report the following fore and aft of a loaded liquefied petro- information to the Captain of the Port,
648
VerDate 18
Tampa at least twenty-four hours be- (b) Effective dates. This regulation be- fore entering Tampa Bay or its ap- comes effective at 12 p.m. 14 December proaches: 1990 until terminated by the Captain of (1) Name and country of registry of the Port, Savannah, GA. the vessel or barge; (c) Regulation. In accordance with the (2) The name of the port or place of general regulations in § 165.23 of this departure; part, entry into the zone is subject to (3) The name of the port or place of the following requirements. destination; (1) All persons and vessels in the vi- (4) The estimated time that the ves- cinity of the safety zone shall imme- sel is expected to begin its transit of diately obey any direction or order of Tampa Bay and the time it is expected the Captain of the Port or a represent- to commence its transit of the safety ative of the Captain of the Port. zone. (2) The ‘‘representative of the Cap- (5) The cargo carried and amount. tain of the Port’’ is any Coast Guard commissioned, warrant or petty officer (i) Should the actual time of entry of who has been designated by the Cap- the LPG vessel into the safety zone tain of the Port, Savannah, GA to act area vary more than one half (1⁄2) hour on his behalf. A representative of the from the scheduled time stated in the Captain of the Port may be contacted broadcast Notice to Mariners, the per- on board any Coast Guard vessel as- son directing the movement of the LPG signed to enforce the safety zone. vessel shall obtain permission from the (3) Before entering the safety zone, a Captain of the Port Tampa before com- vessel operator shall contact the Cap- mencing the transit. tain of the Port or a representative of (j) Prior to commencing the move- the Captain of the Port to determine ment, the person directing the move- what restrictions, if any, have been im- ment of the LPG vessel shall make a posed on vessels in the safety zone. The security broadcast to advise mariners Captain of the Port may be contacted of the intended transit. All additional by telephone via the Command Duty security broadcasts as recommended by Officer at (912) 944–4371. Coast Guard the U.S. Coast Pilot 5 Atlantic Coast vessels assisting in the enforcement of shall be made throughout the transit. the safety zone may be contacted on (k) Vessels carrying LPG are per- VHF–FM channels 13 or 16, or vessel mitted to enter and transit Tampa Bay operators may determine restrictions and approaches only with a minimum in effect for the safety zone by coming of three miles visibility. alongside a Coast Guard vessel patrol- (l) The Captain of the Port Tampa ling the perimeter of the safety zone. may waive any of the requirements of (4) The Captain of the Port will issue this support for any vessel or class of a Marine Safety Information Broadcast vessel upon finding that the oper- Notice to Mariners to Notify the mari- ational conditions of a vessel or class time community of the safety zone and of vessels, or other circumstances are restrictions imposed. such that application of this subpart is unnecessary or impractical for the pur- [Reg. 90–129, 55 FR 52272, Dec. 21, 1990] poses of port safety or environmental EFFECTIVE DATE NOTE: At 55 FR 52272, Dec. safety. 21, 1990, § 165.T0704 was added. This is an emergency temporary rule and will remain [CCGD7–86–06, 52 FR 2690, Jan. 26, 1987] in effect until terminated by the Captain of the Port Savannah, GA. § 165.T0704 Safety Zone: Savannah River, Savannah, Georgia. § 165.705 Port Canaveral Harbor, Cape (a) Location. The following area is a Canaveral, Florida. safety zone: Two hundred foot radius (a) Security Zone A—East (Trident) around Garden City Terminal, approxi- Basin, Port Canaveral Harbor, at Cape mate position 32 degrees 8 minutes, N, Canaveral Air Force Station, Brevard 81 degrees 9.5 minutes W, and around County, Florida. All waters of the East all cargo ships loaded with military Basin north of latitude 28°24′ 36′ ′N. equipment and transiting the Savan- (b) Security Zone B—Middle Basin, nah River. Port Canaveral Harbor, adjacent to the
649
VerDate 18
Navy wharf at Cape Canaveral Air § 165.711 Safety Zone: Port Everglades, Force Station, Brevard County, Flor- Fort Lauderdale, FL. ida. The waters of Port Canaveral Har- (a) Regulated Area. A moving safety bor within a line circumscribing the zone is established in the following water approaches to the Navy wharf area: along the northeasterly edge of the (1) The waters around naval aircraft Port Canaveral Harbor turning basin at carriers entering Port Everglades in an a distance of 200 feet from all portions area 700 yards forward, 500 yards astern of the wharf including the dolphins lo- and 350 yards on either side of each ves- cated 200 feet off the northwest end and sel, beginning at the Port Everglades 75 feet off the southeast end of the Sea Buoy in approximate position wharf. 26°05.5′N, 80°04.8′W and continuing until (c) Entrance into these zones by ves- the vessel is safely moored in approxi- mate position 26°04.9′N, 80°06.9′W. All sels other than vessels owned or leased coordinates referenced use datum: NAD by the United States is prohibited 83. without permission of the Captain of (2) The waters around naval aircraft the Port, Jacksonville, Florida. carriers departing Port Everglades in (d) The general regulations governing an area 700 yards forward, 500 yards security zones contained in 33 CFR astern and 350 yards on either side of 165.33 apply. each vessel beginning at the Pier in ap- ° ′ ° ′ [CGD7 87–38, 53 FR 38718, Oct. 3, 1988; CGD7 proximate position 26 04.9 N, 80 06.9 W, 87–38, 54 FR 611, Jan. 9, 1989; CGD7 89–21, 54 and continuing until the stern passes FR 26198, June 22, 1989] the Port Everglades Sea Buoy, in ap- proximate position 26°05.5′N, 80°04.8′W. § 165.708 Safety/Security Zone; All coordinates referenced use datum: Charleston Harbor and Cooper NAD 83. River, Charleston, SC. (b) Regulations. (1) No person or ves- sel may enter, transit, or remain in the (a) Regulated area. The following safety zone unless authorized by the boundaries are established as a safety Captain of the Port, Miami, Florida, or and security zone during specified con- a Coast Guard commissioned, warrant, ditions: or petty officer designated by him. (1) All waters 200 yards ahead and (2) Vessels encountering emergencies astern and 100 yards to each side of a which require transit through the mov- vessel transporting nuclear materials ing safety zone should contact the while the vessel transits from Charles- Coast Guard patrol craft on VHF Chan- ton Harbor Entrance Buoy ‘‘C’’ (LLNR nel 16. In the event of an emergency, 1885, position 32–39.6N, 079–40.9W) to the the Coast Guard patrol craft may au- Charleston Naval Weapons Station (po- thorize a vessel to transit through the sition 32–55.4N, 079–56.0W) on the Coo- safety zone with a Coast Guard des- per River. All coordinates referenced ignated escort. use datum: NAD 1983. (3) All persons and vessels shall com- (2) All waters within 100 yards of the ply with the instructions of on-scene vessel described in paragraph (a)(1) of patrol personnel. On-scene patrol per- this section while the vessel is con- sonnel include commissioned, warrant, ducting cargo operations at the or petty officers of the U.S. Coast Guard. Coast Guard Auxiliary and local Charleston Naval Weapons Station. or state officials may be present to in- (b) Captain of the Port Charleston form vessel operators of this regulation will announce the activation of the and other applicable laws. safety/security zones described in para- graph (a) of this section by Broadcast [COTP MIAMI 96–054, 62 FR 32201, June 13, Notice to Mariners. The general regula- 1997] tions governing safety and security § 165.713 Safety Zone, Ashley River, zones contained in §§ 165.23 and 165.33 Charleston, South Carolina. apply. (a) Location. The following area is a [COTP Charleston 96–034, 61 FR 68156, Dec. 27, safety zone: An area in the Ashley 1996] River across its entire width along the
650
VerDate 18
river frontage of Brittlebank Park (2) Non-public vessels less than 50 from the upper/northern U.S. highway meters (165 feet) in length and persons 17 Bascule Bridge to red nun buoy ‘‘6’’, on board those vessels may not get un- centering at Latitude 32°47.2′N. Lon- derway from a berth, pier, mooring or gitude 78°57.8′W. The fireworks will be anchorage in the security zone, or de- launched from a barge moored in the part from the security zone, with the Ashley River. intent to enter Cuban territorial wa- (b) Effective Date. The safety zone be- ters without express written authoriza- comes effective on July 4 each year at tion from one of the following officials 8 p.m. EDT. It terminates at the con- or their designees; Commander, Sev- clusion of the fireworks display at ap- enth Coast Guard District; the Captain proximately 10:30 p.m. EDT, on July 4 of the Port Miami; or the Captain of each year, unless sooner terminated by the Port Tampa. The aforementioned the Captain of the Port. officials may issue orders to control (c) Regulation. In accordance with the the movement of vessels to which this general regulations in § 165.23 of this section applies. part, entry into this zone is prohibited (3) Where there is an articulable basis unless authorized by the Captain of the to believe a vessel to which this section Port, Charleston, South Carolina. applies intends to enter Cuban terri- [COTP Charleston Reg. 91–13, 56 FR 30508, torial waters, an official referenced in July 3, 1991, as amended by USCG–1998–3799, paragraph (c)(2) of this section may re- 63 FR 35532, June 30, 1998] quire the master, owner, or person in charge of a vessel within the security § 165.T07–013 Security Zone: Internal zone, including all auxiliary vessels, to waters and territorial seas adjacent provide verbal assurance that the ves- to the Florida peninsula. sel will not enter Cuban territorial wa- (a) Location. The following area is es- ters as a condition for a vessel to get tablished as a security zone: All U.S. underway from a berth, pier, mooring, internal waters and territorial seas ad- or anchorage in the security zone, or jacent to the State of Florida south of depart from the security zone. In addi- the Florida-Georgia border and extend- tion, an official referenced in para- ing seaward three nautical miles from graph (c)(2) may require the master, the baseline from which the territorial owner, or person in charge of the vessel sea is measured around the Florida pe- to identify all persons on board the ninsula to the extent where the Florida vessel and provide verbal assurances panhandle and adjacent internal waters that all persons on board have received and territorial sea intersect with lon- actual notice of the regulations in this gitude 83°50′ West. In general these are section. the U.S. internal waters and territorial (4) The owner or person in charge of seas adjacent to the Florida peninsula. the vessel shall maintain the express (b) Applicability. This section applies written authorization for the vessel on to non-public vessels less than 50 me- board the vessel. ters (165 feet) in length and all associ- (d) Enforcement. (1) Vessels or persons ated auxiliary vessels within the secu- violating this section may be subject rity zone, but shall not apply to foreign to: flagged vessels in innocent passage in the territorial sea of the United States. (i) Seizure and forfeiture of the ves- For the purpose of this section, an sel; ‘‘auxiliary vessel’’ includes every de- (ii) A monetary penalty of not more scription of watercraft or other artifi- than $10,000; and cial contrivance used or capable of (iii) Imprisonment for not more than being used as a means of transpor- 10 years. tation on water attached to, or em- (2) Violation of 18 U.S.C. 1001 may re- barked in, another vessel to which this sult in imprisonment for not more than section applies. five years or a fine, or both. (c) Regulations. (1) The general regu- (e) This section implements Presi- lations in § 165.33 of this part do not dential Proclamation No. 6867. This apply to this security zone. section is issued under the authority
651
VerDate 18
delegated in Department of Transpor- and piers, within 100 yards of the St. tation Order No. 96–3–7. Johns River. (3) All waters within 200 yards of any [CGD07–96–013, 62 FR 25391, May 14, 1997, specified military supply vessel during CGD07–98–006, 63 FR 38477, July 17, 1998] its transit of the St. Johns River and EFFECTIVE DATE NOTE: By CGD07–98–006, 63 out to three (3) nautical miles offshore. FR 38477, July 17, 1998, § 165.T07–013 was (b) Regulations. (1) For public notice, amended by revising the heading and para- the zone described in paragraph (a)(1) graph (a). This is an emergency temporary of this section is effective beginning 11 rule and will terminate when the National Emergency as declared by the President in December 1990 and will remain in force Presidential Proclamation No. 6867 termi- until cancelled by the Captain of the nates. Port Jacksonville, Florida. (2) The COTP Jacksonville may acti- § 165.714 Regulated Navigation Area; vate, as necessary, any portion of the Atlantic Ocean, Charleston, SC. safety/security zone described in para- (a) Location. The following area is a graphs (a)(2) and (a)(3) of this section Regulated Navigation Area: A trape- by means of locally promulgated zoid at the water surface, and the en- broadcast notice to mariners. Once im- tire water column from surface to sea- plemented, neither overtaking nor bed inclusive of the vessel, bounded by meeting situations will be allowed dur- the following four coordinates: ing specified vessel transits. (3) In accordance with the general Latitude Longitude regulations governing safety and secu- rity zones contained in 33 CFR 165.23 Western 32°42′ 56″ N 79°47′ 34″ W and 165.33 of this part, entry into any boundary. Southern 32°42′ 32″ N 79°46′ 42″ W portion of the described zone is prohib- boundary. ited unless authorized by the Captain Eastern 32°43′ 26″ N 79°45′ 27″ W of the Port Jacksonville, Florida. boundary. (4) This regulation does not apply to Northern 32°43′ 56″ N 79°46′ 08″ W boundary. authorized law enforcement agencies operating within the safety/security (NAD 83) zone. (b) Regulations. In accordance with [COTP Jacksonville, FL Reg. 90–124, 55 FR the general regulations in § 165.23 of 51700, Dec. 17, 1990] this part, all vessels and persons are prohibited from anchoring, diving, lay- § 165.721 Safety Zone: St. Johns River, ing cable or conducting salvage oper- Jacksonville, FL. ations in this zone except as authorized (a) Location. The following area is es- by the Captain of the Port. tablished as a safety zone during the specified conditions: The waters within [CGD 07–95–054, 60 FR 45047, Aug. 30, 1995] a 500 yard radius of the fireworks barge or barges during the storage, prepara- § 165.720 Safety/Security Zone: St. Johns River, Jacksonville, FL. tion, and launching of fireworks in the St. Johns River between the Hart and (a) Location. The water and the land Acosta Bridges. within the following boundaries are es- (b) Effective dates. This section be- tablished as a safety and security zone comes effective upon activation by the during specified conditions: Captain of the Port by the broad- (1) All waters within 200 yards of casting of a local Notice to Mariners on Blount Island, Jacksonville, Florida appropriate VHF–FM radio frequencies. and all adjacent land within 100 yards It terminates at the conclusion of the of the island shoreline during staging fireworks display unless terminated of Department of Defense equipment earlier by the Captain of the Port. and during the loading/unloading of (c) Regulations. (1) In accordance with military supply vessels. the general regulations in 165.23 of this (2) All waters within 200 yards of part, anchoring, mooring or transiting ‘‘any’’ waterfront facility at which a in this zone is prohibited unless au- laden military vessel is located and all thorized by the Captain of the Port or land at the facility, including docks District Commander.
652
VerDate 18
(2) This regulation does not apply to South Florida Water Management Dis- authorized law enforcement agencies trict’s salinity dam in approximate po- operating within the Safety Zone. sition 25°48′4″ N, 80°15′6″ W. [COTP Jacksonville Reg. 94–027, 59 FR 55584, (2) The Tamiami Canal from its Nov. 8, 1994] intersection with the Miami river in approximate position 25°47′7″ N, 80°14′7″ § 165.722 Security Zone: St. Johns W to the N.W. 37th Avenue bridge in River, Jacksonville, Florida. approximate position 25°48′5″ N, 80°15′5″ (a) Location. The water located with- W. All coordinates referenced use in the following area is established as a datum: NAD 83. security zone: beginning at the shore- (b) Regulations. The restrictions in line of the St. Johns River at the this paragraph apply to vessels oper- northernmost property line of Naval ating within the regulated navigation Air Station Jacksonville next to areas in paragraph (a) of this section Timuquana Country Club, at 30°14′ 39.5″ unless authorized to deviate by the N, 81°40′ 45″ W; thence northeasterly to Captain of the Port, Miami, Florida, or 30°14′ 42″ N, 81°40′ 42″ W; thence south a Coast Guard commissioned, warrant, remaining 400 feet from the shoreline or petty officer designated by him. at mean high water; thence past Piney (1) All rafted vessels (inboard and Point and Black Point to the northern outboard) must be properly moored in edge of Mulberry Cover Manatee ref- accordance with applicable municipal uge, 400 feet from Naval Air Station laws and regulations. Jacksonville boat ramp, at 30°13′ 00″ N, (2) At no time shall any vessels be 81°40′ 23.5″ W; thence southwesterly in a rafted more than two abreast. straight line to position 30°12′ 14″ N, (3) Neither single nor rafted vessels 81°40′ 42″ W; thence southerly, remain- shall extend greater than 54 feet into ing 400′ seaward of the mean high water the main river (measured from the shoreline to 30°11′ 40″ N, 81°41′ 15.5″ W; dock) without permission of the Cap- thence northwest to the point at the tain of the Port. end of the property line of Naval Air (4) A minimum channel width of 65 Station Jacksonville just north of the feet shall be maintained at all times on Buckman Bridge at position 30°11′ 42.30″ the Miami River from the Brickell Av- N, 81°41′ 23.66″ W; thence northeasterly enue Bridge west to the Tamiami along the mean high water shoreline of Canal. A minimum channel width of 45 the St. Johns River and Mulberry Cove feet shall be maintained at all times on to the point of beginning. Datum: NAD the Miami River west of the junction of 83 the Miami River and the Tamiami (b) In accordance with the general Canal to the South Florida Water Man- regulations in § 165.33 of this part, no agement District’s salinity dam, as person or vessel may enter or remain well as on the Tamiami Canal from its in the zone without the permission of mouth to the N.W. 37th Avenue Bridge. the Captain of the Port Jacksonville, (5) All moored and rafted vessels Florida. All other portions of § 165.33 shall provide safe access from the remain applicable. shore. (c) This regulation does not apply to (6) All moored and rafted vessels Coast Guard vessels and authorized law shall provide clear and ready access for enforcement vessels operating within land-based firefighters to safely and the Security Zone. quickly reach outboard rafted vessels. [COTP Jacksonville Reg. 93–115, 60 FR 65571, (7) No vessels shall moor or raft in Dec. 20, 1995] any manner as to impede safe passage of another vessel to any of the tribu- § 165.726 Regulated Navigation Areas; taries of the Miami River. Miami River, Miami, Florida. (8) Nothing in these regulations shall (a) Location. The following are Regu- prohibit the U.S. Army Corps of Engi- lated Navigation Areas: neers from requiring the relocation or (1) All the waters of the Miami River, movement of vessels in a declared flood Miami, Florida, from the Brickell Ave- emergency. nue Bridge, in approximate position (c) Enforcement. Violations of these 25°46′19″ N, 80°11′4″ W, inland to the regulated navigation areas should be
653
VerDate 18
reported to the Captain of the Port, yellow light located on the waterfront Miami. Persons in violation of these at Blount Island Marine Terminal or at regulations will be subject to civil pen- the Gate Terminal Berth #1. alty under § 165.13(b) of this part. [CGD7 87–15, 52 FR 23442, June 22, 1987, as [CGD07–97–019, 62 FR 50512, Sept. 26, 1997] amended by CGD7 91–33, 56 FR 22826, May 17, 1991] § 165.728 Jacksonville, Florida—safety zones. § 165.729 Jacksonville Harbor, Flor- ida—security zone. (a) The water, land, and land and water within the following boundaries (a) The water, land, and land and are established as safety zones during water within the following boundaries the specified conditions: are established as security zones dur- (1) Zone A. 200 yards in all directions ing the specified conditions: around any specified Maritime (1) Zone A. 200 yards in all directions Prepositioned Ship as it transits be- around any specified Maritime tween the St. Johns River entrance sea Prepositioned Ship as it transits be- buoy (STJ) and its berth inside the tween the St. Johns River entrance sea Mayport Basin (Ribault Bay), Mayport, buoy (STJ) and its berth inside the Florida. The prescribed safety zone will Mayport Naval Basin (Ribault Bay), also be in effect as the vessel transits Mayport, Florida. The prescribed secu- to its berth at Blount Island Marine rity zone will also be in effect as the Terminal, Jacksonville, Florida. vessel transits to its berth at Blount (2) Zone B. 100 yards in all directions Island Marine Terminal, Jacksonville, on land and 200 yards on water from Florida. the eastern end of Transit Shed #2 to (2) Zone B. 100 yards in all directions the east shore of Alligator Creek at on land and 200 yards on water from Blount Island Terminal, Jacksonville, the eastern end of Transit Shed #2 to Florida. the east shore of Alligator Creek at (3) Zone C: 100 yards in all directions Blount Island Terminal, Jacksonville, on land from Gate berth #1 and all wa- Florida. ters within the Back River (locally (3) Zone C: 100 yards in all directions known as the Gate Slip) on Blount Is- on land from Gate berth #1 and all wa- land, Jacksonville, Florida, com- ters within the Back River (locally mencing from a line drawn between the known as the Gate Slip) on Blount Is- southwesterly most shore point lati- land, Jacksonville, Florida, com- tude 30°23′ 34″, longitude 81°30′ 52″ and mencing from a line drawn between the the southeasterly most shore point southwesterly most shore point lati- latitude 30°23′ 38″, longitude 81°30′ 36″. tude 30°23′ 34″, longitude 81°30′ 52″ and (b) The areas described in paragraph the southeasterly most shore point (a) of this section may be closed to all latitude 30°23′ 38″, longitude 81°30′ 36″. vessels and persons, except those ves- (b) The areas described in paragraph sels and persons authorized by the (a) of this section shall be closed to all Commander, Seventh Coast Guard Dis- vessels and persons, except those ves- trict or the Captain of the Port, Jack- sels and persons authorized by the sonville, Florida, whenever specified Commander, Seventh Coast Guard Dis- Maritime Prepositioned Ships are trict or the Captain of the Port, Jack- transiting the St. Johns River (Zone sonville, Florida, whenever specified A), moored at Blount Island (Zone B), Maritime Prepositioned Ships are or moored at Gate Terminal (Zone C). transiting the St. Johns River (Zone (c) The general regulations governing A), moored at Blount Island (Zone B), safety zones contained in 33 CFR 165.23 or moored at Gate Terminal (Zone C). apply. (c) The general regulations governing (d) The Captain of the Port Jackson- security zones contained in 33 CFR ville, Florida will activate the safety 165.33 apply. zones or specific portions of them by (d) The Captain of the Port Jackson- issuing a local broadcast notice to ville, Florida will activate the security mariners. The closing of the area at zones or specific portions of them by Blount Island, described above, will be issuing a local broadcast notice to signified by the display of a rotating mariners. The closing of the area at
654
VerDate 18
Blount Island, described above, will be the mouth of the St. Marys River indi- signified by the display of a rotating cates the western boundary; and the yellow light located on the waterfront eastern boundary extends out to three at Blount Island Marine Terminal or at (3) nautical miles in the Atlantic the Gate Terminal Berth #1. Ocean, with the zone also encom- [CGD7 87–16, 52 FR 23443, June 22, 1987, as passing the waters within 1000 yards of amended by CGD7 91–34, 56 FR 22827, May 17, the entrance channel east of the jet- 1991] ties. (c) Regulations. (1) The Captain of the § 165.730 King’s Bay, Georgia—Regu- Port, Jacksonville, Florida will acti- lated navigation area. vate the temporary safety/security Vessels transiting in the water zone described in paragraph (b) of this bounded by the line connecting the fol- section by issuing a local broadcast no- lowing points must travel no faster tice to mariners. than needed for steerageway: (2) All persons and vessels in the vi- Latitude Longtitude cinity of the safety/security zone shall 30°48′ 00.0″ N 081°29′ 24.0″ W 30°46′ 19.5″ N 081°29′ 17.0″ W immediately obey any direction or 30°47′ 35.0″ N 081°30′ 16.5″ W order of the Captain of the Port, Jack- and thence to the point of beginning sonville, Florida. (3) The general regulations governing [CGD7 92–41, 58 FR 38057, July 15, 1993] safety and security zones contained in 33 CFR 165.23 and .33 apply. No person § 165.731 Safety/Security Zone: Cum- berland Sound, Georgia and St. or vessel may enter or remain within Marys River Entrance Channel. the designated zones without the per- mission of the Captain of the Port, (a) Location. A permanent safety/se- curity zone is established within the Jacksonville, Florida. following coordinates, the area en- (4) This regulation does not apply to closed by a line starting at persons or vessels operating under the authority of the United States Navy 30°44′ 55″ N, 081°29′ 39″ W; thence to nor to authorized law enforcement ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 30 44 55 N, 081 29 18 W; thence to agencies. 30°46′ 35″ N, 081°29′ 18″ W; thence to [COTP Jacksonville Reg. 90–94, 55 FR 42374, 30°47′ 02″ N, 081°29′ 34″ W; thence to Oct. 19, 1990] 30°47′ 21″ N, 081°29′ 39″ W; thence to 30°48′ 00″ N, 081°29′ 42″ W; thence to § 165.735 Brunswick, Georgia, Turtle 30°49′ 07″ N, 081°29′ 56″ W; thence to River, Vicinity of Sydney Lanier Bridge. 30°49′ 55″ N, 081°30′ 35″ W; thence to Except during the flood tide, every 30°50′ 15″ N, 081°31′ 08″ W; thence to vessel over 500 GRT departing the Port ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 30 50 14 N, 081 31 30 W; thence to of Brunswick for sea shall do so only 30°49′ 58″ N, 081°31′ 45″ W; thence to from the Turtle River, so as to be 30°49′ 58″ N, 081°32′ 03″ W; thence to shaped up for bridge transit: 30°50′ 12″ N, 081°32′ 17″ W; thence fol- (a) Before reaching Turtle River lowing the land based perimeter bound- Buoy ‘‘1’’ (Light List Number 6050); or, ary to the point of origin. (b) Before reaching the intersection (b) A temporary safety/security zone, of Brunswick Harbor Range and Turtle when activated by the Captain of the River Lower Range, provided that the Port, Jacksonville, Florida, encom- vessel: passes all waters and land from bank to (1) Be equipped with an operable bow bank within Cumberland Sound and thruster or have tug assistance; and the St. Marys Entrance Channel: the (2) Be stopped and maneuvered with northern extent of this zone starts at no appreciable way on until aligned the southern tip of Crab Island; lighted with the centerline axis of the Turtle buoy number ″1″ at the mouth of the River Channel. Amelia River demarks the southern boundary; day marker number ″2″ at [CGD7 87–27, 52 FR 48811, Dec. 28, 1987]
655
VerDate 18
§ 165.752 Sparkman Channel, Tampa, caused by an underwater pipeline. The Florida—regulated navigation area. regulated navigation area is in (a) A regulated navigation area is es- Sparkman Channel between the lines tablished to protect vessels from lim- connecting the following points (ref- ited water depth in Sparkman Channel erenced in NAD 83):
Latitude Longitude Latitude Longitude
1: 27°56′20.5″N 082°26′42.0″W ...... to 27°56′19.3″N ...... 82°26′37.5″W 2: 27°55′32.0″N 082°26′54.0″W ...... to 27°55′30.9″N ...... 82°26′49.1″W
(b) Ships requiring Federal or State (5) Prior to transiting the intersec- pilotage shall not meet or overtake tion of Tampa Bay Cut F Channel, other like vessels in Sparkman Chan- Tampa Bay Cut G Channel, and Gads- nel. den Point Cut Channel; (c) Vessels having a draft of more (6) Prior to anchoring or approaching than 35.5 feet may not transit a berth for docking; Sparkman Channel. (7) Prior to tending hawser; (d) Vessels having a draft of 34.5 feet, (8) Prior to transiting Point Pinellas but not over 35.5 feet, may transit Channel Light 1 in either direction. Sparkman Channel only when the tide (c) Each Navigational Advisory re- is at least one foot above mean low quired by this section shall be made in water. the English language and will contain (e) Vessels with a draft of 30 feet or the following information: greater shall transit as near as possible (1) The words ‘‘Hello all vessels, a to the center of the channel. Navigational Advisory follows’’; (2) Name of vessel; [CGD7 90–52, 56 FR 36005, July 30, 1991, as amended by USCG–1998–3799, 63 FR 35532, (3) If engaged in towing, the nature of June 30, 1998] the tow; (4) Direction of Movement; § 165.753 Regulated navigation area; (5) Present location; and, Tampa Bay, Florida. (6) The nature of any hazardous con- (a) The following is a regulated navi- ditions as defined by 33 CFR 160.203. gation area (RNA): All the navigable (d) Nothing in this section shall su- waters of Tampa Bay, Hillsborough persede either the International Regu- Bay and Old Tampa Bay, including all lations for Preventing Collisions at navigable waterways tributary thereto. Sea, 1972 (72 COLREGS) or the Inland Also included are the waters of Egmont Navigation Rules, as applicable, or re- Channel, Gulf of Mexico from Tampa lieve the Master or person in charge of Bay to the seabuoy, Tampa Lighted the vessel of responsibility for the safe Whistle Buoy T, LLNR 18465. navigation of the vessel. (b) The master, pilot, or person in [CGD07–94–094, 60 FR 58519, Nov. 28, 1995] charge of any vessel of 50 meters or greater shall give a Navigational Advi- § 165.754 Safety Zone: San Juan Har- sory Broadcast in accordance with 47 bor, San Juan, PR. CFR 80.331 on VHF–FM channel 13 at (a) Regulated Area. A moving safety the following broadcast/reporting zone is established in the following points: area: (1) Prior to getting underway from (1) The waters around Liquefied Pe- any berth or anchorage; troleum Gas ships entering San Juan (2) Prior to entering Egmont Channel Harbor in an area one half mile around from seaward; each vessel, beginning one mile north (3) Prior to passing Egmont Key in of the San Juan Harbor #1 Sea Buoy, in any direction; approximate position 18–29.3N, 66–07.6W (4) Prior to transiting the Skyway and continuing until the vessel is safe- Bridge in either direction; ly moored at either the Gulf Refinery
656
VerDate 18
Oil dock or the Catano Oil dock in ap- sonnel include commissioned, warrant, proximate position 18–25.8N, 66–06.5W. or petty officers of the U.S. Coast All coordinates referenced use datum: Guard. Coast Guard Auxiliary and local NAD 83. or state officials may be present to in- (2) The waters around Liquefied Pe- form vessel operators of the require- troleum Gas ships departing San Juan ments of this section, and other appli- Harbor in an area one half mile around cable laws. each vessel beginning at either the [COTP SAN JUAN 97–045, 63 FR 27681, May Gulf Refinery Oil dock or Catano Oil 20, 1998] dock in approximate position 18–25.8N, 66–06.5W when the vessel gets under- EIGHTH COAST GUARD DISTRICT way, and continuing until the stern passes the San Juan Harbor #1 Sea § 165.802 Lower Mississippi River, vi- Buoy, in approximate position 18–28.3N, cinity of Old River Control Struc- 66–07.6W. All coordinates referenced use ture—Safety Zone. datum: NAD 83. (a) The area enclosed by the fol- (b) Regulations. (1) No person or ves- lowing boundary is a safety zone—from sel may enter, transit or remain in the the Black Hawk Point Light, mile 316.1 safety zone unless authorized by the AHP LMR to a point opposite Ft. Captain of the Port, San Juan, Puerto Adams Light, mile 311.5 AHP along the Rico, or a designated Coast Guard com- low water reference plane above the missioned, warrant, or petty officer. right descending bank; thence to the (2) Vessels encountering emergencies levee on a line perpendicular to the which require transit through the mov- channel centerline; thence along the ing safety zone should contact the levee to the upstream end of the Old Coast Guard patrol craft on VHF Chan- River Overbank structure; thence nel 16. In the event of an emergency, along a line to the Black Hawk Point the Coast Guard patrol craft may au- Light. thorize a vessel to transit through the (b) Any vessel desiring to enter this safety zone with a Coast Guard des- safety zone must first obtain permis- ignated escort. sion from the Captain of the Port, New (3) The Captain of the Port and the Orleans. The resident engineer at Old Duty Officer at Marine Safety Office, River Control Structure (WUG–424) is San Juan, Puerto Rico, can be con- delegated the authority to permit tacted at telephone number (787) 729– entry into this safety zone. 6800 ext. 140. The Coast Guard Patrol Commander enforcing the safety zone [CGD8–87–10, 53 FR 15207, Apr. 28, 1988, as can be contacted on VHF–FM channels amended by CGD8 89–03, 54 FR 16108, Apr. 21, 16 and 22A. 1989] (4) The Marine Safety Office San § 165.803 Mississippi River—regulated Juan will notify the marine commu- navigation area. nity of periods during which these safe- ty zones will be in effect by providing The following is a Regulated Naviga- advance notice of scheduled arrivals tion Area—The waters of the Mis- and departures of Liquefied Petroleum sissippi River between miles 88 and 240 Gas vessels via a marine broadcast No- above Head of Passes. tice to Mariners. (a) Definitions. As used in this sec- (5) Should the actual time of entry of tion: the Liquefied Petroleum Gas vessel (1) Breakaway means a barge that is vary more than one half hour from the adrift and is not under the control of a scheduled time stated in the broadcast towing vessel. Notice to Mariners, the person direct- (2) COTP means the Captain of the ing the movement of the Liquefied Pe- Port, New Orleans. troleum Gas vessel shall obtain permis- (3) Fleet includes one or more tiers. sion from Captain of the Port San Juan (4) Fleeting facility means the geo- before commencing the transit. graphic area along or near a river bank (6) All persons and vessels shall com- at which a barge mooring service, ei- ply with the instructions of on-scene ther for hire or not for hire, is estab- patrol personnel. On-scene patrol per- lished.
657
VerDate 18
(5) Mooring barge or spar barge means vices if the upstream end of that barge a barge moored to mooring devices and is secured to at least one mooring de- to which other barges may be moored. vice and the downstream end is secured (6) Mooring device includes a to at least one other mooring device, deadman, anchor, pile or other reliable except that from mile 127 to mile 240 a holding apparatus. barge may be moored to mooring de- (7) Person in charge includes any vices if the upstream end of that barge owner, agent, pilot, master, officer, op- is secured to at least one mooring de- erator, crewmember, supervisor, dis- vice. patcher or other person navigating, (2) Barges moored in tiers may be controlling, directing or otherwise re- shifted to mooring devices if the shore- sponsible for the movement, action, se- ward barge at the upstream end of the curing, or security of any vessel, barge, tier is secured to at least one mooring tier, fleet or fleeting facility subject to device, and the shoreward barge at the the regulations in this section. downstream end of the tier is secured (8) Tier means barges moored inter- to at least one other mooring device, dependently in rows or groups. (b) Waivers: except that from mile 127 to mile 240 (1) The COTP may, upon written re- barges moored in tiers may be shifted quest, except as allowed in paragraph to mooring devices if the shoreward (3) of this subsection, waive any regula- barge at the upstream end of the tier is tion in this section if it is found that secured to at least one mooring device. the proposed operation can be con- (3) Each wire rope used between the ducted safely under the terms of that upstream end of a barge and a mooring waiver. device must have at least a diameter of (2) Each written request for a waiver 11⁄4 inch. Chain or line used between the must state the need for the waiver and upstream end of a barge and a mooring describe the proposed operation. device must be at least equivalent in (3) Under unusual circumstances due strength to 11⁄4 inch diameter wire to time constraints, the person in rope. charge may orally request an imme- (4) Each wire rope used between the diate waiver from the COTP. The writ- downstream end of a barge and a moor- ten request for a waiver must be sub- ing device must have at least a diame- mitted within five working days after ter of 7⁄8 inch. Chain or line used be- the oral request. tween the downstream end of a barge (4) The COTP may, at any time, ter- and a mooring device must be of at minate any waiver issued under this least equivalent strength of 7⁄8 inch di- subsection. ameter wire rope. (c) Emergencies. In an emergency, a (f) Moorings: Barge-to-barge; barge- person may depart from any regulation to-vessel; barge-to-wharf or pier. The in this section to the extent necessary person in charge shall ensure that a to avoid immediate danger to persons, barge moored to another barge, a property or the environment. mooring or spar barge, a vessel, a (d) Mooring: General. wharf, or a pier, is secured as near as (1) No person may secure a barge to practicable to each abutting corner of trees or to other vegetation. the barge being moored by: (2) No person may allow a barge to be (1) Three parts of wire rope of at moored with unraveled or frayed lines 7 or other defective or worn mooring. least ⁄8 inch diameter with an eye at (3) No person may moor barges side each end of the rope passed around the to side unless they are secured to each timberhead, caval, or button; other from fittings as close to each cor- (2) A mooring of natural or synthetic ner of abutting sides as practicable. fiber rope that has at least 75 percent (4) No person may moor barges end to of the breaking strength of three parts end unless they are secured to each of 7⁄8 inch diameter wire rope; or other from fittings as close to each cor- (3) Fixed rigging that is at least ner of abutting ends as practicable. equivalent to three parts of 7⁄8 inch di- (e) Mooring to a mooring device. (1) A ameter wire rope. barge may be moored to mooring de- (g) Mooring: Person in charge.
658
VerDate 18
(1) The person in charge of a barge, chapters D and O of Chapter I, Title 46, Code tier, fleet or fleeting facility shall en- of Federal Regulations. sure that the barge, tier, fleet or fleet- (j) Fleeting facility: Surveillance. ing facility meets the requirements in (1) The person in charge of a fleeting paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section. facility shall assign a person to be in (2) The person in charge shall ensure continuous surveillance and to observe that all mooring devices, wires, chains, the barges in the fleeting facility. lines and connecting gear are of suffi- Joint use of this person by adjacent fa- cient strength and in sufficient number cilities may be considered upon to withstand forces that may be ex- submisssion of a detailed proposal for a erted on them by moored barges. waiver to the COTP. (h) Fleeting facility: inspection of (2) The person who observes the moorings. barges shall: (1) The person in charge of a fleeting (i) Inspect for movements that are facility shall assign a person to inspect unusual for properly secured barges; moorings in accordance with the re- and quirements in paragraph (h)(2) of this (ii) Take immediate action to correct section. each deficiency. (2) The person assigned to inspect (k) Fleeting facility: person in moorings shall inspect: charge. The person in charge of a fleet- (i) At least twice each day during pe- ing facility shall ensure that each defi- riods that are six hours or more apart, ciency found under the requirements of each mooring wire, chain, line and con- paragraph (h) or (j) of this section is necting gear between mooring devices corrected. and each wire, line and connecting (l) Securing breakaways. The person equipment used to moor each barge; in charge shall take immediate action and to: (ii) After a towboat adds barges to, (1) Secure each breakaway; and withdraws barges from, or moves (2) Report each breakaway as soon as barges at a fleeting facility, each possible to the COTP by telephone, mooring wire, line, and connecting radio or other means of rapid commu- equipment of each barge within each nication. tier affected by that operation. (m) High water. (3) The person who inspects moorings (1) This subsection applies to barges shall take immediate action to correct on the Mississippi River between miles each deficiency. 88 and 240 above Head of Passes when: (i) Fleeting facility: Records. The (i) The Carrollton gage stands 12 feet person in charge of a fleeting facility or more; or shall maintain, and make available to (ii) The Carrollton gage stands 10 the Coast Guard, records containing feet, the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers the following information: forecasts the Mississippi River is rising (1) The time of commencement and to 12 feet, and the District Commander termination of each inspection re- determines these circumstances to be quired in paragraph (h)(2) of this sec- especially hazardous and issues orders tion. directing that paragraphs (m)(2) and (3) (2) The name of each person who of this section are in effect. makes the inspection required in para- (2) During high water, the person in graph (h)(2) of this section. charge of a fleeting facility shall en- (3) The identification of each barge sure compliance with the following re- entering and departing the fleeting fa- quirements: cility, along with the following infor- (i) Each fleet consisting of eight or mation: more barges must be attended by at (i) Date and time of entry and depar- last one radar-equipped towboat for ture; and each 100 barges or less. Joint use of (ii) The names of any hazardous this towboat by adjacent facilities may cargo which the barge is carrying. be considered upon submission of a de- NOTE: The requirements in paragraph (i)(3) tailed proposal for a waiver. of this section for the listing of hazardous (ii) Each fleet must have two or more cargo refer to cargoes regulated by Sub- towboats in attendance when:
659
VerDate 18
(A) Barges are withdrawn from or prior to arrival in the regulated navi- moved within the fleet and the fleet at gation area. the start of the operation contains [CGD 79–034, 47 FR 29660, July 8, 1982, as eight or more barges; or amended by CGD 82–020, 47 FR 35483, Aug. 16, (B) Barges are added to the fleet and 1982; CGD 79–026, 48 FR 35408, Aug. 4, 1983; the number of barges being added plus CGD 88–075, 54 FR 14958, Apr. 14, 1989; CGD08– the fleet at the start of the operation 94–006, 59 FR 21935, Apr. 28, 1994; CGD08–94– total eight or more. 006, 60 FR 37944, July 25, 1995] (iii) Each towboat required in para- § 165.804 Snake Island, Texas City, graphs (m)(2)(i) and (2)(ii) of this sec- Texas; mooring and fleeting of ves- tion must be: sels—safety zone. (A) Capable of safely withdrawing, (a) The following is a safety zone: moving or adding each barge in the (1) The west and northwest shores of fleet; Snake Island; (B) Immediately operational; (2) The Turning Basin west of Snake (C) Radio-equipped; Island; (D) Within 500 yards of the barges; (3) The area of Texas City Channel and from the north end of the Turning (iv) The person in charge of each Basin to a line drawn 000° true from the towboat required in paragraphs northwesternmost point of Snake Is- (m)(2)(i) and (2)(ii) of this section shall land. maintain: (b) Special regulations. All vessels (A) A continuous guard on the fre- are prohibited from mooring, anchor- quency specified by current Federal ing, or otherwise stopping in the safety Communications Commission regula- zone, except in case of an emergency. tions found in Part 83 of Title 47, Code (c) Barges are prohibited from fleet- of Federal Regulations; and ing or grounding in the zone. (B) When moored, a continuous (d) In an emergency, vessels shall ad- watch on the barges in the fleeting fa- vise the Captain of the Port, Gal- cility. veston, of the nature of the emergency (v) During periods when visibility is via the most rapid means available. less than 200 yards, the person in charge of each towboat required in § 165.805 Calcasieu Channel and In- paragraph (m)(2)(i) of this subsection dustrial Canal, Calcasieu River, shall maintain, when moored, a contin- Lake Charles, LA. uous radar surveillance of the barges (a) The waters and waterfront facil- moored in the fleeting facility. ity located within the area described (3) During high water when visibility by the following boundaries constitutes is reduced to less than 200 yards: a safety zone: (i) Tows may not be assembled or dis- (1) When a Liquefied Natural Gas assembled; (LNG) vessel is moored at Trunkline (ii) No barge may be added to, with- LNG facility: Beginning at the west ° ′ ″ drawn from or moved within a fleet ex- side property line at position 30 06 38 N., 93°17′ 34″ W., a line extending in an cept: eastward direction and 50 feet from (A) A single barge may be added to or shore to a point 50 feet west of mooring withdrawn from the channelward or dolphin #1; then due south to a line downstream end of the fleet; and running in an eastward direction and 50 (B) Barges made up in a tow may de- feet south of the moored LNG vessel to part a fleet from the channelward or a line running due north to a point 50 downstream end of the fleet; and feet east of mooring dolphin #13; and (iii) No person in charge of a tow ar- then a line extending in an eastward riving in this regulated navigation area direction and 50 feet from shore to the may moor unless the COTP is notified end of the turning basin.
660
VerDate 18
(2) When an LNG vessel is not moored action is necessary for reasons of pru- at the Trunkline LNG facility: Begin- dent seamanship. ning at the west side property line at position 30°06′ 38″ N., 93°17′ 34″ W., a line [CGD8–83–09, 49 FR 35500, Sept. 10, 1984] extending in an eastward direction and § 165.807 Calcasieu River, Louisiana— 50 feet from shore to a point 50 feet regulated navigation area. west of mooring dolphin #1; then a con- tinuous uniform line extending 50 feet (a) The following is a regulated navi- outside of all facility docks and struc- gation area—The Calcasieu River from tures to a point 50 feet east of mooring the Calcasieu jetties up to and includ- dolphin #13; and then a line extending ing the Port of Lake Charles. in an eastward direction and 50 feet (b) Unless otherwise authorized by from shore to the end of the turning the Captain of the Port, Port Arthur, basin. Texas, tows on a hawser of 1000 gross (b) The waters within the following tons or greater transiting the boundaries are a safety zone while a Calcasieu River are prohibited unless non-gas free LNG vessel is transiting such tows have a tug of sufficient within the Calcasieu River ship chan- horsepower made up to the tow in such nel and between buoy ‘‘CC’’ and the a manner as to insure that complete Trunkline LNG facility: The area 2 and effective control is maintained at miles ahead, 1 mile astern, and to ei- all times. Inbound vessels only, may ther side of an LNG vessel to the width shift the tow or pick up an additional of the ship channel. Meeting, crossing, tug within 100 yards inside the en- or overtaking situations are not per- trance jetties provided that such ac- mitted within the safety zone unless tion is necessary for reasons for pru- specifically authorized by the USCG dent seamanship. Captain of the Port. [CGD8–83–09, 49 FR 35500, Sept. 10, 1984] (c) Notice of transiting LNG vessels will be provided by Broadcast and/or § 165.808 Corpus Christi Ship Channel, Local Notice to Mariners. Corpus Christi, TX, safety zone. [CGD 82–10, 47 FR 41957, Sept. 23, 1982, as (a) The following areas are estab- amended by CGD8 82–10, 50 FR 31592, Aug. 5, lished as safety zones during specified 1985; COTP Port Arthur, TX Reg. 90–03, 56 FR conditions: 66599, Dec. 24, 1991; USCG–1998–3799, 63 FR 35533, June 30, 1998] (1) For incoming tank vessels loaded with Liquefied Petroleum Gas, the wa- § 165.806 Sabine Neches Waterway, ters within a 500 yard radius of the Texas—regulated navigation area. LPG carrier while the vessel transits (a) The following is a regulated navi- the Corpus Christi Ship Channel to the gation area—The Sabine Neches Water- LPG receiving facility. The safety zone way which includes the following wa- remains in effect until the LPG vessel ters: Sabine Pass Channel, Port Arthur is moored at the LPG receiving facil- Canal, Sabine Neches Canal, Neches ity. River, Sabine River and all navigable (2) For outgoing tank vessels loaded waterways tributary thereto. with LPG, the waters within a 500 yard (b) Unless otherwise authorized by radius of the LPG carrier while the the Captain of the Port, Port Arthur, vessel departs the LPG facility and Texas, tows on a hawser of 1000 gross transits the Corpus Christi Ship Chan- tons or greater transiting the Sabine- nel. The safety zone remains in effect Neches Waterway are prohibited unless until the LPG vessel passes the sea- such tows have a tug of sufficient ward extremity of the Aransas Pass horsepower made up to the tow in such Jetties. a manner as to insure that complete (b) The general regulations governing and effective control is maintained safety zones contained in 33 CFR 165.23 throughout the transit. Inbound vessels apply. only, may shift the tow or pick up an (c) The Captain of the Port will no- additional tug within 100 yards inside tify the maritime community of peri- the entrance jetties provided that such ods during which this safety zone will
661
VerDate 18
be in effect by providing advance no- part of the waterways covered by this tice of scheduled arrivals and depar- paragraph, and such limiting speed tures of loaded LPG vessels via a Ma- shall be strictly observed. rine Safety Information Broadcast No- (3) Towing. Towing in any formation tice to Mariners. by a vessel with insufficient power to [CGD 8–84–07, 50 FR 15744, Apr. 22, 1985; 50 FR permit ready maneuverability and safe 19933, May 13, 1985] handling is prohibited. (c) Movement of vessels in vicinity of § 165.810 Mississippi River, LA-regu- Algiers Point, New Orleans Harbor: lated navigation area. (1) Control lights. When the Mis- (a) Purpose and applicability. This sec- sissippi River reaches 8 feet on the tion prescribes rules for all vessels op- Carrollton Gage on a rising stage, and erating in the Lower Mississippi River until the gage reads 9 feet on a falling below mile 233.9 above Head of Passes stage, the movement of all tugs with including South Pass and Southwest tows and all ships, whether under their Pass, to assist in the prevention of own power or in tow, but excluding allisions; collisions and groundings so tugs or towboats without tows or river as to ensure port safety and protect the craft of comparable size and maneuver- navigable waters of the Mississippi ability operating under their own River from environmental harm result- power, in the vicinity of Algiers Point ing from those incidents, and to en- shall be governed by red and green hance the safety of passenger vessels lights designated and located as fol- moored or anchored in the Mississippi lows: Governor Nicholls Light located River. on the left descending bank on the (b) Lower Mississippi River below wharf shed at the upstream end of Es- mile 233.9 above Head of Passes includ- planade Avenue Wharf, New Orleans, ing South and Southwest Passes: approximately 94.3 miles above Head of (1) Supervision. The use, administra- Passes; and Gretna Light located on tion, and navigation of the waterways the right descending bank on top of the to which this paragraph applies shall levee at the foot of Ocean Avenue, be under the supervision of the District Gretna, approximately 96.6 miles above Commander, Eighth Coast Guard Dis- trict. Head of Passes. Governor Nicholls (2) Speed; high-water precautions. Light has lights visible from both up- When passing another vessel (in mo- stream and downstream, and Gretna tion, anchored, or tied up), a wharf or Light has lights visible from upstream, other structure, work under construc- all indicating by proper color the direc- tion, plant engaged in river and harbor tion of traffic around Algiers Point. improvement, levees withstanding From downstream, Gretna Light al- flood waters, building partially or ways shows green. All lights are visible wholly submerged by high water, or throughout the entire width of the any other structure liable to damage river and flash once every second. A by collision, suction or wave action, green light displayed ahead of a vessel vessels shall give as much leeway as (in the direction of travel) indicates circumstances permit and reduce their that Algiers Point is clear and the ves- speed sufficiently to preclude causing sel may proceed. A red light displayed damages to the vessel or structure ahead of a vessel (in the direction of being passed. Since this subparagraph travel) indicates that Algiers Point is pertains directly to the manner in not clear and the vessel shall not pro- which vessels are operated, masters of ceed. Absence of lights shall be consid- vessels shall be held responsible for ered a danger signal and no attempt strict observance and full compliance shall be made to navigate through the therewith. During high river stages, restricted area. floods, or other emergencies, the Dis- NOTE: To provide advance information to trict Commander may prescribe by downbound vessels whether the control light at Gretna (Gretna Light) is red or green, a navigation bulletins or other means traffic light is located at Westwego on the the limiting speed in land miles per right descending bank, on the river batture hour deemed necessary for the public at the end of Avenue B, approximately 101.4 safety for the entire section or any miles above Head of Passes.
662
VerDate 18
(2) Ascending vessels. Ascending ves- any vessel which is considered by the sels shall not proceed farther up the master or pilot as being underpowered river than a line connecting the upper or a poor handler shall not navigate end of Atlantic Street Discharge Light around Algiers Point without the as- (on right descending bank) with the sistance of a tug or tugs. lower end of Desire Street Wharf (on (6) Towing. When the Carrollton Gage left descending bank) when a red light reads 12 feet or higher, towing on a is displayed. Vessels waiting for a hawser in a downstream direction be- change of signal shall keep clear of de- tween Julia Street and Desire Street is scending vessels. prohibited except by special permission (3) Descending vessels. (i) Descending of the District Commander. vessels shall not proceed farther down (d) Navigation of South and South- the river than a line connecting the west Passes. lower end of Julia Street Wharf (on left (1) No vessel, except small craft and descending bank) with the vertical towboats and tugs without tows, shall flagpole at Eastern Associated Termi- enter either South Pass or Southwest nals (on right descending bank) when a Pass from the Gulf until after any de- red light is displayed. Vessels shall scending vessel which has approached round to and be headed upstream be- within two and one-half (21⁄2) miles of fore they reach that line, if the signal the outer end of the jetties and visible remains against the vessel. Vessels to the ascending vessel shall have waiting for a change of signal shall passed to sea. keep clear of ascending vessels. (2) No vessel having a speed of less (ii) Vessels destined to a wharf above than ten mph shall enter South Pass the lower end of Julia Street Wharf from the Gulf when the stage of the shall signal the Gretna towerman three Mississippi River exceeds 15 feet on the long blasts and one short blast of a Carrollton Gage at New Orleans. This whistle or horn to indicate that the paragraph does not apply when South- vessel is not bound below the Julia west Pass is closed to navigation. Street Wharf. (iii) The master, pilot, or authorized (3) No vessel, except small craft and representative of any vessel scheduled towboats and tugs without tows, as- to depart from a wharf between Gov- cending South Pass shall pass Franks ernor Nicholls Light and Louisiana Av- Crossing Light until after a descending enue, bound downstream around Al- vessel shall have passed Depot Point giers Point, shall communicate with Light. the Governor Nicholls Light towerman (4) No vessel, except small craft and by telephone to determine whether the towboats and tugs without tows, shall channel at Algiers Point is clear before enter the channel at the head of South departure. When the point is clear, ves- Pass until after an ascending vessel sels shall then proceed promptly so which has reached Franks Crossing that other traffic will not be unneces- Light shall have passed through into sarily delayed. the river. NOTE: Telephone numbers of both signal (5) When navigating South Pass dur- towers will be published in navigation bul- ing periods of darkness no tow shall letins in advance of each operating period. consist of more than one towed vessel (4) Minor changes. The District Com- other than small craft, and during day- mander is authorized to waive oper- light hours no tow shall consist of ation or suspension of the lights when- more than two towed vessels other ever prospective river stages make it than small craft. Tows may be in any appear that the operation or suspen- formation. When towing on a hawser, sion will be required for only a brief pe- the hawser shall be as short as prac- riod of time or when river stages will ticable to provide full control at all rise or fall below the critical stage times. which is established for operation or (6) When towing in Southwest Pass suspension by only a few tenths on the during periods of darkness no tow shall Carrollton Gage. consist of more than two towed vessels (5) Underpowered vessels. When the other than small craft, and during day- Carrollton Gage reads 12 feet or higher, light hours no tow shall consist of
663
VerDate 18
more than three towed vessels other the full range of maneuvering com- than small craft. mands any load-limiting programs or (e) Watch requirements for anchored automatic acceleration-limiting pro- and moored passenger vessels. grams that would limit the speed of re- (1) Passenger vessels. Except as pro- sponse to engine orders beyond that vided in paragraph (e)(2) of this sec- needed to prevent immediate damage tion, each passenger vessel with one or to the propulsion machinery are capa- more passengers on board, must— ble of being overridden immediately. (i) Keep a continuously manned pilot- (iv) Main-propulsion standby systems house; and are ready to be immediately placed in (ii) Monitor river activities and ma- service. rine VHF, emergency and working fre- (Sec. 104, Pub. L. 92–340, 86 Stat. 424 (33 quencies of the port, so as to be imme- U.S.C. 1224); sec. 2, Pub. L. 95–474, 92 Stat. diately available to take necessary ac- 1471 (33 U.S.C. 1223); 49 CFR 1.46(n)(4)) tion to protect the vessel, crew, and passengers if an emergency radio [CGD 75–082, 42 FR 51759, Sept. 29, 1977, as amended by CGD 78–080, 44 FR 47933, Aug. 16, broadcast, danger signal, or visual or 1979; CGD 86–049, 51 FR 27840, Aug. 4, 1986. Re- other indication of a problem is re- designated by CGD 90–020, 59 FR 36324, July ceived or detected. 15, 1994; CGD 95–033, 60 FR 28333, May 31, 1995; (2) Each ferryboat, and each small CCGD08–97–020, 62 FR 58653, Oct. 30, 1997; passenger vessel to which 46 CFR CCGD08–97–020, 64 FR 18813, Apr. 16, 1999] 175.110 applies, may monitor river ac- tivities using a portable radio from a § 165.811 Atchafalaya River, Berwick vantage point other than the pilot- Bay, LA-regulated navigation area. house. (a) The following is a regulated navi- (f) Each self-propelled vessel of 1,600 gation area: the waters of the or more gross tons subject to 33 CFR Atchafalaya River in Berwick Bay part 164 shall also comply with the fol- bounded on the northside from 2,000 lowing: yards north of the U.S. 90 Highway (1) While under way in the RNA, each Bridge and on the southside from 4,000 vessel must have an engineering watch yards south of the Southern Pacific capable of monitoring the propulsion Railroad (SPRR) Bridge. system, communicating with the (b) Within the regulated navigation bridge, and implementing manual-con- area described in paragraph (a) of this trol measures immediately when nec- section, § 161.40 of this chapter estab- essary. The watch must be physically lishes a VTS Special Area for waters present in the machinery spaces or in within a 1000 yard radius of the SPRR the machinery-control spaces and must Bridge. consist of at least a licensed engineer. (c) When the Morgan City River (2) Before embarking a pilot when en- gauge reads 3.0 feet or above mean sea tering or getting under way in the level, in addition to the requirements RNA, the master of each vessel shall set forth in § 161.13 of this chapter, the ensure that the vessel is in compliance requirements of paragraph (d) and (e) with 33 CFR part 164. of this section apply to a towing vessel (3) The master shall ensure that the which will navigate: chief engineer has certified that the (1) under the lift span of the SPRR following additional operating condi- Bridge; or tions will be satisfied so long as the (2) through the navigational opening vessel is under way within the RNA: of the U.S. 90 Highway Bridge: or (i) The main propulsion plant is in all (3) through the navigational opening respects ready for operations including of the Highway 182 Bridge. the main-propulsion air-start systems, (d) Towing requirements. (1) Towing on fuel systems, lubricating systems, cool- a hawser is not authorized, except that ing systems, and automation systems; one self-propelled vessel may tow one (ii) Cooling, lubricating, and fuel-oil other vessel without barges upbound; systems are at proper operating tem- (2) A towing vessel and barges must peratures; be arranged in tandem, except that one (iii) Main propulsion machinery is vessel may tow one other vessel along- available to immediately respond to side;
664
VerDate 18
(3) Length of tow must not exceed § 165.815 Ohio River at Louisville, KY; 1,180 feet; and regulated navigation area. (4) Tows with a box end in the lead (a) The following is a regulated navi- must not exceed 400 feet in length. gation area: The waters of the Ohio NOTE: The variation in the draft and the River from the Clark Memorial (High- beam of the barges in a multi-barge tow way) Bridge at Mile 603.5, downstream should be minimized in order to avoid unnec- to McAlpine Dam at Mile 604.4. essary strain on coupling wires. (b) The general regulations governing (e) Horsepower Requirement. (1) The regulated navigation area contained in following requirements apply to a tow- 33 CFR part 165, subpart B apply. ing vessel of 3,000 hp or less: (c) No pleasure or fishing craft shall be operated within the regulated navi- TABLE 165.811(E)ÐMINIMUM AVAILABLE gation area at any time without prior HORSEPOWER REQUIREMENT permission of the Captain of the Port, [The greater value listed.] Louisville, Kentucky, except in case of emergency and except for passage Daytime (sunrise Nighttime (sunset Direction of tow to sunset) to sunrise) through McAlpine Lock. [CGD 2–89–04, 55 FR 23203, June 7, 1990. Redes- Upbound ...... 400hp or (Length 600hp or (Length ignated by CGD 96–026, 61 FR 33669, June 28, of towÐ300ft) × of towÐ200ft) × 3. 3. 1996] Downbound ...... 600hp or (Length 600hp or (Length of towÐ200ft) × of tow) × 3. § 165.817 Arkansas River, Mile 118.2 to 3. 125.4, Little Rock Arkansas—regu- lated navigation area. Note: A 5% variance from the available horsepower is authorized. (a) Location. The following is a regu- (2) All tows carrying cargoes of par- lated navigation area (RNA): The wa- ticular hazard as defined in § 160.203 of ters of the Arkansas River between mile 118.2 and mile 125.4. this chapter must have available horse- (b) Regulations. Transit of the RNA power of at least 600 hp or three times is limited during periods of high veloc- the length of tow, whichever is greater. ity flow, defined as the flow rate of (f) Notice of Requirements. Notice that 70,000 cubic feet per second or more at these rules are anticipated to be put the Murray Lock and Dam at mile into effect, or are in effect, will be 125.4. The flow rate at this location is given by: calculated by the U.S. Army Corps of (1) Marine information broadcasts; Engineers on a regular and routine (2) Notices to mariners; basis. This information will be distrib- (3) Vessel Traffic Center advisories or uted by announcements by Coast upon vessel information request; and Guard Marine Information Broadcasts, (4) Visual displays on top of the publication in Coast Guard Local No- SPRR Bridge, consisting of: tice to Mariners, and telephone or (i) Two vertically arranged red balls radio contact with the Lockmaster at by day; or Murray Lock and Dam. (c) Transit of the RNA during periods (ii) Two vertically arranged flashing of high velocity flow may only occur white lights by night. under the following conditions: NOTE: Visual displays are not shown during (1) Vessels may not meet or pass in precautionary periods (when the Morgan the RNA. City River Gauge reads 2.5 feet above mean (2) No vessel shall anchor, stop, re- sea level). However, precautionary notices will be issued via marine notice to mariners, main or drift without power at any notice to mariners, VTC advisories or vessel time in the RNA. information requests, when water level re- (3) All vessels shall continually mon- mains at or above 2.5 feet. Visual displays itor VHF–FM channel 13 on their radio- are Class I, private aids to navigation main- telephone while in or approaching the tained by SPRR Bridge. RNA. (4) Prior to entering the RNA, [CGD 90–020, 59 FR 36334, July 15, 1994, as downbound vessels shall make a broad- amended by CGD 95–033, 60 FR 28333, May 31, 1995] cast in the blind on VHF–FM channel 13 announcing their estimated time of
665
VerDate 18
departure from Murray Lock and Dam the Port, Pittsburgh, PA, prior to en- or from the mooring cells at mile 121.5 tering the RNA. to ensure there are no upbound vessels within the RNA. If there is upbound [CGD2–91–06, 56 FR 55820, Oct. 30, 1991, as amended by CGD02–93–001, 58 FR 59952, Nov. traffic within the RNA, the downbound 12, 1993. Redesignated by CGD 96–026, 61 FR vessel shall not depart until the 33669, June 28, 1996] upbound vessel has passed through the RNA. After departing, vessels will pro- § 165.821 Ohio River at Cincinnati, OH; ceed through the RNA, including all regulated navigation area. drawbridges located therein, without (a) Location. The following is a regu- delay. lated navigation area (RNA)—The wa- (5) When upbound vessels reach mile ters of the Ohio River between mile 116, they shall make a broadcast in the 466.0 and mile 473.0. blind on VHF–FM channel 13 announc- (b) Activation. The restrictions in ing their estimated arrival time at the paragraphs (c) (1) through (4) are in ef- Rock Island Railroad Bridge at mile fect from one-half hour before sunset 118.2. to one-half hour after sunrise when the (6) When a downbound vessel is al- Cincinnati, Ohio, Ohio River Gauge is ready in the RNA, an upbound vessel at or above the 45 foot level. The Cap- shall adjust its speed so as to avoid a tain of the Port, Louisville, Kentucky meeting situation in the RNA. will publish a notice in the Local No- (d) Refer to 33 CFR 117.123 for draw- tice to Mariners and will make an- bridge operation regulations. nouncements by Coast Guard Marine [CGD2–90–04, 57 FR 22176, May 27, 1992. Redes- Information Broadcasts whenever the ignated by CGD 96–026, 61 FR 33669, June 28, river level measured at the gauge acti- 1996] vates or terminates the navigation re- strictions in this section. § 165.819 Monongahela River, Mile 81.0 (c) Regulations. to 83.0—regulated navigation area. (1) Transit through the RNA by all (a) Location. The following is a regu- downbound vessels towing cargoes reg- lated navigation area—The waters of ulated by Title 46 Code of Federal Reg- the Monongahela River between mile ulations Subchapters D and O with a 81.0 and mile 83.0. tow length exceeding 600 feet excluding (b) Regulations. Transit of the RNA the tow boat is prohibited. by vessels required to have a radio- (2) No vessel shall loiter, anchor, telephone under 33 CFR 26.03 may be stop, remain or drift without power at made only under the following condi- any time within the navigation chan- tions: nel of the RNA. (1) Traffic is restricted to one-way (3) All commercial vessels shall con- passage, with no meeting, passing, or tinually monitor VHF–FM channel 13 overtaking authorized. on their radiotelephone while in or ap- (2) Upbound vessels must give way to proaching the RNA. downbound vessels and, when ap- (4) Between Ohio River miles 464.0 proaching mile 81.0, in the area of Cats and 466.0, downbound vessels shall Run Light and the daymark located on make a broadcast in the blind, on the right descending bank, are to con- VHF–FM channel 13 announcing their tact any downbound vessels in the area estimated time of entering the RNA. to coordinate transit of the area in ac- [CGD02–95–003, 61 FR 2417, Jan. 26, 1996. Re- cordance with this section. designated by CGD 97–023, 62 FR 33365, June (3) Downbound vessels, when ap- 19, 1997, as amended by USCG–1998–3799, 63 proaching mile 83.0, in the vicinity of FR 35533, June 30, 1998] Warwick Mine on the left descending bank, are to contact any upbound ves- NINTH COAST GUARD DISTRICT sels in the area to coordinate transit of the area in accordance with this sec- § 165.901 Great Lakes—regulated navi- tion. gation areas. (c) Any deviations from this section (a) Lake Huron. The following are must be authorized by the Captain of regulated navigation areas:
666
VerDate 18
(1) The waters of Lake Huron known the Niagara River from the down- as South Channel between Bois Blanc stream side of the mouth of Gill Creek Island and Cheboygan, Michigan; to the upstream end of the breakwater bounded by a line north from at the mouth of the Welland River. Cheyboygan Crib Light (LL–1340) at 45°39′ 48′ ′N, 84°27′ 36′ ′W; to Bois Blanc § 165.903 Safety Zones: Cuyahoga Island at 45°43′ 42′ ′N, 84°27′ 36′ ′W; and a River and Old River, Cleveland, OH. line north from the mainland at 45°43′ (a) Location. The waters of the Cuya- 00′ ′N, 84°35′ 30′ ′W; to the western tan- hoga River and the Old River extending gent of Bois Blanc Island at 45°48′ 42′ ′N, ten feet into the river at the following 84°35′ 30′ ′W. eleven locations, including the adja- (2) The waters of Lake Huron be- cent shorelines, are safety zones, co- tween Mackinac Island and St. Ignace, ordinates for which are based on NAD Michigan, bounded by a line east from 83. position 45°52′ 12′ ′N, 84°43′ 00′ ′W; to (1) From the point where the shore- Mackinac Island at 45°52′ 12′ ′N, 84°39′ line intersects longitude 81°42′ 24.5″ W, 00′ ′W; and a line east from the main- which is the southern side of the Con- land at 45°53′ 12′ ′N, 84°43′ 30′ ′W; to the rail No. 1 railroad bridge, southeasterly northern tangent of Mackinac Island at along the shore for six hundred (600) 45°53′ 12′ ′N, 84°38′ 48′ ′W. feet to the point where the shoreline (b) Lake Michigan. The following is a intersects longitude 81°42′ 24.5″ W, regulated navigation area—The waters which is the end of the lot adjacent to of Lake Michigan known as Gray’s Fagan’s Restaurant. Reef Passage bounded by a line from (2) One hundred (100) feet downriver Gray’s Reef Light (LL–2006) at 45°46′ 00′ to one hundred (100) feet upriver from ′N, 85°09′ 12′ ′W; to White Shoals Light 41 degrees 29′53.5″ N, 81 degrees 42′33.5″ (LL–2003) at 45°50′ 30′ ′N, 85°08′ 06′ ′W; to W, which is the knuckle on the north a point at 45°49′ 12′ ′N, 85°04′ 48′ ′W; then side of the Old River entrance at On- to a point at 45°45′ 42″ N, 85°08′ 42″ W; tario Stone. then to the point of beginning. (3) Fifty (50) feet downriver to fifty (c) Regulations. The COTP, Sault Ste. (50) feet upriver from 41 degrees 29′48.4″ Marie, will close and open these regu- N, 81 degrees 42′44″ W, which is the lated navigation areas as ice conditions knuckle adjacent to the Ontario Stone dictate. Under normal seasonal condi- warehouse on the south side of the Old tions, only one closing each winter and River. one opening each spring are antici- (4) From 41 degrees 29′51.1″ N, 81 de- pated. Prior to the closing or opening grees 42′32.0″ W, which is the corner of of the regulated navigation areas, the Nicky’s pier at Sycamore Slip on the COTP will give interested parties, in- Old River, to fifty (50) feet east of 41 cluding both shipping interests and is- degrees 29′55.1″ N, 81 degrees 42′27.6″ W, land residents, not less than 72 hours which is the north point of the pier at notice of the action. No vessel may Shooter’s Restaurant on the Cuyahoga navigate in a regulated navigation area River. which has been closed by the COTP. (5) Twenty-five (25) feet downriver to Under emergency conditions, the COTP twenty-five (25) feet upriver of 41 de- may authorize specific vessels to navi- grees 29′48.9″ N, 81 degrees 42′10.7″ W, gate in a closed regulated navigation which is the knuckle toward the area. downriver corner of the Nautica Stage. [CGD 79–034, 47 FR 29660, July 8, 1982, as (6) Ten (10) feet downriver to ten (10) amended by CGD 79–026, 48 FR 35408, Aug. 4, feet upriver of 41 degrees 29′45.5″ N, 81 1983] degrees 42′9.7″ W, which is the knuckle toward the upriver corner of the § 165.902 Niagara River at Niagara Nautica Stage. Falls, New York—safety zone. (7) The fender on the west bank of (a) The following is a safety zone— the river at 41 degrees 29′45.2″ N, 81 de- The United States waters of the Niag- grees 42.10″ W, which is the knuckle at ara River from the crest of the Amer- Bascule Bridge (railroad). ican and Horseshoe Falls, Niagara (8) The two hundred seventy (270) Falls, New York to a line drawn across foot section on the east bank of the
667
VerDate 18
river between the Columbus Road Merrill C. Meigs Airfield constitute a bridge (41 degrees 29′18.8″ N, 81 degrees safety and security zone. This includes 42′02.3W) downriver to the chain link all waters including Burnham Park fence at the upriver end of the Com- Harbor and the southern part of Chi- modores Club Marina. cago Harbor, Lake Michigan, bounded (9) Fifty (50) feet downriver of twen- by the following coordinates: ty-five (25) feet upriver from 41 degrees (1) Northwest point: 41°52′ 33′ ′N, 87°36′ 29′24.5″ N, 81 degrees 41′57.2″ W, which is 58′ ′W the knuckle at the Upriver Marine fuel (2) Northeast point: 41°52′ 33′ ′N, 87°35′ pump. 41′ ′W (10) Seventy-five (75) feet downriver (3) Southeast point: 41°50′ 42′ ′N, 87°35′ to seventy-five (75) feet upriver from 41 41′ ′W degrees 29′33.7″ N, 81 degrees 41′57.5″ W. (4) Southwest point: 41°50′ 42′ ′N, 87°36′ which is the knuckle adjacent to the 33′ ′W warehouse at Alpha Precast Products (5) From the southwest point, north (United Ready Mix). along the Lake Michigan shoreline, in- (11) Fifteen (15) feet downriver to fif- cluding Burnham Park Harbor, to the teen (15) feet upriver from 41 degrees northwest point. ′ ″ ′ ″ 29 41 N, 81 degrees 41 38.6 W, which is (b) Effective times and dates. This safe- the end of the chain link fence between ty and security zone will be in effect at Jim’s Steak House and Shippers C & D. various times to be published in the (b) Regulations—(1) General Rule. Ex- Coast Guard Local Notice to Mariners cept as provided below, entry of any or broadcasted via Marine Radio VHF– kind or for any purpose into the fore- FM Channels 16 & 22. These times will going zones is strictly prohibited in ac- include the actual effective time and cordance with the general regulations date and the termination time and in § 165.23 of this part. date. (2) Exceptions. Any vessel may tran- (c) Restrictions. (1) In accordance with sit, but not moor, stand or anchor in, the general regulations in section the foregoing zones as necessary to 165.23 and 165.33 of this part, entry into comply with the Inland Navigation this zone is prohibited, unless author- Rules or to otherwise facilitate safe ized by the U.S. Coast Guard Captain of navigation. Cargo vessels of 1600 gross the Port, Chicago, or the U.S. Secret tons (GT) or greater may moor in these Service. Other general requirements in zones when conducting cargo transfer §§ 165.23 and 165.33 also apply. Further, operations. no person may enter or remain in the (3) Waivers. Owners or operators of shoreline areas of the established safe- docks wishing a partial waiver of these ty and security zone, unless cleared by regulations may apply to the Captain a Coast Guard or U.S. Secret Service of the Port, Cleveland, Ohio. Partial official. waivers will only be considered to (2) Vessels in Burnham Park Harbor allow for the mooring of vessels in a at the commencement of the safety and safety zone when vessels of 1600 GT on security zone must be moored and re- greater are not navigating in the proxi- main moored while the safety and secu- mate area. Any requests for a waiver rity zone is established, unless author- must include a plan to ensure imme- ized to get underway by a Coast Guard diate removal of any vessels moored in or U.S. Secret Service official. a safety zone upon the approach of a (3) No person may engage in swim- vessel(s) 1600 GTs or greater. ming, snorkeling, or diving within the [COTP Cleveland REG 89–01, 54 FR 9778, Mar. established safety and security zone, 8, 1989, as amended by CGD 09–95–018, 61 FR except with the permission of the Cap- 37685, July 19, 1996] tain of the Port or U.S. Secret Service. § 165.904 Lake Michigan at Chicago [CGD09–94–005, 59 FR 45227, Sept. 1, 1994] Harbor & Burnham Park Harbor— Safety and Security Zone. § 165.905 USX Superfund Site Safety (a) Location. All waters, waterfront Zones: St. Louis River. facilities, and shoreline areas within (a) The following areas of the St. 1000 yards of the shoreline surrounding Louis River, within the designated
668
VerDate 18
boxes of latitude and longitude, are and the entrance to the Yacht Club safety zones: docking area, and southwest of a line (1) Safety Zone #1 (North Spirit Lake): running 328° T from the intersection of North Boundary: 46°41′ 33″ W 81°39′58.47″ W and reference line run- South Boundary: 46°41′ 18″ W ning between point A at 41°31′33.45″ N, East Boundary: 92°11′ 53″ W 81°39′47.45″ W and point B at 41°31′19.67″ West Boundary: 92°12′ 11″ W N, 81°40′19.17″ W. (2) Safety Zone #2 (South Spirit Lake): (3) Restricted area no. 3. Restricted area no. 3 is the water area of the North Boundary: 46°40′ 45″ N Lakeside Yacht Club entrance channel South Boundary: 46°40′ 33″ N which is outside restricted area no. 1, East Boundary: 92°11′ 40″ W and southwest of a line running 328° T West Boundary: 92°12′ 05″ W from point A at 41°31′33.45″ N., (b) Transit of vessels through the wa- 81°39′47.45″ W. ters covered by these zones is prohib- (4) Restricted area no. 4. Restricted ited. Swimming (including water ski- area no. 4 is the area inside the Lake- ing or other recreational use of the side Yacht Club docks which is south- water which involves a substantial risk west of a line running 328° T from the of immersion in the water) or taking of intersection of 81°39′58.47″ W and a ref- fish (including all forms of aquatic ani- erence line running between point A at mals) from the waters covered by these 41°31′33.45″ N, 81°39′47.45″ W and point B safety zones is prohibited at all times. at 41°31′19.67″ N, 81°40′19.17″ W, and [CGD09–95–026, 60 FR 52862, Oct. 11, 1995] northwest of the same reference line. (5) Restricted area no. 5. Restricted § 165.906 Lakeside Yacht Club in area no. 5 is the area inside the Lake- Cleveland Harbor, Cleveland, OH— side Yacht Club docks which is outside regulated navigation areas. restricted area 4 and northwest of a (a) Restricted Areas. The following are line 183 feet southeast and parallel to a areas inside Cleveland Harbor which reference line running between point A are subject to navigational restrictions at 41°31′33.45″ N, 81°39′47.45″ W and point based on the height of vessel masts as B at 41°31′19.67″ N, 81°40′19.17″ W. specified in paragraph (b) of this sec- (6) Restricted area no. 6. Restricted tion. For the purpose of this section, area no. 6 is the area inside the Lake- the term ‘‘mast’’ will be used to in- side Yacht Club docks which is outside clude masts, antennae or any other restricted areas 4 and 5. portion of the vessel extending above (b) Restrictions applicable to vessels of the waterline. All of these areas are in- certain heights. Vessels with masts of side the ‘‘Lakeside Yacht Club en- certain heights are subject to the fol- trance channel,’’ defined as the water lowing restrictions with reference to area between the Lakeside Yacht Club the restricted areas detailed in para- jetties and the Burke Lakefront Air- graph (a) of this section. The height of port landfill, or inside the ‘‘Lakeside a vessel is the height above the water Yacht Club docks,’’ defined as the line of masts, antennas, navigational docking area inside the Lakeside Yacht equipment, or any other structure. Club jetties and immediately adjacent (1) Less than 41 feet. Vessels less than to Lakeside Yacht Club. 41 feet in height are not subject to any (1) Restricted area no. 1. Restricted restrictions under this section. area no. 1 is the water area on the (2) 41 to 45 feet. Vessels at least 41 feet southwest end of the Lakeside Yacht in height yet less than 45 feet in height Club entrance channel which is south- may not enter restricted area 1. west of a line running 328° T and north- (3) 45 to 53 feet. Vessels at least 45 feet west of a line running 232° T from a in height yet less than 53 feet in height point at 41°31′28.00″ N, 81°40′02.60″ W, may not enter restricted area 1 and which point is marked by a fixed flash- must comply with the clearance proce- ing yellow light. dures prescribed in paragraph (c) when (2) Restricted area no. 2. Restricted navigating through restricted area 2. area no. 2 is the water area of the (4) 53 to 63 feet. Vessels at least 53 feet Lakeside Yacht Club entrance channel in height yet less than 63 feet in height which is outside restricted area no. 1 may not enter restricted area 1, must
669
VerDate 18
comply with the clearance procedures (2) 11:00 p.m. on Saturdays to 8:00 prescribed in paragraph (c) of this sec- a.m. on Sundays. tion when navigating through re- (3) 12:00 midnight Sunday nights to stricted area 2, and may not dock in or 7:00 a.m. on Mondays. enter restricted area 4 at any time. (e) Enforcement. This section will not (5) 63 to 95 feet. Vessels at least 63 feet be enforced during any period in which in height yet less than 95 feet in height the Federal Aviation Administration may not enter restricted area 1, must withdraws approval for operation of an comply with the clearance procedures instrument-only approach to runway 24 prescribed in paragraph (c) of this sec- on the northeast end of Burke Lake- tion when navigating through re- front Airport. stricted areas 2 or 3, and may not dock in or enter restricted areas 4 or 5 at [CGD09–97–002, 64 FR 8006, Feb. 18, 1999] any time. (6) 95 feet or more. Vessel 95 feet or ELEVENTH COAST GUARD DISTRICT more in height may not enter any re- § 165.1101 Safety Zone: San Pedro Bay, stricted area, 1 through 6, at any time. CA. (c) Clearance procedures. Except dur- ing the times specified in paragraph (a) Location. The following areas are (d), operators of vessels subject to established as safety zones during the these procedures must do the fol- specified conditions: lowing: (1) The waters within a 500 yard ra- (1) Obtain clearance from the Burke dius around a liquefied hazardous gas Lakefront Air Traffic Control Tower tank vessel (LHG T/V), while the vessel before navigating through the re- is anchored at a designated anchorage stricted area(s); area either inside the Federal break- (2) Navigate promptly through the waters bounding San Pedro Bay, or an- area(s) at a safe and practical speed. chored outside the breakwaters at des- Navigation at a safe and practical ignated anchorage areas within three speed includes brief stops at the fueling (3) miles of the breakwaters; dock inside restricted area 3 by vessels (2) The waters and land area within with masts between 63 and 95 feet in 50 yards of a LHG T/V, while the vessel height; and is moored at any berth within the Los (3) Promptly inform the Burke Lake- Angeles or Long Beach port area, in- front Air Traffic Control Tower after side the Federal breakwaters bounding clearing the restricted area(s), or of San Pedro Bay; any difficulty preventing prompt clear- (3) The waters 1000 yards ahead of and ance. The Burke Lakefront Air Traffic within 500 yards of all other sides of a Control Tower may be contacted on LHG T/V, while the vessel is underway marine radio channel 14, or by tele- on the waters inside the Federal break- phone at (216) 781–6411 except as noted waters encompassing San Pedro Bay, during the suspended hours listed in or within the waters three (3) miles paragraph (d) of this section. The radio outside of the Federal breakwaters in and telephone will be manned when the an area more particularly described as instrument guided approach system is follows: Beginning at a point which is being utilized. Point Fermin Light (33°42′ 18″ N, 118°17′ (4) Clearance may also be obtained 36″ W); thence along the shoreline to for longer periods or for groups of ves- the San Pedro breakwater; thence sels when arranged in advance with along the San Pedro breakwater and Burke Lakefront Airport by any appro- the Middle breakwater (following the priate means of communication, in- COLREGS Demarcation Lines) to Long cluding a prior written agreement. Beach Channel Entrance Light ‘‘2’’ (d) Enforcement of clearance require- (33°43′ 23″ N, 118°10′ 50″ W)’ thence south ments. The clearance procedures speci- southeast to 33°40′ 31″ N, 118°08′ 42″ W; fied in paragraph (c) of this section will thence west to 33°40′ 31″ N, 118°12′ 03″ W; not be enforced during the following thence west southwest to 33°39′ 17″ N, times: 118°16′ 00″ W; thence northwest to 33°40′ (1) 11:00 p.m. n Fridays to 7:00 a.m. on 06″ N, 118°17′ 38″ W; thence north to the Saturdays. point of beginning. [Datum: NAD 1983]
670
VerDate 18
(b) Regulations. In accordance with to the Naval Ocean Systems Center, the general regulations in § 165.23 of San Diego, California, and the Naval this part, entry into, transit through, Supply Center, San Diego, California, or anchoring within these zones is pro- described as follows: hibited subject to the following excep- tions: Commencing at a point on the shoreline of Point Loma, at latitude 32°41′57.8′′ N, lon- (1) Entry may be authorized by the gitude 117°14′17.5′′ W (Point A), for a place of Captain of the Port; or beginning; thence easterly to latitude (2) Vessels already anchored or 32°41′56.0′′ N, longitude 117°14′09.9′′ W (Point moored when the safety zone is in ef- B); thence northeasterly to latitude fect are not required to get underway 32°42′03.8′′ N, longitude 117°14′04.7′′ W (Point to avoid entering into the safety zone C); thence northeasterly to latitude boundaries as listed in paragraph (a) of 32°42′10.2′′ N, longitude 117°14′00.6′′ W (Point this section. D); thence northwesterly to latitude ° ′ ′′ ° ′ ′′ (c) Notice. The Captain of the Port 32 42 14.6 N, longitude 117 14 02.1 W (Point E); thence northwesterly to latitude will notify the maritime community of 32°42′22.7′′ N, longitude 117°14′05.8′′ W (Point periods during which this safety zone F); thence northwesterly to latitude will be in effect via Broadcast Notice 32°42′28.3′′ N, longitude 117°14′08.4′′ W (Point to Mariners. G); thence westerly to latitude 32°42′28.3′′ N, longitude 117°14′09.6′′ W (Point H); thence [COTP Los Angeles–Long Beach 96–003, 61 FR generally southerly along the shoreline of 60029, Nov. 26, 1996] Point Loma to the place of beginning (Point A). § 165.1102 Security Zone: San Diego Bay, California. (b) Regulations. In accordance with (a) Location. The following area is a the general regulations in § 165.33 of security zone: The water area within this part, entry into the area of this Naval Station, San Diego, California, zone is prohibited unless authorized by described as follows: the Captain of the Port, the Com- mander, Naval Base, San Diego, the Commencing at a point at the mouth of Chollas Creek, at latitude 32°41′12.5″ N, lon- Commander, Naval Ocean Systems gitude 117°07′0.57.0″ W, (Point A), for a place Center, San Diego, or the Commanding of beginning; thence southwesterly to a Officer, Naval Supply Center, San point on the U.S. Pierhead Line 100 yards (92 Diego. Section 165.33 also contains meters) northwest of the head of Pier 1, at other general requirements. latitude 32°41′05.8″ N, longitude 117°08′05.6″ W, (Point B); thence southeasterly along the [COTP San Diego Reg. 85–20, 51 FR 8197, Mar. U.S. Pierhead Line to the south side of Pier 10, 1986] 13 (Point C); thence northeasterly along the south side of Pier 13 to the shoreline of the § 165.1104 Security Zone: San Diego Naval Station (Point D); thence generally Bay, California. northwesterly along the shoreline of the Naval Station to the place of beginning (a) Location. The following area is a (Point A). security zone: The water area adjacent to Naval Submarine Base, San Diego, (b) Regulations. In accordance with California, described as follows: the general regulations in § 165.33 of this part, entry into the area of this Commencing at a point on the shoreline of zone is prohibited unless authorized by Ballast Point, at latitude 32°41′11.2″ N., lon- ° ′ ″ the Captain of the Port, the Com- gitude 117 13 57.0 W. (Point A), for a place of mander, Naval Base San Diego, or the beginning; thence northerly (approximately 352 ° T) to latitude 32°41′31.8″ N., longitude Commanding Officer, Naval Station, 117°14′00.6″ W (Point B); thence westerly (ap- San Diego. Section 165.33 also contains proximately 243 ° T) to latitude 32°41′24.5″ N., other general requirements. longitude 117°14′18.7″ W. (Point C); thence generally southeasterly along the shoreline [COTP San Diego Reg. 85–21, 51 FR 8198, Mar. of the Naval Submarine Base to the place of 10, 1986] beginning (Point A). § 165.1103 Security Zone: San Diego (b) Regulations. In accordance with Bay, California. the general regulations in § 165.33 of (a) Location. The following area is a this part, entry into the area of this security zone: The water area adjacent zone is prohibited unless authorized by
671
VerDate 18
the Captain of the Port, the Com- following points (when no vessel is mander, Naval Base San Diego, or the moored at the pier): Commander, Submarine Force, U.S. (i) Latitude 32°41′ 53.0″ N, Longitude Pacific Fleet Representative, West 117°13′ 33.6″ W; Coast. Section 165.33 also contains (ii) Latitude 32°41′ 53.0″ N, Longitude other general requirements. 117°13′ 40.6″ W; (iii) Latitude 32°41′ 34.0″ N, Longitude [COTP San Diego Reg. 85–19, 51 FR 8197, Mar. 117°13′ 40.6″ W; 10, 1986] (iv) Latitude 32°41′ 34.0″ N, Longitude 117°13′ 34.1″ W. § 165.1105 Security Zone: San Diego Bay, California. (2) Because the area of this security zone is measured from the pier and (a) Location. The following area is a from vessels moored thereto, the ac- security zone: The water area adjacent tual area of this security zone will be to Naval Air Station North Island, larger when a vessel is moored at Coronado, California, and within 100 Bravo Pier. yards (91.5 meters) of the Cruiser (J–K) (b) Regulations. In accordance with Pier and within 300 yards (275 meters) the general regulations in § 165.33 of of the Carrier (L–P) Pier, described as this part, entry into the area of this follows: zone is prohibited unless authorized by the Captain of the Port or the Com- From a point on the shoreline of Naval Air Station North Island, on North Island, Coro- manding Officer, Naval Air Station nado, California, at latitude 32°42′47.5″ N., North Island. Section 165.33 also con- longitude 117°11′25.0″ W. (Point A), for a place tains other general requirements. of beginning; thence northeasterly to lati- [COTP San Diego Reg. 85–11, 51 FR 3776, Jan. tude 32°42′52.0″ N., longitude 117°11′21.5″ W. 30, 1986, as amended at 52 FR 8893, Mar. 20, (Point B); thence southeasterly to latitude 1987] 32°42′44.5″ N., longitude 117°11′11.0″ W. (Point C ); thence southerly to latitude 32°42′31.0″ ° ′ ″ § 165.1107 San Diego Bay, California— N., longitude 117 11 16.4 W. (Point D); thence safety zone. southeasterly to latitude 32°42′21.4″ N., lon- gitude 117°10′44.5″ W. (Point E); thence south- (a) The waters of San Diego Bay en- erly to latitude 32°42′12.8″ N., longitude closed by the following boundaries are 117°10′47.8″ W. (Point F); thence generally a safety zone: northwesterly along the shoreline of Naval From a point located on the bound- Air Station North Island to the place of be- ary of Coast Guard Air Station San ginning (Point A). Diego, California at latitude 32°43′ 37.2″ (b) Regulations. In accordance with N, longitude 117°10′ 45.0″ W (point A), the general regulations in § 165.33 of for a point of beginning; thence south- this part, entry into the area of this easterly to latitude 32°43′ 36.2″ N, lon- zone is prohibited unless authorized by gitude 117°10′ 41.5″ W (point B); thence the Captain of the Port, the Com- southwesterly to latitude 32°43′ 20.2″ N, mander, Naval Air Force, U.S. Pacific longitude 117°10′ 49.5″ W (point C); Fleet, the Commander, Naval Base San thence northwesterly to latitude 32°43′ Diego, or the Commanding Officer, 25.7″ N, longitude 117°11′ 04.6″ W (point Naval Air Station North Island. Sec- D); thence northeasterly to latitude tion 165.33 also contains other general 32°43′ 35.7″ N, longitude 117°10′ 59.5″ W requirements. (point E); thence generally easterly along the air station boundary to the [COTP San Diego Reg. 85–17, 51 FR 8196, Mar. point of beginning (point A). 10, 1986] (b)(1) In accordance with the general regulations in § 165.23 of this part, § 165.1106 Security Zone: San Diego entry into the area of this zone is pro- Bay, California. hibited unless authorized by the Cap- (a) Location. (1) The following area is tain of the Port, except as provided for a security zone: The water area adja- below. cent to Naval Air Station North Island, (2) Vessels may transit the area of Coronado, California, and within 100 this safety zone without permission, yards (91 meters) of Bravo Pier, and but may not anchor, stop, remain with- vessels moored thereto, bounded by the in the zone, or approach within 100
672
VerDate 18
yards (92 meters) of the land area of Lines) to Long Beach Channel En- Coast Guard Air Station San Diego or trance Light ‘‘2’’ (33°42′ 42″ N, 118°14′ 42″ structures attached thereto. W), thence south southeast to 33°40′ 31″ N, 118°08′ 42″ W; thence west to 33°40′ 31″ [CGD 85–034, 50 FR 14703, Apr. 15, 1985 and ° ′ ″ COTP San Diego Reg. 85–06, 50 FR 38003, N, 118 12 03 W; thence west southwest Sept. 19, 1985] to 33°39′ 17″ N, 118°16′ 00″ W; thence northeast to 33°40′ 06″ N, 118°17′ 38″ W; § 165.1108 San Diego Bay, California. thence north to the point of origin. (a) Location. The area encompassed [Datum: NAD 1983] by the following geographic coordi- (b) Pilot areas. There are two pilot nates is a regulated navigation area: areas within the regulated navigation 32°41′24.6″N 117°14′21.9″W area described in paragraph (a). They 32°41′34.2″N 117°13′58.5″W are defined as follows: 32°41′34.2″N 117°13′37.2″W (1) The Los Angeles Pilot Area is en- Thence south along the shoreline to closed by a line beginning at Los Ange- 32°41′11.2″N 117°13′31.3″W les Light (33°42′ 30″ N, 118°15′ 06″ W); 32°41′11.2″N 117°13′58.5″W thence easterly to Los Angeles Main Thence north along the shoreline to the Channel Entrance Light 2 (33°42′ 42″ N, point of origin. 118°14′ 42″ W); thence southeasterly to 33°41′ 36.2″ (N, 118°13′ 46.2″ W; thence Datum: NAD 1983. southwest to 33°41′ 13.9″ N, 118°14′ 55.4″ (b) Regulations. (1) During submarine W; thence north to the point of origin. docking/undocking operations at the U.S. Naval Submarine Base on Ballast [Datum: NAD 1983] Point, San Diego Bay, California, mari- (2) The Long Beach Pilot Area is en- ners transiting within the regulated closed by a line beginning at Long navigation area shall proceed at a Beach Light (33°43′ 24″ N, 118°11′ 12″ W); speed that generates no wake from thence easterly to Long Beach Channel their vessel. Entrance Light 2 (33°43′ 24″ N, 118°10′ 48″ (2) The Coast Guard will issue a W); thence southerly to 33°42′ 09.1″ N, Broadcast Notice to Mariners, and if 118°10′ 26.2″ W; thence west to 33°42′ 09.1″ time permits a Local Notice to Mari- N, 118°11′ 35.5″ W; thence northeasterly ners, to inform the maritime commu- to the point of origin. nity of the dates and times of the sub- [Datum: NAD 1983] marine docking/undocking operations (c) Definitions. For the purposes of covered by paragraph (b)(1). this section: (3) The master and/or operator of a (1) Floating plant—means any vessel, vessel within the regulated navigation other than a vessel underway and mak- area shall comply with any other or- ing way, engaged in any construction, ders or directions issued by the Coast manufacturing, or exploration oper- Guard as required for the safety of the ation. submarine docking/undocking oper- (2) Vessel—means every description of ations covered by paragraph (b)(1). watercraft, used or capable of being [CGD11–90–07, 56 FR 14645, Apr. 11, 1991; 56 FR used as a means of transportation on 40360, Aug. 14, 1991, as amended by USCG– water. 1998–3799, 63 FR 35533, June 30, 1998] (d) The following regulations apply to all vessels while operating within § 165.1109 San Pedro Bay, California— the regulated navigation area: Regulated navigation area. (1) Los Angeles Pilot Area: (a) Location. The following is a regu- (i) No vessel may enter the Los Ange- lated navigation area: The water area les Pilot Area unless it is entering or of San Pedro Bay encompassed by the departing the Los Angeles Main Chan- following geographic coordinates: nel via the Los Angeles Harbor En- From Point Fermin Light (33°42′ 18″ trance (Angel’s Gate). N, 118°17′ 36″ W) thence along the shore- (ii) Vessels entering the Los Angeles line to the San Pedro Breakwater, Pilot Area shall pass directly through thence along the San Pedro Break- without stopping or loitering unless water and the Middle Breakwater (fol- stopping is necessary to embark or dis- lowing the COLREGS Demarcation embark a pilot.
673
VerDate 18
(iii) Vessels shall leave Los Angeles Light 2 (33°42′ 42″ N, 118°14′ 42″ W); Approach Lighted Bell Buoy ‘‘LA’’ to thence eastward along the middle port when entering and departing Los breakwater to Long Beach Light (33°43′ Angeles Main Channel; 24″ N, 118°11′ 12″ W); thence south to (2) Long Beach Pilot Area: 33°43′ 05.3″ N, 118°11′ 15.3″ W; thence (i) No vessel may enter the Long westerly to 33°43′ 05.3″ N, 118°12′ 15.7″ W; Beach Pilot Area unless it is entering thence southwesterly parallel to the or departing Long Beach Harbor En- breakwater to 33°42′ 29.9″ N, 118°14′ 16.0″ trance (Queen’s Gate). W; thence to the point of origin, unless (ii) Every vessel entering the Long such vessel is: Beach Pilot Area shall pass directly (i) In an emergency; thorugh without stopping or loitering (ii) Proceeding to anchor in or de- unless stopping is necessary to embark parting Commercial Anchorage G; or disembark a pilot. (iii) Standing by with confirmed pilot (iii) Every vessel shall leave Long boarding arrangements; or, Beach Approach Lighted Whistle Buoy (iv) Engaged in towing vessels to or ‘‘LB’’ to port when entering and de- from Commercial Anchorage G, or to parting Long Beach Channel and de- or from the waters between Commer- parting vessels shall pass across the cial Anchorage G and the Middle southern boundary of the Long Beach Breakwater. Pilot Area. [CCGD11–93–007, 59 FR 5953, Feb. 9, 1994] (e) The following regulations con- tained in paragraphs (e)(1) through § 165.1110 Safety Zone: Los Angeles (e)(4) apply to vessels 30 meters (ap- Harbor; San Pedro Bay, CA. proximately 98 feet) or over in length, (a) Location. The following areas are towing vessels of 8 meters (approxi- established as safety zones: mately 26 feet) or over in length en- (1) Pier 400: Those waters of Los An- gaged in towing, vessels of 100 gross geles Harbor and San Pedro Bay in the tons and upward carrying one or more vicinity of Pier 400 as defined by the passengers for hire while navigating, lines connecting the following coordi- and each dredge and floating plant en- nates. gaged in operations in the regulated Latitude Longitude navigation area: 33°44′29.06″N 118°14′17.25″W (1) Such vessel’s speed shall not ex- 33°43′48.06″N 118°13′59.25″W ceed 12 knots; 33°43′03.50″N 118°14′11.72″W (2) All verbal contact between such 33°42′45.17″N 118°15′04.78″W vessels shall be communicated in the 33°43′00.00″N 118°15′29.90″W English language. No such vessel may 33°43′21.94″N 118°15′41.51″W enter or transit within the regulated 33°43′45.04″N 118°15′30.81″W 33°43′58.55″N 118°14′44.38″W navigation area unless there is at least 33°44′03.70″N 118°14′26.65″W one person on the bridge immediately and thence to the point of origin. All co- available to communicate with other ordinates use Datum: NAD 83. vessels in the English language; (3) When such vessels in the regu- (2) Shallow Water Habitat Extension: lated navigation area encounter meet- Those waters of Los Angeles Harbor ing, crossing, or overtaking situations and San Pedro Bay as defined by the as defined by the International Regula- lines connecting the following coordi- tions for Prevention of Collisions at nates. Sea, 1972 (72 COLREGS) the master, Latitude Longitude pilot or person in charge of each such 33°42′32.10″N 118°15′00.00″W vessel shall make verbal passing ar- 33°42′49.84″N 118°15′41.51″W rangements with the other over radio- 33°42′47.06″N 118°15′58.26″W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ telephone in addition to sound signal 33 42 24.99 N 118 15 23.59 W requirements of the 72 COLREGS; and thence to the point of origin. All co- (4) No such vessel may enter the wa- ordinates use Datum: NAD 83. ters between Commercial Anchorage G (3) Moving Safety Zone: Dredge FLOR- and the Middle Breakwater as defined IDA. All waters within 50 yards on all by an area enclosed by a line beginning sides of the Dredge FLORIDA, when it at Los Angeles Main Channel Entrance is within three nautical miles of the
674
VerDate 18
base line from which the United States § 165.1114 San Francisco Bay Region, territorial sea is measured and engaged California—regulated navigation in dredging operations associated with area. the Pier 400 project. (a) Applicability. This section applies (b) Dates. This section is effective to all ressels unless otherwise speci- from 6 a.m. PDT on May 28, 1998 fied. through 11:59 p.m. PST on December 31, (b) Deviations. The Captain of the 1999. Port, San Francisco Bay, or the Com- (c) Regulations. In accordance with manding Officer, Vessel Traffic Service the general regulations in § 165.23 of San Francisco, as a representative of this part, entry into, transit through, the Captain of the Port, may authorize or anchoring within any of these safety a deviation from the requirements of zones is prohibited unless authorized this regulation when it is deemed nec- by the Captain of the Port Los Ange- essary in the interests of safety. les-Long Beach, CA. (c) Regulated Navigation Areas—(1) San Francisco Bay RNA. (i) The fol- [COTP Los Angeles-Long Beach, 97–007, 63 FR 23219, Apr. 28, 1998, as amended by USCG– lowing is a regulated navigation area— 1998–3799, 63 FR 35533, June 30, 1998] The waters bounded by a line con- necting the following coordinates, be- EFFECTIVE DATE NOTE: By COTP Los Ange- ginning at: les-Long Beach, 97–007, 63 FR 23219, Apr. 28, 1998, § 165.1110 was revised, effective 6 a.m. 37°47′ 18′ ′N, 122°30′ 22′ ′W; thence to PDT on May 28, 1998 until 11:59 p.m. PST on 37°48′ 55′ ′N, 122°31′ 41′ ′W; thence along Dec. 31, 1999. the shoreline to 37°50′ 38′ ′N, 122°28′ 37′ ′W; thence to § 165.1111 Security Zone: Wilson Cove, 37°50′ 59′ ′N, 122°28′ 00′ ′W; thence to San Clemente Island, California. 37°51′ 45′ ′N, 122°27′ 28′ ′W; thence to (a) Location. The following area is a 37°52′ 58′ ′N, 122°26′ 06′ ′W; thence to security zone: The water area adjacent 37°51′ 53′ ′N, 122°24′ 58′ ′W; thence to ° ′ ′ ′ ° ′ ′ ′ to San Clemente Island, California 37 51 53 N, 122 24 00 W; thence to ° ′ ′ ′ ° ′ ′ ′ within 1.5 nautical miles (1.73 statute 37 51 40 N, 122 23 48 W; thence to ° ′ ′ ′ ° ′ ′ ′ miles, 2.8 kilometers) of the shoreline 37 49 22 N, 122 23 48 W; thence to ° ′ ′ ′ ° ′ ′ ′ of San Clemente Island from Wilson 37 48 20 N, 122 22 12 W; thence to 37°47′ 02′ ′N, 122°21′ 33′ ′W; thence to Cove North End Light (LLNR 2565) to ° ′ ′ ′ ° ′ ′ ′ Spruce Pier, approximately 4.1 nautical 37 47 02 N, 122 23 04 W; thence along miles (4.7 statute miles, 7.65 kilo- the shoreline to the point of begin- meters) southeast of Wilson Cove ning. North End Light, described as follows: Datum: NAD 83 Starting at a point on the shoreline of San Clemente Island, California, in (ii) The San Francisco Bay RNA con- position 33°01′25.0″ N, 118°33′43.0″ W, for sists of the following defined sub-areas: a place of beginning (point A), thence (A) Golden Gate Traffic Lanes—(1) northeasterly to 33°02′11.0″ N, Westbound traffic lane: Bounded by the 118°32′13.5″ W (point B), thence south- Golden Gate precautionary area and easterly to 32 °58′40.5″ N, 118°29′15.5″ W the COLREGS Demarcation Line (33 (point C), thence southwesterly to CFR 80.1142), between the separation 32°57′54.0″ N, 118°31′17.2″ W (point D), zone and a line connecting the fol- thence northwesterly along the shore- lowing coordinates: line of San Clemente Island to the 37°48′ 30′ ′N, 122°31′ 22′ ′W; thence to place of beginning. 37°49′ 03′ ′N, 122°29′ 52′ ′W. (b) Regulations. In accordance with the general regulations in § 165.33 of Datum: NAD 83 this part, entry into the area of this (2) Eastbound traffic lane. Bounded by zone is prohibited unless authorized by the COLREGS Demarcation Line (33 the Captain of the Port, San Diego, CFR 80.1142) and the Golden Gate pre- California. Section 165.33 also contains cautionary area, between the separa- other general requirements. tion zone and a line connecting the fol- [COTP San Diego Reg. 87–04, 52 FR 18230, lowing coordinates: May 14, 1987] 37°47′ 50″ N, 122°30′ 48″ W; thence to
675
VerDate 18
37°48′ 30″ N, 122°29′ 29″ W. 37°49′ 35″ N, 122°25′ 25″ W. Datum: NAD 83 Datum: NAD 83 (3) Golden Gate Separation Zone: The (E) Deep Water Traffic Lane Separation area 75 yards each side of a line con- Zone: The area 75 yards each side of a necting the following coordinates: line connecting the following coordi- 37°48′ 08″ N, 122°31′ 05″ W; thence to nates, beginning at: 37°48′ 46″ N, 122°29′ 40″ W. 37°49′ 36″ N, 122°27′ 46″ W; thence to 37°50′ 22″ N, 122°26′ 49″ W; thence to Datum: NAD 83 37°50′ 25″ N, 122°26′ 22″ W. (B) Golden Gate Precautionary Area: Datum: NAD 83 An area bounded by a line connecting the following coordinates beginning at: (F) Central Bay Precautionary Area: 37°48′ 30″ N, 122°29′ 29″ W; thence to An area bounded by a line connecting 37°48′ 52″ N, 122°28′ 41″ W; thence to the following coordinates, beginning 37°48′ 52″ N, 122°27′ 49″ W; thence to at: 37°49′ 36″ N, 122°27′ 46″ W; thence to 37°48′ 41″ N, 122°25′ 17″ W; thence to 37°49′ 55″ N, 122°28′ 09″ W; thence to 37°49′ 32″ N, 122°25′ 13″ W; thence to 37°49′ 28″ N, 122°28′ 45″ W; thence to 37°50′ 25″ N, 122°26′ 22″ W; thence to 37°49′ 03″ N, 122°29′ 52″ W; thence return- 37°50′ 47″ N, 122°26′ 26″ W; thence to ing to the point of beginning. 37°51′ 04″ N, 122°24′ 58″ W; thence to 37°51′ 53″ N, 122°24′ 58″ W; thence to Datum: NAD 83 37°51′ 53″ N, 122°24′ 00″ W; thence to (C) Central Bay Traffic Lanes—(1) 37°51′ 40″ N, 122°23′ 48″ W; thence to Westbound traffic lane: Bounded by the 37°49′ 22″ N, 122°23′ 48″ W; thence to Central Bay precautionary area and 37°48′ 20″ N, 122°22′ 12″ W; thence to the Golden Gate precautionary area, 37°47′ 02″ N, 122°21′ 33″ W; thence to between the Central Bay and the Deep 37°47′ 02″ N, 122°23′ 04′ ′W; thence to Water Traffic Lane separation zones. 37°47′ 02″ N, 122°23′ 04″ W; thence return- (2) Eastbound traffic lane: Bounded by ing along the shoreline to the point the Golden Gate precautionary area of beginning. and the Central Bay precautionary area, between the Central Bay Separa- Datum: NAD 83 tion Zone and a line connecting the fol- (2) North Ship Channel RNA. The fol- lowing coordinates, beginning at: lowing is a regulated navigation area— 37°48′ 41″ N, 122°25′ 17″ W; thence to The waters bounded by a line con- 37°48′ 50″ N, 122°26′ 14″ W; thence to necting the following coordinates, be- 37°48′ 52″ N, 122°27′ 49″ W. ginning at: ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Datum: NAD 83 37 51 53 N, 122 24 58 W; thence to 37°54′ 15″ N, 122°27′ 27″ W; thence to (3) Deep Water (two-way) Traffic Lane: 37°56′ 06″ N, 122°26′ 49″ W; thence to Bounded by the Central Bay pre- 37°56′ 06″ N, 122°26′ 34″ W; thence to cautionary area and the Golden Gate 37°54′ 48″ N, 122°26′ 42″ W; thence to precautionary area, between the Deep 37°54′ 02″ N, 122°26′ 10″ W; thence to Water Traffic Lane and a line con- 37°51′ 53″ N, 122°24′ 00″ W; thence to re- necting the following coordinates, be- turning to the point of beginning. ginning at: 37°49′ 55″ N, 122°28′ 09″ W; thence to Datum: NAD 83 37°50′ 36″ N, 122°27′ 12″ W; thence to (3) San Pablo Strait Channel RNA. The 37°50′ 47″ N, 122°26′ 26″ W. following is a regulated navigation area—The waters bounded by a line Datum: NAD 83 connecting the following coordinates, (D) Central Bay Separation Zone: The beginning at: area 75 yards each side of a line con- 37°56′ 06″ N, 122°26′ 49″ W; thence to necting the following coordinates, be- 37°57′ 26″ N, 122°27′ 21″ W; thence to ginning at: 38°00′ 48″ N, 122°24′ 45″ W; thence to 37°49′ 17″ N, 122°27′ 47″ W; thence to 38°01′ 54″ N, 122°22′ 24″ W; thence to
676
VerDate 18
38°01′ 44″ N, 122°22′ 18″ W; thence to 37°54′ 30″ N, 122°24′ 00″ W; thence return- 37°57′ 37″ N, 122°26′ 23″ W; thence to ing to the point of beginning. 37°56′ 06″ N, 122°26′ 34″ W; thence return- ing to the point of beginning. Datum: NAD 83 Datum: NAD 83 (7) Oakland Harbor RNA. The fol- lowing is a regulated navigation area— (4) Pinole Shoal Channel RNA. The fol- The waters bounded by a line con- lowing is a regulated navigation area— necting the following coordinates, be- The waters bounded by a line con- ginning at: necting the following coordinates, be- 37°48′ 40″ N, 122°19′ 58″ W; thence to ginning at: 37°48′ 50″ N, 122°20′ 02″ W; thence to 38°01′ 54″ N, 122°22′ 25″ W; thence to 37°48′ 20″ N, 122°21′ 00″ W; thence to 38°03′ 13″ N, 122°19′ 50″ W; thence to 37°48′ 15″ N, 122°21′ 30″ W; thence to 38°03′ 23″ N, 122°18′ 31″ W; thence to 37°48′ 20″ N, 122°22′ 12″ W; thence to 38°03′ 13″ N, 122°18′ 29″ W; thence to 37°47′ 26″ N, 122°21′ 45″ W; thence to 38°03′ 05″ N, 122°19′ 28″ W; thence to 37°47′ 55″ N, 122°21′ 26″ W; thence to 38°01′ 44″ N, 122°22′ 18″ W; thence return- 37°48′ 03″ N, 122°21′ 00″ W; thence to ing to the point of beginning. 37°47′ 48″ N, 122°19′ 46″ W; thence to 37°47′ 55″ N, 122°19′ 43″ W; thence return- Datum: NAD 83 ing along the shoreline to the point (5) Southern Pacific Railroad Bridge of the beginning. RNA. The following is a regulated navi- gation area—The water area contained Datum: NAD 83 within a circle with a radius of 200 (d) General Regulations. (1) A power- yards, centered on 38°02′ 18″ N, 122°07′ driven vessel of 1600 or more gross tons, 17″ W. or a tug with a tow of 1600 or more gross tons, navigating within the RNAs Datum: NAD 83 defined in paragraph (c) of this section, (6) Southampton Shoal Channel/Rich- shall not exceed a speed of 15 knots mond Harbor RNA: The following, con- through the water. sisting of two distinct areas, is a regu- (2) A power-driven vessel of 1600 or lated navigation area— more gross tons, or a tug with a tow of (i) The waters bounded by a line con- 1600 or more gross tons, navigating necting the following coordinates, be- within the RNAs defined in paragraph ginning at: (c) of this section, shall have its en- 37°54′ 17″ N, 122°22′ 00″ W; thence to gine(s) ready for immediate maneuver 37°54′ 08″ N, 122°22′ 00″ W; thence to and shall operate its engine(s) in a con- 37°54′ 15″ N, 122°23′ 12″ W; thence to trol mode and on fuel that will allow 37°54′ 30″ N, 122°23′ 09″ W; thence along for an immediate response to any en- the shoreline to the point of begin- gine order, ahead or astern, including ning. stopping its engine(s) for an extended period of time. Datum: NAD 83 (3) The master, pilot or person direct- ing the movement of a vessel within (ii) The waters bounded by a line con- the RNAs defined in paragraph (c) of necting the following coordinates, be- this regulation shall comply with Rule ginning at: 9 of the Inland Navigation Rules (INRs) 37°54′ 28″ N, 122°23′ 36″ W; thence to (33 U.S.C. 2009) in conjunction with the 37°54′ 20″ N, 122°23′ 38″ W; thence to provisions of the associated INRs. 37°54′ 23″ N, 122°24′ 02″ W; thence to (e) Specific Regulations—(1) San Fran- 37°54′ 57″ N, 122°24′ 51″ W; thence to cisco Bay RNA: (i) A vessel shall navi- 37°55′ 05″ N, 122°25′ 02″ W; thence to gate with particular caution in a pre- 37°54′ 57″ N, 122°25′ 22″ W; thence to cautionary area, or in areas near the 37°54′ 00″ N, 122°25′ 13″ W; thence to terminations of traffic lanes or chan- 37°53′ 59″ N, 122°25′ 22″ W; thence to nels, as described in this regulation. 37°55′ 30″ N, 122°25′ 35″ W; thence to (ii) A power-driven vessel of 1600 or 37°55′ 40″ N, 122°25′ 10″ W; thence to more gross tons, or a tug with a tow of 37°54′ 54″ N, 122°24′ 30″ W; thence to 1600 or more gross tons, shall:
677
VerDate 18
(A) use the appropriate traffic lane speed so as not to endanger other ves- and proceed in the general direction of sels or interfere with any work which traffic flow for that lane; may become necessary in maintaining, (B) use the Central Bay Deep Water surveying, or buoying the channel, and Traffic Lane if eastbound with a draft they shall not anchor in the channel of 45 feet or greater or westbound with except in case of a deviation authorized a draft of 28 feet or greater; under paragraph (b) of this section. (C) not enter the Central Bay Deep (iv) This paragraph shall not be con- Water Traffic Lane when another strued as prohibiting any necessary use power-driven vessel of 1600 or more of the channel by any public vessels gross tons or tug with a tow of 1600 or while engaged in official duties, or in more gross tons is navigating therein emergencies by pilot boats. when either vessel is: (3) Southern Pacific Railroad Bridge (1) carrying certain dangerous car- (RNA): (i) When visibility is less than goes (as denoted in section 160.203 of 1000 yards within the Southern Pacific this subchapter); Railroad Bridge RNA, a power-driven (2) carrying bulk petroleum products; vessel of 1600 or more gross tons, or a or tug with a tow of 1600 or more gross (3) a tank vessel in ballast if such tons: entry would result in meeting, cross- (A) When eastbound, shall not transit ing, or overtaking the other vessel. through the RNA. (D) normally join or leave a traffic (B) When westbound: lane at the termination of the lane, but (1) During periods of reduced visi- when joining or leaving from either bility and immediately prior to passing side, shall do so at as small an angle to New York Point, the master, pilot, or the general direction of traffic flow as person directing the movement of a practicable; vessel shall obtain a report of visibility (E) so far as practicable keep clear of conditions within the RNA. the Central Bay Separation Zone and (2) If visibility within the RNA is less the Deep Water Lane Separation Zone; than 1000 yards, the vessel shall not (F) not cross a traffic lane separation transit the RNA. Vessels prevented zone unless crossing, joining, or leav- from transiting due to low visibility ing a traffic lane. shall not proceed past Mallard Island (2) Pinole Shoal Channel RNA: (i) The until visibility improves to greater use of Pinole Shoal Channel RNA is re- than 1000 yards within the RNA. served for navigation of vessels with a (3) If a transit between New York draft greater than 20 feet or tugs with Point and the Southern Pacific Rail- tows drawing more than 20 feet. Ves- road Bridge has commenced, and the sels drawing less than 20 feet are not visibility subsequently should become permitted within this RNA and are pro- less than 1000 yards, the master, pilot, hibited from crossing it at any point. or person directing the movement of a (ii) A power-driven vessel of 1600 or vessel shall comply with paragraph (b) more gross tons or a tug with a tow of of this section and may proceed, taking 1600 or more gross tons shall not enter all further appropriate actions in the Pinole Shoal Channel RNA when an- interest of safety. other power-driven vessel of 1600 or (ii) Visibility is considered to be 1000 more gross tons or tug with a tow of yards or greater when both the fol- 1600 or more gross tons is navigating lowing geographical points can be seen therein when either vessel is: from the Southern Pacific Railroad (A) carrying certain dangerous car- Bridge: goes (as denoted in section 160.203 of (A) The Port of Benecia Pier, and this subchapter); (B) The Shell Martinez Pier. (B) carrying bulk petroleum prod- (4) Southampton Shoal/Richmond Har- ucts; or bor RNA: A power-driven vessel of 1600 (C) a tank vessel in ballast if such or more gross tons, or a tug with a tow entry would result in meeting, cross- of 1600 or more gross tons, shall not ing, or overtaking the other vessel. enter Southampton Shoal/Richmond (iii) Vessels permitted to use this Harbor RNA when another power-driv- channel shall proceed at a reasonable en vessel of 1600 or more gross tons, or
678
VerDate 18
a tug with a tow of 1600 or more gross Coast Guard will issue a Broadcast No- tons, is navigating therein, if such tice to Mariners notifying the public entry would result in meeting, cross- when nuclear materials cargo handling ing, or overtaking the other vessel. has been completed. (5) Oakland Harbor RNA: A power- (c) Effective Period. The safety/secu- driven vessel of 1600 or more gross tons rity zone will be effective commencing or a tug with a tow of 1600 or more at the time any vessel described in gross tons shall not enter the Oakland paragraph (a)(1) of this section enters Harbor RNA when another power-driv- the zone described in paragraph (a)(1) en vessel of 1600 or more gross tons, or of this section and will remain in effect a tug with a tow of 1600 or more gross until all spent nuclear materials cargo tons, is navigating therein, if such handling operations have been com- entry would result in meeting, cross- pleted at Weapons Support Facility ing, or overtaking the other vessel. Seal Beach Detachment Concord. [CGD11–94–007, 60 FR 16796, Apr. 3, 1995; 60 FR (d) Regulations. The general regula- 30157, June 7, 1995] tions governing safety and security zones contained in both 33 CFR 165.23 THIRTEENTH COAST GUARD DISTRICT in 33 CFR 165.33 apply. Entry into, transit through, or anchoring within § 165.1115 Safety/Security Zone: San this moving safety/security zone is pro- Francisco Bay, San Pablo Bay, hibited unless authorized by Com- Carquinez Strait, and Suisun Bay, mander, Eleventh Coast Guard Dis- CA. trict, or his designated representative. (a) Regulated area. The following area is established as a moving safety/secu- [CGD11–98–005, 63 FR 38754, July 20, 1998] rity zone: (1) All waters 200 yards ahead and § 165.1116 Copper Canyon, Lake Havasu, Colorado River—Regulated astern and 100 yards to each side of Navigation Area. every vessel transporting nuclear ma- terials on behalf of the United States (a) Location. The following is a regu- Department of Energy while such ves- lated navigation area: sels transit from a line drawn between (1) In the water area of Copper Can- San Francisco Main Ship Channel yon, Lake Havasu, Colorado River, be- buoys 7 and 8 (LLNR 4190 & 4195, posi- ginning at the approximate center of tions 37°46.9′N, 122°35.4′W & 37°46.5′N, the mouth of Copper Canyon and draw- 122°35.2′W, respectively) until safely ing a line down the approximate center moored at the Weapons Support Facil- of the canyon extending shoreward to ity Seal Beach Detachment Concord on the end of the navigable waters of the Suisun Bay (position 38°03.3′N, canyon, and comprising a semi-rectan- 122°02.5′W). All coordinates referenced gular area extending 30 feet on each use datum: NAD 1983. side of the line, for a total semi-rectan- (2) All waters within 100 yards of such gular width of 60 feet. vessels described in paragraph (a)(1) of (2) This line is more precisely de- this section while such vessels are con- scribed as: beginning at latitude ducting cargo operations at the Weap- 34°25′67.6″N, longitude 114°18′38.5″W, ons Support Facility Seal Beach De- thence southwesterly to latitude tachment Concord. 34°25′64″N, longitude 114°18′45.7″W, (b) Notification. Commander, Elev- thence northwesterly to latitude enth Coast Guard District, will cause 34°25′65.6″N, longitude 114°18′46.7″W, notice of the activation of this safety/ thence southeasterly to latitude security zone to be made by all appro- 34°25′60.7″N, longitude 114°18′42.7″W, priate means to effect the widest pub- thence southwesterly to longitude licity among the affected segments of 34°25′51.4″N, latitude 114°18′46.2″W, the public, including publication in the thence southeasterly to latitude FEDERAL REGISTER as practicable, in 34°25′47.1″N, longitude 114°18′49.4″W, accordance with the provisions of 33 thence to the end of the navigable wa- CFR 165.7(a); such means of announce- ters of the canyon. ment may include, but are not limited (b) Definitions. For the purposes of to, Broadcast Notice to Mariners. The this section:
679
VerDate 18
(1) Vessel: Every description of Channel, Bellingham Bay, U.S. waters watercraft, used or capable of being of the Strait of the Strait of Juan de used as a means of transportation on Fuca, Haro Strait, Boundary Pass, and the water, and regardless of mode of Georgia Strait, and all lesser bays and power. harbors adjacent to the above. (2) Patrol Vessel: Vessels designated (a) Definitions as used in this sec- by the Captain of the Port, San Diego, tion: to enforce or assist in enforcing these (1) Vessels engaged in fishing are as regulations, including Coast Guard, identified in the definition found in Coast Guard Auxiliary, and San Rule 3 of the International Regulations Bernardino County Sheriff’s Depart- for Prevention of Collisions at Sea, ment Vessels. 1972, (72 COLREGS), found in Appendix (c) Regulations. (1) Vessels, with the A, Part 81 of this chapter. exception of patrol vessels, shall not (2) anchor, moor, loiter in, or otherwise Hazardous levels of vessel traffic impede the transit of any other vessel congestion are as defined at the time by within the regulated navigation area. Puget Sound Vessel Traffic Service. Furthermore, all vessels, with the ex- (b) Nothing in this section shall be ception of patrol vessels, shall expedi- construed as relieving any party from tiously and continuously transit the their responsibility to comply with ap- regulated navigation area via the most plicable rules set forth in the 72 direct route consistent with naviga- COLREGS. tional safety. (c) General Regulations: The provi- (2) During periods of vessels conges- sions of this paragraph apply at all tion within the Copper Canyon area, as times. determined by the Captain of the Port (1) Vessels engaged in fishing or or his or her designated on-scene rep- other operations—that are distinct resentative, the regulated navigation from vessels following a TSS or a con- area will be closed to all vessels, with necting precautionary area east of New the exception of patrol vessels. During Dungeness and which are not required designated closure periods, no vessel by the Bridge to Bridge Radiotelephone may enter, remain in, or transit Regulations to maintain a listening through the regulated navigation area, watch, are highly encouraged to main- with the exception of patrol vessels. tain a listening watch on the Puget Designation of periods of vessel conges- Sound Vessel Traffic Service (PSVTS) tion and announcement of the closure VHF–FM radio frequency for the area of the regulated navigation area will be in which the vessel is operating. A safe conducted by broadcast notices to alternative to the radio listening mariners on VHF–FM Channel 16 no watch is to stay clear of the TSS and less frequently than every hour for the connecting precautionary area. duration of the closure period. (2) Vessels engaged in gill net fishing (3) Each person in the regulated navi- at any time between sunset and sunrise gation area shall comply with the di- in any of the waters defining the regu- rections of the Captain of the Port or lated navigation are of this section his or her designated on-scene rep- shall, in addition to the navigation resentative regarding vessel operation. lights and shapes required by Part 81 of [CGD11–97–010, 63 FR 38308, July 16, 1998] this title (72 COLREGS), display at the end of the net most distant from the § 165.1301 Puget Sound and Adjacent vessel on all-round (32-point) white Waters in Northwestern Wash- light visible for a minimum of two nau- ington—Regulated Navigation Area. tical miles and displayed from at least The following is a regulated naviga- three feet above the surface of the tion area—All of the following north- water. western Washington waters under the (3) Vessels engaged in fishing, includ- jurisdiction of the Captain of the Port, ing gillnet and purse seine fishing, are Puget Sound: Puget Sound, Hood prohibited in the following Prohibited Canal, Possession Sound, Elliott Bay, Fishing Area: The Hood Canal Bridge, Commencement Bay, the San Juan Ar- to include the waters within a one-half chipelago, Rosario Strait, Guemes nautical mile radius of the center of
680
VerDate 18
the main ship channel draw span dur- ther side of a straight line connecting ing the immediate approach and tran- the Edmonds and Kingston ferry land- sit of the draw by public vessels of the ings during the hours that the ferry is United States. operating. (4) East of New Dungeness, vessels (e) Authorization to deviate from engaged in fishing in a traffic lane or this section. connecting precautionary area shall (1) Commander, Thirteenth Coast tend nets or other gear placed in the Guard District may, upon written re- water so as to facilitate the movement quest, issue an authorization to deviate of the vessel or gear from the traffic from this section if the proposed devi- lane or precautionary area upon the ation provides a level of safety equiva- approach of a vessel following the TSS. lent to or beyond that provided by the (d) Congested Regulations: The provi- required procedure. An application for sions under this paragraph apply only authorization must state the need for when imposed in specific locations by the deviation and describe the proposed Puget Sound Vessel Traffic Service. alternative operation. They are intended to enhance vessel (2) PSVTS may, upon verbal request, traffic safety during periods and in lo- authorize a deviation from this section cations where hazardous levels of ves- for a voyage, or part of a voyage, if the sel traffic congestion are deemed to proposed deviation provides a level of exist by Puget Sound Vessel Traffic safety equivalent to or beyond that Service. Operations potentially cre- provided by the required procedure. ating vessel traffic congestion include, The deviation request must be made but are not limited to, vessels engaged well in advance to allow the requesting in fishing, including gillnet or purse vessel and the Vessel Traffic Center seine, recreational fishing derbies, re- (VTC) sufficient time to assess the gattas, or permitted marine events. safety of the proposed deviation. Dis- (1) Vessels engaged in fishing or cussions between the requesting vessel other operations—that are distinct and the VTC should include, but are from vessels following a Traffic Sepa- not limited to, information on vessel ration Scheme (TSS) or a connecting handling characteristics, traffic den- precautionary area east of New Dunge- sity, radar contracts, and environ- ness, may not remain in, nor their gear mental conditions. remain in, a traffic lane or a con- (3) In an emergency, the master, necting precautionary area east of New pilot, or person directing the move- Dungeness when a vessel following a ment of the vessel following the TSS TSS approaches. Such vessels not fol- may deviate from this section to the lowing a TSS or a connecting pre- extent necessary to avoid endangering cautionary area shall draw in their persons, property, or the environment, gear, maneuver, or otherwise clear and shall report the deviation to the these areas so that their action is com- VTC as soon as possible. plete at least fifteen minutes before [CGD 13–98–002, 63 FR 7708, Feb. 17, 1998] the arrival of a vessel following the TSS. Vessels which are required by this § 165.1302 Bangor Naval Submarine paragraph to remain clear of a con- Base, Bangor, WA. necting precautionary area east of New (a) Location. The following is a secu- Dungeness or a traffic lane must also rity zone: The waters of the Hood remain clear of the adjacent separation Canal encompassed by a line com- zone when in a TSS east of New Dunge- mencing on the east shore of Hood ness. Canal at latitude 47°43′17″ N., longitude (2) A vessel following the TSS may 122°44′44″ W., thence to latitude 47°43′32″ not exceed a speed of 11 knots through N., longitude 122°44′40″ W.; thence to the water. latitude 47°43′50″ N., longitude 122°44′40″ (3) Vessels engaged in fishing, includ- W.; thence to latitude 47°44′24″ N., lon- ing gillnet and purse seine fishing, are gitude 122°44′22″ W.; thence to latitude prohibited in the following Prohibited 47°45′47″ N., longitude 122°43′22″ W.; Fishing Area: Edmonds/Kingston ferry thence to latitude 47°46′23″ N., lon- crossing lanes, to include the waters gitude 122°42′42″ W.; thence to latitude within one-quarter nautical mile on ei- 47°46′23″ N., longitude 122°42′20″ W.;
681
VerDate 18
thence to latitude 47°46′20″ N., lon- and monitoring of this security zone by gitude 122°42′12″ W.: thence southerly the U.S. Navy. along the shoreline to the point of be- [CDG13 87–06, 52 FR 47924, Dec. 17, 1987] ginning. (b) Security zone anchorage. The fol- § 165.1303 Puget Sound and adjacent lowing is a security zone anchorage: waters, WA-regulated navigation Area No. 2. Waters of Hood Canal with- area. in a circle of 1,000 yards diameter cen- (a) The following is a regulated navi- tered on a point located at latitude gation area: the waters of the United 47°46′26″ N., longitude 122°42′49″ W. States east of a line extending from (c) Special Regulations. (1) Section Discovery Island Light to New Dunge- 165.33 paragraphs, (a), (e), and (f) do not ness Light and all points in the Puget apply to the following vessels or indi- Sound area north and south of these viduals on board those vessels: lights. (i) Public vessels of the United (b) Regulations. (1) Tank vessel navi- gation restrictions: Tank vessels larger States, other than United States Naval than 125,000 deadweight tons bound for vessels. a port or place in the United States (ii) Vessels that are performing work may not operate in the regulated navi- at Naval Submarine Base Bangor pur- gation area. suant to a contract with the United (2) Commander, Thirteenth Coast States Navy which requires their pres- Guard District may, upon written re- ence in the security zone. quest, issue an authorization to deviate (iii) Any other vessels or class of ves- from paragraph (b)(1) of this section if sels mutually agreed upon in advance it is determined that such deviation by the Captain of the Port and Com- provides an adequate level of safety. manding Officer, Naval Submarine Any application for authorization must Base Bangor. Vessels operating in the state the need and fully describe the security zone under this exemption proposed procedure. must have previously obtained a copy (c) Precautionary Area Regulations. (1) of a certificate of exemption permit- A vessel in a precautionary area which ting their operation in the security is depicted on National Oceanic and At- zone from the Security Office, Naval mospheric Administration (NOAA) Submarine Base Bangor. This written nautical charts, except precautionary exemption shall state the date(s) on ‘‘RB’’ (a circular area of 2,500 yards ra- which it is effective and may contain dius centered at 48–26′ 24″ N., 122–45′ 12″ any further restrictions on vessel oper- W.), must keep the center of the pre- ations within the security zone as have cautionary area to port. been previously agreed upon by the NOTE: The center of precautionary area Captain of the Port and Commanding ‘‘RB’’ is not marked by a buoy. Officer, Naval Submarine Base Bangor. (2) The Puget Sound Vessel Traffic Service (PSVTS) may, upon verbal re- The certificate of exemption shall be quest, authorize a onetime deviation maintained on board the exempted ves- from paragraph (c)(1) of this section for sel so long as such vessel is operating a voyage, or part of a voyage, if the in the security zone. proposed deviation provides a level of (2) Any vessel authorized to enter or safety equivalent to or beyond that remain in the security zone may an- provided by the required procedure. chor in the security zone anchorage. The deviation request must be made (3) Other vessels desiring access to well in advance to allow the requesting this zone shall secure permission from vessel and the Vessel Traffic Center the Captain of the Port through the Se- (VTC) sufficient time to assess the curity Office of the Naval Submarine safety of the proposed deviation. Dis- Base Bangor. The request shall be for- cussions between the requesting vessel warded in a timely manner to the Cap- and the VTC should include, but are tain of the Port by the appropriate not limited to, information on the ves- Navy official. sel handling characteristics, traffic (d) Enforcement. The U.S. Coast density, radar contacts, and environ- Guard may be assisted in the patrol mental conditions.
682
VerDate 18
(3) In an emergency, the master, from 2 p.m. to 12:30 a.m. July the fifth pilot, or person directing the move- unless otherwise specified by FEDERAL ment of the vessel may deviate from REGISTER notice. paragraph (c)(1) of this section to the (c) Regulation. In accordance with the extent necessary to avoid endangering general regulations in § 165.23 of this persons, property, or the environment, part, entry into this safety zone is pro- and shall report the deviation to the hibited unless authorized by the Cap- VTC as soon as possible. tain of the Port, Puget Sound, Seattle, [CGD 90–020, 59 FR 36335, July 15, 1994, as WA. amended by CGD 13–97–003, 62 FR 23660, May [CGD13–95–009, 60 FR 61481, Nov. 30, 1995] 1, 1997] § 165.1306 Lake Union, Seattle, WA. § 165.1304 Bellingham Bay, Bel- lingham, WA. (a) Location. The following area is a safety zone: All portions of the waters (a) Location. The following area is a of Lake Union bounded by the fol- safety zone: All waters of Bellingham lowing coordinates: Latitude 47°38′ 32″ Bay, Washington, bounded by a circle N, Longitude 122°20′ 34″ W; thence to with a radius of 1000 yards centered on Latitude 47°38′ 32″ N, Longitude 122°19′ the fireworks launching site located on 48″ W; thence to Latitude 47°38′ 10″ N, the Georgia Pacific Lagoon Seawall at Longitude 122°19′ 45″ W; thence to Lati- position latitude 48°44′ 56″ N, longitude tude 47°38′ 10″ N, Longitude 122°20′ 24″ 122°29′ 40″ W, including the entrances to W; thence returning to the origin. This the I & J Street Waterway and the Whatcom Creek Waterway. [Datum: safety zone begins 1,000 feet south of NAD 83] Gas Works Park and encompasses all (b) Effective dates. This section is ef- waters from east to west for 2,500 feet. fective annually on July fourth from Floating markers will be placed by the 9:30 p.m. to 11 p.m. unless otherwise sponsor of the fireworks demonstration to delineate the boundaries of the safe- specified by FEDERAL REGISTER notice. (c) Regulation. In accordance with the ty zone. [Datum: NAD 1983] general regulations in § 165.23 of this (b) Effective dates. This section is ef- part, entry into this safety zone is pro- fective annually on July fourth from hibited unless authorized by the Cap- 9:30 p.m. to 11 p.m. unless otherwise tain of the Port, Puget Sound, Seattle, specified by FEDERAL REGISTER notice. WA. (c) Regulation. In accordance with the general regulations in § 165.23 of this [CGD13–95–008, 60 FR 61480, Nov. 30, 1995, as part, entry into the safety zone is pro- amended by CGD 13–96–028, 61 FR 47824, Sept. hibited unless authorized by the Cap- 11, 1996] tain of the Port, Puget Sound, Seattle, § 165.1305 Commencement Bay, Ta- WA. The Captain of the Port may es- coma, WA. tablish transit lanes along the east and west shorelines of Lake Union and may (a) Location. The following area is a allow boaters to transit north and safety zone: All portions of Commence- south through the safety zone in these ment Bay bounded by the following co- lanes. If established, these transit ordinates: Latitude 47°17′ 34″ N, Lon- lanes will remain open until 10 p.m. gitude 122°28′ 36″ W; thence to Latitude and then be closed until the end of the 47°17′ 06″ N, Longitude 122°27′ 40″ W; fireworks display (approximately 30 thence to Latitude 47°16′ 42″ N, Lon- minutes). gitude 122°28′ 06″ W; thence to Latitude 47°17′ 10″ W, Longitude 122°29′ 02″ W; [CGD13–95–010, 60 FR 61483, Nov. 30, 1995] thence returning to the origin. This safety zone resembles a rectangle lying § 165.1307 Elliott Bay, Seattle, WA. adjacent to the shoreline along Ruston (a) Location. The following area is a Way. Floating markers will be placed safety zone: All portions of Elliott Bay by the sponsor of the event to delineate bounded by the following coordinates: the boundaries of the safety zone. Latitude 47°37′22″ N, Longitude [Datum: NAD 1983]. 122°22′06″ W; thence to Latitude 47°37′06″ (b) Effective dates. This section is ef- N, Longitude 122°21′45″ W; thence to fective annually on July the fourth Latitude 47°36′54″ N, Longitude
683
VerDate 18
122°22′05″ W; thence to Latitude 47°37′08″ FOURTEENTH COAST GUARD DISTRICT N, Longitude 122°22′27″ W; thence re- turning to the origin. This safety zone § 165.1310 Strait of Juan de Fuca and resembles a square centered around the adjacent coastal waters of North- barge from which the fireworks will be west Washington; Makah Whale Hunting—Regulated Navigation launched and begins 100 yards from the Area. shoreline of Myrtle Edwards Park. Floating markers will be placed by the (a) The following area is a Regulated ° ′ sponsor of the fireworks display to de- Navigation Area (RNA): From 48 10.0 ° ′ lineate the boundaries of the safety N, 124 42.1 W northward along the zone [Datum NAD 1983]. mainland shoreline of Washington (b) Effective dates. This section is ef- State to Cape Flattery and thence eastward along the mainland shoreline fective annually on July fourth from of Washington State to 48°22′ N, 124°34′ 9:30 p.m. to 11 p.m. unless otherwise W; thence due north to 48°24.5′ N, 124°34′ specified by FEDERAL REGISTER notice. W; thence northwesterly to 48°27.1′ N, (c) Regulation. In accordance with the 124°41.8′ W; thence due west to 48°27.1′ general regulations in § 165.23 of this N, 124°45.5′ W; thence southwesterly to part, entry into this safety zone is pro- 48°22.7′ N, 124°49.3′ W; thence southerly hibited unless authorized by the Cap- along the three nautical mile line to tain of the Port, puget sound, Seattle, 48°15′ N, 124°47.6′ W; thence due east WA. back to the shoreline of Washington at [CGD13–95–007, 60 FR 61482, Nov. 30, 1995, as 48°15′ N, 124°42.1′ W. Datum: NAD 1983. amended by CGD13–97–015, 62 FR 39445, July (b) During a whale hunt, while the 23, 1997] international numeral pennant five (5) is flown by a Makah whale hunt vessel, § 165.1308 Columbia River, Vancouver, the following area within the RNA is a WA. Moving Exclusion Zone: The column of (a) Location. The following area is a water from the surface to the seabed safety zone: All waters of the Columbia with a radius of 500 yards centered on River at Vancouver, Washington, the Makah whale hunt vessel dis- bounded by a line commencing at the playing international numeral pennant northern base of the Interstate 5 high- five (5). This Moving Exclusionary way bridge at latitude 45°37′ 17″ N, lon- Zone is activated only when surface gitude 122°40′ 22″ W; thence south along visibility exceeds one nautical mile, the Interstate 5 highway bridge to lati- between sunrise and sunset, and the tude 45°37′ 03″ N, longitude 122°40′ 32″ W; Makah whale hunt vessel displays the thence to latitude 45°36′ 28″ N, lon- international numeral pennant five (5). gitude 122°38′ 35″ W; thence to Ryan’s The Moving Exclusionary Zone is de- Point at latitude 45°36′ 42″ N, longitude activated upon sunset, visibility is re- 122°38′ 35″ W; thence along the Wash- duced to less than one nautical mile, or ington shoreline to the point of origin. when the Makah hunt vessel strikes [Datum: NAD 83]. international numeral pennant five (5). (b) Effective dates. This section is ef- (c) Unless otherwise authorized by fective annually on July fourth from 9 the Commander, Thirteenth Coast p.m. to 11 p.m. (PDT) unless otherwise Guard District or his or her representa- tive, no person or vessel may enter the specified by FEDERAL REGISTER notice. active Moving Exclusionary Zone ex- (c) Regulation. In accordance with the cept for: general regulations in § 165.23 of this (1) Authorized Makah whale hunt part, entry into this safety zone is pro- vessel actively engaged in hunting op- hibited unless authorized by the Cap- erations under direction of the master tain of the Port, Portland, Oregon. of the Makah vessel flying inter- [CGD13–95–055, 61 FR 18949, Apr. 30, 1996] national numeral pennant five (5), and
684
VerDate 18
(2) A single authorized media pool (3) The master of the media pool ves- vessel operating in accordance with sel shall maneuver to avoid positioning paragraph (f) of this section. the pool vessel between whales and (d) The international numeral pen- hunt vessel(s), out of the line of fire, at nant five (5) is only authorized to be a prudent distance and location rel- displayed from one Makah whale hunt ative to whale hunt operations, and in vessel during actual whale hunt oper- a manner that avoids hindering the ations. No other vessels may display hunt or path of the whale in any way. this pennant within the RNA at any (4) Although permitted to maneuver time. Whale hunt operations com- within the Moving Exclusionary Zone, mence when a whale hunt vessel is un- personnel aboard the media pool vessel derway and its master intends to have are still required to follow safety and a whale killed during the voyage. law enforcement related instructions of Whale hunt operations cease once this Coast Guard personnel. intent is abandoned, a whale is landed, [CGD 13–98–023, 63 FR 52609, Oct. 1, 1998] or when the international numeral pen- nant five (5) is struck. § 165.1401 Apra Harbor, Guam—safety (e) The Makah Tribe shall make zones. SECURITE Broadcasts beginning one (a) The following is designated as hour before the commencement of a Safety Zone A—The waters of the Pa- hunt and every half hour thereafter cific Ocean and Apra Outer Harbor en- until hunting activities are concluded. compassed within an arc of 725 yards This broadcast shall be made on chan- radius centered at the center of Wharf nel 16 VHF–FM and state: H. (Located at 13°27′ 47′ ′N and 144°39′ A whale hunt is proceeding today within 01.9″E. Based on World Geodetic Sys- the Regulated Navigation Area established tem 1984 Datum) for Makah whaling activities. The (name of (b) The following is designated Safe- vessel) is a (color and description of vessel) ty Zone B—The waters of Apra Outer and will be flying international numeral pen- Harbor encompassed within an arc of nant five (5) while engaged in whaling oper- 680 yards radius centered at the center ations. This pennant is yellow and blue in ° ′ color. Mariners are required by federal regu- of Naval Wharf Kilo. (Located at 13 26 lations to stay 500 yards away from (name of 43′ ′N, 144°37′ 46.7″E. Based on World vessel), and are strongly urged to remain Geodetic system 1984 Datum) even further away from whale hunt activi- (c) Special regulations. (1) Section ties as an additional safety measure. 165.23 does not apply to Safety Zone A (f)(1) Credentialed members of the and/or Safety Zone B, except when media interested in entering the Mov- Wharf H and/or Naval Wharf Kilo, or a ing Exclusionary Zone may request vessel berthed at Wharf H and/or Naval permission to operate a single media Wharf Kilo, is displaying a red vessel in the Moving Exclusionary (BRAVO) flag by day or a red light by Zone by telephoning Coast Guard Pub- night. lic Affairs, as soon as practicable at (2) In accordance with the general (206) 220–7237 during normal working regulations in 165.23 of this part, entry hours, and (206) 220–7001 after hours. into these zones is prohibited unless Coast Guard preauthorization is re- authorized by the Captain of the Port, quired prior to entry into the Moving Guam. Exclusionary Zone by a single media [COTP Guam Reg. 89–001, 55 FR 18725, May 4, pool vessel. 1990] (2) The media pool vessel must be a U.S. documented vessel. The media § 165.1402 Apra Outer Harbor, Guam— pool vessel must be under command at regulated navigation area. all times within the Moving Exclu- (a) The following is a regulated navi- sionary zone by a master licensed in gation area—The waters of the Pacific the U.S. to carry passenger for hire. All Ocean and Apra Outer Harbor enclosed expenses, liabilities and risks associ- by a line beginning at latitude 13°26′ 47′ ated with operation of the media pool ′N, longitude 144°35′ 07″E; thence to vessel lie with members of the pool and Spanish Rocks at latitude 13°27′ 09.5′ ′N, the pool vessel owners and operators. longitude 144°37′ 20.6″E; thence along
685
VerDate 18
the shoreline of Apra Outer Harbor to N, 145°35′41.5″ E to 14°59′09.8″ N, latitude 13°26′ 28.1′ ′N, longitude 144°39′ 145°36′02.1″ E to 14°57′49.3″ N, 145°36′28.7″ 52.5″E (the northwest corner of Polaris E to 14°57′29.1″ N, 145°35′31.1″ E and back Point); thence to latitude 13°26′ 40.2′ ′N, to 14°59′04.9″ N, 145°34′58.6″ E. This zone longitude 144°39′ 28.1″E; thence to lati- is in effect when one, or more, of the tude 13°26′ 32.1′ ′N, longitude 144°39′ Maritime Preposition Ships is in the 02.8″E; thence along the shoreline of zone or moored at Mooring A located Apra Outer Harbor to Orote Point at at 14°58′57.0″ N and 145°35′40.8″ E or latitude 13°26′ 42′ ′N, longitude 144°36′ Mooring B located at 14°58′15.9″ N, 58.5″E; thence to the beginning. (Based 145°35′54.8″ E. Additionally, a 50-yard on WGS 84 Datum) security zone will remain in effect in (b) Regulations: all directions around Moorings A and B (1) Except for public vessels of the when no vessels are moored thereto. United States, vessels may not enter NOTE: All positions of latitude and lon- Apra Outer Harbor without permission gitude are from International Spheroid, of the Captain of the Port if they have Astro Pier 1944 (Saipan) Datum (DMA Chart on board more than 25 tons of high ex- 81071). plosives. (b) Regulations. (1) In accordance with (2) Except for vessels not more than general regulations in § 165.33 of this 65 feet in length, towboats or tugs part, entry into this security zone is without tows, no vessel may pass an- prohibited unless authorized by the other vessel in the vicinity of the Captain of the Port. Outer Harbor entrance. [COTP Honolulu Reg. 86–08, 51 FR 42220, Nov. (3) Vessels over 100 gross tons shall: 24, 1986] (i) Steady on the entrance range at least 2 miles west of the entrance when § 165.1404 Apra Harbor, Guam—secu- approaching Apra Outer Harbor and; rity zone. (ii) [Reserved] (a) The following is designated as Se- (iii) Steady on the range when de- curity Zone C—The waters of Apra parting Apra Outer Harbor. Outer Harbor, Guam surrounding Naval (4) Vessels may not anchor in the Mooring Buoy No. 702 (Located at 13°27′ fairway. The fairway is the area within 30.1′ ′N and 144°38′ 12.9″E. Based on 375 feet on either side of a line begin- World Geodetic System 1984 Datum) ning at latitude 13°26′ 47′ ′N, longitude ° ′ ″ ° ′ and the Maritime Prepositioning ships 144 35 07 E; thence to latitude 13 27 moored thereto. The security zone will 14.1′ ′N, longitude 144°39′ 14.4″E; thence ° ′ ′ ′ extend 100 yards in all directions to latitude 13 26 35.2 N, longitude around the vessel and its mooring. Ad- 144°39′ 46.4″E; thence to latitude 13°26′ ′ ′ ° ′ ″ ditionally, a 50 yard security zone will 30.8 N, longitude 144 39 44.4 E. (Based remain in effect in all directions on WGS 84 Datum) around buoy No. 702 when no vessel is (5) Vessels over 100 gross tons may moored thereto. not proceed at a speed exceeding 12 (b) In accordance with the general knots within the harbor. regulations in § 165.33 of this part, (6) No vessel may leave Apra Outer entry into Security Zone C is prohib- Harbor until any inbound vessel over 65 ited unless authorized by the Captain feet in length has cleared the Outer of the Port, Guam. Harbor Entrance. [CGD 79–034, 47 FR 29660, July 8, 1982, as [COTP Guam Reg. 89–001, 55 FR 18725, May 4, amended by CGD 96–026, 61 FR 33669, June 28, 1990] 1996; USCG–1998–3799, 63 FR 35533, June 30, 1998] § 165.1406 Safety Zone: Pacific Missile Range Facility (PMRF), Barking § 165.1403 Security Zone: Tinian, Com- Sands, Island of Kauai, Hawaii. monwealth Northern Marianas Is- (a) Location. The following area is es- lands. tablished as a safety zone during (a) Location. The following is des- launch operations at PMRF, Kauai, Ha- ignated as a security zone: The waters waii: The waters bounded by the fol- of the Pacific Ocean off Tinian between lowing coordinates: (22° 01.2′N, 159° 14°59′04.9″ N, 145°34′58.6″ E to 14°59′20.1″ 47.3′W), (22° 01.2′N, 159° 50.7′W), (22°
686
VerDate 18
06.3′N, 159° 50.7′W), (22° 06.3′N, 159° Gastineau Channel to the point of ori- 44.8′W). (Datum: OHD) gin. (b) Activation. The above safety zone (b) Special Regulations: will be activated during launch oper- (1) All vessels may transit or navi- ations at PMRF, Kauai, Hawaii. The gate within the safety zone. Coast Guard will provide notice that (2) No vessels, other than a large pas- the safety zone will be activated senger vessel (including cruise ships through published and broadcast local and ferries) may anchor within the notice to mariners prior to scheduled Safety zone without the express con- launch dates. sent from the Captain of the Port, (c) Regulation. The area described in Southeast Alaska. paragraph (a) of this section will be [CGD 79–034, 47 FR 29660, July 8, 1982, as closed to all vessels and persons, except amended by CGD 79–026, 48 FR 35408, Aug. 4, those vessels and persons authorized by 1983] the Commander, Fourteenth Coast Guard District, or the Captain of the § 165.1703 Ammunition Island, Port Port (COTP) Honolulu, Hawaii, when- Valdez, Alaska. ever Strategic Target System (STARS) (a) The waters within the following vehicles are to be launched by the boundaries is a safety zone—the area United States Government from the within 1330 yards of Ammunition Is- PMRF, Barking Sands, Kauai, Hawaii. land, latitude 61°07′5″N, longitude (d) The general regulations governing 146°18′W, and the vessel moored or an- safety zones contained in 33 CFR 165.23 chored at Ammunition Island. apply. (b) The area 200 yards off the vessel navigating the Vessel Traffic system [CGD14 92–05, 57 FR 54508, Nov. 19, 1992, as from abeam of Naked Island, maneu- amended by CGD 96–026, 61 FR 33669, June 28, 1996] vering to approach, moor, unmoor at Ammunition Island, or the departure of SEVENTEENTH COAST GUARD DISTRICT the vessel from Ammunition Island. (c) Special regulation. (1) Section § 165.1701 Port Valdez, Valdez, Alas- 165.23 does not apply to paragraph (a) ka—safety zone. of this section, except when the vessel The waters within the following is moored to Ammunition Island. boundaries are a safety zone—The area (d) Effective August 25, 1987 Notice of within 200 yards of any waterfront fa- vessels arrival will be made in the No- cility at the Trans-Alaska Pipeline tice to Mariners, Local Notice to Mari- Valdez Terminal complex or vessels ners and in the Local Valdez news- moored or anchored at the Trans-Alas- paper, prior to the vessel arrival. ka Pipeline Valdez Terminal complex [52 FR 30671, Aug. 17, 1987, as amended by and the area within 200 yards of any USCG–1998–3799, 63 FR 35533, June 30, 1998] tank vessel maneuvering to approach, moor, unmoor, or depart the Trans- § 165.1704 Prince William Sound, Alas- Alaska Pipeline Valdez Terminal com- ka-regulated navigation area. plex. (a) The following is a regulated navi- gation area: The navigable waters of § 165.1702 Gastineau Channel, Juneau, the United States north of a line drawn Alaska—safety zone. from Cape Hinchinbrook Light to (a) The waters within the following Schooner Rock Light, comprising that boundaries are a safety zone: A line be- portion of Prince William Sound be- ginning at the Standard Oil Company tween 146°30′ W. and 147°20′ W. and in- Pier West Light (LLNR 3217), located cludes Valdez Arm, Valdez Narrows, at position 58°17.9′N, 134°24.8′W, in the and Port Valdez. direction of 140° True to Rock Dump (b) Within the regulated navigation Lighted Buoy 2A (LLNR 3213) at posi- area described in paragraph (a) of this tion 58°17.2′N, 134°23.8′W; thence in the section, § 161.60 of this chapter estab- direction of 003° True to a point at po- lishes a VTS Special Area for the wa- sition 58°17.4′N, 134°23.7′W, on the north ters of Valdez Arm, Valdez Narrows, shore of Gastineau Channel; thence and Port Valdez northeast of a line northwesterly along the north shore of bearing 307° True from Tongue Point at
687
VerDate 18
61°02′06″ N., 146°40′ W.; and southwest of cannot provide the required error cor- a line bearing 307° True from Entrance rection messages) a vessel must: Island Light at 61°05′06″ N., 146°36′42″ W. (A) Make the required voice radio po- (c) Regulations. In addition to the re- sition reports as set forth in § 161.60 and quirements set forth in § 161.13 and required by § 161.20(b) of this chapter; § 161.60(c) of this chapter, a tank vessel and of 20,000 deadweight tons or more that (B) Make other voice radio reports as intends to navigate within the regu- required by the VTS. lated navigation area must: (v) Whenever a vessel’s AISSE be- (1) Report compliance with part 164 comes non-operational before getting of this chapter, to the Vessel Traffic underway in the VTS area, permission Center (VTC); to get underway must be obtained from (2) Have at least two radiotelephones the VTC. capable of operating on the designated NOTE: Regulations pertaining to Auto- VTS frequency, one of which is capable matic Identification System Shipborne of battery operation; Equipment (AISSE) required capabilities are (3) When steady wind conditions in set forth in Part 164 of this chapter. the VTS Special Area or Port Valdez [CGD 90–020, 59 FR 36335, July 15, 1994, as exceed, or are anticipated to exceed 40 amended by CGD 95–033, 60 FR 28333, May 31, knots, proceed as directed by the VTC 1995; CGD 97–023, 62 FR 33365, June 19, 1997; (entry into the VTS Special Area and USCG–1998–3799, 63 FR 35533, June 30, 1998] Port Valdez is prohibited); § 165.1706 Gastineau Channel, Juneau, (4) When transiting the VTS Special Alaska—Safety Zone. Area, limit speed to 12 knots; (5) If laden and intending to navigate (a) Location. The following area is a the VTS Special Area, limit speed to 12 safety zone: the waters in Juneau Har- knots except between Middle Rock and bor within a 100 yard radius of the ves- ° Potato Point where the speed limit sel or waterfront facility located at 58 ′ ″ ° ′ ″ shall be 6 knots; and 17 41 N, 134 24 22 W used to conduct (6) Not later than July 1, 1994, have fireworks displays. an operating Automatic Identification (b) Effective date. The safety zone be- System Shipborne Equipment (AISSE) comes effective on July 3 each year at system installed. 10 p.m. ADT. It terminates at the con- (i) The designated digital selective clusion of the fireworks display at ap- calling frequency (DSC) in Prince Wil- proximately 2:30 a.m. ADT on July 5 liam Sound is 156.525MHz (VHF Chan- each year, unless sooner terminated by nel 70). the Captain of the Port. If the fire- (ii) AISSE equipped vessels will not works display is postponed because of be required to make voice radio posi- inclement weather, the date and dura- tion reports at designated reporting tion of the safety zone will be an- points required by § 161.20(b), unless nounced in the Local Notices to Mari- otherwise directed by the VTC. ners. (iii) Whenever a vessel’s AISSE be- (c) Regulation. In accordance with the comes non-operational, as defined in general regulations in § 165.23 of this § 164.43(c) of this chapter, before enter- part, entry into this zone is prohibited ing or while underway in the VTS area, unless authorized by the Captain of the a vessel must: Port, Southeast Alaska. (A) Notify the VTC; [59 FR 31934, June 21, 1994] (B) Make the required voice radio po- sition reports as set forth in § 161.60 and § 165.1707 Crescent Harbor, Sitka, required by § 161.20(b) of this chapter; Alaska-Safety Zone. (C) Make other voice radio reports as (a) Location. The following area is a required by the VTS; and safety zone: the waters in Crescent (D) Restore the AISSE to operating Harbor within a 100 yard radius of the condition as soon as possible. vessel or waterfront facility located at (iv) Whenever a vessel’s AISSE be- 57°02′ 54″ N, 135°19′ 32″ W used to con- comes non-operational due to a loss of duct fireworks displays. position correction information (i.e., (b) Effective date. The safety zone be- the U.S. Coast Guard dGPS system comes effective on July 3 each year at
688
VerDate 18
10 a.m. ADT. It terminates at the con- 166.400 Areas along the coast of Alaska. clusion of the fireworks display at ap- 166.500 Areas along the Atlantic Coast. proximately 2:30 a.m. ADT on July 5 AUTHORITY: 33 U.S.C. 1223; 49 CFR 1.46. each year, unless sooner terminated by the Captain of the Port. If the fire- works display is postponed because of Subpart A—General inclement weather, the date and dura- tion of the safety zone will be an- § 166.100 Purpose. nounced in the Local Notices to Mari- The purpose of these regulations is to ners. establish and designate shipping safety (c) Regulation. In accordance with the fairways and fairway anchorages to general regulations in § 165.23 of this provide unobstructed approaches for part, entry into this zone is prohibited vessels using U.S. ports. unless authorized by the Captain of the Port, Southeast Alaska. [CGD 81–80a, 48 FR 30110, June 30, 1983] [59 FR 31932, June 21, 1994] § 166.103 Geographic coordinates. § 165.1708 Tongass Narrows, Ketch- Geographic coordinates expressed in ikan, Alaska—Safety Zone. terms of latitude or longitude, or both, are not intended for plotting on maps (a) The following area is a Location. or charts whose referenced horizontal safety zone: the waters in Tongass Nar- datum is the North American Datum of rows within a 100 yard radius of the 1983 (NAD 83), unless such geographic barge located at 55°20′ 20″ N, 131°39′ 36″ coordinates are expressly labeled NAD W used to conduct fireworks displays. 83. Geographic coordinates without the (b) Effective date. The safety zone be- NAD 83 reference may be plotted on comes effective on July 3 each year at maps or charts referenced to NAD 83 10 p.m. ADT. It terminates at the con- only after application of the appro- clusion of the fireworks display at ap- priate corrections that are published proximately 2:30 a.m. ADT on July 5 on the particular map or chart being each year, unless sooner terminated by used. the Captain of the Port. If the fire- works display is postponed because of [CGD 86–082, 52 FR 33811, Sept. 8, 1987] inclement weather, the date and dura- tion of the safety zone will be an- § 166.105 Definitions. nounced in the Local Notices to Mari- (a) Shipping safety fairway or fairway ners. means a lane or corridor in which no (c) Regulation. In accordance with the artificial island or fixed structure, general regulations in § 165.23 of this whether temporary or permanent, will part, entry into this zone is prohibited be permitted. Temporary underwater unless authorized by the Captain of the obstacles may be permitted under cer- Port, Southeast Alaska. tain conditions described for specific [59 FR 31933, June 21, 1994] areas in Subpart B. Aids to navigation approved by the U.S. Coast Guard may PART 166—SHIPPING SAFETY be established in a fairway. FAIRWAYS (b) Fairway anchorage means an an- chorage area contiguous to and associ- Subpart A—General ated with a fairway, in which fixed structures may be permitted within Sec. certain spacing limitations, as de- 166.100 Purpose. scribed for specific areas in Subpart B. 166.103 Geographic coordinates. 166.105 Definitions. [CGD 81–80a, 48 FR 30110, June 30, 1983] 166.110 Modification of areas. § 166.110 Modification of areas. Subpart B—Designations of Fairways and Fairway Anchorages Fairways and fairway anchorages are subject to modification in accordance 166.200 Shipping safety fairways and an- with 33 U.S.C. 1223(c); 92 Stat. 1473. chorage areas, Gulf of Mexico. 166.300 Areas along the coast of California. [CGD 81–80a, 48 FR 30110, June 30, 1983]
689
VerDate 18
Subpart B—Designations of production complex, shall be consid- Fairways and Fairway Anchorages ered an attendant vessel and the extent of the complex shall include the vessel § 166.200 Shipping safety fairways and and its moorings. anchorage areas, Gulf of Mexico. (4) When a drilling or production (a) Purpose. Fairways and anchorage complex extends more than five hun- areas as described in this section are dred (500) yards from the center, a new established to control the erection of structure shall not be erected closer structures therein to provide safe ap- than two (2) nautical miles from the proaches through oil fields in the Gulf outer limit of the complex. of Mexico to entrances to the major (5) An underwater completion instal- ports along the Gulf Coast. lation in an anchorage area shall be (b) Special Conditions for Fairways in considered a structure and shall be the Gulf of Mexico. Temporary anchors marked with a lighted buoy approved and attendant cables or chains at- by the United States Coast Guard tached to floating or semisubmersible under § 66.01. drilling rigs outside a fairway may be (d) Designated Areas. placed within a fairway described in (1) Brazos Santiago Pass Safety Fairway. The this section for the Gulf of Mexico, pro- areas between rhumb lines joining points at: vide the following conditions are met: (1) Anchors installed within fairways Latitude Longitude to stablize semisubmersible drilling 26°03′ 27″ 97°08′ 36″ rigs shall be allowed to remain 120 26°02′ 57″ 97°07′ 11″ days. This period may be extended by 26°02′ 06″ 96°57′ 24″ the Army Corps of Engineers, as pro- 25°58′ 54″ 96°19′ 00″ vided by § 209.135(b). and rhumb lines joining points at: (2) Drilling rigs must be outside of any fairway boundary to whatever dis- Latitude Longitude tance is necessary to ensure that the 26°04′ 27″ 97°08′ 36″ minimum depth of water over an an- 26°04′ 58″ 97°07′ 07″ chor line within a fairway is 125 feet. 26°04′ 12″ 96°59′ 30″ (3) No anchor buoys or floats or re- 26°04′ 00″ 96°57′ 24″ lated rigging will be allowed on the 26°00′ 54″ 96°19′ 00″ surface of the water or to a depth of at (2) Brazos Santiago Pass Anchorage Areas. least 125 feet from the surface, within a The areas enclosed by rhumb lines joining fairway. points at: (4) Aids to Navigation or danger markings must be installed as required Latitude Longitude by 33 CFR Subchapter C. 26°02′ 57″ 97°07′ 11″ (c) Special Conditions for Fairway An- 26°02′ 06″ 96°57′ 24″ chorages in the Gulf of Mexico. Struc- 25°58′ 54″ 96°57′ 24″ 25°58′ 54″ 97°07′ 18″ tures may be placed within an area des- ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ ignated as a fairway anchorage, but the 26 02 57 97 07 11 number of structures will be limited by and rhumb lines joining points at: spacing as follows: (1) The center of a structure to be Latitude Longitude erected shall not be less than two (2) 26°04′ 58″ 97°07′ 07″ nautical miles from the center of any 26°09′ 00″ 97°07′ 00″ existing structure. 26°09′ 00″ 96°59′ 30″ (2) In a drilling or production com- 26°04′ 12″ 96°59′ 30″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ plex, associated structures connected 26 04 58 97 07 07 by walkways shall be considered one (3) Port Mansfield Safety Fairway. The area structure for purposes of spacing, and between a rhumb line joining points at: shall be as close together as prac- ticable having due consideration for Latitude Longitude the safety factors involved. 26°33′39′′ 97°16′04′′ (3) A vessel fixed in place by moor- 26°33′43′′ 97°14′38′′ ings and used in conjunction with the associated structures of a drilling or and rhumb lines joining points at:
690
VerDate 18
Latitude Longitude (6) Matagorda Entrance Safety Fairway. The areas between rhumb lines joining points at: 26°34′04′′ 97°16′05′′ 26°34′40′′ 97°15′47′′ Latitude Longitude 26°34′43′′ 97°14′40′′ 28°24′50′′ 96°19′38′′ (4) Aransas Pass Safety Fairway. The area 28°22′16′′ 96°17′40′′ ° ′ ′′ ° ′ ′′ between rhumb lines joining points at: 28 14 48 96 09 42 28°11′24′′ 96°06′06′′ 28°10′06′′ 96°04′42′′ Latitude Longitude 27°38′02′′ 95°49′39′′ 27°49′ 21″ 97°02′ 08″ 27°48′ 11″ 97°01′ 06″ with rhumb lines joining points at: 27°46′ 26″ 96°57′ 40″ 27°45′ 14″ 96°55′ 26″ Latitude Longitude 27°44′ 09″ 96°53′ 25″ ° ′ ′′ ° ′ ′′ 27°42′ 47″ 96°51′ 39″ 28 25 31 96 18 48 ° ′ ′′ ° ′ ′′ 27°39′ 24″ 96°48′ 26″ 28 23 38 96 16 00 ° ′ ′′ ° ′ ′′ 27°21′ 59″ 96°11′ 42″ 28 16 12 96 08 06 28°12′30′′ 96°04′12′′ 28°11′13′′ 96°02′46′′ and rhumb lines joining points at: 27°38′12′′ 95°47′19′′ Latitude Longitude (7) Matagorda Entrance Anchorage Areas. 27°50′ 15″ 97°01′ 32″ The areas enclosed by rhumb lines joining 27°49′ 54″ 96°59′ 56″ points at: 27°45′ 22″ 96°51′ 19″ 27°44′ 35″ 96°48′ 31″ Latitude Longitude 27°43′ 49″ 96°45′ 47″ 27°35′ 17″ 96°27′ 46″ 28°22′16′′ 96°17′40′′ 27°33′ 33″ 96°24′ 06″ 28°14′48′′ 96°09′42′′ 27°25′ 53″ 96°07′ 56″ 28°12′42′′ 96°12′12′′ 28°20′12′′ 96°20′12′′ ° ′ ′′ ° ′ ′′ separated by areas enclosed by rhumb lines 28 22 16 96 17 40 joining points at: and rhumb lines joining points at: Latitude Longitude Latitude Longitude 27°41′ 10″ 96°47′ 23″ ° ′ ′′ ° ′ ′′ 27°34′ 50″ 96°34′ 01″ 28 23 38 96 16 00 ° ′ ′′ ° ′ ′′ 27°34′ 59″ 96°31′ 56″ 28 25 36 96 13 36 ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 28°18′12′′ 96°05′36′′ 27 42 03 96 46 51 ° ′ ′′ ° ′ ′′ 27°41′ 10″ 96°47′ 23″ 28 16 12 96 08 06 28°23′38′′ 96°16′00′′ and rhumb lines joining points at: (8) Freeport Harbor Safety Fairway. The area Latitude Longitude between rhumb lines joining points at:
27°33′ 06″ 96°30′ 21″ Latitude Longitude 27°23′ 33″ 96°10′ 12″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 27°24′ 19″ 96°09′ 26″ 28 55 19 95 17 46 ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 27°33′ 15″ 96°28′ 16″ 28 52 58 95 16 06 ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 27°33′ 06″ 96°30′ 21″ 28 44 52 95 07 43 28°43′ 32″ 95°06′ 18″ 28°04′ 48″ 94°26′ 12″ (5) Aransas Pass Anchorage Areas. The areas enclosed by rhumb lines joining points at: and rhumb lines joining points at: Latitude Longitude Latitude Longitude 27°49′ 54″ 96°59′ 56″ 28°55′ 59″ 95°16′ 55″ 27°45′ 22″ 96°51′ 19″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 28 54 05 95 14 10 27 51 46 96 40 12 28°45′ 58″ 95°05′ 48″ 27°53′ 36″ 96°56′ 30″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 28 44 39 95 04 22 27 49 54 96 59 56 28°07′ 46″ 94°26′ 12″
and rhumb lines joining points at: (9) Freeport Harbor Anchorage Areas. The areas enclosed by rhumb lines joining points Latitude Longitude at: 27°45′ 14″ 96°55′ 26″ 27°43′ 00″ 96°55′ 27″ Latitude Longitude 27°44′ 09″ 96°53′ 25″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 27°45′ 14″ 96°55′ 26″ 28 52 58 95 16 06 28°44′ 52″ 95°07′ 43″
691
VerDate 18
Latitude Longitude Latitude Longitude
28°42′ 24″ 95°12′ 00″ 29°32′ 03″ 93°46′ 44″ 28°51′ 30″ 95°18′ 42″ 29°30′ 39″ 93°43′ 41″ 28°52′ 58″ 95°16′ 06″ 29°28′ 30″ 93°41′ 09″ 29°07′ 28″ 93°41′ 08″ and rhumb lines joining points at: 28°17′ 17″ 92°57′ 59″ 28°11′ 57″ 92°53′ 25″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Latitude Longitude 27 51 58 92 36 20
28°54′ 05″ 95°14′ 10″ and rhumb lines joining points at: 28°56′ 54″ 95°09′ 18″ 28°47′ 42″ 95°02′ 42″ Latitude Longitude 28°45′ 58″ 95°05′ 48″ 28°54′ 05″ 95°14′ 10″ 29°38′ 48″ 93°48′ 59″ 29°37′ 32″ 93°48′ 02″ (10) Galveston Entrance Safety Fairways. The 29°36′ 28″ 93°47′ 14″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ areas between rhumb lines joining points at: 29 32 52 93 43 00 29°31′ 13″ 93°41′ 04″ 29°29′ 20″ 93°38′ 51″ Latitude Longitude 29°08′ 08″ 93°38′ 52″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 28 39 02 93 13 39 27 44 03 94 26 12 ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 28 36 15 93 11 15 28 04 48 94 26 12 ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 28°07′ 46″ 94°26′ 12″ 27 52 09 92 33 40 29°06′ 24″ 94°26′ 12″ 29°07′ 42″ 94°27′ 48″ (13) Sabine Pass Anchorage Areas—(i) Sabine 29°18′ 10″ 94°39′ 16″ Pass Inshore Anchorage Area. The area en- 29°19′ 39″ 94°41′ 33″ closed by rhumb lines joining points at: 29°20′ 44″ 94°40′ 44″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 29 19 23 94 37 08 Latitude Longitude 29°10′ 30″ 94°22′ 54″ 29°10′ 17″ 94°22′ 30″ 29°37′32″ N. 93°48′02″ W. 29°09′ 06″ 94°20′ 36″ 29°37′32″ N. 93°21′25″ W. 28°17′ 17″ 92°57′ 59″ 29°32′52″ N. 93°43′00″ W. 29°36′28″ N. 93°47′14″ W. and rhumb lines joining points at: (ii) Sabine Bank Offshore (North) Anchorage Latitude Longitude Area. The area enclosed by rhumb lines join- 27°44′ 13″ 94°23′ 57″ ing points at: 29°06′ 24″ 94°23′ 55″ 29°07′ 41″ 94°22′ 23″ Latitude Longitude 28°11′ 57″ 92°53′ 25″ 29°26′06″ N. 93°43′00″ W. 29°26′06″ N. 93°41′08″ W. (11) Galveston Entrance Anchorage Areas. 29°24′06″ N. 93°41′08″ W. The areas enclosed by rhumb lines joining 29°24′06″ N. 93°43′00″ W. points at: (iii) Sabine Bank Offshore (South) Anchorage Latitude Longitude Area. The area enclosed by rhumb lines join- 29°18′ 10″ 94°39′ 16″ ing points at: 29°08′ 04″ 94°28′ 12″ 29°03′ 13″ 94°36′ 48″ Latitude Longitude 29°14′ 48″ 94°45′ 12″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 29°18′ 10″ 94°39′ 16″ 29 16 55 N. 93 43 00 W. 29°16′55″ N. 93°41′08″ W. 29°14′29″ N. 93°41′08″ W. and rhumb lines joining points at: 29°14′29″ N. 93°43′00″ W. Latitude Longitude (14) Coastwise Safety Fairways. (i) Brazos 29°19′ 23″ 94°37′ 08″ Santiago Pass to Aransas Pass. The areas be- 29°22′ 18″ 94°32′ 00″ tween rhumb lines joining points at: 29°14′ 23″ 94°25′ 53″ 29°13′ 24″ 94°27′ 33″ Latitude Longitude 29°19′ 23″ 94°37′ 08″ 26°04′ 12″ 96°59′ 30″ (12) Sabine Pass Safety Fairway. The areas 26°09′ 00″ 96°59′ 30″ between rhumb lines joining points at: 27°46′ 26″ 96°57′ 40″
Latitude Longitude and rhumb lines joining points at:
29°38′ 25″ 93°50′ 02″ Latitude Longitude 29°35′ 19″ 93°49′ 10″ 29°33′ 00″ 93°46′ 26″ 25°58′ 54″ 96°57′ 24″
692
VerDate 18
Latitude Longitude (16) Calcasieu Pass Anchorage Areas—(i) Calcasieu Pass North Anchorage Area. The 26°02′ 06″ 96°57′ 24″ area enclosed by rhumb lines joining points 26°04′ 00″ 96°57′ 24″ at: 27°40′ 36″ 96°55′ 30″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 27 43 00 96 55 27 Latitude Longitude 27°45′ 14″ 96°55′ 26″ 29°41′12″ N. 93°19′37″ W. (ii) Aransas Pass to Calcasieu Pass. The 29°41′12″ N. 93°12′28″ W. areas between rhumb lines joining points at: 29°31′16″ N. 93°12′16″ W. 29°37′30″ N. 93°18′15″ W. Latitude Longitude (ii) Calcasieu Pass South Anchorage Area. 27°43′00″ 496°55′27″ The area enclosed by rhumb lines joining ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 27 44 09 96 53 25 points at: 27°45′22″ 96°51′19″ 27°51′46″ 96°40′12″ 28°11′24″ 96°06′06″ Latitude Longitude 28°12′30″ 96°04′12″ 28°59′30″ N. 93°16′30″ W. 28°42′24″ 95°12′00″ 28°59′30″ N. 93°14′00″ W. 28°44′52″ 95°07′43″ 28°56′00″ N. 93°14′00″ W. 28°45′58″ 95°05′48″ 28°56′00″ N. 93°16′30″ W. 28°47′42″ 95°02′42″ 29°07′42″ 94°27′48″ 29°10′17″ 94°22′30″ (17) Lower Mud Lake Safety Fairway. The 29°29′30″ 93°58′24″ area enclosed by rhumb lines joining points 29°32′03″ 93°46′44″ at: 29°33′00″ 93°46′26″ 29°32′52″ 93°43′00″ Latitude Longitude 29°37′32″ 93°21′25″ 29°43′24″ N. 93°00′18″ W. with rhumb lines joining points at: 29°42′00″ N. 93°00′18″ W.
Latitude Longitude and rhumb lines joining points at:
27°40′36″ 96°55′30″ Latitude Longitude 27°42′47″ 96°51′39″ 27°44′35″ 96°48′31″ 29°43′33″Ν. 93°00′48″ W. 28°10′06″ 96°04′42″ 29°42′00″Ν. 93°00′48″ W. 28°11′13″ 96°02′46″ 28°43′32″ 95°06′18″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ (18) Freshwater Bayou Safety Fairway. The 28 44 39 95 04 22 area between lines joining points at: 29°06′24″ 94°26′12″ 29°06′24″ 94°23′55″ 29°07′41″ 94°22′23″ Latitude Longitude ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 29 09 06 94 20 36 ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 29 31 59 92 18 45 29 27 40 93 57 18 ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 29 31 10 92 18 54 29 30 39 93 43 41 ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 29 31 13 92 19 14 29 31 13 93 41 04 29°27′ 44″ 92°19′ 53″ 29°33′56″ 93°28′35″ 29°32′57″ 93°17′00″ and a line joining points at:
(15) Calcasieu Pass Safety Fairway. The Latitude Longitude areas between rhumb lines joining points at: 29°27′ 34″ 92°18′ 45″ Latitude Longitude 29°31′ 03″ 92°18′ 06″ 29°31′ 06″ 92°18′ 26″ 29°45′ 00″ 93°20′ 58″ 29°31′ 55″ 92°18′ 17″ 29°40′ 56″ 93°20′ 18″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 29 38 18 93 20 42 (19) Southwest Pass Safety Fairway. The 29°37′ 32″ 93°21′ 25″ 29°32′ 57″ 93°17′ 00″ area between lines joining points at: 29°31′ 08″ 93°14′ 38″ 28°39′ 02″ 93°13′ 39″ Latitude Longitude 29°34′ 48″ 92°03′ 12″ and rhumb lines joining points at: 29°30′ 48″ 92°07′ 00″ 29°23′ 30″ 92°08′ 24″ Latitude Longitude and lines joining points at: 29°45′ 05″ 93°20′ 03″ 29°41′ 12″ 93°19′ 37″ 29°37′ 30″ 93°18′ 15″ Latitude Longitude 29°31′ 16″ 93°12′ 16″ 29°34′ 24″ 92°02′ 24″ 28°36′ 15″ 93°11′ 15″ 29°30′ 24″ 92°06′ 12″
693
VerDate 18
Latitude Longitude (24) Barataria Pass Safety Fairway. The area between a line joining points at: 29°23′ 24″ 92°07′ 30″ Latitude Longitude (20) Atchafalaya Pass Safety Fairway. The area between a line joining points at: 29°16′ 00″ 89°57′ 00″ 29°14′ 54″ 89°55′ 48″ Latitude Longitude and a line joining points at: 29°22′ 36″ 91°23′ 28″ 29°14′ 42″ 91°30′ 28″ Latitude Longitude
and a line joining points at: 29°16′ 30″ 89°56′ 06″ 29°15′ 18″ 89°55′ 00″ Latitude Longitude (25) Grand Bayou Pass Safety Fairway. The 29°14′ 05″ 91°29′ 34″ areas between a line joining points at: 29°21′ 59″ 91°22′ 34″ Latitude Longitude (21) Bayou Grand Caillou Safety Fairway. The area between a line joining points at: 29°17′ 36″ 89°41′ 36″ 29°16′ 48″ 89°42′ 12″ Latitude Longitude and a line joining points at: 29°10′ 59″ 90°57′ 26″ 29°05′ 24″ 90°58′ 10″ Latitude Longitude 29°01′ 08″ 91°00′ 44″ 29°17′ 18″ 89°40′ 36″ and a line joining points at: 29°16′ 18″ 89°41′ 18″
Latitude Longitude (26) Empire to the Gulf Safety Fairway. The area between a line joining points at: 29°00′ 40″ 90°59′ 43″ 29°05′ 06″ 90°57′ 03″ Latitude Longitude 29°09′ 46″ 90°56′ 27″ 29°15′ 22″ 89°36′ 55″ (22) Cat Island Pass Safety Fairway. The 29°13′ 52″ 89°37′ 15″ area between lines joining points at: and a line joining points at: Latitude Longitude Latitude Longitude 29°05′ 57″ 90°34′ 32″ 29°04′ 56″ 90°35′ 09″ 29°13′ 24″ 89°36′ 11″ 29°03′ 14″ 90°35′ 10″ 29°14′ 54″ 89°35′ 51″ 29°03′ 14″ 90°35′ 17″ 29°01′ 24″ 90°34′ 55″ (27) Gulf Safety Fairway. Aransas Pass Safety Fairway to Southwest Pass Safety Fairway. and lines joining points at: The areas between rhumb lines joining points at: Latitude Longitude Latitude Longitude 29°06′ 00″ 90°34′ 21″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 29 05 31 90 34 12 27°33′ 06″ 96°30′ 21″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 29 03 13 90 34 13 27°33′ 15″ 96°28′ 16″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 29 03 13 90 34 07 27°33′ 33″ 96°24′ 06″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 29 01 34 90 33 47 28°00′ 36″ 90°08′ 18″
(23) Belle Pass Safety Fairway. The area be- and rhumb lines joining points at: tween a line joining points at: Latitude Longitude Latitude Longitude 27°34′ 50″ 96°34′ 01″ 29°05′ 06″ 90°14′ 07″ 27°34′ 59″ 96°31′ 56″ 29°02′ 50″ 90°14′ 46″ 27°35′ 17″ 96°27′ 46″ 27°38′ 02″ 95°49′ 39″ and a line joining points at: 27°38′ 12″ 95°47′ 19″ 27°44′ 03″ 94°26′ 12″ Latitude Longitude 27°44′ 13″ 94°23′ 57″ 27°51′ 58″ 92°36′ 20″ 29°02′ 56″ 90°13′ 48″ 27°52′ 09″ 92°33′ 40″ 29°05′ 06″ 90°13′ 10″ 28°02′ 32″ 90°09′ 28″
694
VerDate 18
(28) Southwest Pass (Mississippi River) Safety Latitude Longitude Fairway—(i) Southwest Pass (Mississippi River) to Gulf Safety Fairway. The area enclosed by 28°50′40″ N. 89°21′14″ W. rhumb lines joining points at: 28°50′40″ N. 89°24′48″ W.
Latitude Longitude (30) South Pass (Mississippi River) Safety Fairway. (i) South Pass to Sea Safety Fairway. 28°54′33″ N. 89°26′07″ W. The areas between rhumb lines joining ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 28 52 42 N. 89 27 06 W. points at: 28°50′00″ N. 89°27′06″ W. 28°02′32″ N. 90°09′28″ W. Latitude Longitude
and rhumb lines joining points at: 28°59′ 18″ 89°08′ 30″ 28°58′ 42″ 89°07′ 30″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 28 54 18 N. 89 25 46 W. 28°58′ 09″ 89°08′ 30″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 28 53 30 N. 89 25 18 W. 28°55′ 56″ 89°03′ 09″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 28 53 30 N. 89 23 48 W. 28°54′ 55″ 89°00′ 44″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 28 50 40 N. 89 24 48 W. 28°54′ 15″ 88°59′ 00″ 28°48′48″ N. 89°24′48″ W. 28°47′24″ N. 89°26′30″ W. 28°00′36″ N. 90°08′18″ W. and rhumb lines joining points at: East jetty light (ii) Southwest Pass (Mississippi River) to Sea Safety Fairway. The area enclosed by rhumb 28°59′ 24″ 89°08′ 12″ lines joining points at: 29°00′ 09″ 89°07′ 24″ 29°00′ 00″ 89°07′ 00″ Latitude Longitude 28°57′ 56″ 89°02′ 18″ 28°57′ 18″ 89°00′ 48″ 28°54′33″ N. 89°26′07″ W. 28°56′ 16″ 88°58′ 29″ 28°52′42″ N. 89°27′06″ W. 28°55′ 42″ 88°57′ 06″ 28°50′00″ N. 89°27′06″ W. 28°47′24″ N. 89°26′30″ W. (ii) South Pass (Mississippi River) to Mis- ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 28 36 28 N. 89 18 45 W. sissippi River-Gulf Outlet Channel Safety Fair- way. The areas between rhumb lines joining and rhumb lines joining points at: points at: 28°54′18″ N. 89°25′46″ W. 28°53′30″ N. 89°25′18″ W. Latitude Longitude 28°53′30″ N. 89°23′48″ W. 28°57′ 18″ 89°00′ 48″ 28°50′40″ N. 89°24′48″ W. 29°04′ 18″ 88°48′ 31″ 28°48′48″ N. 89°24′48″ W. 29°24′ 35″ 88°57′ 17″ 28°45′06″ N. 89°22′12″ W. 28°43′27″ N. 89°21′01″ W. 28°37′54″ N. 89°17′06″ W. and rhumb lines joining points at:
(iii) Southwest Pass (Mississippi River) to Latitude Longitude South Pass (Mississippi River) Safety Fairway. 28°56′ 16″ 88°58′ 29″ The areas between rhumb line joining points 29°03′ 30″ 88°45′ 42″ at: 29°23′ 06″ 88°54′ 11″ 29°26′ 28″ 88°55′ 39″ Latitude Longitude
° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ (31) South Pass (Mississippi River) Anchorage. 28 45 06 89 22 12 The areas within rhumb lines joining points 28°55′ 56″ 89°03′ 09″ at:
and rhumb lines joining points at: Latitude Longitude
Latitude Longitude 29°00′ 00″ 89°07′ 00″ 29°03′ 36″ 89°02′ 18″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 28 43 27 89 21 01 28°57′ 56″ 89°02′ 18″ 28°54′ 55″ 89°00′ 44″ (32) Mississippi River-Gulf Outlet Safety Fair- (29) Southwest Pass (Mississippi River) An- way. (i) The areas between rhumb lines join- chorage. The area enclosed by rhumb lines ing points at: joining points at: Latitude Longitude Latitude Longitude 29°42′ 10″ 89°25′ 49″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 28 53 30 N. 89 23 48 W. 29°29′ 33″ 89°07′ 47″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 28 53 30 N. 89 21 48 W. 29°27′ 14″ 89°03′ 20″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 28 55 06 N. 89 21 48 W. 29°24′ 38″ 89°00′ 00″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 28 55 06 N. 89 19 18 W. 29°24′ 35″ 88°57′ 17″ 28°52′41″ N. 89°17′30″ W.
695
VerDate 18
and rhumb lines joining points at: (35) Biloxi Safety Fairway. The area between lines joining points at: Latitude Longitude Latitude Longitude 29°42′ 29″ 89°25′ 31″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 29 29 53 89 07 31 30°24′ 06″ 88°50′ 57″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 29 27 01 89 01 54 30°23′ 15″ 88°50′ 22″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 29 26 38 88 58 43 30°21′ 11″ 88°47′ 36″ 30°20′ 13″ 88°47′ 04″ (ii) Mississippi River-Gulf Outlet Channel to 30°15′ 06″ 88°47′ 06″ Mobile Ship Channel Safety Fairway. The 30°13′ 09″ 88°47′ 46″ areas within rhumb lines joining points at: 30°12′ 23″ 88°49′ 02″
Latitude Longitude and lines joining points at: 29°26′ 38″ 88°58′ 43″ Latitude Longitude 29°29′ 57″ 88°54′ 48″ 29°38′ 59″ 88°44′ 04″ 30°24′ 27″ 88°50′ 31″ 29°56′ 43″ 88°20′ 50″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 30°23′ 57″ 88°49′ 31″ 29 58 03 88 19 05 ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 30°05′ 29″ 88°09′ 19″ 30 21 42 88 46 36 30°20′ 25″ 88°45′ 55″ 30°14′ 57″ 88°45′ 57″ and rhumb lines joining points at: 30°12′ 56″ 88°46′ 39″ 30°12′ 00″ 88°45′ 25″ Latitude Longitude
29°26′ 28″ 88°55′ 39″ (36) Ship Island Pass to Horn Island Pass 29°27′ 54″ 88°53′ 54″ Safety Fairway. The areas between rhumb 29°37′ 32″ 88°42′ 28″ line joining points at: 29°55′ 14″ 88°19′ 15″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 29 56 34 88 17 30 Latitude Longitude 30°03′ 50″ 88°08′ 01″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 30 05 15 88 06 05 30°05′ 42″ 88°56′ 24″ 30°06′ 38″ 88°31′ 26″ (33) Mississippi River-Gulf Outlet Anchorage. (i) The areas within rhumb lines joining and rhumb line joining points at: points at: Latitude Longitude Latitude Longitude 30°07′ 42″ 88°55′ 37″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 29 27 01 89 01 54 30°08′ 27″ 88°36′ 57″ 29°32′ 12″ 88°55′ 42″ 29°29′ 57″ 88°54′ 48″ 29°26′ 38″ 88°58′ 43″ (37) Pascagoula Safety Fairway. The areas between rhumb lines joining points at: (ii) The areas within rhumb lines joining points at: Latitude Longitude 30°20′ 46″ 88°34′ 39″ Latitude Longitude 30°20′ 21″ 88°34′ 39″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 29°26′ 28″ 88°55′ 39″ 30 17 00 88 31 21 ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 29°27′ 54″ 88°53′ 54″ 30 12 59 88 30 53 29°24′ 33″ 88°52′ 27″ 30°11′ 50″ 88°32′ 05″ 29°23′ 06″ 88°54′ 11″ 30°08′ 27″ 88°36′ 57″ 30°06′ 38″ 88°31′ 26″ (34) Gulfport Safety Fairway. The areas be- 29°56′ 43″ 88°20′ 50″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ tween rhumb lines joining points at: 29 55 14 88 19 15 29°20′ 00″ 87°41′ 47″ Latitude Longitude and rhumb line joining points at: 30°20′ 54″ 89°05′ 36″ 30°13′ 56″ 88°59′ 42″ Latitude Longitude 30°11′ 09″ 88°59′ 56″ 30°06′ 45″ 88°56′ 24″ 30°20′ 30″ 88°33′ 18″ 30°05′ 42″ 88°56′ 24″ 30°18′ 39″ 88°31′ 25″
and rhumb lines joining points at: and rhumb line joining points at:
Latitude Longitude Latitude Longitude
30°21′ 27″ 89°04′ 38″ 30°20′ 26″ 88°31′ 25″ 30°14′ 11″ 88°58′ 29″ 30°18′ 39″ 88°31′ 25″ 30°11′ 29″ 88°58′ 45″ 30°07′ 42″ 88°55′ 37″ and rhumb lines joining points at:
696
VerDate 18
Latitude Longitude Latitude Longitude
30°19′ 21″ 88°30′ 12″ 29°25′ 46″ 87°29′ 13″ 30°17′ 25″ 88°30′ 12″ 30°12′ 46″ 88°29′ 42″ and rhumb line joining points at: 30°11′ 21″ 88°31′ 00″ 30°09′ 33″ 88°29′ 48″ Latitude Longitude 30°07′ 30″ 88°29′ 09″ 29°58′ 03″ 88°19′ 05″ 30°06′ 17″ 87°59′ 15″ 29°56′ 34″ 88°17′ 30″ 29°27′ 00″ 87°27′ 18″ 29°20′ 48″ 87°39′ 31″ (iii) Mobile to Pensacola Safety Fairway. The (38) Horn Island Pass to Mobile Ship Channel areas between rhumb line joining points at: Safety Fairway. The areas between rhumb line joining points at: Latitude Longitude
Latitude Longitude 30°08′ 04″ 88°00′ 36″ 30°14′ 20″ 87°19′ 05″ 30°09′ 33″ 88°29′ 48″ 30°07′ 15″ 88°06′ 54″ and rhumb line joining points at:
and rhumb line joining points at: Latitude Longitude ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Latitude Longitude 30 06 17 87 59 15 30°12′ 31″ 87°18′ 00″ 30°07′ 30″ 88°29′ 09″ 30°05′ 29″ 88°09′ 19″ (40) Mobile Anchorage. The areas within rhumb lines joining points at: (39) Mobile Safety Fairway—(i) Moble Ship Channel Safety Fairway. The areas between Latitude Longitude rhumb lines joining points at: 30°05′ 15″ 88°06′ 05″ 30°05′ 15″ 88°01′ 13″ Latitude Longitude 30°03′ 50″ 88°00′ 00″ 30°03′ 50″ 88°08′ 01″ 30°38′46″ N ...... 88°03′24″ W 30°38′14″ N ...... 88°02′42″ W 30°31′59″ N ...... 88°02′00″ W (41) Pensacola Safety Fairway. The areas be- 30°31′59″ N ...... 88°04′59″ W tween rhumb lines joining points at:
and rhumb lines joining points at: Latitude Longitude 30°23′ 41″ 87°14′ 34″ Latitude Longitude 30°23′ 06″ 87°13′ 53″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 30°31′00″ N ...... 88°05′30″ W 30 22 54 87 13 53 ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 30°31′00″ N ...... 88°01′54″ W 30 20 47 87 15 45 30°26′55″ N ...... 88°01′26″ W 30°16′35″ N ...... 88°02′45″ W and rhumb lines joining points at: 30°14′09″ N ...... 88°03′24″ W 30°10′36″ N ...... 88°03′53″ W Latitude Longitude 30°08′10″ N ...... 88°04′40″ W 30°07′15″ N ...... 88°06′54″ W 30°18′ 43″ 87°19′ 24″ 30°15′ 57″ 87°18′ 19″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ and rhumb lines joining points at: 30 14 20 87 19 05 30°12′ 31″ 87°18′ 00″ 30°10′ 03″ 87°18′ 00″ Latitude Longitude 29°37′ 00″ 87°18′ 00″ 30°39′55″ N ...... 88°01′15″ W 30°37′06″ N ...... 88°01′23″ W and rhumb lines joining points at: 30°26′11″ N ...... 88°00′11″ W 30°16′18″ N ...... 88°01′35″ W Latitude Longitude 30°13′52″ N ...... 88°01′12″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 30°13′14″ N ...... 88°01′12″ W 30 26 27 87 08 28 ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 30°10′36″ N ...... 88°01′35″ W 30 25 35 87 10 30 30°08′04″ N ...... 88°00′36″ W and rhumb lines joining points at: (ii) Mobile Ship Channel to Sea Safety Fair- way. The areas between rhumb lines joining Latitude Longitude points at: 30°24′ 36″ 87°07′ 07″ 30°22′ 57″ 87°09′ 38″ Latitude Longitude 30°22′ 36″ 87°11′ 50″ 30°19′ 21″ 87°14′ 46″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 30 05 15 88 01 13 30°19′ 52″ 87°17′ 31″ 30°03′ 50″ 88°00′ 00″
697
VerDate 18
and rhumb lines joining points at: Latitude Longitude
Latitude Longitude 29°49′19′′ 85°45′15′′ 29°00′00′′ 85°45′15′′ 30°19′ 15″ 87°17′ 37″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 30 16 28 87 16 32 (45) Panama City Anchorage. The area with- 30°14′ 32″ 87°16′ 06″ 30°12′ 33″ 87°15′ 43″ in rhumb lines joining points at: 29°42′ 30″ 87°15′ 43″ Latitude Longitude
(42) Pensacola Anchorage. (i) The area with- 29°55′ 27″ 85°45′ 15″ in rhumb lines joining points at: 29°55′ 27″ 85°42′ 25″ 29°51′ 39″ 85°42′ 25″ Latitude Longitude 29°51′ 20″ 85°45′ 15″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 30 11 49 87 22 41 (46) Port St. Joe Fairway to Panama City 30°12′ 31″ 87°18′ 00″ 30°10′ 03″ 87°18′ 00″ Fairway. The area between rhumb lines join- 30°09′ 21″ 87°22′ 41″ ing points at:
(ii) The area within rhumb lines joining Latitude Longitude points at: 29°49′ 54″ 85°19′ 24″ 29°50′ 59″ 85°22′ 25″ Latitude Longitude 29°53′ 32″ 85°22′ 25″ 29°54′ 12″ 85°24′ 00″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 30 16 28 87 16 32 29°54′ 12″ 85°25′ 55″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 30 17 14 87 11 52 29°52′ 58″ 85°28′ 43″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 30 15 14 87 11 52 29°53′ 00″ 85°29′ 48″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 30 14 32 87 16 06 29°51′ 39″ 85°42′ 25″ 29°51′ 20″ 85°45′ 15″ (43) Pensacola to Panama City Safety Fair- way. The area between rhumb lines joining and rhumb lines joining points at: points at: Latitude Longitude Latitude Longitude 29°48′ 22″ 85°18′ 12″ 30°14′ 32″ 87°16′ 06″ 29°47′ 21″ 85°21′ 00″ 30°15′ 14″ 87°11′ 52″ 29°50′ 42″ 85°23′ 31″ 30°18′ 45″ 86°50′ 00″ 29°52′ 51″ 85°23′ 36″ 30°18′ 00″ 86°20′ 00″ 29°53′ 10″ 85°24′ 18″ 29°51′ 30″ 85°47′ 33″ 29°53′ 10″ 85°25′ 33″ 29°51′ 57″ 85°28′ 19″ and rhumb lines joining points at: 29°51′ 04″ 85°29′ 00″ 29°50′ 40″ 85°32′ 39″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Latitude Longitude 29 49 19 85 45 15
30°12′ 33″ 87°15′ 43″ (47) Port St. Joe Anchorage. The area within 30°16′ 44″ 86°49′ 49″ rhumb lines joining points at: 30°16′ 01″ 86°20′ 57″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 29 48 45 85 47 33 Latitude Longitude
(44) Panama City Safety Fairways. The areas 29°50′ 40″ 85°32′ 39″ between rhumb lines joining points at: 29°51′ 04″ 85°29′ 00″ 29°49′ 18″ 85°30′ 18″ Latitude Longitude (48) Tampa Safety Fairways. The area be- 30°09′24′′ 85°40′12′′ tween rhumb lines joining points at: 30°09′21′′ 85°41′40′′ ° ′ ′′ ° ′ ′′ 30 07 36 85 44 20 Latitude Longitude 30°06′32′′ 85°47′33′′ ° ′ ′′ ° ′ ′′ 29 51 30 85 47 33 27°37′ 48″ 82°45′ 54″ ° ′ ′′ ° ′ ′′ 29 48 45 85 47 33 27°36′ 48″ 82°55′ 54″ ° ′ ′′ ° ′ ′′ 29 03 30 85 47 33 27°36′ 48″ 83°00′ 00″ 27°36′ 48″ 84°39′ 10″ and rhumb lines joining points at: and rhumb lines joining points at: Latitude Longitude Latitude Longitude 30°08′34′′ 85°40′16′′ ° ′ ′′ ° ′ ′′ 30 07 55 85 41 50 27°35′ 54″ 82°45′ 42″ ° ′ ′′ ° ′ ′′ 30 06 49 85 43 28 27°34′ 48″ 82°55′ 54″ ° ′ ′′ ° ′ ′′ 30 04 40 85 45 15 27°34′ 48″ 83°00′ 00″ ° ′ ′′ ° ′ ′′ 29 55 27 85 45 15 27°34′ 48″ 84°39′ 00″ 29°51′20′′ 85°45′15′′
698
VerDate 18
(49) Tampa Anchorages—(i) Eastern Tampa Latitude Longitude Fairway Anchorage. The area enclosed by rhumb lines [North American Datum of 1927 28°15′ 20″ 89°55′ 10″ (NAD–27)] joining points at: 27°46′ 29″ 89°54′ 23″ 27°46′ 32″ 89°52′ 08″ Latitude Longitude 28°17′ 48″ 89°52′ 58″
27°36′48″N., 83°00′00″W., (53) Heald Bank Cutoff Safety Fairway. The ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 27 39 00 N., 83 00 00 W., area enclosed by rhumb lines, [North Amer- 27°39′00″N., 82°55′54″W., 27°36′48″N., 82°55′54″W. ican Datum of 1927 (NAD–27)], joining points at: (ii) Western Tampa Fairway Anchorage. The area enclosed by rhumb lines [North Latitude Longitude American Datum of 1927 (NAD–27)] joining 28°57′15′′ N ...... 94°23′55′′ W points at: 28°51′30′′ N ...... 93°56′30′′ W 28°48′30′′ N ...... 93°51′45′′ W Latitude Longitude 28°55′15′′ N ...... 94°23′55′′ W 27°36′48″N., 83°05′06″W., 27°39′00″N., 83°05′06″W., [CGD 81–040, 47 FR 20581, May 13, 1982] 27°39′00″N., 83°01′00″W., 27°36′48″N., 83°01′00″W. EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- tations affecting § 166.200, see the List of CFR (50) Charlotte Safety Fairways. The area be- Sections Affected in the Finding Aids sec- tween rhumb lines joining points at: tion of this volume.
Latitude Longitude § 166.300 Areas along the coast of Cali- 26°41′ 18″ 82°19′ 00″ fornia. 25°30′ 00″ 84°22′ 00″ (a) Purpose. Fairways as described in this section are established to control and rhumb lines joining points at: the erection of structures therein to Latitude Longitude provide safe vessel routes along the coast of California. 26°40′ 19″ 82°18′ 28″ 26°38′ 30″ 82°19′ 54″ (b) Designated Areas—(1) Port Hueneme 26°39′ 00″ 82°19′ 00″ Safety Fairway. An area one nautical 25°28′ 00″ 84°21′ 30″ mile in width centered on the aline- ment of Port Hueneme Entrance Chan- (51) Charlotte Anchorage. The area within nel and extending seaward from the 30- rhumb lines joining points at: foot-depth curve for a distance of 1.5 Latitude Longitude nautical miles, thence turning south- erly and widening to 1.5 nautical miles ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 26 39 00 82 19 00 at the 3-mile limit, all between lines 26°38′ 12″ 82°18′ 24″ 26°37′ 36″ 82°19′ 18″ joining the following points: 26°38′ 30″ 82°19′ 54″ Latitude Longitude (52) Louisiana Offshore Oil Port (LOOP) 34°06′30″ N 119°15′00″ W Shipping Safety Fairway to Safety Zone. (i) 34°07′37″ N 119°14′25″ W North of Gulf Safety Fairway. The two mile 34°08′49″ N 119°13′21″ W wide area enclosed by rhumb lines joining points at: thence generally along the 30-foot- Latitude Longitude depth curve to the seaward end of the west entrance jetty; seaward end of the 28°48′ 36″ 89°55′ 00″ 28°48′ 14″ 89°54′ 17″ east entrance jetty, thence generally 28°45′ 47″ 89°54′ 19″ along the 30-foot-depth curve to: 28°36′ 06″ 89°55′ 44″ 28°18′ 30″ 89°55′ 15″ Latitude Longitude 28°20′ 58″ 89°53′ 03″ 28°36′ 09″ 89°53′ 28″ 34°08′21″ N 119°12′15″ W 28°49′ 07″ 89°51′ 30″ 34°07′10″ N 119°13′20″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 28 50 20 89 53 51 34°05′48″ N 119°13′23″ W
(ii) South of Gulf Safety Fairway. The two (2) [Reserved] mile wide area enclosed by rhumb lines join- ing points at: [CGD 82–101, 48 FR 49019, Oct. 24, 1983]
699
VerDate 18
§ 166.400 Areas along the coast of Alas- § 166.500 Areas along the Atlantic ka. Coast. (a) Purpose. Fairways, as described in (a) Purpose. Fairways, as described in this section, are established to control this section are established to control the erection of structures therein to the erection of structures therein to provide safe vessel routes along the provide safe vessel routes along the At- coast of Alaska. lantic Coast. (b) Designated Areas. (b) Designated Areas. (1) Prince William Sound Safety Fairway. (i) (1) Off New York Shipping Safety Fairway. (i) Hinchinbrook Entrance Safety Fairway. The Ambrose to Nantucket Safety Fairway. The area enclosed by rhumb lines joining points area enclosed by rhumb lines, [North Amer- at: ican Datum of 1927 (NAD–27)] joining points at: Latitude Longitude Latitude Longitude 59°59′00″ N 145°27′24″ W 60°13′18″ N 146°38′06″ W 40°32′20″ N 73°04′57″ W 60°11′24″ N 146°47′00″ W 40°30′58″ N 72°58′25″ W 59°55′00″ N 145°42′00″ W 40°34′07″ N 70°19′23″ W 40°35′37″ N 70°14′09″ W (ii) Gulf to Hinchinbrook Safety Fairway 40°30′37″ N 70°14′00″ W (recommended for inbound vessel traffic). 40°32′07″ N 70°19′19″ W The area enclosed by rhumb lines joining 40°28′58″ N 72°58′25″ W ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ points at: 40 27 20 N 73 04 57 W
Latitude Longitude (ii) Nantucket to Ambrose Safety Fairway. The area enclosed by rhumb lines, NAD–27, 59°15′42″ N 144°02′07″ W joining point at: 59°59′00″ N 145°27′24″ W 59°58′00″ N 145°32′12″ W Latitude Longitude 59°14′18″ N 144°04′53″ W 28°54′33″ N 89°26′07″ W (iii) Hinchinbrook to Gulf Safety Fairway 40°24′20″ N 73°04′58″ W (recommended for outbound vessel traffic). 40°22′58″ N 72°58′26″ W 40°26′07″ N 70°19′09″ W The area enclosed by rhumb lines joining ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ points at: 40 27 37 N 70 13 46 W 40°22′37″ N 70°13′36″ W 40°24′07″ N 70°19′05″ W Latitude Longitude 40°20′58″ N 72°58′26″ W 40°19′20″ N 73°04′58″ W 59°15′41″ N 144°23′35″ W 59°56′00″ N 145°37′39″ W 59°55′00″ N 145°42′00″ W [CGD 84–004, 52 FR 33589, Sept. 4, 1987; 52 FR ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 59 14 19 N 144 26 25 W 36248, Sept. 28, 1987] (2) Unimak Pass Safety Fairway. (i) East/West Safety Fairway. The area enclosed by rhumb PART 167—OFFSHORE TRAFFIC lines joining points at: SEPARATION SCHEMES
Latitude Longitude Subpart A—General 54°25′58″ N 165°42′24″ W 54°22′50″ N 165°06′54″ W Sec. 54°22′10″ N 164°59′29″ W 167.1 Purpose. 54°07′58″ N 162°19′25″ W 167.3 Geographic coordinates. 54°04′02″ N 162°20′35″ W 167.5 Definitions. ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 54 22 02 N 165 43 36 W 167.10 Operating rules. 167.15 Modification of schemes. (ii) North/South Safety Fairway. The area enclosed by rhumb lines joining points at: Subpart B—Description of Traffic Separa- Latitude Longitude tion Schemes and Precautionary Areas
54°42′28″ N 165°16′19″ W ATLANTIC EAST COAST ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 54 43 32 N 165 09 41 W 167.150 Off New York Traffic Separation 54°22′50″ N 165°06′54″ W Scheme: General. 54°22′10″ N 164°59′29″ W 167.151 Off New York: Precautionary areas. 167.152 Off New York: Eastern approach, off [CGD 81–103, 51 FR 43349, Dec. 2, 1986] Nantucket.
700
VerDate 18
167.153 Off New York: Eastern approach, off (d) Precautionary area means a rout- Ambrose Light. ing measure comprising an area within 167.154 Off New York: South-eastern ap- defined limits where ships must navi- proach. gate with particular caution and with- 167.155 Off New York: Southern approach. in which the direction of traffic flow 167.200 In the approaches to Chesapeake Bay Traffic Separation Scheme: General. may be recommended. 167.201 In the approaches to Chesapeake (e) Deep-water route means an inter- Bay: Precautionary area. nationally recognized routing measure 167.202 In the approaches to Chesapeake primarily intended for use by ships Bay: Eastern approach. that, because of their draft in relation 167.203 In the approaches to Chesapeake to the available depth of water in the Bay: Southern approach. area concerned, require the use of such ATLANTIC GULF COAST a route. 167.350 In the approaches to Galveston Bay [CGD 81–080, 48 FR 36456, Aug. 11, 1983; 49 FR Traffic Separation Scheme and pre- 15548, Apr. 19, 1984, as amended by CGD 90– cautionary areas. 039, 59 FR 21937, Apr. 28, 1994] AUTHORITY: 33 U.S.C. 1223; 49 CFR 1.46. § 167.10 Operating rules. SOURCE: CGD 81–080, 48 FR 36456, Aug. 11, The operator of a vessel in a TSS 1983, unless otherwise noted. shall comply with Rule 10 of the Inter- national Regulations for Preventing Subpart A—General Collisions at Sea, 1972, as amended. § 167.1 Purpose. § 167.15 Modification of schemes. The purpose of the regulations in this (a) A traffic separation scheme or part is to establish and designate traf- precautionary area described in this fic separation schemes and pre- Part may be permanently amended in cautionary areas to provide access accordance with 33 U.S.C. 1223 (92 Stat. routes for vessels proceeding to and 1473), and with international agree- from U.S. ports. ments. (b) A traffic separation scheme or § 167.3 Geographic coordinates. precautionary area in this Part may be Geographic coordinates are defined temporarily adjusted by the Com- using North American 1927 Datum mandant of the Coast Guard in an (NAD 27) unless indicated otherwise. emergency, or to accommodate oper- ations which would create an undue [CGD 90–039, 59 FR 21937, Apr. 28, 1994] hazard for vessels using the scheme or which would contravene Rule 10 of the § 167.5 Definitions. International Regulations for Pre- (a) Traffic separation scheme (TSS) venting Collisions at Sea, 1972. Adjust- means a designated routing measure ment may be in the form of a tem- which is aimed at the separation of op- porary traffic lane shift, a temporary posing streams of traffic by appro- suspension of a section of the scheme, priate means and by the establishment a temporary precautionary area over- of traffic lanes. laying a lane, or other appropriate (b) Traffic lane means an area within measure. Adjustments will only be defined limits in which one-way traffic made where, in the judgment of the is established. Natural obstacles, in- Coast Guard, there is no reasonable al- cluding those forming separation ternative means of conducting an oper- zones, may constitute a boundary. ation and navigation safety will not be (c) Separation zone or line means a jeopardized by the adjustment. Notice zone or line separating the traffic lanes of adjustments will be made in the ap- in which ships are proceeding in oppo- propriate Notice to Mariners and in the site or nearly opposite directions; or FEDERAL REGISTER. Requests by mem- separating a traffic lane from the adja- bers of the public for temporary adjust- cent sea area; or separating traffic ments to traffic separation schemes lanes designated for particular classes must be submitted 150 days prior to the of ships proceeding in the same direc- time the adjustment is desired. Such tion. Requests, describing the interference
701
VerDate 18
that would otherwise occur to a TSS, § 167.152 Off New York: Eastern ap- should be submitted to the District proach, off Nantucket. Commander of the Coast Guard Dis- (a) A separation zone is established trict in which the TSS is located. bounded by a line connecting the fol- lowing geographical positions: Subpart B—Description of Traffic Separation Schemes and Pre- Latitude Longitude cautionary Areas 40°28.75′ N 69°14.83′ W 40°27.62′ N 70°13.77′ W ATLANTIC EAST COAST 40°30.62′ N 70°14.00′ W 40°31.75′ N 69°14.97′ W SOURCE: CGD 84–004, 52 FR 33589, Sept. 4, 1987, unless otherwise noted. (b) A traffic lane for westbound traf- fic is established between the separa- § 167.150 Off New York Traffic Separa- tion zone and a line connecting the fol- tion Scheme: General. lowing geographical positions: The specific areas in the Off New York Traffic Separation Scheme and Latitude Longitude Precautionary Areas are described in 40°36.75′ N 69°15.17′ W §§ 167.151, 167.152, 167.153, 167.154, and 40°35.62′ N 70°14.15′ W 167.155 of this chapter. (c) A traffic lane for eastbound traf- [CGD 84–004, 52 FR 33589, Sept. 4, 1987] fic is established between the separa- § 167.151 Off New York: Precautionary tion zone and a line connecting the fol- areas. lowing geographical positions: (a) A circular precautionary area Latitude Longitude with a radius of seven miles is estab- ° ′ ° ′ lished centered upon Ambrose Light in 40 22.62 N 70 13.60 W 40°23.75′ N 69°14.63′ W geographical position 40°27.50′Ν,73°49.90′ W. (b) A precautionary area is estab- [CGD 84–004, 52 FR 33589, Sept. 4, 1987] lished between the traffic separation § 167.153 Off New York: Eastern ap- scheme ‘‘Eastern Approach, off Nan- proach, off Ambrose Light. tucket’’ and the traffic separation scheme ‘‘In the Approach to Boston, (a) A separation zone is established Massachusetts.’’ (1) The precautionary bounded by a line connecting the fol- area is bounded to the east by a circle lowing geographical positions: of radius 15.5 miles, centered upon geo- Latitude Longitude graphical position 40°35.00′Ν,69°00.00′ W, and is intersected by the traffic separa- 40°24.33′ N 73°04.97′ W tion schemes ‘‘In the Approach to Bos- 40°24.20′ N 73°11.50′ W 40°26.00′ N 73°40.93′ W ton, Massachusetts’’ and ‘‘Off New 40°27.00′ N 73°40.75′ W York’’ at the following geographic po- 40°27.20′ N 73°11.50′ W sitions: 40°27.33′ N 73°04.95′ W
Latitude Longitude (b) A traffic lane for westbound traf- 40°50.33′ N 68°57.00′ W fic is established between the separa- 40°23.75′ N 69°14.63′ W tion zone and a line connecting the fol- lowing geographical positions: (2) The precautionary area is bounded to the west by a line connecting the Latitude Longitude two traffic separation schemes between 40°32.33′ N 73°04.95′ W the following geographical positions: 40°32.20′ N 73°11.50′ W 40°28.00′ N 73°40.73′ W Latitude Longitude
40°36.75′ N 68°15.16′ W (c) A traffic lane for eastbound traf- 40°48.00′ N 69°03.33′ W fic is established between the separa- tion zone and a line connecting the fol- [CGD 84–004, 52 FR 33589, Sept. 4, 1987] lowing geographical positions:
702
VerDate 18
Latitude Longitude Latitude Longitude
40°25.05′ N 73°41.32′ W 39°45.70′ N 73°37.70′ W 40°19.20′ N 73°11.50′ W 40°21.25′ N 73°45.85′ W 40°19.33′ N 73°04.97′ W (c) A traffic lane for southbound traf- [CGD 84–004, 52 FR 33589, Sept. 4, 1987] fic is established between the separa- tion zone and a line connecting the fol- § 167.154 Off New York: South-eastern lowing geographical positions: approach. (a) A separation zone is established Latitude Longitude bounded by a line connecting the fol- 40°20.53′ N 73°49.65′ W lowing geographical positions: 39°45.70′ N 73°54.40′ W Latitude Longitude 40°03.10′ N 73°17.93′ W NOTE: Use of LORAN C enables masters of 40°06.50′ N 73°22.73′ W appropriately equipped vessels to be in- 40°22.45′ N 73°43.55′ W formed highly accurately and continuously 40°23.20′ N 73°42.70′ W about the vessel’s position in the area cov- 40°08.72′ N 73°20.10′ W ered by this scheme. 40°05.32′ N 73°15.28′ W [CGD 84–004, 52 FR 33589, Sept. 4, 1987] (b) A traffic lane for north-westbound traffic is established between the sepa- § 167.200 In the approaches to Chesa- ration zone and a line connecting the peake Bay Traffic Separation following geographical positions: Scheme: General. (a) The traffic separation scheme in Latitude Longitude the approaches to Chesapeake Bay con- 40°08.98′ N 73°10.87′ W sists of three parts: a Precautionary 40°12.42′ N 73°15.67′ W Area, an Eastern Approach, and a ° ′ ° ′ 40 24.02 N 73 41.97 W Southern Approach. The Southern Ap- (c) A traffic lane for south-eastbound proach consists of inbound and out- traffic is established between the sepa- bound lanes for vessels drawing 13.5 ration zone and a line connecting the meters (45 feet) of fresh water or less, following geographical positions: separated by a deep-water (DW) route for inbound and outbound vessels with Latitude Longitude drafts exceeding 13.5 meters (45 feet) in 40°21.82′ N 73°44.55′ W fresh water and for naval aircraft car- 40°02.80′ N 73°27.15′ W riers. Each part is defined geographi- 39°59.43′ N 73°22.35′ W cally, using North American Datum 1983 (NAD 83), in §§ 167.201, 167.202, [CGD 84–004, 52 FR 33589, Sept. 4, 1987, as 167.203. amended by CGD 97–023, 62 FR 33365, June 19, (b) All vessels approaching the Traf- 1997] fic Separation Scheme in the Ap- § 167.155 Off New York: Southern ap- proaches to Chesapeake Bay should use proach. the appropriate inbound or outbound traffic lane. (a) A separation zone is established bounded by a line connecting the fol- [CGD 90–039, 59 FR 21937, Apr. 28, 1994] lowing geographical positions: § 167.201 In the approaches to Chesa- Latitude Longitude peake Bay: Precautionary area. 39°45.70′ N 73°48.00′ W A precautionary area is established 40°20.63′ N 73°48.33′ W bounded by a circle with a two-mile ra- 40°20.87′ N 73°47.07′ W 39°45.70′ N 73°44.00′ W dius, centered on the following geo- graphic position: (b) A traffic lane for northbound traf- Latitude Longitude fic is established between the separa- 36°56.14′ N 75°57.43′ W tion zone and a line connecting the fol- lowing geographical positions: [CGD 90–039, 59 FR 21937, Apr. 28, 1994]
703
VerDate 18
§ 167.202 In the approaches to Chesa- (d) The following vessels should use peake Bay: Eastern approach. the deep-water route established in (a) A separation line is established paragraph (c) of this section when connecting the following geographic bound for Chesapeake Bay from sea or positions: to sea from Chesapeake Bay: (1) Deep draft vessels (drafts greater Latitude Longitude 36°58.66′ N 75°48.63′ W than 13.5 meters/45 feet in fresh water). 36°56.79′ N 75°55.08′ W (2) Naval aircraft carriers. (e) It is recommended that a vessel (b) An inbound traffic lane is estab- using the deep-water route established lished between the separation line and in paragraph (c) of this section— a line connecting the following geo- (1) Announce its intention on VHF– graphical positions: FM Channel 16 as it approaches Chesa- Latitude Longitude peake Bay Southern Approach Lighted ° ′ ° ′ 36 59.14 N 75 48.88 W Whistle Buoy CB on the south end, or 36°57.24′ N 75°55.34′ W Chesapeake Bay Junction Lighted (c) An outbound traffic lane is estab- Buoy CBJ on the north end of the lished between the separation line and route; a line connecting the following geo- (2) Avoid, as far as practicable, over- graphical positions: taking other vessels operating in the Latitude Longitude deep-water route; and 36°56.29′ N 75°54.93′ W (3) Keep as near to the outer limit of 36°58.18′ N 75°48.48′ W the route which lies on the vessel’s starboard side as is safe and prac- [CGD 90–039, 59 FR 21937, Apr. 28, 1994] ticable. § 167.203 In the approaches to Chesa- (f) Vessels other than those listed in peake Bay: Southern approach. paragraph (d) of this section should not use the deep-water route. (a) An inbound traffic lane is estab- lished between separation lines run- [CGD 90–039, 59 FR 21937, Apr. 28, 1994, as ning through the following geo- amended by 59 FR 28449, June 1, 1994] graphical positions: ATLANTIC GULF COAST Latitude Longitude ° ′ ° ′ 36 50.33 N 75 46.29 W § 167.350 In the approaches to Gal- 36°52.90′ N 75°51.52′ W ° ′ ° ′ veston Bay Traffic Separation 36 55.96 N 75 54.97 W Scheme and precautionary areas. 36°55.11′ N 75°55.23′ W 36°52.35′ N 75°52.12′ W (a) An inshore precautionary area 36°49.70′ N 75°46.80′ W bounded by a line connecting the fol- (b) An outbound traffic lane is estab- lowing geographical positions: lished between separation lines run- Latitude Longitude ning through the following geo- graphical positions: (1) 29° 18.10′ N 94° 39.20′ W (2) 29° 16.10′ N 94° 37.00′ W Latitude Longitude (3) 29° 18.00′ N 94° 34.90′ W 36°49.52′ N 75°46.94′ W (4) 29° 19.40′ N 94° 37.10′ W 36°52.18′ N 75°52.29′ W (5) 29° 19.80′ N 94° 38.10′ W 36°54.97′ N 75°55.43′ W 36°54.44′ N 75°56.09′ W (b) A traffic separation zone bounded 36°51.59′ N 75°52.92′ W by a line connecting the following geo- ° ′ ° ′ 36 48.87 N 75 47.42 W graphical positions: (c) A deep-water route is established between lines running through the fol- Latitude Longitude lowing geographical positions: (6) 29° 17.13′ N 94° 35.86′ W Latitude Longitude (7) 29° 09.55′ N 94° 25.80′ W ° ′ ° ′ (8) 29° 09.41′ N 94° 25.95′ W 36 55.11 N 75 55.23 W ° ′ ° ′ 36°52.35′ N 75°52.12′ W (9) 29 17.00 N 94 36.00 W 36°49.70′ N 75°46.80′ W 36°49.52′ N 75°46.94′ W (c) A traffic lane for inbound (north- 36°52.18′ N 75°52.29′ W westerly heading) traffic is established 36°54.97′ N 75°55.43′ W between the separation zone and a line
704
VerDate 18
connecting the following geographical (Pub. L. 101–380). The regulations will positions: reduce the risk of oil spills from laden, single hull tankers over 5,000 GT by re- Latitude Longitude quiring that these tankers be escorted (3) 29° 18.00′ N 94° 34.90′ W by at least two suitable escort vessels. (10) 29° 11.20′ N 94° 24.00′ W The escort vessels will be immediately available to influence the tankers’ (d) A traffic lane for outbound speed and course in the event of a (southeasterly heading) traffic is estab- steering or propulsion equipment fail- lished between the separation zone and ure, thereby reducing the possibility of line connecting the following geo- groundings or collisions. graphical positions: (b) The regulations in this part estab- Latitude Longitude lish minimum escort vessel require- ments. Nothing in these regulations (2) 29° 16.10′ N 94° 37.00′ W should be construed as relieving the (11) 29° 07.70′ N 94° 27.80′ W master of a tanker from the duty to op- (e) An offshore precautionary area erate the vessel in a safe and prudent bounded by a line connecting the fol- manner, taking into account the navi- lowing geographical positions: gational constraints of the waterways to be traversed, other vessel traffic, Latitude Longitude and anticipated weather, tide, and sea (11) 29° 07.70′ N 94° 27.80′ W conditions, which may require reduced (12) 29° 06.40′ N 94° 26.20′ W speeds, greater assistance from escort (13) 29° 06.40′ N 94° 23.90′ W vessels, or other operational pre- (14) 29° 09.10′ N 94° 20.60′ W (10) 29° 11.20′ N 94° 24.00′ W cautions.
NOTE: A pilot boarding area is located near § 168.05 Definitions. the center of the inshore precautionary area. As used in this part— Due to heavy vessel traffic, mariners are ad- Disabled tanker means a tanker expe- vised not to anchor or linger in this pre- riencing a loss of propulsion or steering cautionary area except to pick up or dis- embark a pilot. control. Escort transit means that portion of [CGD 81–080, 48 FR 36456, Aug. 11, 1983. Redes- the tanker’s voyage through waters ignated by CGD 84–004, 52 FR 33589, Sept. 4, where escort vessels are required. 1987; CGD 89–019, 54 FR 28062, July 5, 1989; 54 FR 51972, Dec. 19, 1989] Escort vessel means any vessel that is assigned and dedicated to a tanker dur- ing the escort transit, and that is PART 168—ESCORT REQUIREMENTS fendered and outfitted with towing FOR CERTAIN TANKERS gear as appropriate for its role in an emergency response to a disabled tank- Sec. er. 168.01 Purpose. Laden means transporting in bulk 168.05 Definitions. 168.10 Responsibilities. any quantity of applicable cargo, ex- 168.20 Applicable vessels. cept for clingage and residue in other- 168.30 Applicable cargoes. wise empty cargo tanks. 168.40 Applicable waters and number of es- Single hull tanker means any self-pro- cort vessels. pelled tank vessel that is not con- 168.50 Performance and operational require- structed with both double bottom and ments. double sides in accordance with the 168.60 Pre-escort conference. provisions of 33 CFR 157.10d. AUTHORITY: Section 4116(c), Pub. L. 101–380, Tanker master means the licensed on- 104 Stat. 520 (46 U.S.C. 3703 note). board person in charge of the tanker. SOURCE: CGD 91–202, 59 FR 42968, Aug. 19, Tanker owner or operator means the 1994, unless otherwise noted. owner or shoreside organization (indi- vidual, corporation, partnership, or as- § 168.01 Purpose. sociation), including a demise (a) This part prescribes regulations charterer, responsible for the overall in accordance with section 4116(c) of management and operation of the the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 (OPA 90) tanker.
705
VerDate 18
§ 168.10 Responsibilities. (b) Puget Sound and certain associated waters: Each tanker to which this part (a) The tanker owner or operator applies must be escorted by at least shall: two escort vessels in those navigable (1) select escort vessels that can meet waters of the United States and Wash- the performance requirements of this ington State east of a line connecting part; and New Dungeness Light with Discovery (2) inform the tanker master of the Island Light and all points in the performance capabilities of the se- Puget Sound area north and south of lected escort vessels. This information must be provided to the master before these lights. This area includes all the beginning the escort transit. navigable waters of the United States within Haro Strait, Rosario Strait, the (b) The tanker master shall operate the tanker within the performance ca- Strait of Georgia, Puget Sound, and pabilities of the escort vessels, taking Hood Canal, as well as those portions into account speed, sea and weather of the Strait of Juan de Fuca east of conditions, navigational consider- the New Dungeness-Discovery Island ations, and other factors that may line. change or arise during the escort tran- § 168.50 Performance and operational sit. requirements. (c) In an emergency, the tanker mas- ter may deviate from the requirements (a) Except as provided in paragraph of this part to the extent necessary to (c) of § 168.10, at all times during the es- avoid endangering persons, property, or cort transit each tanker to which this the environment, but shall imme- part applies: diately report the deviation to the cog- (1) Must be accompanied by escort nizant Coast Guard Captain of the Port vessels that meet the performance re- (COTP). quirements of paragraph (b) of this sec- tion (but not less than the number of § 168.20 Applicable vessels. escorts required by § 168.40). The requirements of this part apply (2) Must have the escort vessels posi- to laden, single hull tankers of 5,000 tioned relative to the tanker such that gross tons or more. timely response to a propulsion or steering failure can be effected. § 168.30 Applicable cargoes. (3) Must not exceed a speed beyond The requirements of this part apply which the escort vessels can reasonably to any petroleum oil listed in 46 CFR be expected to safely bring the tanker Table 30.25–1 as a pollution category I under control within the navigational cargo. limits of the waterway, taking into consideration ambient sea and weather § 168.40 Applicable waters and number conditions, surrounding vessel traffic, of escort vessels. hazards, and other factors that may re- The requirements of this part apply duce the available sea room. to the following waters: (b) The escort vessels, acting singly (a) Prince William Sound: Each tanker or jointly in any combination as need- to which this part applies must be es- ed, and considering their applied force corted by at least two escort vessels in vectors on the tanker’s hull, must be those navigable waters of the United capable of— States within Prince William Sound, (1) Towing the tanker at 4 knots in Alaska, and the adjoining tributaries, calm conditions, and holding it in bays, harbors, and ports, including the steady position against a 45-knot navigable waters of the United States headwind; within a line drawn from Cape (2) Stopping the tanker within the Hinchinbrook Light, to Seal Rocks same distance that it could crash-stop Light, to a point on Montague Island itself from a speed of 6 knots using its at 60°14.6′ North, 146°59′ West, and the own propulsion system; waters of Montague Strait east of a (3) Holding the tanker on a steady line between Cape Puget and Cape course against a 35-degree locked rud- Cleare. der at a speed of 6 knots; and
706
VerDate 18
(4) Turning the tanker 90 degrees, as- 169.10 What geographic coordinates are suming a free-swinging rudder and a used? speed of 6 knots, within the same dis- tance (advance and transfer) that it Subpart B—Establishment of Two Manda- could turn itself with a hard-over rud- tory Ship Reporting Systems for the der. Protection of Northern Right Whales
EFFECTIVE DATE NOTE: At 59 FR 54519, Nov. 169.100 What mandatory ship reporting sys- 1, 1994, § 168.50 was amended by suspending tems are established by this subpart? paragraph (b)(2), effective November 17, 1994. 169.102 Who is the shore-based authority? 169.105 Where is the northeastern reporting § 168.60 Pre-escort conference. system located? 169.110 When is the northeastern reporting (a) Before commencing an escort system in effect? transit, the tanker master shall confer, 169.115 Where is the southeastern reporting by radio or in person, with the tanker system located? pilot and the masters of the escort ves- 169.120 When is the southeastern reporting sels regarding the escort operation. system in effect? (b) The purpose of the pre-escort con- 169.125 What classes of ships are required to ference is for all parties to plan and make reports? discuss particulars of the escort tran- 169.130 When are ships required to make re- ports? sit. 169.135 How must the reports be made? (c) At a minimum, the following top- 169.140 What information must be included ics must be addressed during the pre- in the report? escort conference: AUTHORITY: Section 313, Pub. L. 105–383, 112 (1) The destination, route, planned Stat. 3411, 3424, 33 U.S.C. 1230(d). speed, other vessel traffic, anticipated weather, tide, and sea conditions, and SOURCE: USCG–1999–5525, 64 FR 29234, June other navigational considerations; 1, 1999, unless otherwise noted. (2) The type and operational status of EFFECTIVE DATE NOTE: By USCG–1999–5525, communication, towing, steering, and 64 FR 29234, June 1, 1999, and corrected at 64 propulsion equipment on the tanker FR 31037, June 9, 1999, part 169 is added, effec- and escort vessels; tive Aug. 2, 1999. (3) The relative positioning and reac- tion time for the escort vessels to move Subpart A—General into assist positions, including, if ap- propriate, pre-tethering the escort ves- § 169.1 What is the purpose of this sub- sels at crucial points along the route; part? (4) The preparations required on the This subpart prescribes the require- tanker and escort vessels, and the ments for mandatory ship reporting methods employed in making an emer- systems. Ship reporting systems are gency towline connection, including used to provide, gather, or exchange in- stationing of deck crews, preparation formation through radio reports. The of messenger lines, bridles, and other information is used to provide data for towing gear, and energizing appro- many purposes including, but not lim- priate deck equipment; ited to: navigation safety, environ- (5) The manner in which an emer- mental protection, vessel traffic serv- gency towline connection would be ices, search and rescue, weather fore- made (which escort vessel will respond, casting and prevention of marine pollu- how messengers and towlines will be tion. passed, etc.); (6) Other relevant information pro- § 169.5 What terms are defined? vided by the tanker master, pilot or es- (a) Mandatory ship reporting system cort vessel masters. means a ship reporting system that re- quires the participation of specified PART 169—SHIP REPORTING vessels or classes of vessels, and that is SYSTEMS established by a Government or Gov- ernments after adoption of a proposed Sec. system by the International Maritime 169.1 What is the purpose of this subpart? Organization (IMO) as complying with 169.5 What terms are defined? all requirements of regulation V/8–1 of
707
VerDate 18
the International Convention for the whale approach limitations and avoidance Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, as amended procedures. (SOLAS), except paragraph (e) thereof. (b) Shore-based authority means the § 169.102 Who is the shore-based au- thority? government appointed office or offices that will receive the reports made by The U.S. Coast Guard is the shore- ships entering each of the mandatory based authority for these mandatory ship reporting systems. The office or ship reporting systems. offices will be responsible for the man- agement and coordination of the sys- § 169.105 Where is the northeastern re- tem, interaction with participating porting system located? ships, and the safe and effective oper- Geographical boundaries of the ation of the system. Such an authority northeastern area include the waters of may or may not be an authority in Cape Cod Bay, Massachusetts Bay, and charge of a vessel traffic service. the Great South Channel east and southeast of Massachusetts. The co- § 169.10 What geographic coordinates ordinates (NAD 83) of the area are as are used? follows: from a point on Cape Ann, Geographic coordinates expressed in Massachusetts at 42°39′N, 70°37′W; then terms of latitude or longitude, or both, northeast to 42°45′N, 70°13′W; then are not intended for plotting on maps southeast to 42°10′N, 68°31′W; then or charts where the referenced hori- south to 41°00′N, 68°31′W; then west to zontal datum is the North American 41°00′N, 69°17′W; then northeast to Datum of 1983 (NAD 83), unless such ge- 42°05′N, 70°02′W, then west to 42°04′N, ographic coordinates are expressly la- 70°10′W; and then along the Massachu- beled NAD 83. Geographic coordinates setts shoreline of Cape Cod Bay and without the NAD 83 reference may be Massachusetts Bay back to the point plotted on maps or charts referenced to on Cape Anne at 42°39′N, 70°37′W. NAD 83 only after application of the appropriate corrections that are pub- § 169.110 When is the northeastern re- lished on the particular map or chart porting system in effect? being used. The mandatory ship reporting sys- tem in the northeastern United States Subpart B—Establishment of Two operates year-round. Mandatory Ship Reporting Systems for the Protection of § 169.115 Where is the southeastern re- Northern Right Whales porting system located? Geographical boundaries of the § 169.100 What mandatory ship report- southeastern area include coastal wa- ing systems are established by this ters within about 25 nautical miles (45 subpart? kilometer) along a 90-nautical mile This subpart prescribes requirements (170-kilometer) stretch of the Atlantic for the establishment and maintenance seaboard in Florida and Georgia. The of two mandatory ship reporting sys- area coordinates (NAD 83) extends from tems for the protection of the endan- the shoreline east to longitude gered northern right whale (also known 80°51.6′W with the southern and north- as the North Atlantic right whale). ern boundaries at latitude 30°00′N and These two systems are designated for 31°27′N, respectively. certain areas of the East Coast of the United States. One system is located in § 169.120 When is the southeastern re- the northeast and is identified as porting system in effect? WHALESNORTH. The other system is The mandatory ship reporting sys- located in the southeast and is identi- tem in the southeastern United States fied as WHALESSOUTH. operates during the period beginning NOTE: 50 CFR 222.32 contains requirements on 15 November and ends on 16 April of and procedures concerning northern right each year.
708
VerDate 18
§ 169.125 What classes of ships are re- Guard using other means, listed below quired to make reports? in order of precedence— Each ship of 300 gross tons or greater (1) Narrow band direct printing must participate in the reporting sys- (SITOR), tems, except government ships exempt- (2) HF voice communication, or ed from reporting by regulation V/8– (3) MF or VHF voice communica- 1(c) of SOLAS. However, exempt ships tions. are encouraged to participate in the re- (c) SITOR or HF reports made di- porting systems. rectly to the Coast Guard’s Commu- nications Area Master Station Atlantic § 169.130 When are ships required to make reports? (CAMSLANT) in Chesapeake, VA, or MF or VHF reports made to Coast Participating ships must report to Guard activities or groups, should only the shore-based authority upon enter- ing the area covered by a reporting sys- be made by ships not equipped with tem. Additional reports are not nec- INMARSAT C. Ships in this category essary for movements made within a must provide all the required informa- system or for ships exiting a system. tion to the Coast Guard watchstander.
§ 169.135 How must the reports be § 169.140 What information must be in- made? cluded in the report? (a) A ship equipped with INMARSAT Each ship report made to the shore- C must report in IMO standard format based authority must follow the stand- as provided in Table 169.140 in § 169.140. ard reporting and format requirements (b) A ship not equipped with listed in table 169.140. INMARSAT C must report to the Coast
709
VerDate 18
710
VerDate 18
711
VerDate 18
Prohibition of vessel operation and cargo transfers ...... 160.113 Purpose ...... 160.101 Special orders applying to vessel operations ...... 160.111 Withholding of clearance ...... 160.115 D Definitions ...... 164.70, 166.105, 167.5, 168.05 Deviations from rules: And reporting non-operating equipment ...... 164.53 Continuing operation or period of time...... 164.55 Emergency ...... 164.51 Devices to indicate speed and distance ...... 164.40 E Eastern approach ...... 167.202 Off Ambrose Light ...... 167.153 Off Nantucket ...... 167.152 Electronic position fixing devices ...... 164.41 Equipment ...... All vessels ...... 164.35 Vessels of 10,000 gross tons or more...... 164.37 Escort requirements for certain tankers ...... Part 168 G Galveston Bay approach traffic separation scheme and precautionary area...... 167.350 General, Ports and Waterways Safety ...... Part 160-Subpart A Appeals ...... 160.7 Definitions ...... 160.3 Delegations ...... 160.5 Purpose ...... 160.1 General, Regulated Navigation Areas and Limited Access Areas ...... Part 165-Subpart A Establishment procedure ...... 165.5 Geographic coordinates ...... 165.8 Notification ...... 165.7 Purpose of part ...... 165.1 Geographic coordinates ...... 166.103, 167.3 I Incorporation by reference,...... 164.03 Inland waterways navigation regulations...... Part 162 Atlantic Ocean, all waterways tributary south of Chesapeake Bay and all waterway tributary to the Gulf of Mexico east and South of St. Marks, FL...... 162.65 Black Rock Canal and Lock at Buffalo, New York...... 162.175 Buffalo and Rochester Harbors, New York ...... 162.165 Channel leading to San Juan Harbor, P.R.; use, administration, and navigation...... 162.260 Channel of Christina River, Del; navigation ...... 162.35 Channel of Tuckerton Creek, N.J.; navigation...... 162.30 Columbia and Williamette Rivers, Washington and Oregon; adminis- tration and navigation...... 162.225 Columbia River, Wash...... 162.230 Duluth-Superior Harbor, Minnesota and Wisconsin ...... 162.110 Flushing Bay near LaGuardia Airport, Flushing, N.Y. restricted
712
VerDate 18
area ...... 162.20 General ...... 162.1 Gulf of Mexico, all waterways tributary (except the Mississippi River, its tributaries, South and Southwest Passes and the Atchafalaya River) from St. Marks, Flas., to the Rio Grande...... 162.75 Hoover Dam, Lake Mead, and Lake Mohave (Colorado River), Ariz.- Nev...... 162.220 Kenai River, Kenai, Alaska; use, administration, and navigation...... 162.245 Keweenaw Waterway, Mich...... 162.115 Inland waterway from Delaware River to Chesapeake Bay, Del. and Md. (Chesapeake and Delaware Canal) ...... 162.40 Lake Huron to Lake Erie, connecting waters Anchorage grounds...... 162.136 Communications rules ...... 162.132 General rules...... 162.130 Miscellaneous rules...... 162.140 Speed rules ...... 162.138 Traffic rules ...... 162.134 Lake Michigan, harbors on ...... 162.120 Lake Tahoe, Calif.; restricted areas along south shore ...... 162.210 Lake Tahoe, Nev.; restricted area adjacent to Nevada Beach ...... 162.215 Manhasett Bay, N.Y.; seaplane restricted area ...... 162.15 Marine del Ray, Calif.; restricted area ...... 162.200 Maumee Bay and River, Ohio...... 162.150 Mississippi River below mouth of Ohio River, including South and Southwest Passes ...... 162.80 Missouri River; administration and navigation...... 162.105 Monroe Harbor, Mich ...... 162.145 Ohio River at Louisville, KY ...... 162.100 Port Alexander, Alaska; speed of vessels ...... 162.250 Puget Sound Area, Wash...... 162.235 Restricted areas in vicinity of Maritime Administration Reserve Fleets...... 162.270 Sandusky and Huron Harbors, Ohio...... 162.155 Santa Monica Bay, Calif.; restricted area...... 162.200 St. Marys River, Sault Ste. Marie, Michigan ...... 162.117 Sturgeon Bay and the Sturgeon Bay Ship Canal, Wisconsin.162.125 ...... Suisun Bay, San Joaquin River Sacramento River, and connecting wa- ters, CA...... 162.205 Tongass Narrows, Alaska; navigation...... 162.240 Vermilion, Lorain, Cleveland, Fairport, Ashtabula, and Coneaut Har- bors, Ohio...... 162.160 White River, Arkansas Post Canal, Arkansas River, and Verdigris River between Mississippi River, Ark., and Catoosa, Okla.: use, ad- ministration, and navigation ...... 162.90 Wrangell Narrows, Alaska; use, administration, and navigation ...... 162.255 Yazoo Diversion Canal, Vicksburg, Miss., from its mouth at Kleinston Landing to Fisher Street; navigation ...... 162.85 M Maintenance, failure, and reporting...... 164.82 Marine casualty reporting and record retention...... 164.61 Modification of areas ...... 166.110 Modification of schemes...... 167.15 N Navigation ...... Part 164
713
VerDate 18
Bridge visibility ...... 164.15 Equipment, Charts or Maps, and Publications of Towing Vessels of 12 Meters or More in Length....Table 164.72 ...... Safety equipment, charts or maps, and publications required on towing vessels ...... 164.72 Tests and inspections ...... 164.80 Tests before entering or getting underway ...... 164.25 Underway, general...... 164.11 Underway, tankers ...... 164.13 Underway, towing vessels...... 164.78 Navigation safety regulations...... Part 164 Notifications of Arrivals, Departures, Hazardous Conditions, and Certain Dangerous Cargoes...... Subpart C Applicability and exceptions to applicability...... 160.201 Definitions ...... 160.203 Notice of Arrival: Vessels bound for ports or places in the U.S...... 160.207 Notice of Arrival: Vessels carrying certain dangerous cargoes ...... 160.211 Notice of departure: Vessels carrying certain dangerous cargoes ...... 160.213 Notice of hazardous conditions...... 160.215 Waiver...... 160.205 O Off New York Traffic Separation Scheme and Precautionary Areas ...... 167.150 Offshore traffic separation schemes...... Part 167 Operating rules...... 167.10 P Performance and operational requirements...... 168.50 Ports and waterways safety - general ...... Part 160 Precautionary areas ...... 167.151, 201 Pre-escort conference...... 168.60 R Rate of turn indicator ...... 164.42 Regulated navigation areas and limited access areas ...... Part 165 Regulated Navigation Areas ...... Subpart B General regulations...... 165.13 Regulated navigation areas...... 165.10 Vessel operating requirements (regulations) ...... 165.11 Responsibilities...... 168.10 Restricted Waterfront Areas...... Part 165-Subpart E Restricted waterfront areas ...... 165.40 S Steering gear: Foreign tankers ...... 164.39 Safety Zones ...... Part 165-Subpart C General regulations...... 165.23 Safety zones ...... 165.20 Security Zones...... Part 165-Subpart D General regulations...... 165.33 Security zones ...... 165.30 Specific Regulated Navigation Areas and Limited Access Areas...Part 165-Subpart F First Coast Guard District - Boston, MA Regulated Navigation Areas Kill Van Kull, New York and New Jersey ...... 165.165
714
VerDate 18
Kittery, Maine ...... 165.101 New Haven Harbor, Quinnipiac River, Mill River ...... 165.150 Providence River, Providence, R.I ...... 165.122 Safety Zones Boon Island, ME, sunken vessel Empire Knight...... 165.141 Boston Harbor, Boston, Massachusetts ...... 165.110, 165.111 Burlington Bay, Vermont; Annual Burlington Independence Day Celebration Fireworks Display ...... 165.166 Chelsea River, Boston Inner Harbor, Boston, MA ...... 165.120 East River, N.Y.; Annual South Street Seaport Memorial Day Fire- works Display...... 165.175 East River, N.Y.; Annual South Street Seaport New Year’s Eve Fireworks Display...... 165.174 Hempstead Harbor, Long Island, N.Y.; Annual North Hempstead Memorial Day Fireworks Display ...... 165.178 Hudson River, N.Y.; Annual Rensselaer Festival Fireworks Display ...... 165.170 Hudson River, N.Y.; Heritage of Pride Fireworks Display ...... 165.170 New York, New Jersey, Sandy Hook Channel, Raritan Bay, Arthur Kill ...... 165.160 Navisink River, Red Bank, New Jersey; Annual ‘‘Fireworks on the Navisink’’...... 165.161 Northville Industries Offshore Platform, Riverhead, Long Island, New York ...... 165.155 Portsmouth Harbor, Portsmouth, New Hampshire ...... 165.103 Rhode Island Sound, Narragansett Bay, Providence River ...... 165.121 USS Cassin Young, Boston Massachusetts...... 165.112 Security Zones Kennebunkport, ME, Walkers Point ...... 165.102 New London Harbor, Connecticut ...... 165.140 Sandy Hook Bay, N.J ...... 165.130 Fifth Coast Guard District Regulated Navigation Areas Chesapeake Bay Entrance and Hampton Roads, VA and adjacent waters...... 165.501 Chesapeake Bay ice navigation season ...... 165.503 Delaware Bay and River...... 165.510 Safety Zones Cove Point, Chesapeake Bay, Maryland...... 165.502 Cape Fear and Northeast Cape Fear Rivers, NC...... 165.530 Cape Fear River, Wilmington, North Carolina...... 165.515 Security Zone Newport News Shipbuilding and Dry Dock Company Shipyard James River, Newport News, VA...... 165.504 Seventh Coast Guard District...... Regulated Navigation Areas Atlantic Ocean, Charleston, SC...... 165.714 Egmont Channel, Tampa Bay, FL...... 165.709 King’s Bay, Georgia ...... 165.730 Sparkman Channel, Tampa, FL ...... 165.752 Tampa Bay, FL ...... 165.753 Safety Zones Ashley River, Charleston, SC ...... 165.713 Brunswick, GA, Turtle River, Vicinity of Sydney Lanier Bridge ...... 165.735 Charleston Harbor and Cooper River, Charleston, SC ...... 165.708 Cumberland Sound, GA and St. Mary’s River Entrance Channel ...... 165.731
715
VerDate 18
Jacksonville, FL ...... 165.728 Port Everglades, Fort Lauderdale, FL ...... 165.705 Savannah River, Savannah, GA ...... 165.T0704 St. Johns River, Jacksonville, FL...... 165.720 Tampa Bay, FL ...... 165.703, 165.704 Security Zones Charleston Harbor and Cooper River, Charleston, SC ...... 165.708 Cumberland Sound, GA, and St. Mary’s River Entrance Channel ...... 165.731 Internal waters and territorial seas adjacent to Florida south of 26 degrees 19 minutes North latitude ...... 165.TO7-013 Merritt Island, FL, vicinity Kennedy Space Center...... 165.701 Port Canaveral Harbor, Cape Canaveral, FL...... 165.705 Jacksonville Harbor, FL ...... 165.729 St. John’s River, Jacksonville, FL...... 165.720, 165.722 Eighth Coast Guard District...... Regulated Navigation Areas Arkansas River, Mile 118.2 to 125.4, Little Rock, AK ...... 165.817 Atachafalaya River, Berwick Bay, LA ...... 165.811 Calcasieu River, LA ...... 165.807 Mississippi River ...... 165.803, 165.810 Monongahela, River, Mile 81.0 to 83.0...... 165.819 Ohio River at Cincinnati, OH ...... 165.821 Ohio River at Louisville, KY...... 165.815 Sabine Neches Waterway, TX...... 165.806 Safety Zones Calcasieu Channel and Industrial Canal, Calcasieu River, Lake Charles, LA ...... 165.805 Corpus Christi Ship Channel, Corpus Christi, TX ...... 165.808 Lower Mississippi River, vicinity of Old River Control Structures ...... 165.802 Snake Island, Texas City, TX; mooring and fleeting of vessels ...... 165.804 Ninth Coast Guard District ...... Regulated Navigation Area Great Lakes...... 165.901 Safety Zones Cuyahoga River and Old River, Cleveland, OH...... 165.903 Lake Michigan at Chicago Harbor & Burnham Park Harbor ...... 165.904 Niagra River at Niagra Falls, New York...... 165.902 USX Superfund Site, St. Louis River...... 165.905 Security Zone Lake Michigan at Chicago Harbor & Burnham Park Harbor ...... 165.904 Eleventh Coast Guard District ...... Regulated Navigation Areas San Diego Bay, CA...... 165.1108 San Francisco Bay Region, CA ...... 165.1114 San Pedro Bay, CA...... 165.1109 Safety Zones Los Angeles Harbor-San Pedro Bay, CA ...... 165.1110 San Diego Bay, CA...... 165.1107 San Pedro Bay, CA...... 165.1101 Security Zones San Diego Bay, CA ...... 165.1102, 165.1103, 165.1104, 165.1105, & 165.1106 Wilson Cove, San Clemente Island, CA ...... 165.1111 Thirteenth Coast Guard District ...... Regulated Navigation Areas Puget Sound, and adjacent waters in Northwestern Washington...... 165.1301
716
VerDate 18
Puget Sound and adjacent waters, WA ...... 165.1303 Safety Zones Bellingham Bay, Bellingham, WA ...... 165.1304 Columbia River, Vancouver, WA ...... 165.1308 Commencement Bay, Tacoma, WA ...... 165.1305 Elliot Bay, Seattle, WA ...... 165.1307 Lake Union, Seattle, WA ...... 165.1306 Security Zone Bangor Naval Submarine Base, Bangor, WA ...... 165.1302 Fourteenth Coast Guard District...... Regulated Navigation Area Apra Outer Harbor, Guam ...... 165.1402 Safety Zones Apra Harbor, Guam...... 165.1401 Pacific Missle Range Facility (PMRF), Barking Sands, Island of Kauai, Hawaii ...... 165.1406 Security Zones Apra Harbor, Guam...... 165.1404 Tinian, Commonwealth Northern Marianas Islands...... 165.1403 Seventeenth Coast Guard District...... Regulated Navigation Area Prince William Sound, AK...... 165.1704 Safety Zones Ammunition Island, Port Valdez, AK...... 165.1703 Crescent Harbor, Sitka, AK ...... 165.1707 Gastineau Channel, Juneau, AK...... 165.1702, 165.1706 Ketchikan Harbor, Ketchikan, AK ...... 165.1705 Port Valdez, Valdez, AK ...... 165.1701 Tongass Narrows, Ketchikan, AK ...... 165.1708 Shipping Safety Fairways and Anchorages...... Part 166 Shipping safety fairways and anchorage areas, Gulf of Mexico...... Aransas Pass Anchorage Areas...... 166.200(d)(5) Aransas Pass Safety Fairway ...... 166.200(d)(4) Atchafalaya Pass Safety Fairway...... 166.200(d)(20) Barataria Pass Safety Fairway ...... 166.200(d)(24) Bayou Grand Caillou Safety Fairway ...... 166.200(d)(21) Belle Pass Safety Fairway ...... 166.200(d)(23) Biloxi Safety Fairway ...... 166.200(d)(35) Brazos Santiago Pass Anchorage Areas...... 166.200(d)(2) Brazos Santiago Pass Safety Fairway ...... 166.200(d)(1) Calcasieu Pass Anchorage Areas; (Calcasieu Pass North Anchorage Area)...... 166.200(d)(16)(i) Calcasieu Pass Anchorage Areas; (Calcasieu Pass South Anchorage Area)...... 166.200(d)(16)(ii) Calcasieu Pass Safety Fairway ...... 166.200(d)(15) Cat Island Pass Safety Fairway ...... 166.200(d)(22) Charlotte Anchorage ...... 166.200(d)(51) Charlotte Safety Fairways...... 166.200(d)(50) Coastwise Safety Fairways; (Aransas Pass to Calcasieu Pass)...... 166.200(d)(14)(ii) Coastwise Safety Fairways; (Brazos Santiago Pass to Aransas Pass ...... 166.200(d)(14)(i) Empire to the Gulf Safety Fairway...... 166.200(d)(26) Freeport Harbor Anchorage Areas...... 166.200(d)(9) Freeport Harbor Safety Fairway ...... 166.200(d)(8) Freshwater Bayou Safety Fairway ...... 166.200(d)(18) Galveston Entrance Anchorage Areas...... 166.200(d)(11) Galveston Entrance Safety Fairway ...... 166.200(d)(10) Gulf Safety Fairway, Aransas Pass Safety Fairway to Southwest Pass
717
VerDate 18
Safety Fairway...... 166.200(d)(27) Grand Bayou Pass Safety Fairway...... 166.200(d)(25) Gulfport Safety Fairway ...... 166.200(d)(34) Heald Bank Cutoff Safety Fairway ...... 166.200(d)(53) Horn Island Pass to Mobile Ship Channel Safety Fairway...... 166.200(d)(38) Louisiana Offshore Oil Port (LOOP) Shipping Safety Fairway to Safety Zone...... 166.200(d)(52)(i) Lower Mud Lake Safety Fairway...... 166.200(d)(17) Matagorda Entrance Anchorage Areas ...... 166.200(d)(7) Matagorda Entrance Safety Fairway ...... 166.200(d)(6) Mississippi River-Gulf Outlet Anchorage ...... 166.200(d)(33)(i) Mississippi River-Gulf Outlet Channel to Mobile Ship Channel Safety Fairway ...... 166.200(d)(32)(ii) Mississippi River-Gulf Outlet Safety Fairway ...... 166.200(d)(32)(i) Mobile Anchorage ...... 166.200(d)(40) Mobile Safety Fairway (Mobile Ship Channel Safety Fairway) .....166.200(d)(39)(i) Mobile Ship Channel to Sea Safety Fairway...... 166.200(d)(39)(ii) Mobile to Pensacola Safety Fairway ...... 166.200(d)(39)(iii) Panama City Anchorage ...... 166.200(d)(45) Panama City Safety Fairways ...... 166.200(d)(44) Pascagoula Safety Fairway...... 166.200(d)(37) Pensacola Anchorage...... 166.200(d)(42)(i) Pensacola Safety Fairway...... 166.200(d)(41) Pensacola to Panama City Safety Fairway ...... 166.200(d)(43) Port Mansfield Safety Fairway ...... 166.200(d)(3) Port St. Joe Anchorage...... 166.200(d)(47) Port St. Joe Fairway to Panama City Fairway ...... 166.200(d)(46) Sabine Bank Offshore (North) Anchorage Area...... 166.200(d)(13)(ii) Sabine Bank Offshore (South) Anchorage Area ...... 166.200(d)(13)(iii) Sabine Pass Anchorage Areas; (Sabine Pass Inshore Anchorage Area)...... 166.200(d)(13)(i) Sabine Pass Safety Fairway...... 166.200(d)(12) Ship Island Pass to Horn Island Pass Safety Fairway ...... 166.200(d)(36) South of Gulf Safety Fairway ...... 166.200(d)(52)(ii) South Pass (Mississippi River) Anchorage ...... 166.200(d)(31) South Pass (Mississippi River) Safety Fairway; South Pass to Sea Safety Fairway ...... 166.200(d)(30)(i) South Pass (Mississippi River) to Mississippi River-Gulf Outlet Chan- nel Safety Fairway ...... 166.200(d)(30)(ii) Southwest Pass (Mississippi River) Anchorage...... 166.200(d)(29) Southwest Pass Safety Fairway...... 166.200(d)(19) Southwest Pass (Mississippi River) Safety Fairway;...... Southwest Pass (Mississippi River) to Gulf Safety Fairway ...... 166.200(d)(28)(i) Southwest Pass (Mississippi River) to Sea Safety Fairway ...... 166.200(d)(28)(ii) Southwest Pass (Mississippi River) to South Pass (Mississippi River) Safety Fairway...... 166.200(d)(28)(iii) Tampa Anchorages (Eastern Tampa Fairway Anchorage) ...... 166.200(d)(49)(i) Tampa Safety Fairways ...... 166.200(d)(48) Western Tampa Fairway Anchorage ...... 166.200(d)(49)(ii) South-eastern approach...... 167.154 Southern approach...... 167.155, 167.203 T Towing of barges ...... Part 163 Tows of seagoing barges within inland waters ...... 163.05
718
VerDate 18
V Vessel Movement Reporting System (VMRS)...... Subpart B Applicability ...... 161.16 Definitions ...... 161.17 Final Report (FR)...... 161.22 IMO Standard Ship Reporting System...... 161.18(a) Position Report (PR)...... 161.20 Purpose and intent ...... 161.15 Reporting requirements ...... 161.18 Sailing Plan (SP)...... 161.19 Sailing Plan Deviation Report (DR)...... 161.21 Vessel traffic management ...... Part 161 Vessel Traffic Services ...... Subpart A General Rules Applicability ...... 161.3 Definitions ...... 161.2 Deviations from the rules ...... 161.5 Purpose and Intent...... 161.1 Requirement to carry the rules...... 161.4 Services, VTS Measures, and Operating Requirements Services ...... 161.10 Vessel operating requirements ...... 161.12 VTS Call Signs, Designated Frequencies, and Monitoring Areas...... 161.12(b) VTS measures...... 161.11 VTS Special Area operating requirements ...... 161.13 Vessel Traffic Service Areas, Cooperative Vessel Traffic Service Area, Vessel Traffic Service Special Areas, and Reporting Points ...... Subpart C Vessel Traffic Service ...... Berwick Bay ...... 161.40 Berwick Bay Reporting Points ...... 161.40(c) Houston/Galveston...... 161.35 Houston/Galveston Precautionary Areas ...... 161.35(b) Houston/Galveston Reporting Points ...... 161.35(c) Louisville...... 161.30 New York Area ...... 161.25 San Francisco ...... 161.50 St. Marys River ...... 161.45 St. Marys River Reporting Points...... 161.45(b) Prince William Sound...... 161.60 Prince William Sound Reporting Points ...... 161.60(d) Puget Sound and the Cooperative Vessel Traffic Service for the Juan de Fuca Region ...... 161.55
719
VerDate 18